Nu. of grade A certificate: 1038 JHB-09-P12Z1 Public Disclosure Authorized
Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211
Public Disclosure Authorized Environmental Impact Report Public Disclosure Authorized
Entrusting unit: Ningxia Communication Department
Prepared by: Environmental Protection Center ofthe Ministry of Transport
March 2009 Public Disclosure Authorized No. of grade A certificate: 1038 JHB-09-PI2Z1
Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211
Environmental Impact Report
Entrusting unit: Department of Transportation of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region
Prepared by: Environmental Protection Center of the Ministry of Transport
March,2009 Certificate for Qualified Evaluator on Environmental Impacts of Construction Projects
Name ofinstitution: Environmental Protection Center of the Ministry of Communications
Dom ici Ie: No.1, back of Waiguan, And ingmen, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Legal representative: Hu Xirun
Certificate grade: Grade A
Certificate No.: Certification of national environmental impact evaluation A No.1 038
Period of validity: To October 24,2010
Evaluation scope: Environmental impact report class-A: traffic and transportation * ** Environmental impact report class-environmental impact report table of general projects *** April 29, 2008
Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211
Environmental Impact Report
U nit: Environmental Protection Center of the Ministry of Transport
Address: Room. 5001, building I, No. 10 yard, Hepinglidongjie St., Dongcheng Uist., Beijing
Postal code:100013
TEL:O 10-65299758
Fax:010-58278968 Entrusting unit: Department of Transportation of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region
Preparing organization of the report form
Environmental Protection Center of the Ministry of Communications (certificate No.A 1038)
China Academy of Transportation Sciences (certificate No.B 1028)
Project director: Yu Chenyu and Wu Yurong
Compiler:
Name Special subject Certificate No. Signed General report and Yu Chenyu ecological AI0380002 -J-;r;G :i environment i 1';:-' Wu Yurong General report BI0280016 ttJ .~
Ecological Fu Zhengjun AI0380030 environment J4v~
Project analysis and .,~" Wang Jie BI0280002 ,"r [)./' public participation \ ':>7 Acoustic environment and scheme Zhang Lin AI0380034 comparison and :u- J1t- selection
Aquatic environment .,f Gao Bei BI0280023 ~ and social environment «i0i~ Han Yanlai Ambient Air AI0380035 ~k~ Duan Yaping Soil erosion protection BI0280036 ~~ ~ lJr
Monitoring unit: Wuzhong Environmental Monitoring Station Preface
The project of national highway line 211 Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line highway is an important road section of "san zong jiu heng" (three south-north lines and nine east-west lines) highway network and is also the most convenient trunk highway connecting Yinchuan City with Xi'an City. With the rapid development of Ningdong Energy and Chemistry Industry Base and Taiyang Mountain Development Zone in Lingwu City, Wuzhong, as well Shanghaimiao Development Zone of Inner Mongolia, this area has become an important economic growth zone of Ningxia and the traffic volume will incn:ase. However, in this area, there is no high-efficiency, comfortable, safe highway transportation corridor and it fails to meet the requirements of increasing traffic volume and economic development of this area. This project is a forceful measure to complete the trunk highway network construction of the autonomous region and solve the contradiction between economic development and backward traffic infrastructure.
The length of the recommended scheme is 78.8km in total.And the whole Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line is constructed according to standards of fully-sealed, wholly-interchange four-land expressway with a designed speed of 100km/h and a subgrade width of 26.0m. The construction period of the project is four years from July 2009 to December 2012 and it shall be built and open to traffic in 2012, with a total estimate amount of3429.0 1 million Yuan, 43.515426 million Yuan per square kilometer.
Entrusted by Ningxia Communications Department, Ningxia Highway Exploration & Design Institute Co., Ltd finished the Feasibility Study Report on National Highway Line 2JJ Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Tie Line Road Engineering in October 2008.
In December 2008, in accordance with related laws and regulations of China, Ningxia Communications Department entrusted the Environment Protection Center of the Ministry of Communications and China Academy of Transportation Sciences of the Ministry of Communications to undertake the assessment of environmental impact of the project together. The environmental assessment group made the field exploration and data collection for proposed road respectively in July 2008 and March 2009 under the great assistance of Ningxia Communications Department, local communications bureau and Ningxia Highway Exploration & Design Institute Co., Ltd. Based on it, prepares the report on environmental impact according to Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment and Specifications for Environmental Impact Assessment ofHighways.
During the preparation of the report, we get great support and help from the units and leaders of Ningxia Communications Department, Ningxia Environmental Protection Bureau, Wuzhong City Communications Bureau, Wuzhong City Environmental Protection Bureau, Yinchuan City Environmental Protection Bureau, as well as the Communications Bureau, Environmental Protection Bureau, Land Resources Bureau, Development and Reform Commission, Tourism Bureau, Meteorological Bureau, Cultural Heritage Bureau, Agricultural Bureau of Yanchi County, Qingtongxia City, Litong District of Wuzhong City and Lingwu City, and Ningxia Highway Exploration & Design Institute Co., Ltd. We express our heartfelt thanks to them herein.
Environmental assessment group of national highway line 211 Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line highway
March 2009 CONTENTS
CHAPTER t GENERAL INTRODUCTION ...... 1
1.1 BACKGROUND AND SIGNIFICANCE OF PROJECT CONSTRUCTION ...... 1 1.2 PURPOSE AND PRINCIPLE OF ASSESSMENT ...... 1 1.2.1 Purpose of Assessment ...... 1 1.2.2 Principles of Assessment ...... 2 1.3 BASIS OF ASSESSMENT ...... 3 1.3.1 National relevant Laws and Regulations ...... 3 1.3.2 Local Regulations ...... 4 1.3.3 Technical codes and standards ...... 5 1 3.4 Engineering Technical Document and other Document Basis ...... 6 1.4 EVALUATION FACTORS, GRADE AND SCOPE ...... 6 1 4.1 E valuation factors ...... 6 14.2 Evaluating Grade ...... 6 1.4.3 Scope of assessment ...... 7 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL FUNCTION DIVISION ...... 8 1.5.1 Acoustic environment, ambient air ...... 8 1.5.2 Aquatic Environment...... 8 1.6 EVALUATING STANDARDS ...... 8 1.6.1 Acoustic environment ...... 9 1.. 6.2 Surface Water Environment...... 10 1 6.3 Ambient Air ...... 10 1.6.4 Soil erosion assessment criteria ...... 12 1.7 ASSESSMENT CONTENT, KEY POINTS AND ASSESSMENT TIME PERIQD ...... 12 17.1 Assessment Content and Key Points ...... 12 1.7.2 Assessment phasing ...... 14 1.8 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OBJECTS ...... 14 1.8.1 Ecological environment protection target...... 14 1.8.2 Acoustic environmental protection target ...... 15 1.8.3 Ambient Air ...... 52 1.8.4 Aquatic environment protection target ...... 52 1.8.5 Social environment protection target ...... 52 1.9 EVALUAI'ING METHOD ...... 53
CHAPTER 2 GENERAL SITUATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT ANALYSIS ...... 55
2.1 GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ...... 55 2.2 ROUTE DIRECTION AND MAIN CONTROL POINTS ...... 55 2.2.1 Start and end points of the route ...... 55 2.2.2 Route direction and main control points ...... 55 2.3 TRAFFIC VOLUME PREDICTION ...... 57 2.4 MAIN TECHNICAL INDEXES AND ENGINEERING QUANTITY ...... 58 2.4.1 Main Technical Indexes ...... 58 2.4.2 Main quantities ...... 59 2.5 MAIN ENGINEERING CONTENTS ...... 60 2.5.1 Roadbed engineering ...... 60 2.5.2 Pavement works ...... 63 2.5.3 Culvert project for bridge ...... 64 2.5.4 Intersecting construction ...... 69 2.5.5 Traffic engineering and facilities along the line ...... 72 2.6 CONFISCATION OF LAND AND REMOVAL ...... 73 2.6.1 Land confiscation ...... 73 2.6.2 Removal ...... 75
2.7 BALANCE OF EARTHWORK ...... 77 2.8 BAD GEOLOGICAL SITUATION AND ENGINEERING TREATMENT MEASURES ...... 79 2.9 ROAD MATERIALS ALONG THE ROAD AND TRANSPORTATION CONDITIONS ...... 81 2.9.1 Road materials along the road ...... 81 2.9.2 Transportation conditions ...... 82 2.10 CONSTRUCTION PROCESS ...... 86 2.10.1 Construction process of bridge and culvert ...... 86 2.10.2 Construction process of roadbed and pavement ...... 87 2.10J Construction process of temporary works ...... 88 2.10.4 Construction process of traffic works and auxiliary facilities ...... 88 2.11 SCHEME FOR IMPLEMENTATION ...... 88 2.11.1 Construction progress ...... 88 2.11.2 Investment ...... 88 2.12 BRIEF INTRODUCTION OF ALTERNATIVE SCHEME ...... 88
2.13 ANALYSIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF THIS PROJECT...... 89 2.13.1 Analysis of construction process ...... 89 2.13.2 Identification of environmental influences by this project ...... 92 2.13.3 Analysis of Environment Impact ...... 95 2.13.4 The identification of the environmental influence factors ...... 106 2.13.5 Selection of environmental influence assessment factors ...... 108
CHAPTER 3 ASSESSMENT OF CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS...... I09
3.1 AN OVERVIEW OF THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 109 3. 1.1 Terrain and land features ...... 109 3.1.2 Weather and climate ...... 109 3.1.3 Surface water ...... 110 3.1.4 Geology ...... 110 3.1.5 Earthquake ...... 111
3.2 STATUS EVALUATION OF THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 112 3.2.1 Overview ...... 112 3.2.2 Social economic status ...... 114 3.2.3 Traffic status ...... 116 3.2.4 Status of mineral resources ...... 118 3.2.5 Tourist resources ...... 120 3.2.6 Cultural relic resources ...... 121 3.2.7 Minority ...... 123 3.3 STATUS EVALUATION OF THE ECOLOGICAL. ENVIRONMENT ...... 123 3.3.1 Site survey and analysis of along-line plants ...... 123 3.3.2 Status survey of wild animals ...... 127 3.3.3 Status survey ofthe agricultural ecological environment...... 128 3.3.4 Land utilization ...... , ...... 129 3.3.5 The ecological function division of the area where the proposed project is located ...... 130 3.3.6 The overall quality evaluation on the status of the along-line ecological environment...... 133 3.4 THE STATUS EVALUATION OF WATER ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ...... 133 3.4.1 The status of the along-line water environment...... 133 3.4.2 Status monitoring ...... 133 3.4.2 Evaluation method ...... 135 3.4.3 Evaluation result and analysis ...... 135 3.5 THE S'IATl'S EVALUATION OF ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ...... 136 3.5.1 The status survey of acoustic environmental quality ...... 136 3.5.2 The status monitoring of acoustic environmental quality ...... 137 3.5.3 The evaluation of current acoustic environmental quality ...... 142 3.6 STATUS EVALUATION OF AIR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ...... 143 3.6.1 Status survey ...... 143 3.6.2 Status monitoring of air environmental quality ...... 143 3.6.3 Status of air environmental quality ...... 144 3.6.4 Evaluation method ...... 144 3.6.5 Status evaluation of the air environment ...... 145
CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTIONS AND ASSESSMENT ...... 147
4.1 SOCIAL E.r-;VIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTIONS AND ASSESSMENT ...... 147 4.1.1 Impact analysis on social and economic development of the projeet in planning ...... 147 41.2 Compatibility analysis with the town planning along the line ...... 148 41.3 Compatibility analysis with Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region highway network planning ...... 152 4 1.4 Anal) sis on the coordination among this planning and related planning; ...... 154 4 1.5 Impact analysis on resident life quality ...... 159 4 1.6 Impact analysis on resource development and utilization ...... 162 4 1.7 Impact analysis on infrastructure ...... 166 4 1.8 Impact on minorities ...... 167 4.2 PREDICTIONS AND ASSESSM ENT ON ECOLOG ICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 168 4.2.1 Rationality analysis of permanent land occupation ...... 168 4.2.2 Analysis of Impact of proposed projeet on vegetation ...... 170 4.2.3 Impact on wild animals ...... 172 4.2.4 Agricultural ecology ...... 173 4.2.5 Impacts and measures of temporary land occupation sueh as borrow pit and exeavation waste dump ...... 177 4.2.6 Compliance analysis of the project in planning and ecological function area ...... 181 4.2.7 Impact analysis on ecosystem integrity by highway construction ...... 182 4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION AND ESTIMATION ON ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENT ...... 182 4.3.1 Noise Impact during construction Phase ...... 182 4.3.2 Analysis of Impact on Construction Vibration ...... \86 4.3.3 Impact prediction and estimation on acoustic environment during operation ...... 186 4.4 IMPACT PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT ON AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT ...... 204 4.4.1 Aquatic Environment Impact Assessment during Construction Period ...... 205 4.4.2 Assessment of the impact on aquatic environment during the operation period ...... 2 I 0 4.5 IMPACT OF THE PROJECT ON THE AMBIENT AIR AND ANALYSIS ...... 215 4.5.1 Assessment of the impact on the ambient air during construction period ...... 215 4.5.2 Assessment of the impact on ambient air during the operation period ...... 217 4.6 IMPACT ANALYSIS OF SOLID WASTES ON ENViRONMENT ...... 219 4.6.1 Impact analysis of solid wastes on environment during construction period ...... 219 4.6.2 Impact analysis of solid wastes on environment during operation period ...... 220 4.7 ACCIDENTAL POLLUTION RISK ANALYSIS ...... 221 4.7.1 Purpose of Assessment ...... 221 4.7.2 Risk identification and determination of assessment working grade ...... 221 4.7.3 Accident risk assessment ...... 222 4.8 IMPACT ANALYSIS ON LANDSCAPE ENVIRONMENT ...... 224 4.8.1 Landscape status in quo of regions along the project ...... 224 4.8.2 Impact analysis on related projeet landscape ...... 225 4.8.3 Impact analysis on landscape structure ...... 227 4.8.4 Impact analysis on landscape ecologic system ...... 227 4.8.5Comprehensive assessment of highway landscape quality ...... 228 4.9 ANALYSIS OF CUMULATIVE IMPACT ...... :...... 230 4.9.1 Overview of Cumulative Impact Evaluation ...... 230 4.9.2 Evaluation of Cumulative Impacts by the Planned Project and the Highway from Lingwu to Tianshuibao on National Highway No.211 ...... 23 J 4.9.3 Evaluation of Cumulative Impacts by the Planned Project and Railway ...... 233
CHAPTER 5 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT OF PROJECT CONSTRUCTION ON BAIJITAN NATIONAL NATURE RESERVE ...... 234
5.1 SURVEY OF BAIJITAN NATURE RESERVE ...... 234 5.1.1 Basic Situation ...... 234 5.1.2 Soil, Hydrology and Landform ...... 235 5.1.3 Natural Vegetation ...... 236 5.1.4 Biological Diversity ...... 237 5.1.5 Reserve Construction and Management ...... 239 5.2 ANALYSIS OF ROAD SECTIONS OF GUYAOZl-QINGTONGXIA TIE LINE RUNNING THROUGH THE RESERVE239 5.3 ANALYSIS OF INFLUENCES OF PROJECT CONSTRUCTION ON NATURE RESERVE ...... 241 5.3.1 Rationality Analysis of Engineering Construction Establishment...... :...... 241 5.3.2 Analysis of Influences on Biological Diversity ...... 242 5.3.3 Influences on Ecosystem in the Reserve ...... 243 5.3.4 Analysis of Impact of Engineering Construction on Vegetation in the Reserve ...... 243 5.3.5 Impact of Water& Soil Erosion and Desertification ...... 245 5.4 OPINIONS OF COMPETENT DEPARTMENT OF THE PROTECTION AREA ...... 246 5.5 PROTECTION PROGRAM FOR THE NATURE RESERVE ...... 246 5.5.1 Protective Measures for Vegetation and Animals ...... 247 5.5.2 Requirements for Selecting the Site of Construction Pavement...... 247 5.5.3 Measures for Reducing Land Occupation in Reserve ...... 247 5.5.4 Requirements for Vegetation Restoration ...... 248 5.5.5 Protectivc Measures for Environment Quality ...... 248 5.5.6 Environment Supervision and Management ...... 249
CHAPTER 6 SCHEME OF WATER AND SOILCONSERVATION ...... 250
6. I THE PRESENT STATUS OF SOIL EROSION & CONSERVATION IN PROJECT SITE ...... 250 6. I. I The present status of soil erosion ...... 250 6. 1.2 Reasons for Soil Erosion ...... 250 6.1.3 Soil Erosion's Hazards ...... 25 I 6 1.4 The Prcsent Status of Water & Soil Conservation ...... 25 I 6 1.5 Water & Soil Conservation Controlling Experience Referential to the Project...... 252 6.2 PREDICTION ON SOIL EROSION ...... 252 62. I A nal) sis on Soil Erosion Impact Caused by Engineering Construction ...... 252 62.2 Prediction Units and Time Intervals of Soil Erosion ...... 253 62.3 forecast Contents and Methods ...... 255 62.4 forecast Outcomes ...... 258 62.5 forecast on Soil Erosion's Hazards ...... 258 6.3 THE SCHEME OF PREVENTING AND CONTROLLING SOIL EROSION ...... 259 6.3. I Objective of Soil Erosion Prevention and Control ...... 259 6.3.2 The preventing and controlling responsibility scope ...... 260 6.3.3 Analyses and Evaluation on the Engineering with Water & Soil Conservation Function in Main Engineering Design ...... 26 I 6.3.4 The soil erosion preventing and controlling district and the overall layout of water and soil c:Jnservation measurement ...... 262 63.5 Areas' Prevention and Controlling Measure Design ...... 263 6.4 WATER & SOIL CONSERVATION MONITORING PLAN ...... 27 I 6 .. 4. I f'.10nitoring Scope ...... 27 I 6.4.2 Monitoring Units and Focus ...... 271 6.4.3 Monitoring Contents and Methods ...... 272 6.4.4 Monitoring timc interval and frequency ...... 273 6.4.5 Monitoring position, contents, methods and time intervals ...... 273 6.4.6 Monitoring Outcome ...... 275 6.5 WATER & SOIL CONSERVATION INVESTMENT ESTIMATION ...... 276 6.6 GUARANTEE MEASURES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SCHEME ...... 279 6.6. I Organization, Leadership and Management ...... 279 6.6.2 Surveillance and Management...... 279 6.6.3 Supervision and Management ...... 279 6.6.4 Water & Soil Conservation Monitoring ...... 280 6.6.5 Water & Soil Conservation Completion Acceptance ...... 280 6.6.6 Management on Water & Soil Conservation upon the Project's Completion ...... 280 6.6.7 Financing Sources & Management on Water & Soil Conservation ...... 280
CHAPTER 7 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION ...... 282
7.1 NECESSITY OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION ...... 282 7.2 FIRST ROUND SITE PUBLIC INVESTIGATION ...... 282 7.2.1 Overview of On-spot Public Participation Survey ...... 282 7.2.2 Survey and Statistics on Public Participation ...... 284 7.3 SECOND ROUND PUBLIC INVESTIGATION ...... 289 7.4 OPINIONS ON PUBLIC PARTICIPATION SURVEY AND ADOPTION THEREOF ...... 293 7.5 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION ...... 294
CHAPTER 8 SCHEME COMPARISON AND SELECTION ...... 295
8.1 ROUTE SELECTION PRINCIPLES ...... 295 8.2 NO-ACTION ...... 295 8.3 CORRIDOR BELT SCHEME ...... 297 8.4 COMPARISON AND SELECTION OF ROUTE SCHEME ...... 297 8.4.1 Comparison and Selection of Starting Point Scheme ...... 297 8.4.2 Comparison and Selection of LB Scheme and LA Scheme ...... 299 8.4.3 Comparison and Selection of LD Scheme and LA Scheme ...... 302 8.4.4 Comparison and Selection of LE Scheme and LA Scheme ...... 304 8.4.5 Comparison and Selection of Ending Point Scheme ...... 307 8.5 GENERAL CONCLUSION OF SCHEME COMPARISON ...... 308
CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIVE MEASURES & TECHNICAL AND ECONOMIC DEMONSTRATION ...... 309
9.1 MEASURES TO RELIEVE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ...... 309 9.1.1 Designing Period ...... 309 9.1.2 Construction phase ...... 3 11 9.2 MEASURES FOR RELIEVING IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 317 9.2.1 Designing Period ...... 317 9.2.2 Construction phase ...... 320 9.2.3 Operation phase ...... 327 9.3 MEASURES TO RELlEVE ENVIRONMENTAL AND NOISE IMPACT ...... 327 9.3.1 Designing Period ...... 327 9.3.2 Construction phase ...... 329 9.3.3 Operation phase ...... 330 9.4 AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION MEASURES ...... 343 9.4.1 Designing Period ...... 343 9.4.2 Construction phase ...... 345 9.4.3 Operation phase ...... 347 9.5 PROTECTIVE MEASURES FOR AMBIENT AIR ...... 34 7 9.5.1 Designing Period ...... 347 9.5.2 Construction phase ...... 348 9.5.3 Operation phase ...... 348 9.6 ENVIRONMENT PROTECTIVE MEASURES FOR SOLID WASTES ...... 349 9.6.1 Designing Period ...... 349 9.6.2 Construction phase ...... 349 9.6.3 Operation phase ...... 350 9.7 LANDSCAPE PROTECTING MEASURES ...... 350 9 7.1 Designing Period ...... : ...... 350 9,7.2 Construction phase ...... 351 9.8 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT POLICIES AND SUGGESTIONS ...... 352 9,8.1 Establish environmental protective management system ...... 352 9.8.2 Enhance the management of tender and bidding work...... 353 9.8.3 Strengthen environmental protection and supervision ...... 354 9.8.4 Strengthen post-design follow-up service management ...... 355 9.8.5 Strengthen environment management of the construction unit ...... 355 9.9 PREVENTIVE AND EMERGENCY COUNTERMEASURES AGAINST TRANSPORT ACCIDENTS OF DANGEROUS GOODS ...... 356 99.1 System Orientation of Accident Emergency Plan and Emergent Treatment Procedures ...... 356 99.2 Emergency Plan for Environmental Risk ...... 357 99.3 Measures to treat accidents in transportation of hazardous goods ...... 362
CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION PLAN ...... 366
10.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ...... 366 1'11.1 Environmental protection organization ...... 366 1'11.2 Environment Management Plan ...... 369 I'J.I.3 Environmental monitoring plans ...... 379 10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLANS ...... 381 I'J.2.1 Environmental Monitoring Responsible Organizations, Monitoring Target ...... 381 112.2 Environmental monitoring plans ...... 381 I ).2.3 Environmental Monitoring Report ...... 382 1].2.4 \lfonitoring Equipments, Monitoring Cost ...... 384 10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SUPERVISION PLAN ...... 384 1.).3.1 Supervision Purpose ...... ,...... 384 I ).3.2 Supervision Implementation institution ...... ,...... 384 I J.3.3 Key Points of Supervision ...... 384 I :).3.4 Supervision System ...... 388 I :>'3.5 Environmental Supervision Fees ...... 388 10.4 COMPLETION ACCEPTANCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ...... 389 I :).4.1 Completion Acceptance 's Purpose ...... 389 10.4.2 Completion Acceptance Contents ...... 389
CHAF'TER 11 ANALYSIS ON ENVIRONMENTALAND ECONOMIC COST AND BENEFIT ...... 391
11.1 ENGINEERING ECONOMY EVALUATION ...... 391 11.1.1 National economy evaluation ...... 391 11.1.2 Financial evaluation ...... , ...... 391 11.1.3 Loan reimbursement analysis ...... 391 11.1.4 Sensitivity analysis ...... 391 11.2 ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN AND ESTIMATED COSTS ...... 391 11.2.1 Calculation of the investment on acoustic environment prqtection ...... 392 11.2.2 Calculation of the investment on special environmental protection ...... 392 11.3 SIMPLE ANAL YSIS ON ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTMENT BENEFIT ...... 394
CHAPTER 12 ASSESSMENT CONCLUSIONS ...... 396 12.1 GENERAL ...... 396 12.2 ASSESSMENT OF CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL CONDlTlONS ...... 396 12.2.1 Natural environment ...... 396 12.2.2 Social Environment ...... 397 12.2.3 Ecological environment ...... 397 12.2.4 Acoustic environment ...... 398 12.2.5 Surface Water Environment ...... 398 12.2.6 Ambient air ...... 398 12.3 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR THE PROJECT ...... 398 12.3.1 Social environment impact assessment; ...... 398 12.3.2 Ecological environment impact assessment; ...... 400 12.3.3 Acoustic environment impact assessment ...... 401 12.3.4 Aquatic environment impact assessment; ...... 402 12.3.5 Ambient air impact assessment...... 402 12.3.6 Evaluation of impact on landscape ...... 402 12.4 ASSESSMENT CONCLUSIONS THROUGH PROGRAM COMPARISON AND SELECTION ...... 403 12.5 CONCLUSION OF THE PUBLlC'S PARTICIPATION ...... 403 12.6 CONCLUSIONS ON MAJOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION COUNTERMEASURES ...... 403 12.6.1 Measures to relieve social environmental impact...... 403 12.6.2 Ecological environment ...... 403 12.6.3 Measures to relieve environmental and noise impact...... 404 12.6.4 Aquatic environment Protection Measures ...... 404 12.6.5 Protective Measures for Ambient air ...... 405 12.7 ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN AND ESTIMATED COSTS ...... 405 12.8 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR THE PROJECT ...... 406
Figs Annexed: Fig. 1: Diagram of tendency of national highway line 211 Guyaozi-Qingtongxia section highway line and measuring point Fig. 2: Vegetation Distribution along Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211 Fig. 3: Land Use Status Quo along Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211 Fig. 4: Remote Sensing Image along Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211 Fig. 5: Water system Distribution along Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line of National Trunk Road 211 Attachment: Attachment I: Letter of Authorization for Environmental Impact Evaluation of the Highway from Lingwu to Tianshuibao and the Tie Line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.211, December 2008 Attachment 2: "Official Reply on the Implementation Standards for Environmental Impact Evaluation of the Highway from Lingwu to Tianshuibao and the Tie Line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.211" issued by Yinchuan Environmental Protection Admi nistration, No. [2009] 4 Attachment 3: "Reviewing Opinions on the Implementation Standards for Environmental Impact Evaluation of the Highway from Lingwu to Tianshuibao and the Tie Line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.211", issued by Wuzhong Environmental Protection Administration, No.[2008] 120 Attachment 4: Investigation of Vegetations on the Tie Line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.2 I I Attachment 5: Questionnaire of Public Participation Attachment 6: Registration Form on the Examination and Approval of Construction Project Chapter 1 General Introduction 1.1 Background and Significance of Project Construction
Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region is located in the east of northwestern China and in the middle and upper reach of Yellow River, adjacent to Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, Gansu Province and Shaanxi Province. It is one of Chinese five autonomous regions of minority nationalities, with an area of 66,400 square kilometers and a population of about 6037,300. As a western province, to ensure the attainment of goal of building a moderately prosperous society in all respects by 2020 and coordinate with the implementation of the great development strategy of western China of the central government, Ningxi is determined to grasp this chance, accelerate the development, work hard to reduce the distance with the eastern developed regions and promote sound and rapid development of national economy. The construction of this project has an important significance to promote building a moderately prosperous society.
Also, this project is an important road section of "san zongjiu heng" (three south-north lines and nine east-west lines) highway network. With the rapid development of Ningdong Energy and Chemistry Industry Base and Shanghaimiao Development Zone of Inner Mongolia, this area has become an important economic growth zone of Ningxia and the traffic volume will increase. However, in this area, there is no high-efficiency, comfortable, safe highway transportation corridor and it fails to meet the requirements of increasing traffic volume and economic development of this area. This project is a forceful measure to complete the trunk highway network construction of the autonomous region and solve the contradiction between economic development and backward traffic infrastructure.
1.2 Purpose and Principle of Assessment
1.2.1 Purpose of Assessment Through investigation and assessment on natural environment, ecological environment and social environment along the proposed proposed highway, the impact that may be caused due to the development of this project is qualitatively and quantitatively analyzed in order to:
(l) Provide basis for optimization of highway line section according to the analysis on the impact of different environmental factors caused during the project design, construction and operation;
(2) Provide feasible environmental measures and suggestions to offer guidance for design, construction and operation management, to mitigate and eliminate adverse effects caused by the project development and achieve the sustainable development target;
(3) Provide scientific foundation for local governments to formulate development planning and perform environmental management;
(4) Discuss the feasibility of the project from the aspect of environment.
1.2.2 Principles of Assessment
(1) Closely grasping the characteristics of ecological environment along the route of proposed highway and in combination with the features of engineering construction, expound the characteristics, process, nature, strength and possible consequence of impact of engineering construction on ecological environment according to the ecology and ecological prote(;tion basic principles, study and formulate effective protective and restoration measures and fiJIly represent the principles of "prevention is dominant, give priority to protection, pay equal attention to development and protection and the environmental assessment result guides the design, construction and environmental management";
(2) Construct key assessment for environmentally sensitive issues against the engineering construction activities, on the basis of fully investigating, getting to know of and mastering the present situation of environment in the project area, sensitive point of environmental proteetion and protection target;
(3) Make full use of existing data and scientific research results of this area like the satellite imagl~, strengthen analogy investigation of characteristics of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, conduct appropriate on-site investigation and monitoring in combination with the key sensitive areas and comply with the principle of "driving the line with one point, combining the point with the line and conducting whole line feedback";
(4) Fully learn from the assessment of environmental impact of other highway engineering construction within Ningxia and the study, practical experience and results on environmental protection and restoration during the construction period, make clear of the destroy of main engireering, borrow area and spoil ground to the ecological environment and surface vegetation and the restoration after the construction and take them as the basis of putting forward countermeasures against the ecological restoration of this project;
(5) lake as the basic starting point the national resources environmental policy and ecological environmental protection strategy and Ningxia ecological environmental position, closely combine The Outline of National Ecological Environment Protection with local social and economic development planning, environmental protection, water and soil conservation and other planning as well as local regulations and policy and focus on assessment of environmental impact and environmental protection measures;
(6) Stick to making ecological protection and pollution control adapt to regional ecological function and environmental protection target.
2 1.3 Basis of Assessment
1.3.1 National relevant Laws and Regulations
(1) "Law on environmental protection of the People's Republic of China", 1989.12
(2) "Environmental impact assessment law ofP.R.C" 2003.9
(3) "Air pollution control law of P.R.C."2000.4
(4) "Environment noise pollution control law of P.R. C. " , 1996.10
(5) "Water pollution prevention law of P.R.C. " , 2008.6
(6) "Law of land management of P.R.C.", 2004.8
(7) "Water and soil conservation law ofP.R.C"; 1991.6
(8) "Forestry Law of the People's Republic of China", 1998.4
(9) "Wildlife preservation law of P.R.C", 1988.11
(10) "Flood Control Law of the People's Republic of China", 1998.1
(11) "Water law ofP.R.C.", 2002.8
(l2)"Law for the preservation of antiques ofP.R.C", 2002.10
(13) "Solid waste pollution environment control law of P.R. c.", 2005.4
(14) "Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Wild Plants Protection", 1997.1
(15) "Regulations for the Implementation of Forestry Law of the People's Republic of China", 1986.5
(16)"Basic farmland conservation regulation", 1998.12
(17) "The Outline of National Ecological Environment Protection", 2000.12
(18)"Implementation byelaw of water and soil conservation law of P.R.C"; 1993.8
(19) "Environmental protection regulations for construction project", 1998.11
(20) "Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Reservations", 1994.10
(21) "Regulations for the implementation of the People's Republic of China on the Protection of Terrestrial Wildlife", 1992.2
3 (22)"Temporary Methods on Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment" , huanfa 2006 No.28number, 2006.2.14
(23) .V1ethod on the administration of communications construction project environmental protection, No.5 command from the Ministry of Communications in 2003
(24) "Notice of the State Counci I on Further Promoting National Green Channel Construction" (GF [2000] No. 31), the State Council
(25) "Notice of the State Council on Printing the Outline of National Ecological Environmental Protection" (GF [2000] No. 38), the State Council
(26) "Emergency Notice on Resolutely Stopping the Behavior of Occupying Basic Farmland for Planting Trees" (GFD [2004] No. I), the State Council, 2004.3
(27) "Several suggestions on carrying out the strictest protection system of cultivated land during the highway construction" (JGLF [2004] No. 164), the Ministry of Communications, 2004.4
(28) "Notice on Conducting Traffic Engineering Environmental Supervision" (JHF (2004] No. 314), the Ministry of Communications, 2004.6
(29) "Suggestions on doing a better job concerning basic farmland protection", GTZF [2005] No. 196, 2005.9
(30)"Notice of relevant issues of environment noise in environmental impact assessment for construction projects as highway, railway (including Iigh rail)" (huanfa [2003] No.94), State Environmental Protection Administration
(31) "Classified Administration Catalog of Construction Project Environmental Protection" (the Ministry of Environmental Protection, 2008.9)
(32) "Notice of General Office of the State Council on strengthening drinking water safety ensuring" (GBF [2005] No. 45)
(33) 'Notice on Strengthening Environmental Impact Assessment Management to Prevent Environmental Risk", HF [2005] No. 152, the State Environmental Protection Adm:nistration of the People's Republic of China
(34) Notice on method (trial) of the public participation in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region construction project environmental assessment, NHF [2007] No. 192
1.3.2 Local Regulations
"Method for implementation of 'water law ofP.R.C' in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region"
(2) "Regulations of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region on environmental protection" in April
4 1990')
(3) "Regulations of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region on Land Administration" 200 I
(4) "Regul of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region ations of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region on Cultural Relics, 1989.10
(5) "Measures of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region for the Administration of Culture Relics preservation units", 1997.2
(6) "Regulations of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region on Mineral Resources Management", 1999.8
(7) "Regulations of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region on Grassland Administration" 2005.11
(8) Measures for implementation of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region on wild animals protection, 1990.9
1.3.3 Tecbnical codes and standards
(1) Ministry of Communications "Code for environmental impact assessment in highway construction project" (JTG B03-2006)
(2) "guide rules for environmental impact assessment technology" (HJrr2.1-93)
(3) "guide rules for environmental impact assessment technology-uncontamination ecological impact" (HJrr19-1997)
(4) "Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment -Atmospheric Environment" (HJff2.2-93)
(5) "Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment -Surface Water Environment" (HJrr2.3-93)
(6) "Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment -Acoustic Environment" (HJrr2.4-1995)
(7) "Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment on Projects" (HJrr 169-2004)
(8) "Technical Regulation on Water and Soil Conservation of Development and Construction Projects" (GB/T 50433-2008)
(9) "Measures for Preparation of Highway Basic Construction Project Investment Estimation", JGLF [1996] No. 611, the Ministry of Communications
(lO)"Fixed budget for the Soil and Water Conservation Project", the Ministry of Water Resources", 2003.2.26
5 (11) "Standards for Classification and Gradation of Soil Erosion", (SL190-96)
(l2)"Design code for highway environmental protection" (JTJrr006-98)
1.3.4 Engineering Technical Document and other Document Basis
(1) The letter of attorney on environmental impact assessment of national highway line 211 Guyaozi:.Qingtongxia tie line highway, 2008.12
(2) "Feasibility study report on engineering of national highway line 211 Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line highway", Ningxia Highway Exploration & Design Institute Co., Ltd, 2008.10
(3) Reply on executive standard of environmental impact assessment of national highway line 211 Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line highway, YHBH [2009] No.4
(4) "Examination Opinions on Implementation Standards for the Environmental Impact Evaluation of Tie Line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.21l ", issued by Wuzhong Environmental Protection Administration, No. [2008] 120
(5) Report on environmental impact of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region trunk highway network planning, 2008
1.4 Evaluation Factors, Grade and Scope
1.4.1 Evaluation factors The evaluation factors of this project are as follows:
(I) Acoustic environment: equivalent to level-A sound level LAeq
(2) Ambient air: N02, TSP.
(3) Water environment: SS, COD, BODs. ammonia nitrogen, petroleum, etc.
(4) Ecological environment: farmland, biomass, soil and water loss, animals and plants along the line, etc.
1.4.2 Evaluating Grade
In accordance with the classification requirement of the Ministry of Environmental Protection with the environmental impact assessment of construction project, the entity of this project is the new expressway, which belongs to the large construction project. It is required to prepare the report on environmental impact and make comprehensive and detailed assessment to the pollution and environmental impact caused by the construction project.
6 Confirm the evaluating grade of each topics of this project in accordance with "Technical Guidelines for Environment Impact Assessment" (HJ/T2.1 ~2.3-93, HJ/T2A-95, HJ/Tl9-97), as shown in table lA-I.
Table 1.4-1 Grade table of environmental assessment of proposed highway
Environme EA Grade Basis for grade division of environmental assessment ntal factor According to HJ/T2A-1995, in the area along the highway, the Environme present shuation of acoustic environment is good, it goes through Grade I ntal noise many villages and affects a lot of people and it is predicted that the noise will be largely increased after the project is constructed. The air pollutant in the project is mostly vehicle' exhaust gas and dust from construction, which are unorganized emission sources. Ambient Grade 3 Based on HJ/T2.2-93, the pollutant emission in the project Pi<2.5 Air 8 x I 0 • The affected area is limited to both side the roads and the population density of affected area is not big. Ecological According to HJ/T19-1997, Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line environme Grade I LAKI4+450~LAK32 goes through Baijitan reserve and nt experimental area. Surface According to HJ/T2.3-93, the discharge capacity of project Water construction and operation is small, mainly including domestic Grade 3 Environme sewage, and the sewage discharge amount is less than I 000m3/d, nt the discharged pollutants type is simple. According to Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Risk Assessment on Projects, the project itself has no material danger Grade 2 assessment and functional danger source, and the occurrence of risk probability is caused by indirect behavior.
The social environmental assessment shall be performed according to related requirements in the Code for Environment Impact Assessment ofHighway (trial) (JT J005-96).
1.4.3 Scope of assessment
Confirm the assessment scope of this engineering according to the characteristics of zonal distribution of both sides of highway of highway project environmental impact, as shown in table 104-2.
7 TnbJe 1.4-2 Scope of environmentnl impact assessment for Planned Expressway Project
Evaluation Scope of assessment content Ecological Areas within 300m of both sides of road central line, including borrow environment pit, spoil ground and other land occupied temporarily Area within 200m of both sides of road central line, within 100m of
upper reach r-.- IOOOm lower reach across the river bridge; production Surface water and domestic sewage of facilities along two management and
I monitoring centers, two service areas, three parking areas, two maintenance area and II toll stations Social I Direct influence area: Lingwu City under jurisdiction of Yinchuan City, Environment Qingtongxia City under jurisdiction of Wuzhong City Environment Within 200m of both sides of road central line; if there are important III noise sensitive points beyond 200m, the area can be extended properly. atmospheric within 200m to each side of the central line of the road environment
1.5 Environmental Function Division
1.5.1 Acoustic environment, ambient air
There is no acoustic environment, ambient air function division in the project area.
1.5.2 Aquatic Environment The project route crosses Yellow River, Kushui River, Qin Canal, Dahezi Ditch and other rivers and drainage ditches in the form of bridge. In the Division of Water Function of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, the function of water body of Yellow River is defined to be used in agricultural irrigation and the target of water quality is Class-III; if the water river has no condition of use, the target of water quality is Class-VI, and there is no division of function of water body for the rest water channel and drainage ditches.
1.6 Evaluating Standards
According to the reply of Wuzhong Environmental Protection Bureau on executive standard of environmental impact assessment of this project (WHHF [2008] No. 120) (see the appendix 3) and the reply of Yinchuan Environmental Protection Bureau on executive standard of environmental impact assessment of this project (YHBH [2009] No.4) (see appendix 2), the executive standard of environmental assessment of this project is:
8 1.6.1 Acoustic environment
(1) Assessment of current situation
Execute the Class-I standard, as shown in table 1.6-1.
Table 1.6-1 Quality standard for acoustic environment (GB3096-2008) (excerpt)
Unit: LAeq(dB)
Type Applicable scope Daytime Nighttime 1 Area dominated by residence and educational institute 55 45 2 Area mixed with residence, commerce and industry 60 50 Area at both sides of urban trunk road, or area at both 4a sides of navigable inland channel passing through urban 70 55 area
(2) Noise Impact during construction Phase
The acoustic environmental impact assessment during the construction period executes the standard of Noise Limits for Construction Site (GB 12523-90), as shown in table 1.6-2.
Table 1.6-2 Noise limit at building project site
Unit dB (A)
Construction Noise limit Major noise source stage Nighttime Earth and Bulldozer, excavator, loader 75 55 stone works No Piling Different kinds of pile driver 85 Construction Structure Concrete mixer, vibrator, electric saw etc 70 55 Decoration Crane, elevator etc 65 55
(3) Assessment of acoustic environment during the operation period
In accordance with document [2003] No. 94, Notice of Issiles Concerning Ambient Noise in Environmental Impact Assessment of Project of Highway and railway (including light rail) issued by State Environmental Protection Administration People's Republic of China, execute: the area within 35cm distance from the red line of both sides of proposed highway, execute class-4a standard in Environmental Quality Standard for Noise; for other areas, execute class-2 standard; the sensitive point 2 of schools and hospitals executes class-2 standard.
9 1.6.2 Surface Water Environment In accordance with the reply of Wuzhong Environmental Protection Bureau on executive standard of environmental impact assessment of this project, the water quality of Yellow River and ditches for agricultural irrigation executes Class-III standard in Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002), the corresponding discharged sewage executes Grade-I standard in Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-96); Kushui River (mountain water channel) and clear water channel execute Class-V standard in Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002) and the corresponding discharged sewage executes Grade-II standard in Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-96).
According to the reply ofYinchuan Environmental Protection Bureau on executive standard of environmental impact assessment of this project, the water environment quality standard executes Class-III and Class-IV standards in Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002), and Standards for Irrigation Water Quality, and the discharged sewage executes Grade-I standard in Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-96).
Table 1.6-3 Environmental standard for surface water (excerpt) Unit: mg/L
Types specified in Environmental Quality Integrated Wastewater Discharge Project Standard for Surface Water Standard
III IV V I Grade I Grade 2
pH 6~9 6~9 COD 20 30 40 100 ISO Oil O.OS O.S 1.0 5 10 BODs 4 I 6 10 20 30 Nitrogen and 1.0 1.5 2.0 IS 25 ammonia SS 200 70 ISO
Table 1.6-4 Water quality standard for agricultural irrigation (excerpt) Unit: mg/L
Project COD Oil BOD5 pH SS
5.S~8.S Drying farming ::;200 ::;10 ::;150 i ::;200
1.6.3 Ambient Air
(l) The air executes Grade-ll standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996), as shown in table 1.6-5.
(2) Grade 2 standard of "air pollutant comprehensive discharge standard" (GBI6297-1996)
10 shall be applicable to air pollutant discharge. See Table 1.6-6.
(3) The parking area and toll station executes the standard of Class-II area, II-time period in Emission Standard of Air Pollutants for Coal-Burning Oil-Burning Gas-Fired Boiler (GB 13271-2001), as shown in table 1.6-7 and table 1.6-8.
Table 1.6-5 Ambient air quality standard (GB3095-1996) Unit: mg/ m3
Nitrogen dioxide Total suspended Project CO (N02) particulate (TSP) Grade 2 Daily average 0.12 0.30 • 4.0 standard ! ! Hourly average 0.24 / 10.0
Table 1.6-6 Air pollutant comprehensive discharge standard
Max. allowable Max. allowable discharge Rate Monitored concentration discharge (kg/h) Pollutant limit of unorganized concentration Exhaust mast 3 Grade 2 discharge (mglm ) (mg/m3) height (m) 15 3.5 Max. concentration Particle 120 20 5.9 outside of boundary 1.0 30 23 15 0.18 No obvious unorganized Asphalt 75 20 0.30 dicharge from smoke 30 1.3 production equipment.
Table 1.6-7 Limit to maximum allowable emission concentration of boiler flue and smoke blackness
Smoke blackness Emission concentration Boiler type 3 (Lingeman blackness, of flue (mglm ) grade) Boiler with natural ventilation 120 1 Coal-fired «0.7MW (ltIh» boiler Other boilers 200 1
Table 1.6-8 Maximum allowable emission concentration of sulfur dioxide and
II nitrogen oxides of boiler
i Emission Emission Boiler type Applicable area . concentration of S02 concentration of NOx (mglm3) (mg/m3) I Coal-fired boiler All areas I 900 I
1.6.4 Soil erosion assessment criteria See Table 1.6-9 and 1.6-10 for grading index of water erosion.
Table 1.6-9 Grading index of water erosion
Erosion modulus Erosion modulus Grade 2 Grade (tlkm 'a) (tlkm2'a)
(tiny erosion <500 IV strong erosion 5000~8000
II slight erosion 500~2500 V very strong erosion 8000~15000
III medium erosion 2500~5000 VI intensive erosion > 15000
Table 1.6-10 Grading index of wind erosion
Erosion modulus Erosion modulus Grade Grade (tlkm2'a) (tlkm2 'a)
Hiny erosion <200 IV strong erosion 5000~8000
II slight erosion 200~2500 V very strong erosion 8000~ 15000
III medium erosion 2500~5000 VI intensive erosion >15000
1.7 Assessment Content, Key Points and Assessment Time Period
1.7.1 Assessment Content and Key Points Confirm following main content of environmental impact assessment of this project according to the characteristics of proposed highway engineering and the field survey and research results for the line scheme:
(l) Ecological environment impact assessment;
Include the assessment for the impact on natural reserve (specially described in Chapter 5), route basic farmland and agricultural ecology and the impact on the route land use, natural vegetation, borrow pit, spoil ground and water and soil loss, and also put forward measures
12 for prevention and restoration.
(2) Surface water environment impact assessment of
Include the analysis for the impact of production and domestic wastewater during the construction period of proposed highway and the sewage caused by facilities along the parking area during the operation on the quality of water nearby, and the risk analysis of dangerous goods transport.
(3) Social environment impact assessment;
Include the analysis of coordination between proposed highway and Ningxia trunk highway network planning, analysis and comment on the impact on the planning of route cities, on the planning of route industrial park, on the lives of minorities, on the households of land requisition remove and resettlement households and on the tourism resources, cultural relics and historic sites, mineral resources and residents' life quality.
(4) Acoustic environment impact assessment
On the basis of the monitoring and assessment of current situation of acoustic environment in recommend scheme and compared and selected schemes, conduct the impact prediction and assessment and comparative analysis according to the requirements of related regulations and national environmental quality standard for noise; predict the noise value and the condition of exceeding the standard of sensitive points in the near, middle and long term to provide basis for the noise control and environmental management during the construction and operation period.
(5) Ambient air impact assessment.
By means of monitoring the current situation of ambient air quality along the proposed highway, assess the current situation of ambient air quality of the project area, predict and analyze the impact scope and degree of ambient air quality along the highway to provide basis for environmental management.
(6) Public participation
The project construction attracts extensive attention from the masses along the highway. To better reflect the public's suggestions toward the project construction, adopt the combination of random sampling with key investigation, of questionnaire with direct visits for investigation and analysis to minimize the environmental impact of project and provide basis for environmental management.
Besides the above-mentioned content, this assessment also includes the landscape assessment, soil and water conservation, environmental protection measures and techno-economic verification thereof, environmental protection management plan and monitoring plan, environmental economic cost-profit analysis, etc.
13 Among them, the ambient noise, ecological environment, Baijitan natural reserve and corresponding protective measures are taken as the key assessment content.
1.7.2 Assessment phasing The time period of assessment consists of construction period and operation period. The construction period of draft expressway is four years from July 2009 to December 2012 and it shall be built and open to traffic in 2012 The near, middle and long term of operation is the year of 20 13, 2019 and 2027 respectively.
Among it, the construction period and the near term of operation are the key assessment time period, and the middle term of operation is the key assessment time period in the acoustic environment.
1.8 Key environmental protection objects
1.8.1 Ecological environment protection target The proposed highway scheme goes through the natural reserve and experimental area, and the ecological environment protection target includes the natural reserves, cultivated land, the route animals, plants, soil and water conservation facilities, etc, as shown in table 1.8-1.
Table 1.8-1 Ecological environment protection target
Main affecting Type Location Protection objects factor Cultivated Permanent Land occupation land, The cultivated land area of permanent 2 (Farmlands Whole line temporary occupation is 272.38 hm ; the area of 2 are the occupation of occupied basic farmland is 228.70hm • primary land The forest land of the whole line for permanent occupation is 66.19hm2, mainly Permanent including Artemisia ordosica Krasch, Vegetation occupation land, Oxytropis aciphylla, Reaumuria soongorica along the Whole line temporary and (Populus alba L.var.pyramidalis. There line occupation of is one Ammopiptanthus Mongolic on the land right of AK75, which belongs to national gradel-2 protected plant. Permanent Wild occupation land, animals temporary Wild animals within the assessment scope Whole line along the occupation of along the line line land, highway construction and
14 operation Guyaozi-Qi Baijitan ngtongxia Highway Desert ecological system, biodiversity, and Natural tie line construction precious and endangered wildlife and plants Reserve LAK14+45 O~LAK32
1.8.2 Acoustic environmental protection target
According to the detailed investigation for the proposed highway route (within the assessment scope), there are 46 sensitive points within the assessment scope of recommended line of Gulaozi-Qingtongxia tie line of this project, including one apartment for the aged, three schools and 42 villages. See Table 1.8-2 for specific information:
15 Table 1.8-2 Proposed highway acoustic environment and ambient air protection target
Distance from central Type/directi line I N I Name/s I Survey onlorientati distance Photo Topographic map Environmental Feature o. t a k e numberl area on from red line !height of , the point is I Single-story The road goes through the village in located building/on the west and the road bed is 6m. The within theleftof I 58/271-5 buildings is scattered irregularly and cIass-4a roadl side to three households are directly area. side adjacent to the road. There are 5 households in the class-4a area, 8 households in the cIass-2 area, and there are total 13 households within Dingjia the assessment scope. I# point is liang located within cIass-4a area. The LAK12 2# is Single-story buildings are single-story building, +080 located building/on located on the left of the road, its within the left of 68/371-5 side is facing the road, 58m away c1ass- 2 roadl side to from the road, and the height is -5m. area. side 2# point is located within class-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the height is -5m.
16 The road goes through the village in the east and the road bed is Sm. The buildings are scattered in blocks and 3 households are directly adjacent to Dongsh the road. There are 0 households an 1# is Single-story in the class-4a area, 8 households in Slope located building/on 168/136/- the class-2 area, and there are total 8 2 ofHaizi within the right of 4 households within the assessment Village c1ass- 2 roadl side to scope. 1# point is located within LAK32 area. side class-2area. The buildings are +000 single-story building, located on the right the road, its side is facing the road, 168m away from the road, and the height is -4m. The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 3m. The houses are distributed in strips " and 1 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 3, 1# is Single-story households in the class-4a area, 5 Dujiata located building/on 1158/127/- households in the class-2 area, and 3 n within the left of 2 there are total 5 households within Village class- 2 roadl back the assessment scope. point is LAK35 area. to back located within class-2area. The +160 buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its back is facing the road, 158m away from the road, and the height is -2m.
17 The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 4m. The houses are distributed in strips and 1 households· are directly adjacent to the road. There are 0 1# is Single-story Jiantan households in the class-4a area, 3 located building/on Village households in the class-2 area, and 4 within the right of I 82/49/-3 LAK36 there are total 3 households within class- 2 roadl side to +000 the assessment scope. 1# point is area. side located within class-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 82m away from the road, and the height is -3m ...... _------; The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 6m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 4 within the left of I 29/11-5 Group households are directly adjacent to roadl side to the road. There are 5 households 4, side Wujiah the class-4a area, 12 households in the class-2 area, and there are total 5 u Village 17 households within the LAK37 is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +720 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of I 68/40/-5 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road/ side to located on the left of the road, its area. I side side is facing the road, 29m away from the road, and the height is -5m.
18 2# point is located 3# is Single-story c1ass-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 29/11-S left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a roadl side to road, 68m away from the road, and area. side the height is -Sm. 3# point is located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 29m away from the IS Single-story located building/on road, and the height is -Sm. 4# point within the right of 66/38/-S is located within c1ass-2area. The c1ass- 2 road I side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 66m away from the road, and the height is -Sm.
road goes through the vi lIage I # is Single-story and the road bed is Sm. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 3 of 3 Group households are directly adjacent to c1ass-4a I roadl side to the road. There are 9 households in 2,3, area. side Wujiah the class-4a area, II households in 6 u the class-2 area, and there are total Village 20 households within the LAK38 2# is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +080 located building/on located within c1ass-4a area. The within the left of buildings are single-story building, class- 2 roadl side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 31 m away from the road, and the height is -4m.
19 2# point is located within IS Single-story c1ass-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 30/2/-4 left of the road, its side is facing the c1ass-4a roadl side to road, 65m away from the road, and area. side the height is -4m. 3# point is located within c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 30m away from the located building/on road, and the height is Am. 4# point within the right of 66/38/-4 is located within c1ass-2area. The c1ass- 2 road/ side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 66m away from the road, and the height is -4m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 6m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 5 within the left of 33/2/-5 households are directly adjacent to Group c1ass-4a roadl side to the road. There are 11 households 5, area. side in the c1ass-4a area, 35 households Wujiah in the c1ass-2 area, and there are 7 u total 46 households within the Village assessment scope. 1# point is LAK38 2# is Single-story located within c1ass-4a area. The +780 located building/on within the left of 68/37/-5 buildings are single-story building, c1ass- 2 road/ side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 33m away from the road, and the height is -5m.
20 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story class-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 3S/4/-S left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a roadl side to road, 68m away from the road, and area. side the height is -Sm. 3# point is located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4#is Single-story facing the road, 3Sm away from the located building/on road, and the height is -Sm. 4# point within the right of 68/37/-S is located within class-2area. The class- 2 roadl side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the height is -Sm.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 7m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 4 within the left of 30/21-6 households are directly adjacent to Group class-4a roadl side to the road. There are 8 households in 1, area. side the class-4a area, 11 households in the class-2 area, and there are total 8 Shenjia r-I-----+------+------1 hu 19 households within the LAK40 2# is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +SSO located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 66138/-6 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 roadl side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 30m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
21 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story c1ass-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 3113/-6 left of the road, its side is facing the c1ass-4a road/ side to road, 66m away from the road, and area. side the height is -6m. 3# point is located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 31 m away from the located building/on road, and the height is -6m. 4# point within the right of 65137/-6 is located within c1ass-2area. The class- 2 road/ side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 6Sm away from the road, and the height is -6m. The road goes through the village in the northwest and the road bed is Sm. The buildings are scattered in blocks and 3 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 1# is Single-story 2, households in the c1ass-4a area, 3 located building/on Shenjia :+..". I households in the c1ass-2 area, and 9 within the left of I 68/38/-4 h there are total 3 households within c1ass- 2 road! back LAK40 the assessment scope. point is area. to back +980 located within class-2area. The building~ are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its back is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the height is -4m.
22 The road goes through the village in the southeast and the road bed is 6m. The houses are distributed in 1# is Single-story strips and 1 households are directly located buildinglon There are 3 within the right of 38/61-5 adjacent to the road. households in the c1ass-4a area, 9 c1ass-4a roadl side to households in the class-2 area, and area. side Group there are total 12 households within 1, the assessment scope. point is 10 I Wujiaqi located within class-4a area. The ao buildings are single-story building, LAK41 located on the right of the road, its
') side is facing the road, 38m away 2# is Single-story l-i.~~ ''-, ;.. "'" ""'- from the road, and the height is -Sm. located building/on 2# point is located within within the right of 69/37/-5 class-2area. The buildings are class- 2 roadl side to single-story building, located on the area. side right of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -Sm. The road goes through the village Group 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 9m. The houses 5, located building/on are distributed in strips and 6 11 I Wujiaqi within the left of 38/3/-8 households are directly adjacent to ao c1ass-4a roadl side to the road. There are 10 households LAK42 area. side in the c1ass-4a area, 33 households +700 in the c1ass-2 area, and there are
.23 total 43 households within the 2# is Single-story assessment scope. I # point is located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 7l136/-8 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road! side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 38m away from the road, and the height is -8m. 2# point is located within class-2area. The buildings are is Single-story single-story building, located on the located building/on left of the road, its side is facing the within the right of 39/4/-8 road, 71m away from the road, and class-4a road/ side to the height is -8m. 3# point is located area. side within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 39m away from the 4# is Single-story road, and the height is -8m. 4# point located building/on is located within class-2area. The within the right of 72/37/-8 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road/ side to located on the right of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 72m away the road, and the height is -8m.
Group The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story I, 3, and the road bed is 3m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 8 12 I G~ojiaq within the left of 38/3/-2 households are directly adjacent to lao class-4a road/ side to LAK43 the road. There are 13 households area. side +510 in the class-4a area, 38 households in the class-2 area, and there are
24 total 51 households within the 2# is Single-story assessment scope. I # point is located building/on located within c1ass-4a area. The within the left of 72/37/-2 buildings are single-story building, c1ass- 2 road I side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 38m away from the road, and the height is -2m. 2# point is located within class-2area. The buildings are 3# is Single-story single-story building, located on the located building/on left of the road, its side is facing the within the right of 39/4/-2 road, 72m away from the road, and class-4a roadl side to the height is -2m. 3# point is located area. side within c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 39m away from the 4# is Single-story road, and the height is -2m. 4# point located building/on is located within c1ass-2area. The within the right of 71/361-2 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 roadl side to located on the right of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 71 m away from the road, and the height is -2m.
Group The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story 5, and the road bed is 4m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 4 13 I G~ojiaq within the left of 31/31-3 households are directly adjacent to laO class-4a roadl side to LAK43 the road. There are 6 households in area. side +850 the class-4a area, 18 households in I I the class-2 area, and there are total
25 24 households within the 2# is Single-story I assessment scope. 1# point is located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 66/38/-3 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road/ side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 31 m away from the road, and the height is 2# point is located within class-2area. The buildings are 3# is Single-story single-story building, located on the located building/on left of the road, its side is facing the within the right of 32/4/-3 road, 66m away from the road, and class-4a road/ side to the height is -3m. 3# point is located area. side within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on of the road, its side is facing the road, 32m away from the 4# is Single-story road, and the height is -3m. 4# point located building/on is located within class-2area. The within the right of 65/37/-3 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road/ side to located on the right of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 65m away from the road, and the height is -3m.
26 The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 4m. The buildings are scattered in blocks and 3 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 2, 1# is Single-story households in the class-4a area, 3 . Liujiaw located buildinglon households in the class-2 area, and 141 an within the left of 1101175/-2 there are total 3 households within Village class- 2 roadl back the assessment scope. point is LAK44 area. to back located within class-2area. The +560 buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its back is fac ing the road, 101 m away from the road, and the height is -2m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is Sm. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 13 within the left of 31111-4 households are directly adjacent to Group class-4a roadl side to the road. There are 21 households 1, area. side in the class-4a area, 26 households in the class-2 area, and there are 15 S~ansh '-I-----1------+------1 UlgOU total 47 households within the LAK45 2# is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +060 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 661361-4 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 roadl side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 31 m away from the road, and the height is -4m.
27 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story c1ass-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 31111-4 left of the road, its side is facing the c1ass-4a road! side to road, 66m away from the road, and area. side the height is -4m. 3# point is located c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 31 m away from the located building/on road, and the height is -4m. 4# point within the right of 68/38/-4 is located within class-2area. The class- 2 roadl side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the height is -4m.
The road goes through the village Group the southeast and the road bed is 5, 1# is Single-story 6m. The buildings are scattered in Sujiata located buildinglon blocks and 6 households are directly 16 n within the right of 36/5/-5 adjacent to the road. There are 8 Village c1ass-4a roadl side to households in the class-4a area, 21 LAK46 area. side households in the class-2 area, and +030 there are total 29 households within the assessment scope. point i~
28 located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its 2# is Single-story side is facing the road, 36m away located building/on from the road, and the height is -5m. within the right of I 69/38/-5 2# point is located within class- 2 road/ side to class-2area. The buildings are area. side single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -5m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 3m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 4 within the left of 29/3/-2 households are directly adjacent to Group class-4a road/ side to the road. There are 7 households in 3, area. side the class-4a area, 27 households in Sujiata the class-2 area, and there are total 171 n 34 households within the Village assessment scope. 1# point is LAK46 2#is Single-story +430 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 66/40/-2 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road/ side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 29m away from the road, and the height is -2m.
29 2# point IS located within 3# is Single-story I I class-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 30/4/-2 left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a road! side to road, 66m away from the road, and area. side the height is -2m. 3# point is located within c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 30m away from the located building/on road, and the height is -2m. 4# point within the right of 68/42/-2 is located within class-2area. The class- 2 road/ side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the is -2m.
1# is Single-story The road goes through the vi Ilage located building/on and the road bed is 8m. mffiliJk within the left of 35/2/-7 iIC?t ;;{ff ,H ji "Iii Ji!! 3 P 0 There are Group class-4a roadl side to 7 households in the c1ass-4a area, 27 2, area. side households in the c1ass-2 area, and Sujiata there are total 34 households within 18 I n the assessment scope. 1# point is Village 2# is Single-story located within class-4a area. The LAK46 located building/on , buildings are single-story building, +920 within the left of 70/37/-7 located on the left of the road, its class- 2 road/ side to side is facing the road, 35m away area. side from the road, and the height is -7m. 2# point IS located within
30 c1ass-2area. The buildings are 3# is Single-story single-story building, located on the located building/on left of the road, its side is facing the within the right of 36/3/-7 road, 70m away from the road, and class-4a road/ side to the height is -7m. 3# point is located area. side within c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 36m away from the 4# is Single-story road, and the height is -7m. 4# point located building/on is located within class-2area. The within the right of 71/38/-7 buildings are single-story building, c1ass- 2 road/ side to located on the right of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 71 m away from the road, and the height is -7m.
~~~~-- road goes through the village in the west and the road bed is 6m. The houses are distributed in strips and 3 Group households are directly adjacent to 7, the road. There are 0 households in 1# is Single-story Balang the class-4a area, 10 households in located building/on 160/1311- the class-2 area, and there are total 19 I hu within the left of FannIa 5 10 households within the class- 2 road/ back nd assessment scope. point is located area to back LAK47 within c1ass-2area. The buildings +720 are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its back is facing the road, 160m away from the road, and the height is -5m.
31 The road goes through the village in the southeast and the road bed is 1# is Single-story 6m. The houses are distributed in located building/on strips and 3 households are directly within the right of 35/5/-5 adjacent to the road. There are 3 class-4a road/ side to households in the class-4a area, 8 area. side households in the class-2 area, and Group there are total 11 households within 2, the assessment scope. point is 20 I Huashi located within class-4a area. The Village buildings are single-story building, LAK48 located on the right of the road, its +520 side is facing the road, 35m away 2# is Single-story from the road, and the height is -5m. located building/on 2# point is located within within the right of 69/39/-5 . c1ass-2area. The buildings are class- 2 road/ side to single-story building, located on the area. side right of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -5m. ~~\-!I
Group The road goes through the village in 2, the northwest and the road bed is is Single-story Balang 7m. The buildings are scattered in located building/on hu blocks and 4 households are directly 21 within the left of 33/2/-6 Farmla adjacent to the road. There are 4 class-4a roadl back nd households in the c1ass-4a area, 23 area. to back LAK48 households in the class-2 area, and +720 there are total 27 households within the assessment scope. 1# point is
32 located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its 2# is Single-story back is facing the road, 33m away located building/on from the road, and the height is -6m. within the left of 69/38/-6 point is located within class-2area. class- 2 road/ back The buildings are single-story area. to back building, located on the left of the road, its back is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 7m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 8 within the left of 35/4/-6 households are directly adjacent to class-4a road! side to Group the road. There are 13 households 1,2,3, area. side in the class-4a area, 41 households in the class-2 area, and there are 22 I Bolang f-I---\------+------1 qu total 54 households within the LAK52 2# is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +020 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 75/44/-6 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road/ side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 35m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
33 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story class-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 34/3/-6 left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a road/ side to road, 75m away from the road, and area. side the height is -6m. 3# point is located within c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is IS Single-story facing the road, 34m away from the located road, and the height is -6m. 4# point 75/44/-6 is located within class-2area. The c1ass- 2 I road/ side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 75m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 7m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 7 within the left of 33/2/-6 households are directly adjacent to class-4a road/ side to Group the road. There are 15 households area. 1,2, 7, side in the class-4a area, 43 households
23 I Y~ngqu 1-1-----+-----1------1 in the class-2 area, and there are Village total 58 households within the LAK53 2# is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +320 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 68/37/-6 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road! side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 33m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
34 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story class-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 3514/-6 left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a roadl side to road, 68m away from the road, and area. side the height is -6m. 3# point is located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 35m away from the located building/on road, and the height is -6m. 4# point within the right of 69/38/-6 is located within class-2area. The class- 2 roadl side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 7m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 11 within the left of 35/41-6 households are directly adjacent to Group class-4a roadl side to the road. There are 16 households 5,10, area. side in the class-4a area, 31 households in the class-2 area, and there are 24 I Y~ngqu r-I------1------+------1 VIllage total 47 households within the LAK54 2# is Single-story assessment scope. 1# point is +820 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 69/38/-6 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 roadl side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 35m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
35 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story class-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 33/2/-6 left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a road! side to road, 69m away from the road, and area. side the height is -6m. 3# point is located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 33m away from the located building/on road, and the height is -6m. 4# point within the right of 71/40/-6 is located within class-2area. The class- 2 road! side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 71m away from the road, and the height is -6m. The road goes through the village Group 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 9m. The houses 8,9, located building/on are distributed in strips and 10 Lihua 25 the left 39/4/-8 households are directly adjacent to Village the road. There are 4 households in LAK55 class-4a I road/ side to area. side the class-4a area, 76 households in +780 the class-2 area, and there are total 80 households within the
36 assessment scope. 1# point is located within class-4a area. The 2# is Single-story buildings are single-story building, located building/on located on the left of the road, its within the left of 71/36/-8 side is facing the road, 39m away c1ass- 2 road/ side to from the road, and the height is -8m. area. side 2# point is located within c1ass-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the 3# is Single-story road, 71m away from the road, and located building/on the heie.ht is -8m. 3# point is located within the right of 71/36/-8 class-2area. The buildings c1ass- 2 road/ side to are single-story building, located on area side the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 71m away from the road, and the height is -8m.
The road goes through the village in Residen the north and the road bed is 7m. tial I # is Single-story The' buildings are scattered in District located building/on blocks and 4 households are directly 2610fYimu within the left of 41/10/-6 adjacent to the road. There are 6 Group c1ass-4a road/ back households in the class-4a area, 10 LAK56 area. to back households in the class-2 area, and +880 there are total 16 households within the assessment scope. 1# point is
37 located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its 2# is Two-story back is facing the road, 41 m away located building/on from the road, and the height is -6m. within the left of I 69/38/-4 2# point is located within class- 2 roadlback to class-2area. The buildings are area. back two-story building, located on the left of the road, its back is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -4m. I The road goes through the village in the south and' the road bed is 7m. The houses are distributed in strips and 4 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 1, 1# is Single-story households in the class-4a area, 12 Dongm located building/on households in the class-2 area, and 271 en within the right of I 70/39/-6 there are total 12 households within Village class- 2 road/ side to the assessment scope. 0.45kg point LAK56 area side is located within class-2area. The +900 buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 70m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
38 The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 7m. The buildings are scattered In blocks and 4 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 1# is Single-story 1, households in the cIass-4a area, 8 located building/on 28 Lihua households in the cIass-2 area, and I within the right of 102/84/~6 Village there are total 8 households within cIass- 2 road/ face LAK57 the assessment scope. point is area to face +300 located within cIass-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its face is facing the road, 102m away from the road, and the height is -6m. The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 7m. The buildings are scattered in blocks and 4 households are directly Group f3..If"'''~~~ '" ... , adjacent to the road. There are 0 1# is Single-story 5 !~;:~. i ! 2, I J tit, .'" - households in the cIass-4a area, 14 located building/on households in the cIass-2 area, and 29 I Lihua within the right of 68/50/-6 Village there are total 14 households within cIass- 2 road/ back LAK57 the assessment scope. point is area to back +500 located within cIass-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its back is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
39 The road goes through the vi Ilage in the south and the road bed is 4m. The buildings are scattered in blocks and 6 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. 0 household in 1# is Single-story 1, class 4a region, 13 households in located building/on 14811301- class 2 region, and totally 13 30 I Ximen within the right of Village 6 households in the evaluation scope. class- 2 road/ side to LAK57 point is located within area side +800 class-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 148m away from the road, and the height is ---+I--~~~~~~ ~~~~--~~~------1 The road goes through the village in Group the north and the road bed is lim. 7, 1# is Single-story The houses are distributed in strips Majiaqi located bUilding/on and 3 households are directly 31 ao within the left of 4113/-10 adjacent to the road. There are 5 Village class-4a road/ side to households in the class-4a area, 12 LAK59 area. side households in the class-2 area, and +880 there are total 17 households the assessment scope. point is
40 located within c1ass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its 2# is Single-story side is facing the road, 41m away located building/on from the road, and the height is within the left of I 78/40/-10 -10m. 2# point is located within c1ass- 2 road/ side to c1ass-2area. The buildings are area. side single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the road, 78m away from the road, and the height is -10m. The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 4m. 1# is Two-story The buildings are scattered in located building/on blocks and 4 households are directly adjacent to the road. There are 4 within the left of I 30/2/-3 c1ass-4a roadlback to households in the c1ass-4a area, 12 area. back households in the c1ass-2 area, and there are total 16 households within Tuanjie the assessment scope. 1# point is New located within c1ass-4a area. The 32 I Village buildings are two-story building, LAK61 located on the left of the road, its +300 back is facing the road, 30m away 2# is Two-story from the road, and the height is -3m. located building/on 2# point is located within within the left of I 68/40/-3 c1ass-2area. The buildings are c1ass- 2 roadlback to two-story building, located on the area. back left of the road, its back is facing the road, 68m away from the road, and the height is -3m.
41 The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 4m. The buildings are scattered in blocks and I households are directly Apartm adjacent to the road. There are 0 1# is Two-story ent for households in the class-4a area, 1 located building/on the households in the c1ass-2 area, and 33 I within the left of 41113/-2 aged there are total I households within class-4a roadlback to LAK61 the assessment scope. 1# point is area. back +520 located within class-4a area. The buildings are two-story building, located on the left of the road, its back is facing the road, 41 m away from the road, and the height is -2m. ------The road goes through the village in Group the south and the road bed is 7m. 1, 1# is Single-story The houses are distributed in strips Renqia located building/on and 4 households are directly 34 I 0 within the left of 32/2/-6 adjacent to the road. There are 8 Village class-4a road! side to households in the class-4a area, 24 LAK61 area. side households in the class-2 area, and +530 there are total 32 households within the assessment scope. I # point is
42 located within cIass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its 2# is Single-story side is facing the road, 32m away located building/on from the road, and the height is -6m. within the left of I 69/39/-6 2# point is located within class- 2 road/ side to class-2area. The buildings are area. side single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 8m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 4 within the left of 35/3/-7 households are directly adjacent to Group class-4a road/ side to 3, the road. There are 8 households in area. side the class-4a area, 22 households in Renqia the c1ass-2 area, and there are total 35 I 0 Village 30 households within the 1 LAK62 2# is Single-story assessment scope. # point is +210 located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 69/37/-7 buildings are single-story building, cIass- 2 road/ side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 35m away from the road, and the height is -7m.
43 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story class-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 3412/-7 left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a roadl side to road, 69m away from the road, and area. side the height is -7m. 3# point is located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story bui lding, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 34m away from the located buildinglon road, and the height is -7m. 4# point within the right of 69/37/-7 is located within class-2area. The class- 2 roadl side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away the road, and the height is -7m. -~------~--77~==~~~--~~~--- Group road goes through the village 5, 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 7m. The houses Shenzh located buildinglon are distributed in strips and 7 households are directly adjacent to 361 a within the left of 35/41-6 Village class:'4a roadl side to the road. There are 11 households LAK62 area. side in the class-4a area, 32 households +620 in the class-2 area, and there are total 43 households within the
44 assessment scope. 1# point is located within class-4a area. The 2# is Single-story buildings are single-story building, located building/on located on the left of the road, its the left 7S/44/-6 side is facing the road, 3Sm away class- 2 roadl side to from the road, and the height is -6m. area. side 2# point is located within class-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the 3# is Single-story road, 7Sm away from the road, and located building/on the height is -6m. 3# point is located within the right of 33/21-6 within c1ass-4a area. The buildings class-4a roadl side to are single-story building, located on area. side right of the road, its side is facing the road, 33m away from the road, and the height is -6m.
The road goes through the village in Group the south and the road bed is Sm. 3, I # is Single-story The houses are distributed in strips Shenzh located building/on and 1 households are directly 371 a within the left of 41113/-4 adjacent to the road. There are 2 Village c1ass-4a roadl side to households in the c1ass-4a area, 6 LAK63 area. side households in the class-2 area, and +200 there are total 8 households within the assessment scope. 1# point is
45 located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its is Single-story side is facing the road, 41 m away located building/on from the road, and the height is -4m. within the left of I 66/38/-4 2# point is located within class- 2 road/ side to class-2area. The buildings are area. side single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the road, 66m away from the road, and the height is
The road goes through the village 1# is Single-story and the road bed is 7m. The houses located building/on are distributed in strips and 4 within the left of 33/2/-6 households are directly adjacent to class-4a road/ side to the road. There are 9 households in Haoqu area. side the class-4a area, 28 households in Village class-2 area, and there are 381 LAK64 households within the +100 2# is Single-story assessment scope. I # point is located building/on located within class-4a area. The within the left of 68/37/-6 buildings are single-story building, class- 2 road! side to located on the left of the road, its area. side side is facing the road, 33m away from the road, and the hei2.ht is -6m.
46 2# point is located within 3# is Single-story cIass-2area. The buildings are located building/on single-story building, located on the within the right of 34131-6 left of the road, its side is facing the class-4a roadl side to road, 68m away from the road, and area. side the height is -6m. 3# point is located within cIass-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is 4# is Single-story facing the road, 34m away from the located building/on road, and the height is -6m. 4# point within the right of 69/38/-6 is located within cIass-2area. The class- 2 roadl side to buildings are single-story building, area. side located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 69m away from the road, and the height is -6m. The road goes through the village in the north and the road bed is 12m. The houses are distributed in strips and 5 households are directly adjacent to the road. There are 0 Group 1# is Single-story households in the cIass-4a area, 35 10, located building/on households in the cIass-2 area, and 39 I Haoqu within the right of I 82144/-11 there are total 35 households within Village class- 2 roadl side to the assessment scope. point is LAK64 area side located within cIass-2area. The +600 buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 82m away from the road, and the height is -11m.
47 The road through the village in the south and the road bed is 5m. The houses are distributed discretely and 4 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 3, 1# is Single-story households in the c1ass-4a area, 36 Wangla located building/on households in the class-2 area, and 40 I otan within the right of 71/45/-4 there are total 36 households within Village c1ass- 2 roadl side to the assessment scope. point is LAK67 area side located within class-2area. The +600 buildings are single-story located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 71m away from the road, and the height is -4m. ------The road goes through the village in the south and the road bed is 6m. The buildings are scattered in blocks and 5 households are directly adjacent to the road. There are 0 Yingme 1# is Single-story households in the class-4a area, ntan located building/on 1411111/- households in the class-2 area, and 41 I Village within the right of 5 there are total 23 LAK69 class- 2 roadl side to the assessment scope. 1# point is +600 area side located within c1ass-2area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its side is facing the road, 141 m away from the road, and the height is -5m.
48 The road goes through the village in the north and the road bed is 6m. The houses are distributed discretely and 2 households are directly Group adjacent to the road. There are 0 5, 1# is Single-story households in the class-4a area, 20 Weiqia located building/on households in the class-2 area, and 42 I 0 within the left of 701401-5 there are total 20 households within Village class- 2 roadl side to the assessment scope. 1# point is LAK70 area side located within class-2area. The +010 buildings are single-story building, located on the left of the road, its side is facing the road, 70m away from, the road, and the height is -Sm.
The road goes through the village in Group the east and the road bed is 7m. The 1# is Single-story 5, buildings are scattered in blocks and located building/on 6 households are directly adjacent to 43 I Xinqiao within the right of 25/7/-3 Village the road. There are 7 households class-4a roadl back LAK70 in the class-4a area, 33 households area. to back +410 in the class-2 area, and there are total 40 households within the assessment scope. 1# point is
49 located within class-4a area. The buildings are single-story building, located on the right of the road, its 2# is Single-story back is facing the road, 25m away located building/on from the road, and the height is -3m. within the right of 55/37/-3 2# point is located within class- 2 road/ back class-2area. The buildings are area. to back single-story building, located on the right of the road, its back is facing the road, SSm away from the road, and the height is -3m.
tary Two-story School 1# is 1# point is two-story buildings. It is building/on located 1701l42/- located on the left of the road and its 44 I of the left of Bolang within 3 back is facing the road, 170m from roadlback to qu the area. the (oad and its height is -3m. back PrLAK 51+820
No.2 Middle Three-story School is 1# point is three-story buildings. It building/on located 39/- is located on the right of the road 45 the ril!ht of Wuzho 3 and its face is facing the road, 170m ng City the area. I road/face to from the road and its height is -3m. face LAK57 +120
50 Elemen tary Single-story is single-story building. It School 1# is building/on is located on the left of the road and of located 46 the left of 101170/-6 its side is facing the road. It is Haoqu within 10 I em from the road and its height Village the area. I roadl side to side is -6m. LAK64 +210
Note: I. Observing in the direction from the big stake number to the small stake number, the left hand side is the left of the road; 2. The point height refers to the height of corresponding road, and it is negative if it is lower than the road surface.
51 1.8.3 Ambient Air Refer to table 1.8-2 for the acoustic environmental sensitivity target. 1.8.4 Aquatic environment protection target The project goes through Yellow River, Kuishui River, several ditches for agricultural irrigation and several seasonal drainage ditches in the form of bridge, and only Yellow River has water throughout the entire year (refer to table 1.8-3 fordetails). In addition, on the lef of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line is Qingtongxia water plant and the water source is from Yellow River with underground pipeline. The pipeline parallels the proposed highway, the nearest distance is about 200m and it mainly supplies drinking water for residents of surrounding villages and industrial water for individual enterprises. Table 1.8-3 List of water environment protection target within assessment scope of proposed highway
Crossing or Function of Applicable No. River name paralleling Relation with highway use standard position 1 Yellow River LAK66+030 Agriculture III Cross at 120 Degree Domestic, Yazidang On the left of road, about 2 LAK9+980 industrial Reservoir 40m from the road water
1.8.5 Social environment protection target The social environmental protection target of this project is the resettled househoulds (the 2 area of removed building in this project is 111,475m ; the area of permanent occupation of 2 land is I190.655hm .), social economy, cities and towns planning and the production and lives of minorities along the line, as shown in table 1.8-4. Table 1.8-4 Social environment impact protection target
Main Protection IImplementat No. Location protection Detai led description objects ion phase content Removed Qual ity of life, Original housing residents basic Design, conditions are affected and 1 whose land Along the line production construction, the cultivated land is taken is taken condition operation over. over. guarantee Residents Villages'daily Focus on the protection of on both communication Design, daily life and traffic 2 sides are Along the line s, inhabited construction, condition of village blocked to environment operation residents to work go out. quality The highway construction Loss in causes agricultural loss, but agricultural it will bring along the Design, Local economy, 3 Along the line economic development of construction, economy development of entire area; as a whole, the operation regional advantage exceeds the economy disadvantage.
52 Lingwu City under According to the jurisdiction of investigation, the highway Urban Yinthuan City, Coordination Design, has no impact on the 4 planning Qingtongxia City of urban construction, county town and matches area under jurisdiction of planning area operation the town and county Wuzhong City, and planning Litong District Planning of Ningdong Energy and Chemistry Industry Base, planning of Coordination Planning Lingwu Cashmere between According to the Design, area of 5 Industry Park, proposed investigation, the highway construction, industrial planning of Wuzhong project and matches related planning operation park 1 inji Industrial Zone, planning planning of planning of Qingtongxia New Materials Base Part of the road sections Coordination run through Maliantai well Planning Maliantai mine field, of arrangement fie Ids. It is proposed to Design, area of 6 Dingjialiang mine of line with do well in survey report on construction, mining field planning area the buried mineral operation area of mining area resources in the next phase of work. The highway construction Customs and disturbs minority's normal Design, 7 Minority Along the line practices of life and customs; as a construction, Hui Minority whole, the advantage operation exceeds the disadvantage. Connection between the 0211,020,0307,06, construction of S101, 0109, S201, The proposed project sets Related proposed Lingwuqing highway, several interchange Design, highway project and 8 Dagu railway, Ouli fly-over and separate construction, and other highway railway, Taizhongyin fly-over to connect with operation railway and railway in railway, Baolan highway and railway the affected railway. area of the project
1 .9 Evaluating Method
The highway construction belongs to a large linear development project and has the characteristics of a long line and wide influence surface. So, the assessment of each road section adopts the assessment principles of "combining point with line, replacing section with point and feedback of entire line". See table 1.9-1 for specific assessment method of each special topic.
53 Table 1.9-1 List of assessment method
Special topic Current evaluation Influence appraisal Social Environment Data collection, investigation and analysis Ecological Quadrat investigation, data Combination of analogy analysis and environment collection predicted calculation Acoustic Current monitor Model calculation environment Surface Water Combination of analogy and model CUrrent monitor Environment calculation Ambient Air Current monitor Analogy analysis Field investigation (issue the public participation questionnaire), Public participation media notification
54 Chapter 2 General Situation of the Project and Project Analysis 2.1 Geographical location of the project
Ouyaozi-Qingtongxia highway(via Wuzhong City) lies in central north of Ningxia, extending from east to west by Lingwu City, Litong District of. Wuzhong City and Qingtongxia City, and is located between east longitude 105°50'to 106°37', and north latitude 37°51 'to 38° 11'.
Please refer to geographical location diagram 2.1-1 for detail.
2.2 Route direction and main control points
2.2.1 Start and end points of the route The start point of tie line from Ouyaozi to Qingtongxia in national highway No.211 is at the north of Ningdong Coal Chemical Industry Area, which is connecting Qing-Yin expressway; the end point is at the west of Qingtongxia New Material Base, which is connecting with the planning expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning.
2.2.2 Route direction and main control points Route direction: Line LA (recommended scheme, pile numbers from LAKO+OOO to LAK78+800)
The planed tie line from Ouyaozi to Qingtongxia on the National highway No.211 will be constructed into a fully closed and complete interchange expressway with four driveways. The starting point is at the north of Ningdong Coal Chemical Industry Area, which is about 2km from the development zone of Inner Mongolia Shanghaimiao Energy Base. This route goes to south and passes Baofeng road, Qing-Yin expressway (020) and auxiliary road of Qing-Yin expressway. At about 1.9km from west of Maliantai Power Plant, it goes southwest and passes by Yazitang Reservoir, and the nearest distance from the reservoir is more than 40m. It bypasses the west of Lingzhou Ash Field Management Office and Power Plant Ash Field, above-transverse the tie line of TaiZhongYin railway, Taihezi Ditch and Dagu railway at LAK17+470. This route is about 480m from the west of Lingwu Railway Station. It spans. Zhoujia Ditch and Henggou. This route passes from the experimental area of Baijitan National Nature Reserve. It crosses national highway No.307 at LAK23+710, and is about 830m from the west of Toll Station of national highway No.307. After that, it goes to the southwest, enters into the Yellow River Diverting Irrigation Area after passing Xiabai road at LAK31 +980. After passing Wujiahu Village, it over-transverse national highway No.211 at Jiantan. This route runs through Haojiaqiao and Shenjiahu, passes Ouojiaqiao Village and Liujiawan Village, spans over Shanshui Channel and enters into Laohe Bridge (this route spans from Wujiaqiao Village Wudui to Ouojiaqiao Village Wudui with the form of viaduct, and the corresponding pile numbers are LAK42+500 to LAK43+700). It over-transverse Wubai highway at LAK46+908. After passing Qingshui Ditch, it enters into Balanghu Farm. This route passes Nanjiefang Village of Wuzhong City, Bolangqu Village, Yangqu Village, and Jinji Town, successively. It over-transverse Jing-Zang expressway (06) at AK55+490, which is about 230m from the north of Xiajin Milk Reproduction Base. Then, it goes to the west, passes Majiaqiao Village, Renqiao Village, and is about 750m from the south of Dongfu the place of historical interest. And then, it crosses Qinqu and crosses the Yellow River at LAK65+650. It passes Taining Ditch, Xiqu and Tanglai Ditch, successively. It over-transverse national highway No.109 at LAK 70+ 190 near Weiqiao Village. After crossing from Xigan Ditch, it passes through the north of Daba Town. It over-transverse
55 \ "
Fig.2.2-1 Schematic diagram for the position of planned highway
56 BaoLan railway at LAK75+258. After crossing provincial highway NO.20l at LAK77+195, it reaches to its end point, and connects with the planned expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning. This route is expressway total length is 78.800km ..
LAK 14+450~LAK32 section of Guyaozi -Qingtongxia tie line runs through the experiment zone of Baijitan reserve, with the shortest distances of 300 meters to buffer area and 500 meters to the core area respectively.
Main control points: Ningdong Coal Chemical Industry Area of Lingwu City, Baijitan National Nature Reserve, Tanshui River, Lingwu City, Litong District of Wuzhong city, Jinji Town, Yellow River, Qingtongxia Aluminum Plant, and planned expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning.
2.3 Traffic volume prediction
According to the predication results of traffic volume in project feasibility research report, the predication results of the designed traffic volume of the planned highway is given in table 2.3-1; the component ratio of various vehicles is given in table 2.3-2; the composition of transported kinds of freight is shown in table 2.3-3.
Table 2.3-1 Predicated values of traffic volumes at all characteristic years of the planned project Unit: vehicle/day (small passenger car) No. Section Name Length (km) 2013 2019 2027 Ningdong Coal Chemical Industry Area to 5.756 12979 20839 30735 N ingdong Terminal 2 Ningdong Terminal to Tianshui River 17.694 14263 22921 33770 3 Tianshui River to Lingwu 13.650 14227 22802 33573 4 Lingwu to Wuzhong Terminal 5.930 13154 21131 31162 5 Wuzhong Terminal to YangmaHu 4.476 12647 20303 29939 6 YangmaHu to Chaiqiao 7.960 12705 20402 30085 7 Chaiqiao to Jinji Terminal 1.934 12726 20449 30157 8 Jinji Terminal to Qingtongxia Aluminum Plant 13.000 11957 19196 28312 Qingtongxia Aluminum Plant to Qingtongxia 9 7.200 11989 19288 28460 New Material"Base Qingtongxia New Material Base to Qingtongxia 10 1.200 12026 19343 28539 West Terminal
Table 2.3-2 Vehicle-type ratio and day-night ratio of planned project (absolute vehicle type)
Vehicle-type ratio Day-night ratio Oversize vehicle Medium vehicle Minitype vehicle Day time: night time 24.5 33.0 42.5 89.6:10.4
57 Table 2.3-3 Proportion of transported kinds of freight (%)
Code Kinds of freight Proportion Code Kinds of freight Proportion 1 Coal 10.76 7 Wood 1.18 2 Oil 1.94 8 Non-metal ore 1.52 3 Metallic minerals 0.78 9 Fertilizers 1.16 4 steel 1.71 10 Salt 0.22 5 Material for minerals 9.49 11 Food 7.42 6 Cement 4.03 12 Others 59.79
2.4 Main Technical Indexes and Engineering Quantity
2.4.1 Main Technical Indexes (1) Technical index of route scheme
According to the location of the project, road network condition and predicating results of traffic volume, by combining with the status and effect of this project, and according to the regulation and requirements of "Technical Standard of Highway Engineering" (JTG BOI-2003), The planned tie line of the section from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.2 I I will be constructed into fully closed, complete interchange expressway with four driveways. Its design speed is IOOkmlh, and the width of roadbed is 26.0m. The main technical index can be referred in table 2.4-1.
Table 2.4-1 Table of main technical indexes
No. Highway grade of the project Unit Index
Design speed kmlh 100 2 Maximum longitudinal slope % 4
3 Width 0 roadbed m 26 4 Width of driveways m 4 x3.75 5 Width of right paved shoulder m 2x3.0 6 Type of pavement surface Asphalt concrete 7 Design load grade of automobile Grade Highway grade I Acceleration coefficient of 8 g 0.15, 0.15, 0.10, 0.20 seismic peak
-0 0 >, Extra large bridge 11300 0 c;:; uc: c: ~ Medium and large bridge 1/100 9 eJ)::I 'ii) if Small bridge and culvert (2) Technical standard of interchange The design speed of general interchange ramp is 40kmlh. The width of roadbed of one-way single driveway is 8.Sm. The width of roadbed of two-way double driveways is IS.Sm. The design speed of directional or semi-directional ramp of terminal interchange is 60kmlh. The 58 width of roadbed of one-way single driveway is 8.5m. The width of roadbed of one-way double driveways is 10.5m. All tie lines of interchange should adopt the standard of second grade highway or more. For some road sections which can not satisfy the technical standards of second grade highway, they should be reconstructed according to the second grade standard, and the design driving speed is 80kmlh and the roadbed width is 12m. 2.4.2 Main quantities The length of the recommended scheme is 78.8km in total Permanent land occupation by the 2 2 whole route is 541.66hm , and 78436m houses have been removed. 6519m/43 bridges have been established, including 31 05m/2 extra-large bridges, 3281m/31 large and medium-sized bridges, and 133m/lOsmall bridges, with the bridges accounting for 8.27% of the total length of the road line. And 220 culverts have been constructed. In addition, there are 7 interchanges, 24 separated interchanges and 32 passages. 1 management and monitoring centers are established for the whole road line, with 1 main-line toll gates 6 ramp toll gates, 1 maintenance sections, 1 service sections and I parking sections. Main engineering quantities of the recommended scheme of the whole line are listed in table 2.4-2. Table 2.4-2 Table of main engineering quantities of recommended scheme Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line Project Unit LAKO+OOO~LAK 78+800 Length of route km 78.8 Roadbed m3 9687948 Earthwork in each kilometer m3 122943.50 Pavement m2 1542846 Protection and drainage works m3 506074 Special roadbed treatment Km 42.199 :l: Special large bridge mlset 3105/2 ~-t: Medium and large bridge 3281131 :2 0 m/set "- ..0 Small bridge mlset 133/10 Culvert I 220 Ql) I: > <':I Hub interchange 3 1: 01 0'£, I 'B °B lui) Normal interchange 4 59 Average cost in each kilometer 10,OOORMB 4351.5426 2.5 Main Engineering contents 2.5.1 Roadbed engineering (1) Standard cross section of roadbed The expressway standard of fully closed and complete interchange with four driveways is adopted, The roadbed width is 26.0m and the design speed is IOOkm/h. Layout form of cross section: roadway 2x2x3.75m, paved shoulder 2x3.0m, soil shoulder 2x O.75m, separation strip and marginal strip 3.5m. The layout of standard cross section of roadbed is shown in Fig.2.5-I. (2) Form and opening of medial strip The medial strip of the main line adopts the convex mode. Its total width is 2.0m. Grass is planted on the surface for greening, and trees are planted to prevent dazzling. To facilitate 60 ....)"? ...... ~ " .... I: 0 "' ..... I: "' .. '" '0 0 ..... u ...... 'l) "£ V) 'l) V) I: 01) 0 .5 .~ ...... > ~l (';j (0 u ;< 1;:; 'l) "0 < "'- '"t:: ""' ...... "0'" r/)-'" § "/, ...... r/)- Fig.2.5-1 Cross section of roadbed 61 the rush emergency, first aid and maintenance, one opening is set at each 2km in the medial strip for general road sections. Openings should be set before and after the interchange, service area, and other facilities. (3) Roadbed slope Fill slope: if the height of roadbed fill slope H is equal to or less than 6.0m in general road sections, the fill slope grade should adopt I: 1.5; if the height of roadbed fill slope H is more than 6.0m. change the slope at the height of 6m, and adopt the slope grade of 1: 1.5 for more than 6m and the grade of 1: 1.75 for less than 6m. The fill roadbed slope grade at windy and sandy road sections should be 1:3.0. Excavation slope: if the depth of cutting at excavation section H is less than 3m, the slope grade should be 1:1; if 3m (4) Roadbed drainage and protection CD Roadbed drainage Roadbed drainage: 60x60cm trapezoidal side ditch should be adopted for cutting and zero filling roadbed of general road sections. 60x60cm rectangular cover board side ditch should be adopted to stony road. If the filling height is more than 0.6m, trapezoidal drainage ditch with the width of 60cm and the depth of 60cm should be constructed. Side ditch and drainage ditch should be reinforced by M7.5 mortar flag stone. If the longitudinal slope of the trench floor at the water ditch and culvert outlet is too large, should be set torrent ditch or waterfall structure. ® Protection of roadbed • Road embankment For road section with the height of road embankment H less than 3m, reinforced shoulder and grass planting for protection of the slope should be adopted. If 3m~H~5m, the slope should be reinforced by concrete square grid and grass should be planted for protection. If the fi!ling height H is more than 5m, mortar flag stone arch framework should be adopted for slope protection, and grass should be planted in the arch frame. If local roadbed filling section is restricted by landform and geological conditions, the scheme of retaining wall in coopf:rating with greening should be adopted if the roadbed encroaches too much riverbed or occupies too much land. If the retaining wall is of gravity type embankment wall and the bearing capacity of foundation is relatively low, light retaining wall (counterfort retaining wall and reinforced earth retaining wall) and various flexible supporting structures should be adopted. Turf should be laid on the roadbed above the wall top for protection according to the importance degree of the road section. For some road sections adjacent to river, mortar slag stone complete protection should be adopted to the part lower than the safety water level to prevent river water from scouring the base of slope. 62 • Cutting If the cutting height H<3m, protection is not necessary for the road section. If the cutting height 3m:sH:sSm, M7.5 mortar slag stone facing wall should be adopted for protection. If the cutting height H>Sm, first grade slope should be protection by facing wall, and those more than first grade should adopt arch framework slope protection and grass planting for protection. 2.5.2 Pavement works D Design standard Double wheel group single axle load of 100kN is adopted as the standard load in the design of asphalt concrete pavement. The design working life of expressway and first grade highway is 15 years, and the design working life of second grade highway is 12 years. D Pavement type Through combining with the climate, hydrology and engineering geology along the highway, and the road materials in this area, with the principle of adaptation to local conditions and using local materials, asphalt concrete pavement is used for the main line of this project, and cement concrete pavement is used for the square of toll station. D Pavement structure Pavement structure of expressway: lJ Main line roadway, marginal strip, paved shoulder pavement structure Top course: 4cm fine particle asphalt concrete (adopting modified asphalt) Middle course: 6cm medium particle asphalt concrete (adopting modified asphalt) Bottom course: 8cm coarse asphalt concrete Base course: 30cm cement stable crushed stone Subbase: IS to 20cm cement stable grit Total depth of the pavement is 66 to 6Scm D Pavement structure of interchange ramp and tie line Top course: 4cm fine particle asphalt concrete (adopting modified asphalt) Bottom course: 6cm medium particle asphalt concrete (adopting modified asphalt) Base course: 30cm cement stable crushed stone Subbase: 20cm cement stable crushed stone Total depth of the pavement is 60cm 63 Soil shoulder Cement concrete precast slab with the thickness of 8cm is used as the soil shoulder. Graded gravel with the thickness of 10cm is laid under the slab. o Pavement drainage Water on the pavement of general road sections will be drained by road arch cross slope and longitudinal slope. After collecting by asphalt concrete impound strap, water is diverted to the torrent ditch at both sides of the roadbed, and then to side ditch or drainage ditch. An opening is set at each 10m in the medial strip for ultra high road sections. The rainwater within the scope of upper half-amplitude pavement will flow to the lower half-amplitude pavement from the openings set on the medial strip. These rainwater will flow into the torrent ditch together through the impound strap, and drained away from the roadbed. 2.5.3 Culvert project for bridge There are 2 ultra large bridges with the total length of 31 05m, 31 large and medium bridges with the total length of 3281 m, 10 small bridges with the total length of 133m, and 220 culve:1s (2.8 culverts in each kilometer in average) on the recommended tie line from Guyal)zi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211. The two ultra large bridges are Qingtongxia Yellow River ultra large bridge (with the length of 1898m). The central pile number of this bridge is LAK66+030 (the pile number at the crossing with Yellow River is LAK65+650), and the viaduct in Wuzhong Guojiaqiao Village (with the length of I 207m). The central pile number of this bridge is LAK43+ 100. Please refer to table 2.5-1 for the setting conditions of ultra large, large and medium bridges in this section. 64 Table 2.5-1 List for the setting of ultra large, large and medium bridges in the tie line of the section from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 Length Width Style of forms Note Hole Water Area of Number of Name of of Crossing of No. number-hole quality bridges central piles bridges bridges river bridges Upper part Lower part Foundation diameter (m) Type (m2) (m) (m) Bridge Bridge approach The No. of approach Ultra large (prestressed concrete central pile 7x40+ (cylinder pier) bridge on Yellow small box beam) Pile in the LAK66+030 (60+5x90+60) 1898 26 49348 main bridge Yellow River main bridge foundation Yellow +20x40+6x40 (box-section River (prestressed concrete River is pier)/rib type continuous beam) LAK65+650 platform Prestressed concrete Cylinder Pile 2 LAK43+100 Viaduct 40x30 1207 / 26 31382 continuous box pier/rib type foundation beam platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Drainage Pile 3 LAK4+875 bridge 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column ditch foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Shacong Shacong Pile 4 LAK13+100 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Dagoutang Drainage Pile 5 LAK16+300 15x20 307 26 7982 prestressed concrete pier/column Bridge ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Dahezi Dahezi Pile 6 LAK19+200 10x20 206 26 5356 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform 65 Prefabricated Cylinder Zhoujia Zhoujia Pile 7 LAK20+450 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Drainage Pile 8 LAK20+950 Henggou 7x20 146 26 3796 prestressed concrete pier/column ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Large Cylinder Drainage prestressed concrete Pile 9 LAK28+035 bridge 13x30 397 26 10322 pier/column ditch continuous box foundation (ditch) type platform beam Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 10 LAK33+160 bridge 3x13 45 Trench 26 1170 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Pile II LAK34+600 Hanqu 3x20 66 Hanqu 26 1716 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 12 LAK35+780 bridge 4x20 86 Trench 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation (trench) hollow slab type Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 13 LAK38+300 bridge 4x20 86 Trench 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Sigou Sigou Pile 14 LAK39+410 3x20 66 26 1716 prestressed concrete pier/column Bridge Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 15 LAK39+900 bridge 3x16 54 Trench 26 1404 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform 16 LAK40+870 Shajiang 3x16 54 ¥yn¥1;J 26 1404 Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 66 Ditch prestressed concrete pier/column foundation hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 17 LAK41 +980 bridge 3x16 54 Trench 26 1404 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Shanshui Shanshui Pile 18 LAK44+800 8x20 166 26 4316 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder ,---0'------Qingshui Pile 19 LAK48+450 5x20 106 26 2756 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Qinggou Qinggou Pile 20 LAK48+720 3xl3 45 26 1170 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 21 LAK51+240 bridge 3x13 45 Trench 26 i170 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Qinger Qinger Pile 22 LAK52+695 3xl3 45 26 1170 prestressed concrete pier/column Ditch Ditch foundation hollow slab type South Prefabricated Cylinder South Pile 23 LAK58+250 3xl6 54 main [ ! 26 1404 prestressed concrete pier/column main ditch foundation ditch hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Malian Malian Pile 24 LAK59+890 3x20 66 26 1716 prestressed concrete pier/column Trench Trench foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Pile 25 LAK64+600 Qinqu 4x20 86 Qinqu 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column foundation hollow slab type platform 67 Prefabricated Cylinder Taining Taining Pile 26 LAK68+300 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column Trench Trench foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder West West Pile 27 LAK68+880 6x20 126 26 3276 prestressed concrete pier/column Trench Trench foundation hollow slab type platform Prefabricated Cylinder Tanglai Tanglai prestressed concrete Pile 28 LAK69+750 IOx30 307 26 7982 pier/column Trench Trench continuous box foundation type platform beam West Prefabricated Cylinder West main Pile 29 LAK71+600 3x20 66 main 26 1716 prestressed concrete pier/column canal foundation canal hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Drainage Pile 30 LAK75+730 bridge 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column ditch foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Drainage Pile 31 LAK76+000 bridge 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column ditch foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Medium Prefabricated Cylinder Drainage Pile 32 LAK76+600 bridge 4x20 86 26 2236 prestressed concrete pier/column ditch foundation (trench) hollow slab type platform Total 6386 166036 68 2.5.4 Intersecting construction There are 11 interchanges,3l separated interchanges, and 64 channels in the entire line of this project. Description of subsection is as follows: D Interchange There are 8 interchanges on the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.2II. The average space between all interchanges is 10.349km, the minimum space is 4.476km, and the maximum space is 17.694km. Please refer to table 2.5-2 for the setting of interchanges. Table 2.5-2 List of setting for interchanges on the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 Position Level of Occup Name of Space Main connecting Type of No. ofpile Level of roads interchan ation interchange (km) villages interchange 2 number ge (hm ) N ingdong Town, N ingdong Energy Chemical Qing-Yin Ningdong LAK5+ Industry Base, expressway Combined Terminal 2l.48 Terminal 756 Inner Mongolia (G20), cloverleaf Shanghaimiao expressway Energy Chemical Industry Base Tianshuihe National Village, Single Tianshui LAK23 highway 2 17.649 N ingdong Energy General bulge type 6.61 River +450 No.307, second Chemical B grade Industry Base Jiantan Village in Operating Lingwu City, Single LAK37 national 3 Lingwu 13.65 Lingwu General bulge type 8.93 +100 highway No.2ll, Cashmere A third grade Industrial Park Guojiaqiao Planned national Wuzhong LAK43 Village at the Combined 4 5.93 highway No.2II . Terminal 24.52 Terminal +030 southeast of cloverleaf expressway Wuzhong City Yangmahu Single LAK47 Village at the WuBai highway, 5 YangmaHu 4.476 General bulge type 8.58 +506 south of second grade B Wuzhong City 69 JingZang expressway Jinji Town, Jinji LAK56 (G6), provincial Combined 6 8.927 Wuzhong Jinji Terminal 24.97 Terminal +433 expressway cloverleaf Industrial Park No.1 0 I, second grade National Qingtongxia Single LAK70 Qingtongxia highway 7 Aluminum 13.967 General bulge type 6.51 +400 Aluminum Plant No.109, second Plant A grade Provincial highway Qingtongxia LAK78 Qingtongxia New No.201, planned Combined 8 west 7.8 Terminal 30.10 +200 Material Base expressway from cloverleaf terminal Shizuishan to Zhongning Note: Wuzhong Terminal Interchange and Wuzhong Terminal at section from Lingwu to Tianshuibao on national highway No.2ll are connected. o Separate intercrossing Separated interchanges are mainly set according to current highway network and regional highway network planning requirements and the opinions of local government. The grade of intersecting roads, the intersecting angle, clearance requirements, hydrogeology conditions, and other factors are taken into account to determine the position and form of the interc hanges. Thert are 24 separated interchanges (with the total length of 4821 m) on the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.21l. Please refer to table 2.5-3 for detail. Tabk 2.5-3 List of separated interchanges on the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 Span Total Width Interse number length of cting Structural type x span of the bridge Name and level angle N Number of Intersecting length bridge deck of intersecting o. central piles mode c 70 YinGu auxiliary road Main line 2 LAK9+900 Guli railway 90 IOx30 307.0 26.0 over-cross TaiZhongYin Main line 3 LAK I 7+470 90 3x30 97.0 26.0 railway over-cross Main line 4 LAK19+780 Oagu railway 90 12x30 367.0 26.0 over-cross G307 line Main line 5 LAK23+710 60 24x20 486.0 26.0 (second grade) over-cross Xiabai Road Main line 6 LAK31+950 100 3x20 66.0 26.0 (third grade) over-cross Main line 7 LAK36+590 G211 line 120 3x20 66.0 26.0 over-cross Village road Main line 8 LAK38+780 60 3x20 66.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross Village road Main line 9 LAK40+550 80 3x20 66.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross Village road Main line 10 LAK46+100 80 3x16 54.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross WuBai Main line II LAK46+908 highway, (third 90 3x20 66.0 26.0 over-cross grade) Village road Main line 12 LAK52+090 45 3x20 66.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross Village road Main line 13 LAK53+290 45 3x16 54.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross Village road Main line 14 LAK54+810 120 3xl6 54.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross JingZang Main line 15 LAK55+490 expressway 100 30x30 907.0 26.0 over-cross (G6) Main line 16 LAK56+920 SIOI line 90 3x20 66.0 34.0 over-cross Village road Main line 17 LAK61+630 85 3x13 45.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross Village road Main line 18 LAK64+087 120 3xl6 54.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross Main line 19 LAK70+190 GI09 line 95 3x20 66.0 26.0 over-cross Village road Main line 20 LAK72+656 80 3xl3 45.0 26.0 (fourth grade) over-cross 71 Separated Main line 21 LAK74+640 concurrently as 90 28x20 567.0 26.0 over-cross cross river Main line 22 LAK75+245 Baolan railway 90 7x30 217.0 26.0 over-cross Main line 23 LAK77+l95 S201 Line 80 3x20 66.0 26.0 over-cross Main line 24 LAK78+250 Yanshan line 110 3x20 66.0 34.0 over-cross Total 4821 D Channel and pedestrian bridge 32 channels and 3 overpasses are set on the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.2)} in the recommended scheme. 2.5.5 Traffic engineering and facilities along the line The design of traffic engineering and facilities along the line includes: management organization, maintenance work area, safety facilities, monitoring facilities, communication facilities, charging facilities, service facilities, power supply facilities, illumination facilities, and so on. D Management system and facilities along the line Three,-Ievel management system is adopted for this project, which are autonomous region top grade highway management center, management subcenter of this project, various monitoring communication department and subordinate toll stations, maintenance work areas, service areas, parking lots, and so on. The autonomous region top grade highway management center is not belonged to the scope of this project. 1 management monitoring centers, 1 toll stations on the main line, 6 toll stations on the ramp, 1 maintenance work areas, I service areas and I parking lots are set on the whole line of this project in the recommended scheme. Detailed settings are listed in table 2.5-4. Table 2.5-4 Setting of facilities along the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 Area of Land No. Name Number of driveway factory area buildings Entrance Exit Subtotal ha m2 1 Ningdong main line toll station 6 14 20 1.3 2500 2 Tianshuihe ramp toll station 2 3 5 0.3 900 72 3 Baijitan service area (K34+422) 5.3 6500 Lingwu ramp toll station, management 4 3 6 9 2.9 5500 department and maintenance work area 5 Yangmahu ramp toll station 2 5 7 0.5 1100 6 linji ramp toll station 3 5 8 0.5 1200 7 linji parking lot (K59+830) 1.2 1500 Qingtongxia town toll station and 8 2 5 7 2.1 4100 maintenance work area Total 18 38 56 14.3 23300 D Monitoring facilities The monitoring of this project is mainly TV monitoring and traffic flow detection and induction. To quickly deal with occasional event and avoid the happening of secondary accident, emergency telephones are set on the road and prowl cars are equipped to quickly obtain abnormal traffic information and to deal with it in time. D Communication facilities Communication system is used by expressway traffic management and operating departments to communicate traffic management information. It is the special communication network used to provide communication service for the transmission of monitoring charging equipment information. It can be used for the transmission of data, voice, image, and other information of the monitoring system and charging system. D Charging facilities Enclosed network toll collection is adopted by the charging system. Unification and coordination with relevant technical standards for the network toll collection of Ningxia Autonomous Region Expressway are made. D House construction, power supply and illumination facilities Corresponding power supply and distribution stations are set to supply various kinds of power for facilities along the line, communication, and charging equipments. Illumination facilities are not installed for all interchange areas on this road section. Common street lamps are used for illumination on the plaza of the toll station. 2.6 Confiscation of land and removal 2.6.1 Land confiscation 1190.655hm2 of land will be occupied during the construction of the whole line of this project in the.recommended scheme, including permanent occupied land area of 541.66hm2 (272.38hm2 of cultivated land, 264.22hm2 of pasture, and 5.06 hm2 of wood land). 73 o Permanent land occupation 2 Pennanent land occupation area of the whole line of the planned project is 541.66 hm • Please refer to table 2.6-1 for detail. Table 2.6-1 List of permanent land confiscation Unit: hm 2 Type and area of occupied land Location Cultivated Land Pasture Woodland Total Lingwu City 65.98 199.92 5.06 270.96 Wuzhong City 130.4 0.00 0.00 C130.40 Qingtongxia City 76.00 64.30 0.00 140.30 Total of whole line 272.38 264.22 5.06 541.66 percentage 50.29% 48.78% 0.93% 100% 74 o Land Occupied Temporarily There is no waste dregs have been produced during project construction; In addition, altogether 4331600 m3 of earthwork shall be borrowed, and 3 earth pits have been 2 2 2 established, occupying a land area of 30.1 hm , including 19.5hm of grassland, and 10.6 hm of cash woods. Refer to Table2.6-2. Table 2.6-2 List of borrow fields Borrow Length Amoun Maxi location Exploit of new t of mum Area able constru Pile excavat excav Land- Land No. covered amount ction Number Left Right 2 ion ated form type (hm ) (10,000 access (m) (m) 3 (10,000 deep m ) road m3) (m) (m) LAK4S+ Econom 1200 10.6 14.60 87.84 IS Terrace 240 600 ic forest LAK71+ Indepen 2 SOO 7.2 34.60 131.75 26 Pasture 600 700 dent hill Mountai LAK75+ n front 3 100 12.3 6.70 213.57 14 Pasture 120 000 gentle slope Total 30.1 433.16 960 Construction access roads with the length ofO.96km for temporary borrow and abandon soil field are involved in this project. These roads mainly occupy pasture. Construction access roads are caleulated as the width of 4.Sm, with the land area of 0.432hm2, and mainly are pasture. 2.6.2 Removal 59695m2 of houses should be removed for the planned highway during the construction of this project, including3292 m2 of brick-concrete houses, 46307m2 of brick wood houses, 10096m2 of earth wood houses. 28,OOOm2 of fish pond, 76 water wells, 1400m of brick fences, and 2000m2 of threshing floor are removed." Please refer to table 2.6-3. 75 Table 2.6-3 Table of removal building quantity Type of house Brick Subordinate Brick- Earth Brick wood Fish pond Water well Threshing regions concrete wood 2 fence 2 2 house 2 (m ) (mouth) floor (m ) house (m ) 2 house (m ) (m) (m ) Lingwu City 1902 13502 420 30 0 500 0 Litong District in Wuzhong 1170 23511 8510 43 7000 750 0 City Qingtongxia 220 9294 1166 3 21000 150 2000 City Total 3292 46307 10096 76 28000 1400 2000 According to the "Statistical Yearbook of Ningxia in 2007", rural housing area of the whole district is 21.64m2. Each household is counted as five person in rural area. This project will remove about 333 households and] 440 people. Please refer to table 2.6-4. Table 2.6-4 Table of removal quantity 2 County Dismantling houses (m ) Number of household Population (people) Lingwu City 15824 98 426 Litong District in 33191 187 804 Wuzhong City Qingtongxia City 10680 48 210 Total 59695 333 1440 3830 trees and 7]50 fruit trees will have to be cut, and 12,500 Mu of nursery garden will have to be destroyed for the construction of this project. Refer to Table 2.6-5 Table 2.6-5 Quantities of compensated trees and young crops Type and quantity of tree Timber tree Nursery Fruit garden <1»IOcm <1>< 10cm <1»20cm Subtotal tree (Mu) Lingwu City 100 500 80 680 0 0 Litong District in 600 1800 350 2750 12500 650 Wuzhong City Qingtongxia City 0 400 0 400 0 6500 Total 700 2700 430 3830 12500 7150 76 2.7 Balance of Earthwork 3 The total excavation amount of earthwork for this project is 2.8561 million m . The total 3 3 filling amount is 7.1339 million m . the total utilization amount is 2.0695 million m . The 3 total borrow amount is 4.3316 million m • Please refer to table 2.7-1 for the balance of roadbed earthwork 77 Table 2.7-1 Balance of roadbed earthwork Borrow Utilized by Excavation Filling Moving out Moving in (filling the Spoil 3 3 this pile 3 3 (10,000 m ) (10,000 m ) 3 (10,000 m ) (10,000 m ) short) Length (10,000 m ) 3 Pile No. of Beginning and End (10,000 m ) (m) Cubic Total Total Common Hard Cubic Cubic Cubic Cubic Cubic Cubic volume amount soil soil LAKO 1·000~ LAK33+000 33000 264.69 18528 79.41 186.03 186.03 186.03 78.66 0 0 LAK33+000~ LAK59+000 26000 2.97 2.08 0.89 301.22 301.22 2.97 78.66 219.59 0 LAK59+000~ LAK78+800 19800 17.95 12.57 5.39 226.14 226.14 17.95 213.57 0 Total 198440 564.22 394.94 169.28 1268.7 1268.7 391.06 131.58 131.58 751.44 41.59 78 2.8 Bad Geological Situation and Engineering Treatment Measures The bad geology along the line of the planned project mainly include the treatment of fish pond and reek lake, sand liquefaction, collapsible loess, saline soil, windy and sandy road section, and expansive soil road section, which are described as follows. o Treatment of fish pond and reek lake The surface slope of Yellow River irrigation area along the line is gentle, which is favorable for water diversion, but bad for drainage. Fish ponds and reek lakes are existed among that area. Necessary measures must be taken during the construction of this project in the future. o Sand liquefaction Some sections of the line passes through alluvial plain and alluvial lacustrine plain, where groundwater is abundant, water level is shallow, and lacustrine bogs are widely distributed. The silt soil, silty sand and fine sand at the shallow part of their sediments will be easily liquefied under the comprehensive action of internal and external forces like earthquake or vibration caused by the running of vehicles. This kind of sand liquefaction at the shallow part will severely damage the highway. Saturated sand tends to be dense after affecting by vibration. Their volume will shrink and they will sink. Ground settlement will be caused. Under the action of vibration stress, the pressure of pore water in saturated silty sand and fine sand will increase sharply. If the overlying clayey layer is thin, sand blasting and water oozing are the mild results, which will cause underground scouring and ground collapsing. Even worse, the roadbed will lose its carrying capacity and will be ineffective as a whole. According to relevant data obtained at this time, after calculation of saturated sandy soil and silt soil along the line, it is discovered that, most of the saturated, loose to slightly dense fine silty sand and soft plastic silt soil are slightly liquefied, some of them are moderately liquefied, and a few of them are seriously liquefied. Due to the high seismic intensity of this area, necessary works have to be done in the following stage to deal with the potential bad engineering geology in the area passed by the design route. (3) Windy and sandy road section Windy and sandy road sections are scattered in some area of Lingyan mesa. 0 Land desertification is caused by drought, lack of rain, windiness, fine surface soil particles, and other natural factors, as well as damages to vegetation by estrepement, denudation, coyoting, overgrazing, and other human factors. Through many years of comprehensive treatment, the desertification of the area passed by this route is not very serious. Semi-fixed sand dune and dune chain can be seen in some area along the line. Please refer to table 2.8-1 for detailed situations of bad geological road sections. 79 Table 2.8-1 Sections with bad geology No Length Situation of bad geology and adopted Start and end mileage Type (m) measures The foundation of this section is paddy field LAK33+400-LAK68+600 31246 Paddy with the thickness of humus soil ofO.3m. The field 2 LAK69+900-LAK 70+ 780 573 treatment measure is to replace these 30cm section 3 LAK70+930-LAK71 +550 620 humus soil with grit This section is reed lake with the thickness of muddy soil of 0.8m and the water depth of Reed 4 LAK67+ 100-LAK67+500 400 0.5m. The treatment measure is setting lake area cofferdams with the width of 4m at both roadbed sides of the roadbed, pump the water and 5 LAK71 +650~LAK7I +750 100 replace the 80cm silt with grit. 6 LAK67+500~LAK67+ 700 200 This section is fish pond with the thickness of Roadbed muddy soil of l.5m and the water depth of 7 LAK68+600-LAK68+740 140 in fish 1.5m. Cofferdams with the width of 4m are 8 LAK69+5 50~ LAK69+ 720 170 pond constructed at both sides of the roadbed. area Water is pumped out, and the silt with the 9 LAK 70+ 780-LAK70+930 150 thickness of 150cm is replaced with grit. 10 LAK23+800-LAK29+ 700 5900 This section is in blown sand semi-desert area with a little vegetation. Sand dunes on the roadbed and within 40m from its windward side and 20m from its leeward side should be razed to the ground. The scope of 40m from roadbed windward side and 20m from leeward side is treated as the leveling zone. Gravel-cobble is laid on the roadbed slope and 10m from the base of slope near Roadbed the leveling zone for protection. The slope of in blown the roadbed is I :3. Semi-covered sand sand barriers with the dimension of 1 xl m are set 11 LAK30+700~LAK33+400 2700 desert within 260m from windward side and 80m area from leeward side beyond the leveling zone at both sides of the roadbed. Main barrier should be set first and auxiliary barrier should be set later for the semi-covered sand barriers with the dimension of I xl m. Wire fence should be set at the outside of thesemi-covered sand barriers at both sides of the roadbed, and trees should be planted in the area. Total 42199 80 2.9 Road Materials along the Road and Transportation Conditions 2.9.1 Road materials along the road D Stone Stone is lacking near this line, and stone quarries are far from this line. Available quarries are: Qingtongxia Kazimiao crushed stone quarry which lithology is limestone; Qingtongxia Hongliugou stone quarry which lithology is gray calcareous sandstone; Heishan stone quarry in Lingwu, which lithology is dark grey and steel grey limestone. Most of the rocks in these stone quarries are of large blocked structure with hard lithology. All of these quarries are exploited by private contractors. The rock is exposed and easy to exploit. The reserves are abundant. They can be exploited and processed into flagstones and crushed stones of various specifications. D Granite Grit quarries include Dahezi ditch grit quarry in Lingwu City, Suishijing ditch grit quarry, Qingtongxia Shanshui Ditch grit quarry, and so on. Most of the quarries are ancient riverbed and belong to alluvial sandy gravel. The top layer is low liquid limit clay or silt soil with the thickness of I to 1.5m. The thickness of grit is 5 to 6m. The grit is distributed in lamination. The gravel is mainly composed by sandstone and limestone. The content of elongated and flaky particles is small. They are hard in nature and easy to exploit. D Sand Sand quarry include Huangyangdun sand quarry, Qingtongxia Haungyang ditch sand quarry, Dahezi ditch sand quarry, Zuishijing ditch sand quarry, and so on. Most of the quarries are ancient riverbed which is mainly composed by medium and coarse sand. The exploitable depth is about 3m. The main mineral compositions are quartz and feldspar. The sand aggregate is of bedded deposit, and the exploitable conditions are good. D Earth material The alluvial plain is lack of earth material. Centralized borrowing is required. The borrow field is in Haizi Village, Dumuqiao Town, Lingwu City, or other areas at the front of Qingwu east mountain, as well as Qingtongxia Huangyang Ditch, Suishijing Ditch, Dahezi Ditch, Qingtongxia Shanshui Ditch, and so on. Soil can be borrowed near the adjacent hilly area at mesa section. Soil can be borrowed at both sides of the route in loess hilly area. o Water and electricity Water sources in the Yellow River irrigation area are abundant. Water can be taken from the irrigation ditch in adjacent large villages and irrigation areas. Beyond the Yellow River irrigation area, Water can be taken from Ningdong Town and Tianshui River from the start point of the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 to the east of Xiabai Road. From Xiabai Road to the end point of the tie line is in the Yellow River 81 irrigation area, where water is abundant. Electricity used by this project is supplied from the nearest place after negotiation with the power department. o Cement Qingtongxia Cement Plant and large cement production enterprises in the autonomous region can produce cements with various kinds of labeling. The requirements by bridge, culvert, roadbed, and pavement can be satisfied. Lingwu Cement Plant can satisry the consumption requirement of protection and pavement base. o Lime, steel products and asphalt Lime is taken from Qingtongxia Kazimiao Lime Plant and Tongxin County Taiyangshan Lime Plant. Their quality is complied with the requirements for the use in roads. Steel products required by this project are purchased from Yinchuan City. Asphalt required by this project are purchased from Qingtongxia City. 2.9.2 Transportation conditions Most sections between all quarries and the planned highway are connected by highways of different degrees, and the transportation conditions. However, construction access roads should be constructed for some sections. The average transportation distance of crushed stone used on the top course of the tie line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 is 35.1 km; the average transportation distance of crushed stone used by the whole line is 23km; the average transportation distance of crushed stone used by bridges is 32.8km; the average transportation distance of flag stone used by the whole line is 23km; the average transportation distance of sand used by whole line is 19.6km; the average transportation distance of grit and gravel used by the whole line is 26.4km; the average transportation distance of cement used by the whole line is 24.5km; the average transportation distance of cement used by bridges and culverts on the whole line is 39.7km; and the average transportation distance of domestic water and water used by the project in the whole line is 7.4km. See Table 2.9-1 for specific information: 82 Table 2.9-1 Fields of road materials along the line from Lingwu to Tianshuibao (from AK32+340 to AKI04+160) on national highway No.211 No. of Type of Distance Pile Place Exploitation Grade of material material from the Description of material field Reserve Road traffic No. Name mode highway field field line Stone Obtained from Heishan Crushed stone Quarry at the right of Yingu Road K22+000. This quarry has been exploited for many years. It has large production scale and good quality. The crushed stone mother rock is limestone, which can be Crushed manufactured into crushed stones with various specifications. Purchased and stone and LAK6 Right Smooth traffic -I Heishan The crushing value of crushed stone used in asphalt mixture is Abundant transported by highway flag +000 17.5km road 22.3 %, and the loss rate of abrasion is 20.4 %. Block stone automobile stone and flag stone can also be exploited for protection of the line and for using in drainage works. Crushed stones can mainly be used in pavement base, lower layer and protection. Crushed stone and flag stone can be used for protection and drainage. Qingtongxia Hongliugou stone quarry is located at Hongliugou 5.5km from the south of Houyu highway KIO+800. The mother Crushed Qington rock is calcareous quartz sandstone with hard lithology and Purchased and stone and LAK5 gxia Left massive structure. It can be manufactured into crushed stone Smooth traffic -2 Abundant transported by highway flag 6+900 Hongliu 11.5 km and used on the top course of the line. Block stone and flag road ~utomobile stone gou stone can also be exploited for using in various kinds of masonry works along the line. Crushed stones and flag stones can be used in pavement, roadbed and bridge and culvert. Crushed LAK 7 Kazimia Left IO Obtained from Kazimiao quarry which is located at 200m from Purchased and Smooth traffic C-3 Abundant highway stone and 0+ 200 0 km the left of K1310+650 on highway No.109. Its lithology is transported by road 83 flag limestone which reserve is abundant. Crushed stones with automobile stone various specifications are manufactured and on sale The annu~1 output is 100,000 cubic meters. These crushed stones can be used in pavement middle and bottom course asphalt concrete and cement concrete. Block stone and flag stone can also be exploited for using in various kinds of masonry works along the line. B. Sand Obtained from Huangyangdun Sand Field beside national Purchased and LAK6 Huangy Left 8 highway No.307, with sandstone as the mother rock, the Smooth traffic .-1 Sand Abundant transported by highway +000 angdun km production yield of 51 %, medium sand, the mud content of road automobile 5.7%, and require cleaning. Obtained from Dahezi Ditch gravel quarry which is located in the ditch at 1.5km from the right of K 1291 +000 on highway No. G307. The length of the ditch is 5.0km, its width is 80 to 100m Purchased and LAK3 Dahezi Left Smooth traffic '-2 Sand and its depth is 5 to 10m. Most of the gravels are blocks. Sand Abundant transported by 6+600 Ditch 14.6km road can be sieved from gravels. Sand should be purchased and automobile reclaimed and transported by automobiles. The traffic road is smooth. Qington gxia Obtained from Qingtongxia Huangyang Ditch. The mother rock Purchased and LAK5 Left 13 Smooth traffic 1-3 Sand Huangy is sandstone. It is composed by medium and coarse sand with Abundant transported by highway 6+900 km road ang good gradation. The exploitable depth is 5m. automobile Ditch Suishiji Obtained from Suishijing Ditch gravel quarry. This quarry is Purchased and Grit and LAK6 Left Smooth traffic 1-4 ng low water gully riverbed with the width from 50m to 150m. Abundant transported by highway gravel +000 30.6 km road Ditch The mud content of gravel is relatively high. automobile 84 Dahezi Ditch gravel quarry which is located in the ditch at 1.5km from the right ofK1291+000 on highway No. G307. The Purchased and Grit and LAK3 Dahezi Left length of the ditch is 5.0km, its width is 80 to 100m and its Smooth traffic ~ -5 Abundant transported by highway gravel 6+600 Ditch 14.6 km depth is 5 to 10m. Most of the gravels are blocks. Sand should road automobile be purchased and reclaimed and transported by automobiles. The traffic road is smooth. Qington Obtained from Shanshui Ditch at K23+200 on the highway Purchased and Grit and LAK7 gxia Left from Qingtongxia to Xinjing Coal Mine. The retrievable scope Smooth traffic -6 Abundant transported by highway gravel 8+800 Shanshu 12.5 km of grit is large. The grit layer is thick with good gradation. Grit road automobile i Ditch used by pavement, roadbed, bridge and culvert can be provided. 85 According to "Soil and Water Conservation Law of P.R China" and other relevant laws and regulations, building unit must use the environmental impact evaluation which passed the soil and water conservation evaluation by local water administrative competent department and the examination and approval of environmental protection competent department. The building unit must purchase materials from legal sand quarries which have the license for the exploiting of sand-gravel aggregates issued by local land competent department. According to the principle of "who exploit who protect; who causes water loss and soil erosion who treat", the owner ?fthe sand quarry should be responsible for the treatment of water loss and soil erosion due to the exploitation of sand quarries. Therefore, the prevention and control of water loss and soil erosion in the sand quarry does not belong to the scope of this project. The predication of water loss and soil erosion and the design of measures for the protection and water and soil for sand quarry are not included in this report. However, the prevention and control responsibility of water loss and soil erosion caused by the purchasing of materials for this highway project should be clarified in the material purchase contract by the building unit. The owner of the quarry should be responsible for relevant works. This should be reported to local water administrative competent department for record. 2.10 Construction Process The planned highway is mainly composed by roadbed, pavement, bridge, culvert, channel, overpass, and auxiliary works. Generally, the construction process of highway is laying out and land confiscation - mechanical works and material transportation - 'roadbed soil borrowing and abandon, earthwork - construction of bridge and culvert, roadbed protection works -4 construction of pavement works - auxiliary facilities - traffic works, etc. 2.10.1 Construction process of bridge and culvert 43 bridges with the total length of 6519m are constructed on the whole line. Its construction process is: leveling the construction field - foundation construction (drilling or manual digging) - construction of bridge superstructure. The process which causes water loss and soil erosion is the excavation of pier foundation at the bottom. Bridges in this project mainly adopt pile foundation. The process for the generation of pollutants is analyzed through the cast-in-place bored pile process which is commonly used in construction. The generation process of pollutants in other construction processes are basically the same. The construction process of bridge and the analysis of potential influencing link are shown in Fig,2. 10-1. The construction platform should be artificial island during the cast-in-place bored (digging filling) pile construction process if the groundwater level is shallow; digging filling pile construction process should be adopted if there is no groundwater or little groundwater. Before drilling, mud pit should be excavated. During the drilling process, the mud will be circulated to reinforce the wall. Earth and stone will be brought into the mud pit for sedimentation during the circulation process. After sedimentation, the mud can be utilized in 86 circulation. The eliminated sediments will be transported to the adjacent borrowing field for refilling. Perching the drilling machine Increase the turbidity The diesel oil which of the water by possibly runs, emits, drops, disturbing the river leaks and the exhaust gas bank slope from burning the diesel oil Pours into concrete I Cushion cap I I Pillar I t I I ~ f t t The wastewater and Maintenance process: The heat noise produced by the preservation process can produce straw concrete mixing and mat, straw cushion and other solid the flushing of other waste; spraying when the temperature equipments drops will not harm the environment Fig 2.10-1 Bridge construction process chart 2.10.2 Construction process of roadbed and pavement o Construction of roadbed The highway roadbed should be constructed strictly according to "Technical Code for Construction of Highway Roadbed". Priority will be given to mechanical construction while manual work will be auxiliary. Before roadbed filling construction, representative soil sample must be taken for testing of roadbed filling according to the current code. The maximum dry density and the best water content for soil samples from various borrowing fields should be obtained. Compaction test should be conducted to the selected road sections to determine the correct compaction method, the type of various kinds of compacting equipments and combined process, the compaction frequency and compaction depth under the best combination to guide the compaction of roadbed. Surface clearing and rolling before filling should be conducted within the roadbed scope. After the filling of roadbed, slope washing should be conducted in time. The earthwork from slope washing should be used at nearby place. Temporary waterproof and drainage design should be made during the construction period to prevent the roadbed from being destroyed by the rainwater and to guarantee the stability of the roadbed. Soil should be borrowed from wasteland or land with bad tillage conditions for the roadbed earthwork. Soil borrowing should be integrated with the planning of natural reserve, the planning of cultivated land improvement, flood control dam, and reservoir. 87 o Construction of pavement Highway pavement should be constructed according to "Technical Code for the Construction of Highway Asphalt Pavement". Mechanical construction scheme should be adopted. To guarantee sufficient intensity and stability of all structural layers of the pavement, stabilized soil mixer should be used for the subbase. Special mixing equipment should be used for the mixing of inorganic binder stabilized crushed stone base in the plant. Paver should be used. Asphalt mixture should be mixed by fixed type mixing equipment in the plant. Asphalt mixture paver should be used. Semi~amplitude pavement should be paved in one time. 2.10.3 Construction process of temporary works Mixtures at surface coarse, base course and subbase should be mixed in the field together. Prefabricated components for roadbed and pavement drainage and protection should be prefabricated in the field together. The setting of mixing field and prefabricating field should stick to the principle of economic and reasonable. Transportation conditions, location of quarry, distribution of bridges, and other factors should be fully considered. To facilitate the transportation of materials along the line, and field entering and exiting of construction mechanical equipments, some construction access roads are constructed on the basis of fully utilizmg the existing roads. 2.10.4 Construction process of traffic works and auxiliary facilities Traffic works and auxiliary facilities must be constructed strictly according to relevant national codes. 2.11 Scheme for Implementation 2.11.1 Construction progress The construction period of this project is from July 2009 to October 2012. This highway will be completed and open to traffic in 2012, and the construction period is 4 years. 2.11.:Z Investment The total project funds is estimated to be 3429 million yuan, averaging 43,515,426 yuan per kilometer. The investment and financing system of "national investment, local financing, domestic and world bank loan" is adopted to the construction of this highway project. The annual investment distribution proportion in the construction period is 15%,20%,40% and 25%. 2.12 Brieflntroduction of Alternative Scheme According to Project Feasibility Research Reportfor Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line of National Highway No. 211, three schemes of LA, LB, LD and LE are offered for Guyaozi-Qingtongxia highway, among which scheme LB, LD and LE are partly comparison schemes of scheme LA. Analysis of alternative schemes is conducted from engineering 88 factors and environmental protection angle in this evaluation. Please refer to chapter 8 for detail. Analysis of environmental impact is conducted and environmental protection measures are put forward according to the recommended scheme in this report. 2.13 Analysis of Environmental Impact of this Project 2.13.1 Analysis of construction process The planned highway is mainly composed by roadbed, pavement, bridge, culvert, channel, overpass, and auxiliary works. Generally, the construction process of highway is laying out and land confiscation -t mechanical works and material transportation -t roadbed soil borrowing and abandon, earthwork -t construction of bridge and culvert, roadbed protection works -t construction of pavement works -t auxiliary facilities -t traffic works, etc. o Bridge and culvert 43 bridges with the total length of 6519m are constructed in the whole line. The construction of bridge is relatively complicated. Many types of pollutants will be generated. Its construction process is: leveling the construction field -t foundation construction (drilling or manual digging) -t construction of bridge superstructure. The process which causes water loss and soil erosion is the excavation of pier foundation at the bottom. The construction platform should be artificial island during the cast-in-place bored (digging filling) pile construction process if the groundwater level is shallow; digging filling pile construction process should be adopted if there is no groundwater or little groundwater. Before drilling, mud pit should be excavated. During the drilling process, the mud will be circulated to reinforce the wall. Earth and stone will be brought into the mud pit for sedimentation during the circulation process. After sedimentation, the mud can be utilized in circulation. The eliminated sediments will be transported to the adjacent borrowing field for refilling. o Roadbed o Construction of filling roadbed Filling roadbed is mainly constructed by machines with suitable amount of workers. The construction method of stratified tiling filling and stratified compaction is adopted. Construction procedure: surface clearing, stratified filling, paving and leveling, water spraying and sunning, rolling. The width and height should be suitably increased while filling. Filling and compaction should be conducted layer by layer. Excessive parts can be eradicated and trimmed by leveler or other methods. 89 [J Construction of excavation roadbed Cutting should be mainly excavated by machines with suitable amount of workers. Besides considering local geological conditions, adopted machines and tools, and other factors, soil layer distribution and utilization should also be considered. Before excavation of cutting, the field should be cleaned. If excavated soil will be used for filling, surface soil should be excavated independently and abandoned or excavation according to different soil layer should be conducted to satisfy the requirements of roadbed filling. The construction procedure: surface clearing -- excavating intercepting ditch and drainage ditch -- roadbed filling, slope excavation -- roadbed protection. In addition, the soil quality should be checked and tested before the excavation of roadbed. Surface soil which can be used to plant turf or other purposes should be placed in specified location; excavated suitable materials should be used in roadbed filling; while inapplicable materials should be disposed as discarded dreg. • During the construction of roadbed works, the following influences will be caused in different degrees: Land confiscation has direct influence to the one being expropriated; Loose heap of soil will be produced during the process of surface clearing or dredging. If not treated properly, water loss and soil erosion and waste of energy will be caused; C: During the process of roadbed construction, if temporary works of protection and waterproof are not done in time during direct excavation or filling, water loss and soil erosion will be caused; large excavation section will affect the sight; if without proper longitudinal allocation and transportation during the construction process, the amount of discarding soil will be increased, and water loss and soil erosion will be caused; if the discarded soil is not transported to the spoil ground or specified spoil location, land resource will be occupied and water loss and soil erosion may be caused; fugitive dust and mechanical noise will be generated during roadbed construction process; fugitive dust and mechanical noise will be generated during material transportation process, and local roads will be damaged; . Slope repairing will cause water loss and soil erosion, as well as fugitive dust. o Pavement Hot mixing and hot paving construction process is adopted to the pavement course. Full mechanical paving construction process will be adopted in priority. The degree of compaction should be complied with the requirements in "Technical Code for the Construction of Highway Roadbed". Sprinkling and curing should be done in time after the 90 construction of the base course to guarantee the wetness of the base course surface. The curing period is 7 days in general. During the construction of pavement works, the following influences will be caused in different degrees: Influences of noise and asphalt smoke in the mixing station; Influences of noise and asphalt smoke in the construction field and influences of noise and fugitive dust caused by material transportation vehicles during the paving process of pavement; I Influences by waste asphalt produced by pavement trimming. o Temporary project According to the regulation in "Several Opinions on Implementing the most Stringent Cultivated Land Protection System in Highway Construction", the construction unit should strictly control the area of temporary land using. Construction access roads, various kinds of material fields, and prefabrication field should be considered overall according to the progress of the project. They should be set within the highway land using scope or in waste hillside or waste land without occupying farmland. Effective measures should be taken during the construction process to effectively prevent farmland pollution. After the completion of the project, temporarily used land should be recovered according to the requirements in the contract. Their setting principles are: Construction field and construction camp a. Construction field (lime soil mixing station, asphalt blending station, prefabricated field, etc.) and construction camp should be set within the scope of land used by interchange. There are 8 interchanges which can be used in this project. Temporary land occupation will be reduced by setting them within the interchange. There are 1 service areas, 1 parking lot and seven toll stations along the line. During construction, the above mentioned permanently expropriated land can be used as the field of temporary works, like construction camp or prefabrication field. If without available permanent expropriated land, low coverage rate pasture or abandoned land or waste land should be used. Village, school, and other sensitive places should be kept away. Generally, they should be set at the place 200m leeward from the sensitive places. 0 b. After the completion of the project, clean the surface of the construction field, eliminate the rigidified concrete, and pile them in selected abandoned dreg site. Water and soil conservation should be done, and soil should be improved and recovered to its original appearance. 91 c. Houses should be rented as the construction camp in places with villages. If not available, waste hillside, shrub land, poor quality land or low coverage rate pasture should be used to build the construction camp. Cultivated land and high quality pasture should not be used. After the completion of the project, the land should be recovered to its original appearance. d. The section from LAK14+450 to 32 is located in Baijitan Natural Reserve. During construction in this section, construction field and construction camp should be far away from the natural reserve to reduce influences to the reserve . . Construction Road National, provincial, county roads can be used along the line of the planned project. Township roads and rural highways can be reconstructed. If new access roads are required, large filling and large excavation should be avoided. Water and soil conservation should be done to prevent the loss of water and soil and the damage of ecology. After the project is completed, access roads can be handed over to the highway management department of local government as township roads and rural highways. If not, they should be restored to the original state. o Traffic works and auxiliary facilities Traffic works and auxiliary facilities must be constructed strictly according to relevant national codes. 2.13.2 Identification of environmental influences by this project The influences of highway works to the environment are closely related to the phase of the project. Different engineering activities will have different influences to various factors of the environment. Accordingto the process of the project, the identification of environmental influence factors can be divided into design phase, construction phase and operation phase, which are described as follows: o Design phase The recommended scheme for this route is determined during the feasibility study phase of this project. The comparison and selection of this route will be further refined in the preliminary design stage. The direction of this highway is the decisive factor in determining its influencing degree to surrounding environments. Reasonable design can eliminate many environmental influences which can be very hard to eliminate after construction. The analysis for the identification of environmental influences in design phase is as follows: CD The town planning area is avoided during the selection of route, which reduces the influences to the town planning. Dingjialiang Mine Field is avoided, alternative interchanges are built. In this way, coal cars can get to the road very easily, and local economy is prospered. 92 ® Discarded dreg will be fully utilized in this project. Longitudinal allocation is conducted to avoid harmful effects to the ecological environment by large amount of discarded soil. (2)Construction phase During the construction phase, large bridges will be constructed, construction access roads; construction fields and construction camps will be set along the line; certain number of borrow and abandon soil fields should be set. Therefore, dry land, pasture and woodland will be occupied, which will increase the intensity of water loss and soil erosion, cause construction noises, affect the water quality of rivers where bridges are constructed, and generate large amount of fugitive dust and asphalt smoke. See Table 2.13-1 for specific information: Table 2.13-1 Identification of main environmental influence factors in construction phase Environmental Main Character of evaluation affecting the Brief analysis of the influence factor factor influence Construction CD Many machines will be used during the construction noise of highway. The noise generated by construction machines belongs to abrupt non steady state noise Noise Short term Acoustic source, which has certain influence to surrounding generated by Reversible environment acoustic environment; ®Nearly all road materials used construction No by the planned project will be transported by vehicles. transportation Th.e traffic noise of transportation vehicles will affect vehicles the acoustic environment along the line. Flying dusts CDA large amount of fine dust will be dissipated into the ambient air during the loading, unloading, transportation, piling, and mixing processes of powder Short term materials; ®Fugitive dust will be caused by the running Ambient Air Asphalt Reversible of transportation vehicles on construction access roads; smoke No @Asphalt smoke which contains THC, TSP, B[a]P, and other poisonous and harmful materials will be generated during the mixing and paving of asphalt. Construction CD Oil-bearing waste water produced by the running, of bridge emitting, dropping and leaking construction machines of bridge; ® Influencing of water quality by rainfall Construction Short term Aquatic camp sewage erosion of construction sludge, leakage oil by machines, ------Reversible Environment slurry, construction materials or chemicals which are No Construction generated by improper construction process for the Waste water building of bridge or poor construction management; C3: Influences of sewage and construction wastewater in the 93 Environmental Main Character of evaluation affecting the Brief analysis of the influence factor factor influence construction camp to the water body. 'Permanent Long. term, .: Influences to cultivated land, woodland and pasture land unfavorable by permanent land occupation and temporary land occupation irreversible occupation; Influences to animals and plants along Temporary the line by construction activities; [J Reasonability and land principle for the setting of temporary land occupation Ecological occupation and borrow and abandon soil fields. If the planning environment Short term, Water loss project is located in the important controlling region of reversible, and soil water loss and soil erosion, the damages to the surface No erosion vegetations caused by borrowing and dreg discarding Construction during the construction process will increase the water activities loss and soil erosion of the region. Impact of Long term, The life and production of residents whose land IS land unfavorable, confiscated will be affected in a certain degree. confiscation irreversible ~ ...... Influences of Traveling and safety of people along the line will be Social obstruction affected Environment _ ...... - Short term Farmland Reversible water The integrity of water conservancy facilities along the No conservancy line will be affected. facilities D Operation phase During the operation phase, the highway was completed and open to traffic. At this time, temporari Iy occupied land by the highway is gradually recovering. The slope of the highway has been protected, and the greening system of along the road was finished. Therefore, traffic noise will become the main environmental influence factor in the operation phase. In addition, water pollutants generated by auxiliary facilities of the highway can not be neglected. The identification of specific engineering influences is listed in table 2.13-2. 94 Table 2.13-2 Identification of main environmental influence factors in operation period Environmental Main affecting Character of evaluation Brief analysis of the influence factor the influence factor Long term, Traffic noise will affect the residential areas in Acoustic Traffic noise irreversible, certain scope along the line, and it will disturb environment unfavorable normal production and living. Automobile The emission of exhaust gas in automobile tail Long term, exhaust gas gas will affect the air quality along the line; Ambient Air irreversib Ie, Fugitive dust on Fugitive dust generated by vehicles on the unfavorable the pavement pavement will affect the environment. Pavement runoff ! Road runoff wastewater produced by the Wastewater erosion of pavement by rainwater will be produced by Long term, drained into river and pollute the water body; Aquatic irreversible, The leakage of vehicles which carry dangerous Environment auxiliary facilities unfavorable chemical products due to traffic accidents will Transportation of pollute the water body. However, the probability dangerous articles of these accidents is really small. Long term, The operation of highway will obstruct and limit Ecological Highway irreversible, the activity region of wild animals to a certain environment obstruction, etc. No degree. Long term, Social Highway The driving safety of people along the line will unfavorable, Environment obstruction be affected with the increase of traffic volume. irreversible 2.13.3 Analysis of Environment Impact o Social Environment Land confiscation and removal in construction phase (recommended scheme) 2 2 The land area permanently occupied by this route is 541.66hm , including 272.38hm of cultivated land, 264.22hm2 of pasture, and 5.06hm2 woodland. Please refer to table 2.6-1 for the land occupied by the planned highway in the recommended scheme. The planned highway mainly occupies cultivated land, pasture and some woodland. The permanent occupation of land will change the utilizing status of land and reduce the land resource. 272.38hm2 of farmland is occupied by the whole line, which accounts for 50.3% of the permanent land occupation. The loss of cultivated land area and main crop will be caused by the occupation of farmland. 95 Construction access roads, mlxmg field, prefabricating field, material piling filed, and construction fields near large and medium bridges during the highway construction phase will occupy some land resource temporarily. During the construction process on the above mentioned temporarily occupied land, vegetation at the surrounding of the construction field will be damaged to different degrees due to the rolling by machines and the trampling by construction personnel. The quantity of vegetation will be reduced and local ecological environment will be adversely affected. Dismantling and removal will influence residents in towns along the highway to different degrees. The dismantling and removal caused by the planned highway is mainly residential houses. According to investigation, most of the dismantled houses are brick-wood houses or brick-concrete houses. The implementation of this project will influence residents whose houses should be dismantled. According to the route determined according to the engineering design, 111,475m 2 of houses will be dismantled along the whole line. The dismantling of houses and the relocation of residents will affect the living of local residents to a certain degree. Construction activities The entering and exiting of construction vehicles will occupy existing roads and affect the traveling of residents along the line. Fugitive dust pollution will be caused by the running of construction vehicles, which will reduce the living quality of nearby residents; in addition, construction noise and traffic noise will affect the rest of nearby residents. The drainage of domestic wastewater and sewage, and the discharging of domestic garbage and rubbish from the construction camp, as well as the civilization degree of construction personnel may caused different influences to the daily life of local residents. 1- Influences to relevant town planning and scenery along the line. The route is far away from towns, so there is no influence to the town planning. The region passed by this route is desert grassland. The construction of this project will obstruct the desert grassland sight. o Ecological environment The influences of construction process to ecological environment are presented in Table2.13-3. Reduction of vegetation, woodland and pasture 96 Table 2.13-3 The analysis of the influences of construction process to ecological environment Influence Influence degree Project Influence analysis character Max Mid Min Roadbed excavation will directly damage surface vegetation and plants. The distribution area of Roadbed Striation vegetation in the region will be reduced. The engineering cuts construction of roadbed can change the direction of surface runoff, which has certain influences to the ecological system. Soil borrow and abandon will damage the surface vegetation and soil structure, change the landform, physiognomy, and natural sight which will be Borrow and Mottling broken. The ecological system will be affected to a abandon soil proliferat certain degree. Borrow and abandon soil field will field ion intensify the water loss and soil erosion, and other ecological problems. Surface vegetation, soil structure and natural sight are the main objects which will be affected. The roller compaction of the transport machinery (vehicles) destroys the surface vegetation and the soil Construction Belt-shap physics structure. This may affect the plant growth access road ed cuts and the ecosystem structure and function, and intensifies the soil and hydraulic erosion and other ecology process. The construction of culvert for bridge may change the terrain landform, the hydrology process and the surface vegetation; affect the ecosystem. This The culvert Mottling may intensify the water loss and soil erosion and project for proliferat other ecology problems in some degree. The bridge ion influence object mainly is the natural landscape, the terrain landform, the hydrology process, the surface vegetation and so on. At the same time affects the rivers water quality. Land occupation, machine rolling and personnel activities will damage the surface vegetation and soil Temporary structure. The ecological system will be affected to a Mottling location certain degree. Its influence scope and the degree proliferat Life have close relation with the field scale, the personnel ion encampment quantity, as well as the construction time. At the same time produces sanitary trash and other environmental problems. 97 o Analysis of environmental impact by soil borrow and abandon The original character of the land will be changed by soil borrowing and dreg discarding, and vegetation loss will be caused. The influences to the environment by soil borrowing and dreg discarding are mainly manifested as land occupation, vegetation damage, water loss and soil erosion, and fugitive dust caused by the transportation of earthwork. According to investigation, the type of occupied land by the borrow and abandon soil fields mainly is waste grassland. If not treated properly, soil abandon will cause different degrees of water loss and soil erosion. The losses caused by the dreg discarding field will be reduced to the minimum through the measures of setting dreg retaining wall, water intercepting ditch, reclamation or tree planting on the dreg discarding field. o Water loss and soil erosion During the construction of highway, the original physiognomy is violently damaged during the process of quarrying, soil borrowing, soil abandon, stone abandon, excavation, roadbed filling, and the construction of man-made slope. The looseness and nonconformity of wastes reduce the water and soil holding ability of the original physiognomy. That ability may even be lost. The happening and development of water loss and soil erosion is intensified due to the strong wind and concentrated rainfall in this area. o Water, gas and dreg Production link of pollutant as water, gas, dregs during the construction process, are presented in Table 2.13-4. 98 Table 2.13-4 The type data sheet of all types of pollutant produced during construction process Main pollutant type Water Gas Dregs Project name Pollutant Pollutant Waste Pollutant Sewage origin Exhaust gas type type dregs type Detergent, animal and S02, nox" Exhaust gas Dreg, food Construction vegetable mist and Sanitary Sanitary sewage from burning residual, encampment oil, other dust, CO, trash fuel etc organic etc matter Dust raising Particulate Construction during matter, mill Road construction dust Cement, Exhausted mud sand, high Dust raising Particulate Material Soil, sand, Construction water from polymer during matter, mill waste stone, field flushing concrete chemical construction dust residue scraps mixing equipment additive, etc The Cement, exhausted gas S02, NOx" Flushing water sand, high discharged carbon from concrete polymer through the smoke, mixing equipment chemical operation of CxHy CO additive, etc construction etc machinery Mud, sand, Oil-bearing waste rock water produced by Material crumbs, Culvert of Lubricant, Dust raising Particulate the running, waste cotton bridge diesel oil, during matter, mill emitting, dropping, residue waste, gasoline, etc construction dust leaking and other maintenance scraps Cement, Flushing sand, high Dust raising Particulate wastewater from polymer during matter, mill concrete mixing chemical construction dust equipment additive, etc Wastewater Mud, sand, 99 generated during rock and Dust raising Particulate wet method gravel during matter, mill drilling and rock debris, etc construction dust surface flushing Cement, Exhausted mud sand, high Dust raising Particulate Material Soil, sand, House water from polymer during matter, mill waste stone, construction flushing concrete chemical construction dust residue scraps mixing equipment additive, etc o Ambient Air • Construction phase Analogy and estimation for the intensity of pollutant source in construction phase: -Construction fine dust According to the practical investigation data of this highway project, the station-mixing mode is adopted to the mixing of lime soil for the construction of this highway. Dust collecting facilities are equipped. According to the practical investigation data of similar completed projects, the daily mean value of8.90mglm3 at 50m from the leeward direction of the mixing station, 1.65mg/m3 at 100m from the leeward direction, and 0.3mg/m3 at 150m from the leeward direction as in the second grade standard of ambient air quality should be complied. The TSP pollution caused by other links can be controlled within the scope of 50 to 200m of the construction field. Second grade standard should be complied beyond this scope. -Fugitive dust on the road Secondary fugitive dust pollution will be caused by the running of transportation vehicles during the construction process in the construction phase. According to the site monitoring results of fugitive dust caused by automobile transportation on the construction site of national highway, the concentration ofTSP at 50m from the leeward direction of the vehicle is 11.625mg/m3; at 100m from the leeward direction is 9.69mg/m3; and at 150m from the leeward direction is 5.093mg/m3, which exceed the second grade standard of ambient air quality. -Asphalt smoke and a-benzopyrene Operation processes like asphalt boiling, mixing and paving during the construction period will produce asphalt smoke and discharge a-benzopyrene. According to the measurement results of Beijing-Tianjin-Tangshan Dayangfang Asphalt Mixing Station by Research 100 Institute of Highway Ministry of Transport, if adopting advanced asphalt concrete mixing equipment, the emission concentration of asphalt smoke is 22.7mg/m3 when the equipment is working normally. This value completely complies with the limit value of asphalt smoke emission specified in "Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants" (GB 16297-1996), which is 80 to 150mg/m3. The test on the ambient air quality around the asphalt mixer conducted at same time states, at 100m leeward area, BENBINGBI is 0.00936Ilg/m3 which measures up with the limit of 0.01Ilg/m3 regulated in GB3095-1996 "Ambient Air Quality Standard". • Operation phase -Automobile tail gas pollutants discharged by crankcase gas leaking, volatilization of fuel system and vent-pipe. -Secondary fugitive dust pollution caused by the contact between the tyres of running automobile and the pavement. -Influences to ambient air by heating boiler emission and catering cooling fume emission by service facilities along the line. D Aquatic Environment • Construction phase The planned highway mainly passes the Yellow River, Donggan Canal, Han Canal, Shanshuigou, Qingshuigou, Malian Canal, Nangan ditch, Qin Canal, etc. This highway crosses or parallel with these ditches and canals. There are 43 bridges with the total length of 6519m on the whole line, including 2 ultra large bridges with the total length of 31 05m, 31 large and medium bridges with the total length of 3281m, and 10 small bridges with the total length of 133m. Sludge, magma and waste dregs generated during the construction of the bridge foundation will cause water loss and soil erosion, and affect the quality of water body. During the construction of this highway, the living points of construction personnel are scattered, and the amount of sewage is small. The major influence is caused by the construction of bridge, where personnel in the construction camp are concentrated, and the construction period is long. Sewage will be discharged into adjacent water body and pollution will be caused. Its influencing factors are PH, SS, COD, BOD5, etc. 101 The sewage discharge volume of the construction camp should be calculated according to the following formula: K .q;. V, Q \ - 1000 Where, Qs represents the sewage discharge volume (tid); Qs represents the water consumption quota per cap per day, LI (A ·d);qi =40; Vi represents the population in the work area, cap; K represents the drainage coefficient of sewage, generally between 0.6 and 0.9, and 0.7 is taken in this project. The construction camp is mainly composed by the construction shed and living area of construction personnel. The construction and management personnel of each construction point varies from 30 to 100. Therefore, the sewage discharge volume by each construction camp varies from 0.84 to 2.7t1d. The concentrations of water quality indexes of sewage from construction camp are listed in table 2.14-5. Table 2.13-5 Components and concentrations ofsewage in construction camp Unit: mg/L Concentration No. Index No. Index Concentration (mg/L) (mg/L) Chemical oxygen Suspended matter (SS) 100 4 250 demand 2 BOD 100 5 Fat 50 3 Total organic carbon 80 According to highway construction experience and specific conditions of the construction section, most of the sewage generated during the construction phase is used as farming fertilizer after being treated in the septic tank, so it will not pollute the environment. Certain amount of mixing wastewater will be generated by the concrete mixing process in large construction field. Oil-bearing wastewater will be generated by the flushing of construction machines used in the above field. If these wastewaters are directly discharged without treatment, the adjacent surface water will be polluted. The planned highway is crossing or paralleling with rivers at some sections. If not treated properly, earthwork will 102 fall into the water body and cause water pollution during the roadbed excavation and earthwork treatment. Therefore, excavation line, exploitation of earthwork and transportation adjacent to the river should be strictly controlled during the construction phase. Supervision and management works should be done to prevent falling into water. Construction wastewater can be discharged after proper treatment. Flushing wastewater should be recycled after treatment. • Operation phase The discharge of rainwater on the pavement during the operation phase of this highway will cause certain influence to the aquatic environment along the line. The main pollutants are pH, SS, COD, petroleum, etc. Pollutions to the adjacent water area during the operating phase of this project are mainly manifested as pavement runoff; pavement pollution due to the leakage of gasoline and engine oil if the automobile is not properly maintained or during accidents; flowing of rainwater from the water outlets on the highway into adjacent water area, and causing pollution by petroleum and COD. According to the actually measured data, averages of 120min pollutant density in the surface runoff are listed in Table 2.13-6 The traffic accident of the transport vehicle, especially the hazard materials leaking out accident, can bring certain harm to the human body health, the water environment and the ecological environment. Table 2.13-6 measured values for pollutant density in the road surface runoff Pollutant pH COD (mg/L) SS (mg/L) oil type (mg/L) Average of runoff in 120min 7.4 107 280 7.0 D Solid waste • Solid wastes produced during the construction phase mainly include abandoned earthwork and domestic waste generated by construction personnel. Abandoned earthwork will be disposed in the abandoned dreg site. Building waste generated by the dismantling of houses and buildings can be used to level the field of construction camp and temporarily occupied land. Domestic wastes will be collected and treated by composting or sending to adjacent urban solid waste disposal fields. During the construction period of this project, various kinds of construction personnel are concentrated. If the quota of domestic waste is calculated as 1.0kg/cap·d and the stationed construction personnel in each contract section is calculated as 100, the domestic wastes generated in each contract section during the construction phase will be 100kg/d, including degradable solid wastes and non-degradable solid wastes. 103 • Operation phase 1 management and monitoring center is established for the whole road line, with 1 main-line toll gates 6 ramp toll gates, 1 maintenance section, 1 service section and 1 parking section. The solid wastes generated during the operating phase are domestic wastes generated in the above facilities. If the per capita occurrence quantity of waste is estimated as 1kg/d, the personnel in the main line toll station is 40, 20 in ramp toll station, 100 in parking lot and service area (20 workers and 80 passengers), and 40 daily workers in management monitoring center and curing work area, the domestic wastes generated in each parking lot and service area will be 100kg/d, in main line toll station will be 40kg/d, in ramp toll station will be 20kg/d, and in management monitoring center and curing work area will be 40kg/d. According to the setting of main stations during the operation phase, domestic wastes from all service facilities will be collected and transported to adjacent town garbage disposal field at fixed period. o Analysis of influences to acoustic environment Construction phase The noise pollution during the construction phase is mainly produced by the construction working machinery. According to the actual measurement of the commonly used machinery, its source of pollution is separately presented in Table 2.13-7, the Table 2.13-8. The influence of noise during the construction period is mainly manifested as the disturbance to residents by the noise of construction machines. There are no residential points within the evaluation scope along the road, so the influence of construction noise is mainly manifested as thl~ influence to construction personnel. The influences of noise during the construction phase will be reduced or disappeared with the completion of the construction process, so the inflw.!nces of construction noise is small. Table 2.13-7 The test value of concrete mixer The distance between measuring Maximum acoustic level No. Mixer type point and construction place (m) LmxadB (A) Parker LB 1000 (England) 3 88 2 LB 30 (West build) 3 90 3 LB 2.5 (West build) 2 84 4 MARINI (Italy) 2 90 ]04 Table 2.13-8 The noise rating number of the construction machinery of highway engineering The distance between Maximum No. Mechanical type Model measuring point and acoustic construction place level Wheel holder ZL40 5 90 2 Wheel holder ZL50 5 90 3 Grader PYI6A 5 90 4 Vibratory Road Roller YZJ10B 5 86 5 Double round, double mode road roller CC21 5 81 6 Three wheeled road roller 5 81 7 Pneumatic tyre roller ZL16 5 76 8 Bulldozer Tl40 5 86 9 Rubber-tyred hydraulic shovel W4-60C 5 84 10 Electric generating set (2) FKV-75 98 II Impulse type shaft drill jumbo 22 87 12 Tapered reversal discharge concrete mixer JZC350 79 ~ Operation phase The pollution source of noise in the operation phase mainly is the nOise generated by vehicles running on the highway. The source of noise include: a. noise source (non steady state source) caused by motor vehicles running on the highway. During operation, the engine, cooling system, transmission system, and other parts of the vehicle will generate noise. In addition, airflow turbulence, exhaust system, attrition between the tyre and pavement caused by the running of vehicles will also cause noise. b. Vehicle vibration noise caused by the smoothness of highway pavement, and other reasons. c. Traffic noise in day and night will be increased along the highway with the increasing of traffic volume in operation phase. The main pollution source of noise in the operation phase is vehicles running on the highway. The average radiation acoustic level of various kinds of vehicles under different driving speeds are listed in table 2.13-9. 105 Table 2.13-9 Average radiation acoustic level of various kinds of vehicles under different driving speeds Average radiation acoustic level Lw, Type of Veh icle Note (dB) V minitype average running speed of Minitype vehicle Lw, mini = 38.llgV mini -2.4 minitype vehicle V med ium average running speed of Medium vehicle Lw, medium = 33.91gV medium +16.4 medium vehicle V oversize average running speed of Oversize vehicle Lw, oversize = 24.6JgV oversize +38.5 oversize vehicle o Risk for the transportation of dangerous articles If traffic accidents happened to vehicles which transport poisonous or dangerous articles on bridg'es, and other sections along the line, the aquatic environment will be affected in certain way. 2.13.4 The identification of the environmental influence factors According to the environmental influence characteristics of the highway construction project and the environment characteristics along the planning construct road, this project sets up the influence qualitative relations for each kind of environment factor in different times, presented in Table 2.13-100 106 Table 2.13-10 Identification matrix of environmental influence factors Construction Preliminary Operation Construction phase behavior phase phase 01) r:: r:: Employment o o o o o o o o service Social o economy r:: - (;j 0 ;:l Housmg o o Esthetics o o Note: ole: Long-term/Short-term favorable influence;iI": Long-term/Short-term adverse effect; Blank: obscure or indefinite interact 107 2.13.5 Selection of environmental influence assessment factors According to this highway project and the environment characteristics along the route, the main environmental influencing factors are presented in Table 2.13-11. Table 2.13-11 Selection of environmental influence factors Environment Construction Operation Influence factor factor phase phase Transportation condition, social economy development 0 ... Social Land utilization development D Environment Inhabitant living quality(demolition and relocation, 0 convenience in contact) Land occupation ... 0 Ecological Lose of crops and vegetation ... 0 environment Woodland, animal husbandry, scenic spot 0 Water loss and Soil borrowing and abandon by this project ... 0 so j I eros ion Water loss and soil erosion ... 0 Runoff, dangerous material transportation and its Aquatic influence to ground water quality (pH, COD, petroleum 0 Environment class, SS and high manganate index) River system hydrology 0 Acoustic Traffic noise LAeq, ambient noise LAeq 0 ... environment Fugitive dust, TSP, PM 10 ... 0 Ambient air The harmful off-gas from automobile N02, S02 0 Note: &. Significant influence ~;General influence oSlight influence According to "Highway construction Project Environmental Influence Assessment Standard", and the special details of this project, the main evaluating factors for this project are as follows: Ac:oustical environment: equivalent continuous sound level A LAeq 0 (2)Ambient air: N02, TSP. (3)Water environment: SS, COD, BODs, ammonia nitrogen, petroleum, etc. (4)Ecological environment: Baijitan Natural Reserve, biomass, water loss and soil erosion, animals and plants along the line, etc. 108 Chapter 3 Assessment of Current Environmental Conditions The proposed project is located in the territory of Qingtongxia City, Litong District of Wuzhong City, and Lingwu City of the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. 3.1 An overview of the natural environment 3.1.1 Terrain and land features The G2lI Line's Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line, from the starting point to the east side of the Xiabai Highway, belongs to the Lingyan Terrace; from the Xiabai Highway to the east bank of the Yellow River, is the Yinchuan Plain, with broad dimensions, flat and open surface reliefs, and congested water, electric, and road networks and villages, and has an altitude of 1,120----I,I40m; from the Yellow River on, the line is located in the plain terrain between the Helan Mountain Piedmont Alluvial Plain and the Yellow River Terrace, with generally flat surface reliefs except partially wavelike ones, and has an altitude of 1,140--- l,210m. 3.1.2 Weather and climate The project to be built lies on the west edge of monsoon in China, and is controlled by Inner Mongolia high pressure in winter at the center of southward cold air, and lies at the end of the westward southeast monsoon in summer, thus forming typical continental mid temperate dry and mid temperate semi-dry climate featuring sufficient sunshine, rich optical energy, dryness and little rain, strong evaporation, strong wind and sand, long winter, short summer. fast warming in spring and cooling in autumn, and great temperature difference between day and night. In the region, the annual average air temperature is 7.7 ----9.4 t:, and it is hottest in July, with a monthly average air temperature of 2I.8°C, and coldest in January, with a monthly average air temperature of -8.2°C, the extreme high air temperature is 39.7"C, and the extreme low air temperature is -29.4°C The annual average sunshine duration is 2,787h, the sunshine rate is 645%, and the largest daily temperature difference is 28.1 °C The annual average precipitation is about 155----212mm, the highest precipitation appears in August, accounting for 30% of the total precipitation, while the lowest precipitation appears in January and December, averagely only I mm or so, the annual precipitation is mainly concentrated in July, August and September, accounting for over 60% of the annual precipitation, the annual average evaporation capacity is 1,897mm, and the average relative humidity is 56%. The annual average frost-free period is 140 days, the first frost period starts from late September, and the late frost period ends by early May. The annual average wind speed is 3.2m/s, the largest wind force is the northwest wind, the wind force is generally scales 2 ~ 5, and the largest wind force is scale 8. The maximum frost penetration is 1.12m. The main weather indicators for each county and township along the highway see Table 3.1-1. 109 Table 3.1-1 The statistical table of main weather indictors for each city and county along the highwayl Sunshine Wind speed (0.1 m/s) Administrative Air temperature rC) Precipitation duration region (mm) Average Maximum Minimum (hours) Average Maximum Qingtongxia 11.0 17.6 5.0 156.9 2764.1 24 135 City Wuzhong City 11.7 18.5 6.2 156.4 3002.1 20 132 Lingwu City 10.2 18.0 3.4 155.5 3068.6 25 153 3.1.3 Surface water The river system passed by the planned highway from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia belongs to the Yellow River basin. The alluvial plain belongs to the Yellow River irrigation area of Yinchuan Plain. Main, branch, and lateral canals are densely distributed in this area.The highway form Guyaozi to Qingtongxia by passing Wuzhong crosses the Yellow River. Then;:fore, Yellow River is the river which has the greatest influences to this highway. In addition, ditches which also have great influences to the highway from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 in the Yellow River basin include Xi Canal, Han CanaJ, Tainingtu, Shaconggou, Nangan canal, etc The Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Highway passes through the water conservation margin of the Yanzidang Reservoir at the location of LAK9+980, and the reservoir is located at about 40m to the' left side of the Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line's LAK9+980, mainly supplies industrial water for coal mines, electric power plants, coal chemical industry and other projects in the Coal-Thermal Power-Chemical Industry Base in East Ningxia, and domestic water for residents in the industrial park, and brings in water from the Yellow River through underground diversion conduits. The reservoir supplies 110,000 3 water each day, and its location see Chart 5. There: is one drinking water source in the project area of the planned highway, which is Qingtongxia drinking water source. This drinking water source mainly supplies potable water for residents in Qingtongxia and surrounding villages. The water system distribution and water source site distribution in the project area see Chart 5 3.1.4 Geology (l) Strata The strata ofthe proposed project area are briefed as follows from new to old: Quaternary (Q): widely distributed in the surface and top part of each geomorphic unit along the line, with the genetic types of alluvial lake, wind deposition etc. Holocene Series Alluvial Lake Layer (Q4al+1): widely distributed in the top part of the alluvial plain, and made up of silty soil, silty fine sand and grit stone etc., with a thickness of I Data source: Statistical Yearbook ofNingxia2007 110 10 ""-'3 Om. Holocene Series Wind Deposition Layer (Q4eol): widely distributed in the top part of the Lingyan Terrace and the Loess Hill, mainly made up of wind-blown silty fine sand and silty soil in the Lingyan Terrace, with a thickness of 2""-' I Om, and made up of loess-like silty soil and sandy loess in the top part of the Loess Hill, with a thickness of 5 ""-' 15m. Upper Pleistocene Alluvial Lake Layer (Q3a I + I): distributed in the middle-top part of the Loess Hill, and made up of loess-like silty clay mingled with paleosol and loess-like silty soil. Middle Pleistocene Wind Deposition Layer (Q2eo I): distributed in the low part of the Loess Hill, and made up of loess-like clay loams mingled with paleosol. (2) Geological structure In geological structure, the planned project is located in the depression belt at the west of Ordos in the China-Korea paraplatform. The planned tieline from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.211 is located in Yinchuan garben. The graben has a complex internal geological structure, and its tertiary strata form an asymmetric widely-slow syncline, with a slow east part and a steep west part; with the new tectonic movement and the subsiding crust, there accumulated an alluvial river layer of several hundred meters thick during the Quaternary Period, which deposited and developed in the graben during the Mesozoic and Cenozoic eras. 3.1.5 Earthquake According to the Seismic Ground Motion Parameter Zonation Map 0/ China (GB 18306-200 I) and the Seismic Response Spectrum Characteristic Period Zonation Map o/China, the G211 Line Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line's Starting Point-the Kushui River has a seismic motion peak acceleration of 0.15g, and the Kushui River-Terminal has a seismic motion peak acceleration ofO.20g. The seismic motion parameter zonation map of Ningxia see Chart3.1-1. 111 "'"0 ~ ,-.., E Vl til t: 'l.I 0 >, .~ 0 t: V) 0 N .5 .... c~ 'l.I 0 'l.I - "- ....~ 0 (';) 0. ~ r::: ~ .;:;0 .D 0 0 .... E 0. 'l.I .S! -:S E Of) In t: 'v (';) :e 'x 'l.I '" Of) 'l.I 'l.I r::: ux .:: 'l.I f- Z '-" 1 : 40(}OOUO ------Planned section from Lingwu to Tianshuibao on national highway No.2l) The proposed 0211 Line's Ouyaozi- Wuzhong - Qingtongxia Highway Fig. 3.1-1 Seismic motion parameter zonation map of Ningxia 3.2 Status evaluation of the social environment 3.2.1 Overview The proposed project passes through Qingtongxia City, Litong District of Wuzhong City and Lingwu City. The project affected area can be divided into the direct affected area and the indirect affected area according to such factors as significance of this project for the regional economy, road network and administrative division. The areas directly influenced by the project can be divided into Lingwu City under Yinchuan City, Qingtongxia City under Wuzhong City and Litong District. The indirect affected area of the project is divided into: Qingyang City of Gansu, Zhongning County, Tongxin County, and the Hongshibao Development Zone Administrative Committee. The division map of the project affected area see Chart 3.2-1. 112 \ Inner Mongolia . I /' Inner Mongolia \ J .. " ,,;/ ,:1 Shaanxi ... J ) ! J ) -';'-"'.-, j>~'-' ~",~~"fi<.'''''''''' 1. '-., "'-- -'- Gansu Gansu \ Small (District) Boundary City Boundary County Boundary , " ~ The direct affected area of the project l&:ilA \. The indirect affected area of the projec ,) ) " j / Fig.3.2-1 Division map ofthe project affected area 113 3.2.2 Social economic status2 (1) Administrative division and population (j)Jingtongxia City Qingtongxia City, called the "borderland pearl", is located in the middle of the Ningxia Plain at the upstream of the Yellow River. Niushou Mountain and Xiakou Mountain stand facing each other, the Yellow River passes through the gorge, the mountainous scenery increases the brilliance of water scenery by mutual reflection, as it were an open bronze mirror, and hence there comes the name of"Qingtongxia". The whole county governs 8 towns, 1 subdistrict office, 18 residential committees, and 108 village committees. The total land area is 2337.3km2o In 2006, it had a total population of 26,3699, and totally75,994 households. The number of employed persons was 145,105, among them: the number of rural persons was 95,106, accounting for 65.5% of all employed persons. In the whole county, the Han nationality accounted for 82.51 %, the Hui nationality acc01.mted for 16.79%, and other minority nationalities accounted for 0.7%. (2:Litong District of Wuzhong City Litong District of Wuzhong City is located at the south end of the Yinchuan Plain, adjoins Qing10ngxia City facing the Yellow River to the west, interfaces with Zhongning and Tongxin County in the south; borders on Lingwu City in the northeast; and is 59km from the capital of Ningxia, Yinchuan City. In May 1988, upon approval of the State Council, Yinnan District was cancelled and district-level Wuzhong City was set up, the former Wuzhong City was changed to Litong District, and the administrative division of the former county-level Wuzhong City was retained. The \vhole district governs 4 towns and 4 townships, 4 subdistrict offices, 17 residential committees, and 95 village committees. The total land area is 1316km2o In 2006, it had a total population of 361,248, and totallylO7,514 households. The number of employed persons was \65093, among them: the number of rural persons was 120442, accounting for 73% of all employed persons. In the whole district, the Han nationality accounts for 42.54%, the Hui nationality accounts for 56.93%, and other minority nationalities account for 0.53%, and it is one of the main concentration areas of the Hui nationality in China. @Lingwu City Lingwu City is located at the east bank of the Yellow River in the middle of the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, at the interface of the Yinchuan Plain and the Ordos Terrace, borders on the Inner Mongolia in the north, and is an important part of the Ningxia Economic Core Zone. It internally connects the four cities in the district, and externally accesses to Shaanxi, Gansu, Inner Mongolia and other provinces, and is one of the places with the most convenient traffic conditions in Ningxia. 2 Statistical Yearbook of Ningxia 2007 114 The whole city governs 2 townships and 6 towns, 1 subdistrict office, 17 residential committees, and 76 village committees. The total land area is 4529km2o In 2006, the whole city had a total population of 228,721, and totally 66,489 households. The number of employed persons was 103760, among them: the number of rural persons was 76505, accounting for 73.7% of all employed persons. In the population of the whole city, the Han nationality accounts for 49.9%, the Hui nationality accounts for 49.86%, and other minority nationalities account for 0.24%. The counties and districts where the project is located have a population density of 19-275 2 persons/km , and the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region has a population density of about 91 2 persons/km • Litong District of Wuzhong City and Qingtongxia City have higher population densities than the level of the whole region, while Yanchi County and Lingwu City have lower popUlation densities than the level ofthe whole region. In the counties and districts where the project is located, the proportion of rural population in employed population is 65.5~81.6%, and such proportions of all the counties and cities other than Qingtongxia City are higher than the average level of the whole region, as shown in Table 3.2~1. Table 3.2~1 The population status of the direct affected area of the project Proportion of Total population Population Area rural population Area (number of 2 density (number (km ) 2 in employed persons) of personslkm ) population Ningxia Hui Autonomous 6037305 66400 91 68.8% Region Yanchi County 165387 8557.7 19 81.6% Qingtongxia City 263699 2337.3 113 65.5 Litong District in 361248 1316 275 73% Wuzhong City Lingwu City 228721 4529 51 73.7% (2) Social and economic indicators In 2006, the whole county realized a regional gross domestic product of RMB5,798.04 million, in which, RMB 595 million by the primary industry, RMB4,101.64 million by the secondary industry, and RMB 1, 101.40 million by the tertiary industry. In 2006, the whole county had a wage per capita ofRMB 21,849, with an increase of 16.99% compared with the last year; the average net income per capita of rural households was RMB4,40 1.03; and the distributable income per capita of urban residents was RMB6,044. 115 DLitong District ofWuzhong City In 2006, the whole district realized a regional gross domestic product of RMB3,604.93 milIion, in which, RMB650.35 million by the primary industry, RMB \,530.94 million by the secondary industry, and RMB 1,423.64 million by the tertiary industry. In 2006, the whole district had a wage per capita of RMB 174.42, with an increase of 16.78% compared with the last year; the average net income per capita of rural households was RMB4,316.24; and the distributable income per capita of urban residents was RMB8393.8. o Lingwu City In 2006, the whole city realized a regional gross domestic product of RMB 4,442.54 million, in which, RMB 399.03 million by the primary industry, RMB 3,263.90 million by the secondary industry, and RMB 779.61 million by the tertiary industry. In 2006, the whole city had a wage per capita of RMBI5,205, with an increase of 15.59% compared with the last year; the average net income per capita of rural households was RMB3,892.41; and the distributable income per capita of urban residents was RMB7926. In the region where the project is located, the income per capita of farmers was RMB2,238.27~4,401.03, such income levels of all the county and cities except Yanchi County were higher than the average level of the whole region; and the distributable income per capita of urban residents was RMB6,044-8,739, lower than the average level of the whole region. as shown in Table 3.2-2. Table 3.2-2 The economic status of the direct affected area of the project Per capita net income The distributable income per Area of farmers (Yuan) capita of urban residents (Yuan) Ningxia Hui Autonomous 2760.14 9177.26 Region Qingtongxia City 4401.03 8739 Litong District in Wuzhong 4316.24 8393.8 City Lingwu City 3892.41 7926 3.2.3 Traffic status oQingtongxia City Qingtongxia City has convenient traffic, and is 50 kilometers from the Yinchuan Airport, and 56 kilometers from the capital of the autonomous region, Yinchuan City. Beijing-Tibet Railway, Dagu Railway, 0109, and Shizhong Express Highway run through the whole city, Baolan Railway passes through the territory, and there are Qingtongxia, Oaba, and Yuquanying three railway stations, and Qingtongxia Railway Station is a large passenger station along the Beij ing-Tibet Railway. There have formed a four-vertical (0109, Xiaoli Highway, Xiaoshao Highway, and Yanshan Highway) and three-horizontal (Wuqing 116 Highway, Xiaoda Highway, and Vegan Highway) main highway network, and realized the objective of having tarred roads access to each township, with a countryside road hardening rate of90% and buses access to each village. In 2006, Qingtongxia City had a passenger traffic flow of 2.84 million persons, and a passenger traffic turnover of 132.54 million person·kilometer; a freight traffic flow of 2.95 million tons, a freight turnover of 210.24 million tons, and 5,634 civilian vehicles. DLitong District ofWuzhong City Litong District of Wuzhong City, located in the "Golden Triangle" Zone for Ningxia's development, is the seat of the Wuzhong Municipal Government, the political, economic and cultural center of the whole city, the main highway traffic access to Yinchuan, Huhhot, Lasha, Lanzhou and Xi'an, and also the link between the Lingwu Coal Field, the Changqing Oil Field and the Qingtongxia Non-ferrous Metallurgy and Power Base, and also one of the core economic development zones of Ningxia. G6, G211 Line, and S I 0 1 Line in the territory of Litong District pass through the territory, and form a main national and provincial highway backbone centering about the urban area and radiating two districts and one city, two counties and nearby areas. In 2006, Litong District of Wuzhong City had a passenger traffic flow of 9.98 million persons, a passenger traffic turnover of 412.01 million person'kilometer; a freight traffic flow of 3.25 million tons, a freight turnover of 254.15 million tons, and 17,545 civilian vehicles. o Lingwu City Lingwu City internally connects the four cities in the district, and externally accesses to Shaanxi, Gansu, Inner Mongolia and other provinces, the intra-city highways are mainly made up of G20, G307, 0211 and numerous county/township highways jointly, and these main railway and highway channels construct the aorta of Lingwu City's integrated transport system, and play an important role in the economic and social development of the region, in which highway transport plays a vital role in the national economic development of Lingwu City. Lingwu City has built a highway network centered by "two-vertical" (020, 0211) and "one-horizontal" (0307), and supplemented by other county/township roads. In 2006, Lingwu City had a passenger traffic flow of 2.35 million persons, and a passenger traffic turnover of245.12 million person'kilometer; a freight traffic flow of2.09 million tons, a freight turnover of 442.51 million tons, and 8,954 civilian vehicles. @ Linkages of the proposed project with other transport means The proposed project sets up multiple interlinked crossroads and separated crossroads to connect with multiple highways (an overview of main highways in the project affected area see Table 3.2-3); and sets up separated crossroads to cross over the Dagu Railway at LAKI9+780, the Ouli Railway at LAK9+900, the Taizhongyin Railway at LAKI7+470, and 117 the Baolan Railway at LAK75+245. The proposed highway routine layout can be well linked with the relevant highways and railways in the project affected area. Table 3.2-3 An overview of main relevant highways Name of line Mileage (km) Grade Yinshaan Line (G211) 172 Grade 1,2 & 3 Qingyin Express Highway's Ningxia Section 82 Express (G20) Qiyin Line (G307) 127 Grade 1,2 & 3 Wuzhong-Baiyungang Highway 23 Grade 2 Beijing-Tibet Express Highway's Ningxia Express Section (G6) Yinhua Line (S 10 I) 351 Grade 1,2 & 3 Jingla Line (G 109) 341 Grade 1 & 2 Shiying Line (S20 I) 192 Grade 2 Lingwuqing highway Grade 1 3.2.4 Status of mineral resources o Qingtongxia City The mineral resources in Qingtongxia City mainly include limestone, cement rock, gyps, bituminous coal, barite, grail, daub etc., in which, cement rocks have large reserves and high grades, and the proven reserves reach 130 million tons. DLitong District ofWuzhong City Litong District of Wuzhong City has abundant mineral resources and concentrated energy resources of over 30 kinds in total, mainly including coal, gyps, limestone, oil, natural gas, baritt~, marble, ceramic clay etc. oLingwu City Ling\vu City has the most proven coal reserves in Ningxia, the proven available reserves of which account for 60% of the autonomous region's total reserves. It is one of the five supersized coal reserve bases, including such mai~ mine fields as Hengcheng, Shuishijing, Yuanyanghu, Zhoujiagou, Majiatang etc., with reserves of high quality thermal coal and chemical raw coal. Oil is also one of the energy resources in Lingwu City, and as one of the important bases of the Changqing Oil Field, the Majiatan District has established large-scale SOEs for exploration, coal mining, machine maintenance, chemical engineering, building materials etc. The Ningdong Coal Field under construction, also located in the territory of Lingwu, has a proven reserve of about 27.3 billion tons, and by the end of2010, its raw coal production capacity will reach 100 million tons, and meet the demands of the thermal power base and the coal chemical project for quality environment-friendly coal resources. The 118 Ningxia Ningdong Maliantai Power Plant (4 x 300MW) project will be successively put into production, and its construction is to meet the demand for realizing the China's Western Development Program and the Northwest China Power Grid's west-east power transmission. D The distribution of mine fields nearby the line (recommended plan) The proposed G211 Line's Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line passes through the Maliantai Well Field at the Starting Section LAKO~LAK5, the line is located at the south side of this well field, some sections of which have crossovers, and the positional relationship between the line and the Maliantai Well Field see Chart 3.2-2. The proposed G211 Line's Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line passes through the LAK lO~LAK 15 Section at about 1.5km from the north side of the Dingj ialiang Well Field, and the positional relationship between the line and the Dingjialiang Well Field see Chart 3.2-3. ...... _ The proposed highway Fig. 3.2-2 The sketch map for the positional relationship between the proposed project and the Maliantai Well Field 119 Fig. 3.2-3 The sketch map for the positional relationship between the proposed project and the Dingjialiang Well Field 3.2.5 Tourist resources DQiugtongxia City The natural landscape, project landscape, human landscape and other tourist resources in Qingtongxia City are unique, and famed far and near. Its main feature spots include: the Yuan Dynasty 108 Lama Tower, a Key Cultural Relic under Protection announced by the State Council, and the Guangwu Kouzimengou Cliff Painting, a Key Cultural Relic under Protection of Ningxia; and the Niushoushan Temple Group, Guqushou, the Qingtongxia Water Control Project and many other sight spots, attracting thousands of tourists to enjoy the sight one after another and I inger on them. DLitong District of Wuzhong City Litong District has a long history, and is an important part of the Hetao culture, and also an attractive resort. The age-old Yellow River passes through the territory, and has convenient traffic and dense population, and its watery scenery and fron~ier scenery reflect with each other, and form an unique human and natural landscape. The Guanmahu Tomb Group of the Han Dynasty, the Dongfu Palace-style Buildings and the Beacon Tower Sites of Frontier Towns built in the Tang Dynasty and the Ming Dynasty along the Yellow River vividly record the history of "shining spears and armored horses" in thousands of year. After the investment construction and development of each district in recent years, the elite tourist routine following the main line of "Suburb Modern Technology Agricultural Tourism Park-Guochengwan Holiday Village-Yellow River Muslim Custom Park-Zhongyingbao 120 Lake Water Labyrinth Fairyland-Camelbird Country Villa-Zoo Safari" has become another bright spot of tourist resources in Ningxia. D Lingwu City Lingwu has abundant tourist resources, and numerous scenic spots and historical sites, representing an unique style integrating human and natural landscapes. With the Shuidonggou Ancient Cultural Sites, the Sandaogou Culture, the Hengcheng Fortress, the Han Tomb Group, the Ma'anshan Ganlu Temple, the Zhenhe Tower, the Yuanyang Lake, numerous mosques and other tourist sight spots well-distributed in the mountains, it is one of the six main scenic spots in Ningxia. According to our site survey and visit, there is no tourist sight spot distributed in the evaluation area of the project. The tourist resources along the highway see Chart 3.2-4. 3.2.6 Cultural relic resources D Qingtongxia City There are many ancient architectures, ancient tombs, color mural paintings, and sculptures reserved in the territory of Qingtongxia, such as the Han & Tang Ancient Tomb Groups, the 108 Lama Tower, the Niushoushan Temple Group, the West Great Wall Site, and the Dongfu etc. Among them: the Yuan Dynasty 108 Lama Tower is a key cultural relic under protection announced by the State Council. D Litong District of Wuzhong City Litong District of Wuzhong City has cultural relics and historic sites such as the "Dongfu" Architectural Complex, the Guanmahu Han Tombs etc. Among them: the "Dongfu" Architectural Complex is a key cultural relic under autonomous region-level protection, and the Guanmahu Han Tombs is a key cultural relic under autonomous region-level protection. @ Lingwu City Lingwu City has cultural relics and historic sites such as the Shuidonggou Ancient Cultural Site, the Zhenhe Tower and the Ciyaobao Ancient Cave Site etc. Among them: the Shuidonggou Ancient Cultural Site is a key cultural relic under state-level protection, and both the Zhenhe Tower and the Ciyaobao Ancient Cave Site are key cultural relics under autonomous region-level protection. According to our site survey, there is no cultural relic resource distributed in the along-line evaluation area of the project. The distribution of main cultural relic resources in the project area see Chart 3.2-5. 121 00 i'J m a :# 11l~1f""'1ll1$ ~£tl, -A." r.r~'1l! e nt'i~I'.'l IA it!!l:~ ft i'i~ !to nr.;: :¥: ~~ • N"" i " .. Ali ,....1 III .; ,~ IU' .1t':;.~;I!J' ~The vertical line of the proposed highway Qi" Chart 3.2-4 The distribution of along-line tourist resources ofthe project ____ The vertical line of the proposed highway ____ The vertical line of the proposed highway • 'il.!I!".r'l::"~'tj':t'" • ~:L1.1~""i,~lJtt¥.il·I~{'l\ • ·fH.lel<'i'1'~ li;.$ Chart 3.2-5 The distribution of along-line cultural relic resources of the project 122 3.2.7 Minority The minority nationalities in the project area are mainly the Hui nationality, and Litong District of Wuzhong City is one of the main concentration areas of the Hui nationality in China. o Customs of the Hui nationality Since the Hui nationality believes in Islamism, and its customs and habits are highly subject to the influence of Islamism, and besides religious creeds and such religious rituals as praying, going to church, retreats etc., many Moslem rituals have been converted into habits and customs of the Hui nationality. Meanwhile, the Hui nationality lives dispersedly at each place, and resides together with each other nationality, and historically there have been members from other nationalities joining the line of the Hui nationality in succession, and some habits and customs of these nationalities are naturally brought into the Hui nationality, and gradually evolves as part of the habits and customs of the Hui nationality in the course of time. o Foods and drinks Muslim scrupulously abides by the provisions of the Koran, and prohibits eating pork, drinking alcohol, eating animal blood and naturally dead animals, or eating the meat of horse, donkey, mule and dog. Islamism thinks pigs are unholy "dirty things", and drinking alcohol, gambling, worshiping the image, and drawing lots before idols (divination) are "dirty acts". They generally eat sheep, cattle, camel and other vegetarian ruminants with cloven hooves. 3.3 Status evaluation of the ecological environment 3.3.1 Site survey and analysis of along-line plants The proposed project is divided into the Lingwu-Tianshuibao Section and the Guyaozi-Wuzhong-Qingtongxia Section, among them the Lingwu-Tianshuibao Section is situated in the typical grassland area at the south part of temperate grassland and the grassland desertification area of the Mu Us Desert, and the Guyaozi-Wuzhong-Qingtongxia Section Highway is situated in the transitional area of the Ordos Terrace and the Mu Us Sands. The site distribution of along-line vegetation for the proposed project see Chart 2 and Chart 3. To learn about the distribution of along-line vegetation for the proposed project, the project team conducted quadrat surveys on the two sections of the highway in late May and early June, 2008, respectively, and the details see Attachments 4-5. An overview of vegetation type distribution This project area is situated in the transitional area of the Ordos Terrace and the Mu Us Sands. Though it lies on the west edge of the temperate grassland zone of China, the vegetation there belongs to temperate grassland zone, but it is of obvious desert features. 123 Large desertification grassland This type is a transitional type from grassland to desert, and except that the perennial clustering short bunchgrasses grassland species is community colonization ingredients, Oxytropis aciphylla var.gracil, Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim., Salsola passerina IIjin, c.tragacanthoides Turcz. and other desert xeric shrubs and half-shrubs become the dominant species or constructive species of communities. The vegetation is divided into 2 vegetation types such as desert grassland, grassland sand vegetation, and 5 vegetation fonnations and 24 Iodations. The desertification grassland is made up of Caragana korshinsk, Stipa breviflora Grisb., Oxytropis aciphylla var.gracil, Nitraria sibiric, Form.Kalidium cuspidatum K.foliatum, Salsola passerina Iljin, Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim., and other fonnations. The grassland sand vegetation is made up of Artemisia ordosic, Cynanchum komarouii AI., Achnatherum splenden, Sophora alopecuroide, Periploca sepium Bunge, Glycyrrhiza uralensis Fisch., and other fonnations. In terms of natural vegetation conditions, as a consequence of factifious overuse, excessive cultivation and disorderly excavation, the vegetation is faced with shrinking areas, aggravating deterioration, and exacerbating soil erosion and desertification, resulting in degradations in vegetation type ingredients and community types. Vegetation type To all-roundly learn about the vegetation conditions of the evaluation area, the project team conducted a vegetation survey along the line of the project in early June ,2008. The vegetation survey was conducted mainly by the traditional quadrat sampling method, supplemented by the list quadrat method. The forest vegetation quadrat survey used 20m x 20m, and adopted the size of shrub and hassock quadrat of 5m x5m and 1mx I m, respectively; that is, conducting an all-round survey on the plants in the quadrat; recording the species name for arbors, conducting scaling for each tree, and measurrng the diameter and height of the tree, and recording the species name, height and coverage for shrubs and herbal plants. Details see Attachment 5. According to the principle of China's vegetation classification, the vegetation types appearing in the evaluation area are divided into I vegetation type, 2 vegetation subtypes and 6 fonnations; and the artificial vegetation is made up of 2 artificial forest formations, I herbaceous plant and fertile field crop formations (see Table 3.3-1). 124 Table 3.3-1 Classification of vegetations in the evaluation area Vegetation type Vegetation subtype Formation Grassland Grassland sand vegetation Artemisia ordosica Desertification grassland Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. Convolvulus gortschakovii + Reaumuria soongorica (PilL) Maxim. Form.Kalidium cuspidatum K.foliatum + Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. Oxytropis aciphylla + Cynanchum komarovii Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. + Stipa breviflora Grisb. [J Artificial Apple Woodland vegetation Populus alba cv. Pvramidalis Herbaceous plant Glycyrrhiza uralensis Fisch. Farm land Wheat, corn, and paddy rice : i Vegetation analysis a. Diversity of vegetation types According to our site survey and reference to the Flora of Ningxia (Edition II), there currently record 39 families, 196 genera and 115 species of spermatophytes within the range of 300m at both sides of the Yanguo Road. They account for 41.5%,20.1% and 10.5% of total wild spermatophytes in the whole Ningxia autonomous region, respectively (Table 3.3-2). Although this highway is long, it is situated in the typical desertification grassland, and there are deficient vegetation types. Table 3.3-2 Constitutes of phyto group The whole Ningxia Lingwu-Tianshuibao (wild) autonomous region (wild) %of %of %of Phyto group Number Number Number Number Number Number the the the of of of of of of whole whole whole families genera species families genera species region region region Spermatophyte 39 33.1 115 18.3 196 10.5 118 627 1867 Gymnosperm 3 60.0 6 32 9 52.9 5 9 17 Angiosperm 36 31.9 109 17.6 187 10.1 113 618 1850 b. Life-form feature of plants In terms of life-form composition, this district is dominated by perennial herbal plants, accounting for 58.1 %; there are also many shrub species, accounting for 18.9% (as shown in 125 Table 3.3-3}, and according to the life-form composition of plants in this district, it represents the feature of desertification grassland phytocoenosis species composition. Table 3.3-3 Life-form feature of plants Perennial Annual and biennial Project Arbor Shrub Herbaceous Plant herbaceous plant Number of species 16 37 114 29 Proportion in the total 8.2 18.9 58.1 14.8 number of species (%) c. The water ecological type characteristics of plants Along the highway, the landscape types are relatively simple, mainly desertification grassland and grassland vegetation types. The water ecological types of plants are mainly xerophytes and mesophytes. Among the water ecological types of plants, there are 97 xerophytes, accounting for 49.4%, and among xerophytes, the typical meso-xerophytes aCC01.mts for the highest proportion, 29.6%. Thus it could be seen that the water ecological types of plants in this region are mainly xerophytes (see Table 3.3-4). Tabh~ 3.3-4 The water ecological type characteristics of plants Mesic Xeric Ombrogen Ecological types Aquatic Ombrogenous ous Mesic Xero-mesic Meso-Xeric Xeric - xeric Number of species 5 8 40 45 58 39 Proportion in the total number of 0.5 2.6 4.1 20.4 22.9 29.6 19.8 spt:!cies (%) d. Rare and endangered plants According to our site survey, conSUlting and reference to the relevant data, there is no rare, endangered and protected plants distributed in the evaluation area. @ The woodland vegetation biomass estimate of the direct affected area of the project According to the remote-sensed data interpretation and site quadrat survey, we educed the area of each species of vegetation within the evaluation area of 300m from both sides for the proposed project's recommended plan, and made estimates on the vegetation biomass of the proposed project's evaluation area, as shown in Table 3.3-5. 126 Table 3.3-5 The biomass estimate table of vegetation in the proposed project's evaluation area 2 Average Biomass Forest crop type Area (hm ) 2 Biomass (t) ( t/hm ) Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Liaison Line Field crops 2357.36 23.76 56010.87 Artemisia ordosica 137.26 2.79 382.96 Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. 14.28 1.59 22.71 Convolvulus gortschakovii + 154.07 1.25 192.59 Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. Form.Kalidium cuspidatum K.foliatum + Reaumuria 77.59 1.60 124.14 soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. Oxytropis aciphylla + Cynanchum 1607.60 1.58 2540.01 komarovii Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) Maxim. 571.06 1.58 902.27 + Stipa breviflora Grisb. Apple 11.38 83.69 952.39 Populus alba cv. Pvramidalis 3.87 21.56 83.44 Glycyrrhiza uralensis Fisch. 2.90 0.17 0.49 Subtotal 4937.37 61211.87 Note: the crop biomass is estimated by twice of the grain output. 3.3.2 Status survey of wild animals The landform units passed through by the project include desert grassland and farmland area. LAKO-32 Section is desertification grassland, subject to little disturbance, with most wild animals concentrated in the Gaijitan Natural Protection Zone, and LAK32-LAK78+400 is an agrarian zone, subject to serious human activity disturbance. With a comprehensive consideration to along-line vegetation conditions and human activity disturbance factors, all the along-line sections of the proposed project other than the Baijitan National Natural Protection Zone Section (LAKI4+450-LAK32) mainly have such wild animals adaptive to human lives as reptiles (mainly saurian), rats and hares (see Table 3.3-6), which are widely distributed, but have a small range of activity themselves. The along-line except the Baijitan National Natural Protection Zone Section (LAKI4+450-LAK32) has no wild animal under state- or autonomous region-level protection. 127 Table 3.3-6 Directory of main wild animals along the line of the proposed project Species Resident under State-level Chinese name autonomous Resident Summer Winter Passing protection region-level bird migrant migrant migrant protection Birds Sparrow o Partridge o Redlegged partridge o Ordinary merganser o Amphibious reptiles White snake Rat snake Phrynocephalus frontalis Phrynocephalus przewalskii Toad Eremias Eremias argus Eremias multiocellata Mammals Lepus tolai Microtus fortis Buechner Phodopus riborovskii Satunin Mus musculus Cricetulus migratorius Meriones unguiculatus 3.3.3 Status survey of the agricultural ecological environment The crops along the line of the project mainly include paddy rice, wheat, corn, soy, potato and other food crops. The cropland seeded area and output of each county along the line see Tabk 3.3-7. 128 Table 3.3-7 The cropland seeded area and output along the line of the project (2005) Main crop categories District Qingtongxia Lingwu City 2 Area (hm ) 8,377 15,126 7,000 Summer Total output (t) 39395 72,032 31,898 grain 2 Unit output (t/hm ) 4.70 4.76 4.56 2 Area (hm ) 16,799 29,155 16,679 Autumn grain Total output (t) 124872 189266 119544 Unit output (t/hm2) 7.43 6.49 7.17 Note: the above data come from the 2006 Statistical Yearbook of the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. 3.3.4 Land utilization o Status of land utilization The status of land utilization in Litong District of Wuzhong City, Lingwu City, Qingtongxia City, and Yanchi County where the project is located see Table 3.3-8, and the status of land utilization along the line see Chart. 129 Table 3.3-8 The status of land utilization along the line of the project Unit: 10 thousand mu Urban and rural Water land, Land for County Cultivate Garde Woodlan Meado conservan Unutilize and land transportati and city d Land n plot d w cy d Land for on facilities industri es and mines Qingtongx 49.19 8.63 0.41 145.52 21.9 1.22 0.12 12.74 iaCity Litong 43.94 2.87 0.45 67.38 15.67 1.01 12.2 I District Lingwu 36.1 5.07 33.41 347.65 14.24 2.31 2.21 78.39 Ci~y o Basic cropland protection zones The area of farmland along the line of the proposed project, the area of basic cropland protection zones, and their proportions in the total farmland area see Table 3.3-9. Table 3.3-9 Schedule of basic cropland protection zones Area of farmland Area of basic cropland County and city 2 2 Proportion (%) (hm ) protection zones (hm ) Qingtongxia City 32793.33 28499.99 86.91 Litong District 29293.33 23891.64 81.56 Lingwu City 24066.67 20533.68 85.32 3.3.5 The ecological function division of the area where the proposed project is located According to "Ecological Function Regionalization of Ningxia" (October 2003), the planned project passes desert grassland ecological subregion in Maowusu sandy land edge Lingyantao platform and irrigation agriculture ecological subregion in Yinchuan plain. The relationships with the ecological functional area is shown in Fig.3.3-1. III The Lingyantao Terrace Desertification Grassland Ecological Subzone at the Margin of the Mu Us Sands ./ 111-2 The Middle-North Lingwu Desertification Harnessing Ecological Function Zone The most sensitive ecological problem in this district is land desertification . ./ The 111-3 Baijitan Korshinsk Peashrub and Sand Vegetation Natural Protection 130 Ecological Function Zone The ecological function of this district is to protect the biological diversity of the desertification area, and the most sensitive ecological problems are land desertification, vegetation degradation, sand species gene banks and endangered plant ammopiptanthus mongolicus in urgent need of protection. The lIU Yinchuan Plain Irrigation Agricultural Ecological Subzone ./ The lIU-2 South Yinchuan Rice Dry land Rotation, Cultivation and Soil Improvement Ecological Function Zone This ecological function zone is mainly a rice dry land rotation zone. In recent years, with much attention to use but little attention to conservation, imbalance between land use and conservation, high regard to chemical fertilizer but little regard to organic fertilizer and serious white pollution, the soil fertility degrades, coupled with serious soil salinization. J3J The ecological function division of Ningxia .. A!l!l'i!k'HJI"lil!'I'Ai,;~m.I· .._<\tl.ij11ll!:.i>l;f- AT-f,V:f 'L»lh~l,;; _ j\t!lliJtJii, \'HiJJ). ~~-~r'lj":;?ip; 00 \911 ~"",;" . i1.mi! ll!i;llAilHI! S!ln' ';;.~&.;I f1. fd 1!J.;.;,l1"J ,till" 1\ ':!l/;'i'I,-<,IJl!Io:!, -j~ ~ iill er,lI, ;If~I't':j~ !-l~rtf"'f· .."l;:-;}J!$lJ~ I!l"!l it2 lJ *f:';:~ ~i? tt~ itiJift }'> )H'~ k1iif,t.,~tjij't.,,~J~Ji~J( ~ II! I!!:!:i 1'li',."'iit,tI;\Jlii' Fig.3.3-1 Ecologic functional regional planning along the route ofthe proposed project 132 3.3.6 The overall quality evaluation on the status of the along-line ecological environment The planned project is located at the transition belt between Ordos terrace and Maowusu sandy land. Although it is located at the west of the grassland area in the temperature zone in China and the vegetation belongs to the scope of grassland area in temperate zone, it has obvious characteristics of desertification and belongs to the transition type from grassland to desert. Besides the perennial tufted grassland with small grasses as the composition of the community, oxytropis aciphylla, hongsha, pearl, convolvulus gill, and other strong small shrub Xeric and small semi-shrub become the dominant species or composition of this community. The vegetation is divided into 2 vegetation types such as desert grassland, grassland sand vegetation, and 5 vegetation formations and 24 lociations. The landform units passed through by the project include desert grassland and farmland area. The wild animals are mainly reptiles and pikas adapted to human life. The reptiles are mainly lizards. Such animals are distributed extensively with relatively small scope of motion. Areas along the project belong to desert grassland and farmland with poor biological resources, deteriorating pasture, serious water and soil erosion and generally poor ecological environment quality. 3.4 The status evaluation of water environmental quality 3.4.1 The status of the along-line water environment The planned highway crosses the Yellow River, farmland Irngation channels, and some seasonal dry ditches: Han Canal, Qin Canal, Xi Canal, Tanglai Canal, Shacong Ditch, Zhoujia Ditch, etc. (please refer to table 2.5-1 for detail). And bridges are built for all these crosses. The Yellow River and part of the agriculture irrigation ditches(Qin Canal, Han Canal, Tanglai Canal) function as water source for agriculture, and the water quality is subject to class III standard in "Quality Standard for Surface Water Environment" (GB3838-2002) ; And there is no division offunctions for other seasonal drainage ditches, and the water quality is subject to class V standard in "Quality Standard for Surface Water Environment" (GB3838-2002) 3.4.2 Status monitoring (l)Monitoring time and location SS, COO, BODS, ammonia nitrogen, and petroleum class water quality indexes are monitored for the water in the Yellow River and Tanglai Canal in this evaluation. The status monitoring of water environmental quality was undertaken by the environment monitoring station of Litong District of Wuzhong City, which conducted the sampling and monitoring work on the along-line rivers in October 2008, and the monitored rivers and monitoring locations see Table 3.4-1 and Chart 1. 133 Table 3.4-1 The Status Monitoring Location of the Water Environment Name of water Monitoring No. Pile Number Monitoring factor body frequency 1 Yellow River LAK66+030 SS, COD, BOD5, Monitoring in 2 Tanglai Trench LAK69+750 ammonia nitrogen,SS consecutive 2 days Sampling analysis method According to the Environmental Monitoring and Analytical Methods, collecting, storing and analyzing the sample (Table 3.4-2). Table 3.4-2 The water quality status monitoring and analytical methods Monitoring factor Analytical method Detection limit SS Gravimetric analysis 4mg/L COD Dichromate process 5mg/L BOD5 Dilution and vaccination 2mg/L Oil Infrared spectrophotometry 0.02mg/L Nitrogen and ammonia Nessler's reagent colorimetric method O,025mglL Monitoring results The monitoring results see Table 3.4-3, Table 3.4-3 The water quality status monitoring results Unit: mg/L The monitoring project and results Name of water Monitoring time Nitrogen and body SS COD BOD5 Oil ammonia Yellow River 2008,10.30 Lfet 287 15,0 3.3 0,509 0,025 mid 284 11.3 2,9 0.485 0.032 Right 366 ] 5.2 3.0 0.387 0.027 2008.10.31 Lfet 242 23.6 3.7 0.557 0.035 mid 225 16.4 3.2 0.562 0.045 Right 239 22.4 3.6 0.511 0.031 Tanglai Trench 2008.10.30 Lfet 284 18.3 2.9 0.737 0.033 Right 246 15.6 3.2 0.625 0,026 2008.10.31 Lfet 200 26.0 3.4 0.605 0.030 Right 270 19.9 2,5 0.668 0.028 Note: if the testing result is lower than the detection limit, it will be reported according to the detection limit for the method used, adding the zone bit L. 134 3.4.2 Evaluation method The status evaluation uses the single factor index method, and adopts the Standard of Surface Water Environmental quality Standards (GB3838-2002 as the evaluation standards for the Yellow River and the Tanglaiqu, and the Standard ofSurface Water Environmental quality Standards (GB3838-2002) for the Kushui River and the Songjiagou. For suspended substance, it refers to the dry farming standard value of the Cropland Irrigation Water Quality Standards, namely the limit of200mg/L. PI ",CI IC g In the formula: ~ -single standard index of pollution; Ci -actual test value of pollution (mg/L); C g -evaluation standard of pollution(mg/L). 3.4.3 Evaluation result and analysis Evaluation results are listed in Table 3.4-4 From table 3.4-4 we can see that, all four rivers are exceeding the standard in some degree. The Yellow River's SS exceeds standard significantly, the two-day monitoring result exceeds standard by 56% andI8%, and the second-day COD also exceeds standard by 4% due to serious soil erosion, the water quality of the Yellow River is ordinary; the Kushui River's COD and BOD5 exceed standard seriously, the two-day COD monitoring results exceed standard by 965% and 889%, and the two-day BOD5 monitoring results exceed standard by 800% and 720% because there are villagers along the line directly discharging waste water, and the water quality of the Kushui River is poor; Songj ia Ditch's two-day SS monitoring results exceed standard by 11 % and 32%, and the water quality is ordinary; Tanglai Canal's two-day SS monitoring results exceed standard by 33% and 18%, and the second-day COD also exceeds standard by 15%, and the water quality is ordinary. The surface water environment of the project area is poor. 135 Table 3.4-4 The water quality status evaluation results of water bodies along the highway Multiple Average Single Section under Monitoring Standard State of exceeding of value factor monitoring project value (mg/L) standard exceeding (mg/L) index standard SS 312 200 1.56 Exceeding standard 0.56 COO 13.8 20 0.69 Reaching standard B005 3.1 4 0.78 Reaching standard 2008.10. 30 Nitrogen and 0.460 0.46 Reaching standard ammonia Yellow Oil 0.028 0.05 0.56 Reaching standard River SS 235 200 1.18 Exceeding standard 0.18 COO 20.8 20 1.04 Exceeding standard 0.04 B005 3.5 4 0.88 Reaching standard 2008.10. 31 Nitrogen and 0.543 0.54 Reaching standard ammonia Oil 0.037 0.05 0.74 Reaching standard SS 265 200 1.33 Yes 0.33 COO 16.95 20 0.85 Reaching standard B005 3.05 4 0.76 Reaching standard 2008.10. 30 Nitrogen and 0.681 0.68 Reaching standard ammonia Oil 0.0295 0.05 0.59 Reaching standard Tangi Note: For SS, it refers to the dry farming standard value of the Cropland irrigation Water Quality Standards. 3.5 The status evaluation of acoustic environmental quality 3.5.1 The status survey of acoustic environmental quality In combined consideration with the project feasibility research report, we conducted totally 46 sensitive spots in the evaluation area of the Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line's Recommended Line of this project (crossroads etc. included), including I elderly apartment, 3 schools, and 42 villages .. \36 3.5.2 The status monitoring of acoustic environmental quality o Monitoring Point Layout The whole project area is a rural region of the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, and there are few factors affecting the acoustic environmental quality, mainly production and living noise of the project's along-line residents, but some villages are situated at both sides of the existing highways including G211, G I 09 etc., and thus are highly subject to the influence of traffic noise. According to the above characteristics of this project's acoustic environment, in order to learn about the status of the acoustic environmental quality in the project area, we selected totally 18 villages, I elderly apartment, and all the 3 schools The details of monitoring points see Table 3.5-1. Table 3.5-1 The status monitoring point layout of acoustic environmental quality Number and layout location of monitoring No. Pile Number Name points 1, 1m outside the window, l.2m from the LAK12+080 Dingj ialiang ground surface Group 3, Dujiatan 1, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the 2 LAK35+160 Village ground surface 1, 1m outside the window, 102m from the ground surface 3 LAK35+000 J iantan Vi II age East side of the G211, recording the traffic volume Group 4, Wujiahu 1, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the 4 LAK37+720 Village ground surface I, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the 5 LAK40+550 Group 1, Shenj iahu ground surface Group 1,3, I, 1m outside the window, I.2m from the 6 LAK43+510 Guojiaqiao ground surface Group 5, 1, 1m outside the window, t .2m from the 7 LAK46+030 F angj iatan Village ground surface I, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the ground surface Group 2, Sujiatan 8 LAK46+920 1, 15m from the Provincial Huiping Village Highway's central line, and 1.2m from the ground surface Balanghu Farm 1, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the 9 LAK48+720 Brigade II ground surface 1, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the ground surface, and recording the traffic Yangqu Village volume of the Beijing-Tibet Express 10 LAK54+820 Brigade V & X Highway, in front of the nearest house from the Beijing-Tibet Express Highway 5, sectional monitoring, with a distance of 137 20,40,60,80, 120m from the Beijing-Tibet Express Highway's central line An open area 60m from the Beijing-Tibet Express Highway's central line, 1.2m from the ground surface (24-hour monitoring) I, outer background noise 500m from the Beijing-Tibet Express Highway's central line I, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the Household ground surface II LAK56+880 residential area of I, 15m from the S 101 's central line, and Yimu Group 1.2m from the ground surface Lihua Village 1, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the 12 LAK57+300 Brigade I ground surface I, I m outside the window, l.2m from the 13 LAK6I+300 Elderly Apartment ground surface Tuanjie New I, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the 14 LAK61+300 Village ground surface Group 3, Renqiao I, I m outside the window, l.2m from the 15 LAK62+210 Village ground surface 1, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the ground surface Group 5, Shenzha 16 LAK62+620 I, 15m from the Provincial Wuqing Village Highway's central line, and 1.2m from the ground surface I, I m outside the window, l.2m from the 17 LAK64+100 Haoqu Village ground surface Group 5, Weiqiao 1, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the 18 LAK70+010 Village ground surface I, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the ground surface 5, sectional monitoring, 20, 40, 60, 80, 120m from the G 109's central line Group 5, Xinqiao 19 LAK70+410 Village An open area 60m from the G 109's central line, 1.2m from the ground surface (24-hour monitoring) I, outer background noise 500m from the G 109's central line School Elementary School 1, 1m outside the window, 1.2m from the LAK51+820 of Bolangqu ground surface No.2 Middle I, 1m outside the window, l.2m from the 2 LAK57+120 School of ground surface Wuzhong City 138 Elementary School I, I m outside the window, 1.2m from the 3 LAK64+210 of Haoqu Village ground surface o Monitoring time and method The monitoring method and data processing shall follow the relevant provisions of G8/T14623-93 Urban Regional Environmental Noise Measuring Method. Monitoring for consecutive one day at 24h point, measuring for 20 minutes each hour; monitoring for consecutive 2 days at other points, measuring four times each day, twice at both day and night, and measuring for 20 minutes each time. The measuring appliance shall be selected according to the requirements of the Urban Regional Environmental Noise Measuring Method, and the surrounding environmental features, meteorologic conditions and main noise sources are recorded at the same time of monitoring. o Monitoring results Table 3.5-2 The acoustic environmentmonitoring results of general sensitive spots Monitoring result (dB) Name of sensitive No. Today's The next A Today's The next A spots . verage . verage daytime day's daytime daytime day's daytime LA Line village Group 3, Dujiatan 39.5 37.2 42.0 1 37.9 37.2 Village LAK35+160 37.3 37.6 34.5 ~ Group 4, Wuj iahu 44.5 45.2 42.6 39.5 2 43.5 41.1 Village LAK37+720 43.4 40.9 41.3 40.9 Group 1, Shenj iahu 50.1 50.6 40.9 38.6 3 50.1 37.2 Village LAK40+550 49.7 49.8 33.5 35.6 Group 1,3, 50.7 50.6 31.5 34.6 4 Guojiaqiao Village 50.2 33.9 LAK43+510 49.3 50.0 33.8 35.8 Group 5, Sujiatan 55.3 54.6 48.8 45.6 5 54.0 47.7 Village LAK46+030 53.7 52.3 46.6 49.8 Group 2, Sujiatan 50.8 50.9 37.4 37.0 6 50.9 36.8 Village LAK46+920 51.0 50.9 36.5 36.4 Group 2, Balanghu 52.1 52.3 39.9 38.6 7 Farmland 51.1 39.9 LAK49+720 50.2 49.6 42.5 38.6 Group I, Lihuaqiao 48.7 49.1 41.8 40.6 8 49.8 41.4 Village LAK6l+300 50.3 51.2 42.9 Group 3, Renqiao 49.3 51.1 47.4 9 46.1 Village LAK62+ 210 48.6 52.3 45.0 Haoqu Village 50.5 49.4 45.2 10 4. 41.2 LAK64+100 51.1 48.4 37.2 43.6 LA Line village~ 139 Elementary School of 51.5 52.0 42.1 34.2 1 Bolangqu 50.1 36.7 LAK70+410 49.4 I 47.5 36.2 34.4 No.2 Middle School 56.0 51.0 42.6 37.6 2 ofWuzhong City 50.3 38.0 LAK70+120 49.5 44.7 36.4 35.3 Elementary School of 50.3 51.4 43.1 49.2 3 Haoqu 51.2 45.2 VillageLAK70+210 51.4 51.5 41.6 46.9 Table 3.5-3 The monitoring results of those sensitive points subject to the influence of the existing traffic Monitoring result (dB) IThe next No Name of Today's Vehicle The next Vehicle Today's Vehicle Vehicle Average day's IAverage sensitive spots daytime flow day's flow daytime flow flow daytime daytime LA Line village Jiantan Village 62.5 144 60.3 141 41.2 30 41.2 21 59.3 39.6 LAK35+000 56.5 147 57.9 132 37.6 15 38.3 24 I East side of the 55.4 144 53.6 141 35.6 30 34.6 21 57.2 38.5 G211 60.4 147 59.5 132= 42.3 15 41.6 24 Group 5, 10, 53.1 III 52.1 124 49.0 48 49.3 52 Yangqu 53.6 48.5 Village 52.7 96 56.5 159 48.4 39 47.4 39 LAK54+820 2 Yangqu 40.2 111 44.4 124 43.2 48 46.5 52 Village Brigade V & X 44.5 44.5 JingZang 45.3 96 48.2 159 44.1 39 44.1 39 expressway 500m Residential 56.5 207 52.1 186 52.7 87 52.0 I 75 District of ! 56.7 51.2 Yimu Group 61.8 309 56.5 228 48.6 57 51.3 51 LAK56+880 3 Household 69.8 207 53.6 186 55.8 87 59.9 75 residential area 66.0 57.4 ofYimu Group 71.0 309 69.5 228 51.9 57 61.9 51 S101 15m Apartment for 62.5 199 61.9 184 43.1 12 48.7 6 4 the aged 60.2 45.8 LAK61+300 55.2 145 6J.l 145 42.1 5 49.3 33 TuanjieNew 53.5 87 53.0 72 43.0 21 47.0 25 5 Village 56.9 45.9 LAK61 +300 64.5 184 56.5 86 42.8 11 50.9 40 Group 5, 55.6 288 54.3 297 51.2 99 54.7 96 6 Shenzha 56.5 52.6 325 50.4 63 54.1 84 Village 59.1 324 57.0 140 LAK62+620 Group 5, 69.8 288 70.5 297 61.1 99 67.5 96 Shenzha Village 67.7 62.6 Provincial 59.1 324 71.2 325 58.8 63 62.9 84 Wuqing Highway 15m Group 5, 56.4 258 52.5 282 47.3 102 41.1 85 Weiqiao 7 50.5 41.4 Village 47.5 255 45.4 210 41.8 18 35.3 21 LAK70+010 Group 5, 50.0 210 53.0 240 46.0 57 44.3 39 Xinqiao 51.1 40.8 Village 54.0 258 47.2 211 40.3 27 32.7 18 LAK70+410 8 Group 5, 54.3 210 55.8 240 44.4 57 50.6 39 Xinqiao 55.3 48.3 VillageGI09 56.6 258 54.3 211 49.1 27 48.9 18 500m Table 3.5-4 The monitoring results of degradation sections of the existing highway Traffic volume Name Monitoring time 20m 40m 60m 80m 120m (number of vehicles/h) 58.6 56.6 53.8 51.0 47.5 267 Today's daytime 57.8 55.7 53.0 51.2 47.7 333 Today's 53.3 51.1 48.5 46.7 43.2 99 Group 5, nighttime 53.5 51.2 48.7 46.9 43.4 48 Xinqiao Village G1 09 The next day's 57.5 55.8 52.6 50.0 46.4 261 daytime 56.8 54.3 52.4 50.6 46.4 237 The next day's 52.3 50.0 47.5 45.7 42.0 144 nighttime 52.4 50.2 47.6 45.9 42.3 36 66.2 64.6 62.2 60.0 56.3 372 Today's daytime 65.5 63.8 61.4 59.6 56.0 474 Yangqu Today's 58.9 57.1 54.1 52.4 49.2 119 Village nighttime 58.2 56.6 53.6 51.8 48.5 147 Brigade V & 65.2 63.6 61.0 59.0 57.1 288 X The next day's daytime lingZang 64.4 62.8 60.4 58.4 55.2 333 expressway 57.8 56.1 53.2 51.4 48.2 156 The next day's 57.5 55.9 52.7 50.7 47.4 114 nighttime 50.5 48.6 46.6 44.9 42.0 15 141 Table 3.5-4 24-hour monitoring results Group 5, Xinqiao Village Yangqu Village Brigade V & X Monitoring time Vehicle flow L Aeq (dB) Vehicle flow LAeq (dB) 00: 00~01: 00 62 52.0 51 54.2 01 : 00-02: 00 39 50.4 52 54.5 02: 00-03: 00 91 54.5 57 55.3 03: 00~04: 00 29 46.3 65 55.8 04: 00~05: 00 14 43.3 70 56.5 05: 00~06: 00 39 51.8 78 56.8 06: 00~07: 00 96 54.7 115 57.3 07: 00-08: 00 185 57.9 129 57.8 08: 00-09: 00 241 130 58.2 09: 00-10: 00 222 59.9 150 59.5 10: 00-11: 00 195 57.3 169 59.7 11 : 00-12: 00 286 63.9 165 59.5 12: 00~13: 00 186 58.4 154 59.3 13: 00-14: 00 233 60.2 154 59.2 14: 00-15: 00 214 59.2 145 58.6 15: 00-16: 00 213 56.2 131 57.7 16: 00-17: 00 174 55.9 131 57.8 17: 00-18: 00 126 55.2 121 57.6 18: 00-19: 00 136 55.6 102 57.1 19: 00-20: 00 133 55.7 87 56.9 20: 00-21: 00 164 54.4 132 57.-7 21 : 00-22: 00 143 53.8 65 55.7 22: 00-23: 00 117 53.2 51 54.6 23: 00-24: 00 84 52.4 52 55.3 3.5.3 The evaluation of current acoustic environmental quality o The impact analysis of the existing traffic noise As shown in Table 3.5-4, the traffic noise gradually degrades with the increase of distance. Under the current light traffic, the 01 09's daytime traffic noise can meet the Standard II requirements at 20m from the highway's central line, but the nighttime traffic noise exceeds the Standard IV requirements at 20m, and meets the Standard II requirements at SOm; the Beijing-Tibet Express Highway's daytime traffic noise can meet the Standard IV requirements at 20m from the highway's central line, and meet the Standard II requirements at 80m from the highway's central line, but the nighttime traffic noise exceed the Standard IV requirements at SOm, and meet the Standard II requirements at 110m; and the 0211 's 142 daytime traffic noise can meet the Standard II requirements at 20m from the highway's central line, but the nighttime traffic noise exceeds the Standard IV requirements at 20m, and meets the Standard II requirements at 40m. As shown in Table 3.5-5, the maximum value of the existing highway traffic noise all appears between 10:00 and 12:00 in the daytime, and the maximum value of nighttime noise appears between 5:00 and 6:00, largely according with the regular pattern of traffic noise changes. o The monitoring result analysis of sensitive points not subject to the influence of traffic noise As shown in Table 3.5-2, the acoustic environmental quality of those schools and villages not subject to the influence of the existing traffic noise is good, except the Sujiatan Village Brigade V, the Lihuaqiao Village Brigade I, and the Renqiao Village Brigade III slightly exceeding the Standard I limit in the nighttime, and the acoustic environmental quality status of other villages and schools meet the Standard I requirements in both the daytime and the nighttime. o The status evaluation of the acoustic environment In summary, under the current light road traffic in the project area, the acoustic environmental quality of those villages at both sides of the highway largely meet the Standard IV requirements, and the acoustic environmental quality of those villages and schools not subject to the influence of the existing traffic noise is also good, and largely meets the Standard 1 requirement, so in general, the acoustic environmental quality status of this project is good. 3.6 Status evaluation of air environmental quality 3.6.1 Status survey According to site survey of the highway, there are basically agricultural and husbandry populations along the highway line, who are mainly engaged in agriculture and husbandry. In addition, the township enterprises there are underdeveloped, and no large-scaled pollutant-discharging units are found within the scope of assessment. The major sources of pollution come from the waste gases produced due to burning of fuels for life and production by the residents at various sensitive points within 200m on both sides of the central line of the highway, and the exhaust and flying dust caused by the agricultural vehicles running on he village roads or tractor-ploughed roads. 3.6.2 Status monitoring of air environmental quality o Monitoring point layout and monitoring project 143 The principle for. monitoring point layout is "replacing line with point", 2 representative sensitive points were selected in the along-line evaluation area for air environmental quality status monitoring, and the locations see Table 3.6-1 and Chart 1. Tablt~ 3.6-1 Current air environment monitored position table of proposed expressway Monitoring No. Location Monitoring factor frequency Group 5, Guojiaqiao LAK43+510 5 days of continuous Group 3, Renqiao Village monitoring 2 TSP, N02 LAK62+210 o Mdbods of monitor and analysis The air environmental quality status monitoring along the proposed highway is undertaken by the environment monitoring station of Litong District of Wuzhong City, and the monhoring analysis method see Table 3.6-2. Tablt 3.6-2 Monitoring analytical metbods of air along tbe road Monitoring project Analytical method Detection limit Sampling instrument Model 721 visible N0 Saltzman method 0.005 2 complementary filter KC-6210 Atmosphere TSP Gravimetric analysis 0.001 Integrated Sampler From October 30 to November 3, 2008, we monitored for consecutive five days during the monitoring period, sampling the TSP for 12 hours (07:00 to 19:00) and the intraday average value ofN02 for consecutive 18 hours (07:00 to 0 I :00 next day). 3.6.3 Status of air environmental quality We monitored the air quality at 3 monitoring points along the highway and the monitoring resuhs ofTSP and N02 are shown in Table 3.6-3. 3.6.4 Evaluation metbod This evaluation adopts the single factor evaluation method, and selects TSP and N02 as the evaluation factors. The evaluation standards follow the Standard 'J of Air Environmental Qualily Standards (GB3095-1996). The computation formula of the single factor for each pollutant: Pi=Ci/Cg In which: Pi----evaluation index; 144 Ci---- measured value; Cg----standard value. Table 3.6-3 The monitoring results ofTSP and N02 density of the air along the highway Unit: mg/ m3 Daily average value No. Sampling site Sampling time N02 TSP October 30, 2008 0.014 0.292 October 31, 2008 0.008 0.295 Group 5, Guojiaqiao November 1, 2008 0.009 0.188 LAK43+850 November 2, 2008 0.021 0.269 November 3 2008 0.025 0.282 October 30, 2008 0.011 0.149 October 31, 2008 0.032 0.286 Group 3, Renqiao 2 November 1, 2008 0.028 0.198 Village LAK62+200 November 2, 2008 0.022 0.252 November 3, 2008 0.032 0.248 3.6.5 Status evaluation of the air environment The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.6-4 Table 3.6-4 The status evaluation results of the air environment Monitoring Standard Pile Over Location Factor value value Pollution index Number 3 Standard (mg/m3) Cmg/m ) Guojiaqiao N02 0.008-0.025 0.12 0.067~0.208 No LAK43+850 Brigade V TSP 0.188-0.295 0.30 0.627~0.983 No Group 3, N02 0.011-0.032 0.12 0.092~0.267 No Renqiao LAK62+200 Village TSP 0.149-0.286 0.30 0.497~0.953 No 145 As shown in the table above, the daily average density value of TSP measured at the air environmental quality monitoring point along the proposed highway falls between 0.149 and 0.295mg/m3, and the 5-day average density value does not exceed the Standard II (0.30mg/m3) of the Air Environmental quality Standards (OB3095-1996). The daily average density value of N02 falls between 0.011 and 0.032mglm3, and the 5-day average density value does not exceed the Standard II (0 .12mg/m3) of the Air Environmental quality Standards (OB3095-1996). In summary, the TSP and N02 density of air environment along the proposed highway accords with the Standard II of the Air Environmental Quality Standards (OB3095-1996), and the air environmental quality is good. 146 Chapter 4 Environmental Impact Predictions and Assessment 4.1 Social environmental Impact Predictions and Assessment 4.1.1 Impact analysis on social and economic development of the project in planning Ningxia province is located in southwest of China with weak economic foundation. In recent years, under the strong support of country, the social and economical development of Ningxia province boosted with the average growth rate of GOP of more than 10%, however the road traffic infrastructure can not meet the requirement of social and economic development. This project passes through Lingwu, Wuzhong and Qingtongxia city. It will be important energy development zone and economic growth zone in future of Ningxia province. To quicken the industrialization process of Ningxia province and transfer the source advantage to economic advantages, the autonomous region determines to construct Nongdong energy and chemical industrial base, Lingwu cashmere industrial park, Wuzhongjinji industrial park and Qingtongia new material base. The connecting line from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia of national highway NO.211 improved the traffic conditions of new economic growth zone of city are in autonomous region (Ningdong town, Lingwu city and Wuzhong city) and enable the transverse connection of Qin-Yin highway (G20), national highway No.307 and 211, Jing-Zang highway (G6), national highway No.1 09, provincial highway No.21 0 and the Shizuishan to Zhongning highway in planning; as a result it connected the Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base and important energy and industrial zone in Wuzhong city to facilitate the energy development with industrial development and fully made use of the excellent energy and industrial advantages along the line so as to connect the roads in region and provide rapid, smooth and comfort traffic conditions for the rapid economic development in region. The project construction will integrate energy development and construction of industrial park in the north central part and southeast part of Ningxia, and create favorable conditions for converting regional resources advantages to economic advantages, and lad a sound foundation for realizing the objective of jointly forming Yinchuan-Wuzhong Economic Zone by Yinchuan City, Lingwu City, Litong District of Wuzhong City and Qingtongxia City as well as greatly improve the traffic conditions in the area, promote conversion of resources advantages into economic advantages, speed up economic development of the autonomous region and the area in the locality of the project, and play an important role in improving regional investment environment and economic development in remote areas This project will connect Ningxia province westward with Inner Mongolia to establish a most rapid transport passage; it will be in favor of the supply of raw materials and products with significant social and economic benefits, and will be critical to strengthen the communication, facilitate opening-up of Ningxia province and promote the regional social and economic development. 147 4.1.2 Compatibility analysis with the town planning along the line (1) Compatibility analysis with master city planning of Qingtongxia city According to Master City Planning of Qingtongxia City (2004-2020), the planning region range consists of two levels of city regional planning region and city planning region. The area of city regional planning region is 2424km2; the city planning region consists of city construction region and city planning control region, the area of former is 41.52km2 and the later 468km2 The Guyaozi to Qingtongxia connecting line is located at about 11 km southward from city regional planning region of Qingtonxia city. When selecting the road route, fully consider the later development planning of Qingtongxia city; it bypasses the Qingtongxia city planning region, and does not occupy the town planning construction field so as to reserve space for later development. At the intersection of the route with national highway No. 109 (LAK70+400), set up the normal interchange crossing of Qingtongxia Aluminum Factory to connect with highway No. 109; The Qingtongxia west hub interchange crossing wi II be set at LAK 78+ 200 of route after crossing over Bao-Lan railway to connect original No. 20 I line and Shizuishan-Zhongning highway in planning.The set of interchange will provide a rapid, comfort and high level road for Qingtongxia city and establish the basic conditions for outward development. Therdore. the road in planning is in good compatibility with Qingtongxia master city planning. The positional relations with Qingtongxia master city planning refers to figure 4.1-10 (2) Compatibility analysis with Wuzhong city master city plan Wuzhong city planning region is located at about I km northward of Guyaozi to Qinglongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211, which is far away from the planning region, so that i: will generate resource conflicts such as land and infrastructure. Wuzhongdong interchange wi II be set at intersection AK41 +800 of Wu-qing first class highway; Wuzhong hub interchange will be set at intersection AK46+086 of Linwu-Tianshuibao section of planned national highway No. 211 and Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line near Guojia village; Yangmuhu normal interchange shall be set near Yangmuhu in southeast of Wuzhong city to connect with Wuzhong-Baitugang road. The set of interchange will provide a rapid, comfort and high level road for Wuzhong city and establish the basic conditions for outward development. Therefore, the road in planning is in good compatibility with Wuzhong master city planning. The positional relationship of Wuzhong and road in planning refers to figure 4.1-2. 148 o Compatibility analysis with master city planning of Linwu city The Linwu city planning region is located at the northwest side of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211 with a further distance of about 5.5km. The project in planning will have no resource conflicts with Linwu master city plan such as land and infrastructure. Linwu interchange will be also set at LAK3 7+ 100 near the Jiantan village of national highway No. 211 with the distance of about 8km southward from Linwu city; Tianshuigou interchange will be set at LAK23+450 near Tianhsuihe of national highway No. 307 with the distance of about 7km eastward from Linwu city. The configuration of interchanges will provide a rapid, comfort and high class road for the development of Linwu city and build the foundation for outward development of counties, 149 Qingtongxia city planning region The vertical line of the proposed highway Figure 4.1-1 Positioual relationship schematic diagram of project in planning and Qingtongxia city planning region 150 Figure 4.1-2 Positional relationship schematic diagram of project in planning and Wuzhong city planning region Therefore, the road in planning is in good compatibility with Linwu master city planning. The positional relationship of Linwu and road in planning refers to figure 4.1-3. 151 Figure 4.1-3 Positional relationship schematic diagram of project in planning and Linwu city planning region 4.1.3 Compatibility analysis with Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region highway network planning In 2008,Ninxia Hui Autonomous Region adjusted the highway network planning of "Three-vertical and Six-transverse" as "Three-vertical and Nine-transverse".This project is a important section in the highway network planning of autonomous region "Three-vertical and Nine-transverse" (Figure 4.1-4). Among the key traffic construction projects during the "II th Five-Year Plan" of the government of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Tie Line of 0211, as the Ouyaozi-Qingtongxia branch in the "four horizontal" lines in the "three vertical and nine horizontal" highway network of Ningxia, will greatly promote the economic development in areas along the highway line. Along with the rapid development of Wuzhong city, Linwu city, Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base and Taiyangshan development zone in Ninxia Hui Autonomous Region and peripheral Inner Mogngolia Shanghaimiao development region, this region has been an important economic growth zone and the traffic volume will considerably increase. 152 ~iI.~t\4" .f~ •• ;{ i',~~, J1 < :(# -'f'L""'~R~ "'it Figure 4.1-4 Position schematic diagram of the project in planning in Ningxia trunk highway network planning 153 But there is no high-efficiency, comfort and safe highway transport passage so that it can meet the requirements of increasing traffic volume and economic development in this region. This project is a forceful measure to complete the trunk highway network construction of the autonomous region and solve the contradiction between economic development and backward traffic infrastructure. Moreover, this project connects the sections in Ningxia Province of national highway network, highways in Ningxia, Yinchuan airport, Taizhongyin railway, national and provincial highway as a whole, forms the new North-south transport channels in Ningxia province, and construct a convenient, smooth and safe three-dimensional outward integral transport network which integrates the airline, highway and railway. So it will playa very important role in strengthening communication of westem regions with North China region and Pan-pohai region and fully making use of the advantages of integral transportation. 4.1.4 Analysis on the coordination among this planning and related planning; (1) Indirect impact analysis related to the planning of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Ind ustrial Base Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base is located in Wuzhong city ofYinchuan city, the east to Yuanyanghu, Majiatan and Mengcheng mine field; west connecting with east boundary of Baijitan protection zone; south to the southmost of Weizhou and Mengcheng mine field along provincial boundary; north to Inner Mongolia autonomous region Etuoke 2 Qi. The master planning total area is 3484km • This range involves four cities (counties and zones) Lingwu city, Yanchi County, Tongxin County, Hongsibao development zone. The three main dominant industries in Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base are coal, power and coal chemical engineering with oil and natural gas chemical engineering, refinement chemical engineering, material industry, comprehensive utilization and socialization service as the organic part. The demonstrated coal reserves in planning region is 27 billion tons, which amounts 88% of total demonstrated coal reserves in Ningxia province, and it has been listed in 13 major developing Billion-ton-c1ass coal production base. According to Master Plan Outline of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base, the coal production capacity of the base will reach 110 million tons and power installation capacity of above 20 million kW in 2020. Meanwhile, the annual production capacity of coal indirect liquefaction will reach 10 million tons, coal base dimethyl of 2 million tons and methanol of 1.7 million tons. It is observed that there will have huge logistical demand in Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base. The logistical transportation is mainly by railway with complement of highway, industrial pipeline and belt transport. The positional relationship of route with Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base refers to figure 4.1-5. As shown in figure, the starting point is located at the north side of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base with the distance from boundary of planning area of 400m; Ningdong hub interchange bridge is set at LAK 5+576 of crossing point between the route and Qing-Yin highway (G20) which is about 4km southwest away from 154 the central area of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base to facilitate the entry to highway of vehicle in Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base. The project construction just improve the peripheral road network of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base, which can provide traffic convenience for the vehicle and persons in Ningdong Base, so as to further facilitate the rapid development of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base. In addition, It is explicitly pointed out in General Report for Environment Impact Assessment of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base: "The ecologic protection of Baijitan Natural Protection Zone shall be practically implemented; the exploitation boundary of borefields near the protection zone shat! be reasonably defined so as to avoid adverse effect of surface subsidence on protection zone. Highway, railway, and other linear engineering corridors should be reasonably planed, and they should not cross the core area and buffer zone of the protection area. The ecological construction planning should be prepared with the governance of desertification land as the emphasis. The control rate of land desertification, soil environmental quality, control rate of land subsidence, occupied land area for the construction of factories and mines, and other environmental protection indexes should be increased in the planning outline. The index of vegetation coverage should be suitably adjusted." The north boundary of Zaoquan borefield in planning area of Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industrial Base is close to the buffer zone of Baijitan Natural Protection Zone, of which the borefield boundary is about 300 to 500 m away from the boundary of buffer zone. The LAK14+450~LAK32 section of Guyaozi to Qingtongxia connecting line of G211 highway to be constructed passes through the experiment zone of Baijitan Natural Protection Zone, and the minimum distance of 300m away from the buffer zone, 500m from core area. The road is near the Zaoquan borefield, so the highway construction will lead to certain indirect impact on the borefield. Considered the line location of Guyaozi to Qingtongxia connecting line of G211 highway, the exploitation range of Zaoquan borefield is needed to be properly adjusted if necessary. 155 Figure 4.1-5 Positional relationship schematic diagram of the project in planning and Ningdong coal chemical base (2) Compatibility analysis with Lingwu cashmere industrial park planning Lingwu cashmere industrial park is a regional park defined by autonomous region government. It is a labor intensive feathered industrial park, which mainly depends on the advantages of original 14 cashmere enterprises and neighboring national main cashmere production region to enhance the industry aggregation effect and optimize the employment. Currently it has attracted 41 enterprises with the total project investment of 1.48 billion yuan. The park has established a preliminarily processing industry chain from cashmere carding, down strip, spinning, clothing and lining production. It will focus on the development of cashmere deep processing industry to enhance he development level of cashmere industry from now on and finally establish a cashmere deep processing base with outstanding regional feature, apparent industry advantage, optimal investment environment, labor-intensive and the largest domestic and international influence. Lingwu cashmere industrial park is about 6km away northward from Guyaozi-Qinglongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211. The project in planning is about 8km away southward from Linwu city. Lingwu interchange will be set up at LAK3 7+ 100 near Jiantan village of national highway No. 211 to connect the highway in planning with original national highway No. 211.The construction of project in planning will provide a rapid, comfort and high level road for the development of Lingwu cashmere industrial park and built convenient conditions for outward development. 156 As a result, the project in planning is in well compatibility with Lingwu cashmere industrial park planning. Positional relationship of the route and Lingwu cashmere industrial park planning zone refers to figure 4.1-6. Figure 4.1-6 Positional relationship schematic diagram of the project in planning and Lingwu cashmere industrial park (3) Compatibility analysis with Wuzhong Jinji industrial park planning Wuzhong jinji industrial park is defined by autonomous government and is 6km away from Wuzhon city area with the planning area of 10km2 and constructed area of 4km2. For the industry positioning of industrial park, it is mainly dominated by biological medicine, food processing, building materials and chemicals, high and new technology industries. Currently 49 projects has been in the park. In recent two years, the total investment in industry park is 990 million yuan. The project in planning is at LAK56+433 in the southeast of Wuzhong city Jinji town. Jinji hub interchange is set to connect Jing-Zang highway (G6) and provincial highway No. 101 to facilitate the access to highway for the vehicles in Jinji town and Wuzhong Jinji industrial park. The construction of project enables more convenient traffic for later development of Wuzhong Jinji industrial park. Therefore, the project in planning is in well compatibility with Wuzhong Jinji industrial park planning. The positional relationship between the route and Wuzhong Jinji industrial park planning zone refers to figure 4.1-7. 157 Figure 4.1-7 Positional relationship schematic diagram of the project in planning and Wuzhong Jinji industrial park (4) Compatibility analysis with Qingtongxia new material base planning Qingtongxia new material base is an autonomous class new material industrial base according to the planning of "one strip, three zones and four parks". The area of planning base is 21.41 km2, among which 17.52 km2 is at the west of Qingtongxia Aluminum Factory and the 3.89 km2 at south ofQinzhen east collecting channel is mainly used for development of PVC new material industry. The base depends on the key enterprises such as Qinglongxia Aluminum Group, Daba Power Plant, Ningxia Jinjiyuan Group and Qinglongxia Cement Group and bases on the new materials and related material industries to establish a production and R&D base mainly for light metal smelting and deep processing, carbon-based material, calcium carbide chemicals and other new material industries.At same time it makes great efforts to utilize and concentrate the industrial resource advantages of coal, electricity, smelting magnesium, dolomite and other existing industries, extend the industry chain and promote the development of related industry so as to build the base as new growth point of the whole park. It is planned to built the base into national non ferrous smelting and deep processing and carbon-based material R&D base with the gross industrial output value of above 40 billion yuan 158 The end point of Guyaozi-Qinglongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211 is in the west of Qingtongxia new material base and connected with planning Shizuishan-Zhongning highway; The Qingtongxia Aluminum Factory normal interchange will be set up at LAK70+400 of route to connect the highway in planning with national highway No. 109; the Qingtongxiaxi hub interchange will be set up at LAK78+200 after the route crossing over Bao-Lan railway to connect original provincial highway No. 201 with planning Shizuishan-Zhongning highway. The setup of interchanges can facilitate the access of highway for the vehicle of Qinglongxia Aluminum Factory and new material base and provide convenient traffic conditions for future development. As a result, the project in planning is in well compatibility with the Qingtongxia new material base planning. The positional relationship of the route and Qingtongxia new material base planning zone refers to figure 4.1-8. 'Qingtongxia new material base planning zone -The proposed highway Figure 4.1-8 Positional relationship schematic diagram of the project in planning and Qingtongxia new material base 4.1.5 Impact analysis on resident life quality (1) Favorable impacts CD The construction and operation of this project will improve the traffic conditions along the line and quickened the trade circulation between city and countryside which is in favor of the conversion of agricultural and sideline products into commodities in city and increase the economic income of farmers. @ The improvement of traffic conditions will facilitate the emergence of tertiary industry and resource development and utilization along the line to enhance the economic benefits of 159 enterprises, and also provide large number of employment opportunities and improve the people's income level along the line. Along with the improvement of people's material standard of living, the requirement for spiritual life such as health, education, communication, culture and recreation will increasingly boost. The project construction will strongly facilitate the development of social medical and healthy, culture and educational facilities. ® The highway construction is in favor of the improvement the people's living environment and life quality. After the compensations such as land and capital for the farmers whose land is expropriated, it will improve the living environment and housing quality of residents.At same time, along with the introduction of new lift style of farmers, some outdated and uncultured lifestyle will altered. With the change of people's traditional concept, the population growth will be effectively controlled. (2) Adverse impact CD Impact of land confiscation 2 The permanent land occupation of highway in planning is 541.66.725hm , among which the farmland is 272.38.076hm2 accounting for 50.29% of permanent expropriated area, grass land 264.22.547hm2 accounting 48.78% and forest land 5.06 hm2 for 0.93%. Temporarily occupied land will be rehabilitated with proper measures after completion of construction. Here the analysis is only for the impact of permanent land occupation on the life quality of farmers along the line. After the reconnaissance trip, the main industries of farmer along the line are crop production and animal husbandry, their income is mainly from the output value of food crop, cash crops, pasturage products and forest products. The land is the base for farmer supporting their lives so it is very critical to them."The project will occupy the dependent land offarmer which will impose certain impact on the farmer's living. The construction unit and local government shall pay adequate attention to the impact on the farmers due to land loss and alleviate the impacts with methods such as reasonable compensation fee for land use and properly settling of farmers. But in the view of social development, along with the speed up of "urbanization" construction, more and more farmers rely less on their lands and leave countryside for urban life. So from the long term aspect, as long as government properly settles the farmer of land loss according to socialism "new countryside" and "urbanization" construction, the impact on farmer will further decrease. ® Relocation impact Houses with an area of 59695m2 wi II be removed due to the construction of this project. About 333 families and 1440 people will be involved. Some relocation population will be migrate with their entire family, which will cause many inconveniences to their production, lives and works. In addition, some illumination lines, power transmission lines, communication cables, etc. will have to be removed, which will caused great influences to 160 the illumination and communication of numerous households along the highway, and the power consumption of enterprises. The influence extent on farmer by relocating mainly depends on whether the relocating compensation and relocating measures is proper. If the farmer can receive reasonable compensation so that they can build new houses, normally they will support and make understand the relocating. This is also in favor of improvement of housing conditions for local farmers. According to field investigation, the removed houses are mainly along the line and the removed houses are mainly of multiple-layer brickworks, brick-wooden house and civil house. Most of the relocating households expect receiving compensation and settlement in vicinity. This project shall prepare reasonable relocating and land occupation compensation program according to national and local related compensation regulations combined with local countryside living standard, and adapt the method of settlement in vicinity to meet the house building and settlement requirements of farmers as possible. Although the large relocating area involved in this project, but if fulfilling the immigrating and relocating policy and all measures, remain original living environment of relocated households as possible and improve the living conditions of relocated households, the impact on the living of relocated households will be limited. ® Impact on traffic obstruct The project in planning is located in middle-northern of Ningxia province, and passes through Wuzhong city Litong district, Lingwu city, Qingtongxia city and Yanchi county. There are some settlements at both sides of the route. The passing of construction vehicles during construction and occupation of existing road will inevitably lead to traffic obstruct, which will bring certain adverse impact on the resident traffic in the settlements along the line; especially near the school, if the construction management is not proper, it may leads to traffic accident. Therefore, the construction unit shall strengthen the construction management to avoid these accident as passion, so as to minimize the impact on the resident and school along the line. At same time, the construction is temporary within short period, above adverse impacts will not exist after completion of construction. During operation period, for the highway is of closed type, it many bring inconvenience for the normal communication and production transport of residents alongside the line. This project has fully considered the possibly generated obstruct impact during project design phases. After many times negotiation with local government and residents by design unit, and according to the project geography, 8 interchanges, 24 separation crossings and 32 passages are set in the project, which can basically meet the normal working and communication of farmers and reduce the obstruct impact on the residents at both sides of the project as possible. @ Impact on human habitat environment The main impact on human habitat environment is mainly in construction period. The passing and of construction vehicles and occupation of existing road during construction will influence the resident traffic along the line; flying dust of construction vehicle will also 161 affect the living quality of nearby residents; the construction noise will affect the resident rest and normal school teaching; the sewage, domestic waste and production waste discharge of construction campsite will impose impact on the water quality of alongside river; the civilization level of construction staff may influence the routine living of local villager, especially in minority regions. The impacts on human habitat environment during construction mainly involve the nearby settlement and school at both sides of line, so the client and construction unit shall take necessary measures to reduce the impacts on the residents along the line. After the operation of highway, the traffic noise will significantly increase so that it will affect the working and living of the residents along the line; but after the noise reduction measures in the report have been adopted, the influence will be relieved or eliminated. From long term view, the road construction will play important roles on the economic development and social civilization in the region, and the life quality of residents in the region will gradually increase. The construction and operation of highway will improve the traffic condition along the line, and the travelling of residents will be more convenient. Quicken the trade circulation between city and countryside for the conversion of agricultural and sideline products into commodities in city and increase the economic income of farmers. The improvement of traffic conditions will facilitate the emergence of tertiary industry and resource development and utilization along the line to enhance the economic benefits of enterprises, and also provide large number of employment opportunities and improve the people's income level along the line. Along with the improvement of people's material standard of living, the requirement for spiritual life such as health, education, communication, culture and recreation will increasingly boost. The highway construction will strongly facilitate the development of social medical and healthy, culture and educational facilities. 4.1.6 Impact analysis on resource development and utilization (1) Impact analysis on land resource CD Impact analysis of permanently occupied lands As shown in table 2.6-1, the project permanently occupied land area is 541.66.725hm2, among which the cultivated land is 272.38.076hm2, grass land 264.22.547hm2 and forest land 5.06 hm2. The occupied cultivated land is the most, the second is grass land, and the third is forest land. Table 4.] -I shows the proportion of permanent forest land and cultivated land occupied by this project in the total areas of cultivated land and forest land of this county. From table 4.1-2 we can see that, the grass land occupied by this project accounts for 0.07 to 0.09% of the total grass land of this county, the occupied cultivated land accounts for 0.23% to 0.45% of the total cultivated land of this country, and the occupied forest land accounts for 0.02% of the total forest land of this county. The highway land occupation is very little in the same category land and will not impose obvious impact on the land use situation. 162 Table 4.1-2 Impact analysis table of project permanently occupied grass land, forest land and cultivated land Yanchi Qingtong Litong District in Lingwu County and city County xiaCity Wuzhong City City Grass land area permanently occupied 117.67 64.137 285.74 2 (hm ) Grass land Total area of grass land 2 435193.33 97013.33 44920 231766.67 (hm ) Percentage 0.03% 0.07% 0.12% 66.19 Wood1a Total area of forest land nd 2 85780 273.33 300 22273.33 (hm ) Percentage 0.30% Cultivated land permanently occupied 75.996 233.17 67.91 2 Cultivat 1----'-.__ (_hm_ )___ -+ _____ I-- ___I-- ______-+ ___ --I ed Land Total area of cultivated 2 88873.33 32793.33 29293.33 24066.67 land (hm ) Percentage 0.23% 0.80% 0.28% The road is constructed to service all industries of society. After the construction and open of highway in planning, it will reduce the road traveling distance, improve road transport conditions, shorten transporting time, save transporting cost, quicken goods turnover and strengthen the communication with outside with direct economie benefits; it can also facilitate social circulation and development of various industries with extensive social benefits.After the construction and opening of the highway, the land occupied by the road realizes the special conversion of its value. The corresponding occupied land value increases. It also promotes the economic development of regions along the line, especially the development of tertiary and emergence of new industry increase the employment rate of rural population along the line. However, the land is an non-renewable resource, its agricultural use value can not be replaced by other lands Therefore, to minimize the adverse impact of cultivated land occupation on agricultural production and short-term farmer's life quality, the requirements specified in the No. 11 document Notification for Further Strengthening Land Management and Protecting Cultivated Land [1997J shall be strictly obeyed in road design, and strictly fulfill the land management regulations.Pay attention to the longitudinal balance of earthwork to minimize the borrow earth volume and waste earth volume and avoid polluting and encroaching fertile lands as possible. ® Impact analysis of temporarily occupied land The temporarily occupied land area of project has not been finalized. For the temporary land, the crops and vegetations will suffer damages of different levels during construction so that 163 it will lead to the crop and vegetation resources reduction. But the damage of temporary land to the vegetation is of short-term and restorable, they can be restored to the use functions before occupied after completion of construction. (2) Impact on tbe tourism resource development and utilization Although there is no tourism view spot in the assessment range of highway in planning, but there are abundant tourism resource in affected regions, such as 108 Lama Tower of Yuan dynasty, Dong Fu, Qingtongxia key water control project, Guangmahu Han tomb group, Shuidonggou archaeological sites and Zhenhe tower. Tourism industry, as the new industry in most harmony with environmental protection and sustainable development and new growth point of national economy, has huge potential industrial advantages, resource advantages and development prospects. After the project construction completed, it can fully make use the role of rapid transportation to provide excellent hardware environment for these tourism resources to promote the rapid development of tourism industry. (3) Impact analysis on cultural relic resource The mvironmental assessment group visited the cultural relics competent mechanism of the distrkt and country of the project from the last ten days of July to the first ten days of August in 2008. The mode with the combination of questionnaire and expert consultation is adopted. The region ofthis project is the accumulation area ofHui people. Mosques are distributed in the project area, and the distances from all of them to the highway is more than 200m. According to "Cultural Relics Protection Law of the People's Republic of China", mosque does not belong the cultural relics. According to the "World Bank OP4.ll 'Cultural Relics'" issued in August 1999, mosque belongs to the scope of cultural relics. However, as the central places for the church, religion task, education and instruction, and other activities, the mosques in the influencing area of this project do not have historical values and protection values. If mosques existed in the land expropriation scope during the construction process of this highway, they can be relocated after negotiating with local Hui people and implementing compensation scheme and compensation standard. Except mosques, there are no other cultural relics on the ground within the evaluation scope of the planned highway. But if the archaeological excavation has not been done before construction, it may damage the underground cultural relic and lead to huge loss. So, the client shall coordinate the local cultural relic protection authority to carry out the cultural relic prospecting and protective excavation along the project before construction. The related costs will charge to the environment investment of the project. Meanwhile, if other remains and historic site is found during construction, the construction unit shall protect related site according to national related cultural relic regulations and notify the cultural relic authority of local government for coordination to protect the safety of cultural relic and the smooth operation of highway construction. 164 (4) Impact analysis on mineral resource The areas influenced by the project has abundant mineral resources, and Maliantai well fields, Dingj ialiang well fields, Shigouyi well fields and Mengcheng mineral areas are distributed in the land used for highway construction and the influenced areas. CD Maliantai borefield Maliantai borefield is a large borefield constructed by Baofeng Group in Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base. This mine is among the four mines in Ningxia Hengcheng mining are master planning, and also the leading project in Baofeng energy recycle economy industry area .. The proposed G211 Line's Guyaozi- Qingtongxia Connecting Line passes through the Maliantai Well Field at the Starting Section LAKO-LAK5, the line is located at the south side of this well field, some sections of which have crossovers, and the positional relationship between the line and the Maliantai Well Field see Chart 3.2-2. The Ningdong hub interchange of the project in planning is located at LAK5+756, about 4km away northwestward from Ningdong town central region and 3.5km away from Ningdong interchange of Qin-Yin highway (G20). This interchange will connect Qin-Yin highway (G20) with this project to form the main framework of middle and east regions highway network of Ningxia province so that it facilitates the traffic of Maliantai borefield in Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base and provide convenient conditions for the development and utilization of the mining area. In addition, part of the road sections of the routes run across the planned well field area, and it is proposed to prepare survey report for the buried mineral resources in the next phase of work. @ Dingj ialiang borefield Dingjialiang borefield is located in Lingwu county Hengcheng exploration area in Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base with planned capacity of 0.60 million tons per year. The exploitation conditions of this mining area is excellent. The coal quality is very well and mainly used as power coals. The proposed G211 Line's Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line passes through the LAK 1O-LAK 15 Section at about 1.5km from the north side of the Dingjialiang Well Field, and the positional relationship between the line and the Dingjialiang Well Field see Chart 3.2-3. The Ningdong hub interchange of the project in planning is located at LAK5+756, about 4km away northwestward from Ningdong town central region and 3.5km away from Ningdong interchange of Qin-Yin highway (G20). This interchange will connect Qin-Yin highway (G20) with this project to form the main framework of middle and east regions highway network of Ningxia province so that it facilitates the traffic of Dingjialiang borefield in Ningdong energy and chemical industrial base and provide convenient conditions for the development and utilization of the mining area. 165 4.1.7 Impact analysis on infrastructure (1) Impact analysis on road facilities CD Impact analysis on rural roads The design department conscientiously considered the requirements of traffic, production and living of local people. On the basis of comprehensively analyzing the passages of all villages and towns along the highway and through comprehensively utilizing the bridge and culvert structures, 32 passages and 3 overpasses are constructed at the crossing between this highway and rural roads, farm tracks, sidewalk, and other roads along the highway. The crossing problems with local roads and farm tracks can be basically solved. The current layout of rural roads, farm tracks and sidewalk is maintained as far as possible, so great adverse influences will not be caused. ® Crossing disturbance problem with classified highway and railway To connect the important towns and road net along the line and facilitate the vehicle traffic so as to make full use the comprehensive service benefit of road network, the design unit will take fully consideration of the factors such as nearby traffic volume analysis, the master plannings of Yanchi county, Qingtongxia city, Wuzhong city Litong region and Lingwu city, economic development and geologic conditions of towns and the advices of all levels of local governments, and then adopt reasonable grade crossing and determine the program of interchange, separate crossroad and grade crossing. There set up 8 interchanges, 24 separate crossroads and 32 passages, by which the highway in planning together with nearby highway and road form the regional framework. It not also ensures the smoothness of existing roads, but also creates a good traffic environment. (2) Impact on irrigation and drainage works The project sets bridges to cross over the rivers and culvert for facilities such as ditch under the condition of not damaging the farm irrigation system in irrigation area.Altogether 43 bridges and 220culverts have been established for the whole project line, averaging 1 drainage construction per 300 meters, and the subgrade will not cause impact on flood-proof facilities of the area. But due to the original geomorphic conditions and hydrographic network system under natural erosion are damaged during highway construction, the vegetations are damaged which leads to erosion loss; the excavation, backfill, rolling and other construction activities during road construction period will lead to damages of various levels, and the construction naked area increases so that it disturb the original soil layer and rock stratum, which will make certain conditions for oil erosions such as sputtering, surface erosion and stria erosion. If the waste slag can not be timely and effectively protected and treated during construction, the sediment will directly flow into the river under the action of rainfall runoff and increase the sediment concentration of rive, which will not only lead to water course siltation, but also water level increase in some river section and unsmooth discharge of flood, which goes against the flood control and logging discharge of 166 downstream coastwise farms and towns. The rives along the line function the flood control and logging discharge in rainy season. The design flood frequency of special large bridge is of once for 300 years, large, middle and small bridge and culvert is of once for 100 years. The flood control requirements has been fully considered in bridge design, it also consider the worst historic conditions as possible to not reduce the riverbed sectional width, align the pier arrangement with river flow direction and make necessary protections for the subgrades at both sides of bridge head, which will not .basically influence the rive flood discharge. Moreover, 220 culverts is set throughout the line with the average of 3 culverts per kilometer. The arrangement of bridges and culverts fully considers the directions and positions of existing water courses and ditches. The culvert is set wherever the ditch occurs and maintained for same cut angle. Its dimension shall be determined according to existing ditch section, which will not cut or hamper existing ditches, but also can effectively reduce the influence of high filling subgrade on existing drainage system. It has little influence on the hydro regime of the regions along the line. o Impact on electric and telecommunication facilities For there are cross interferences of the project with electric and telecommunication facilities, certain number of electric wire holders, electric poles, telecommunication poles and optical fiber cables (8 locations) will be moved. After the negotiation with related authority, their wiring will be changed so that it will not impose any adverse impact on the power transmission and telecommunication in alongside regions. 4.1.8 Impact on minorities The minority nationalities in the project area are mainly the Hui nationality, and Litong District of Wuzhong City is one of the main concentration areas of the Hui nationality in China. In 2006, the population of Han nationality in Qingtongxia City accounts for 82.51 %, Hui nationality accounts for 16.79%, and other minority nationalities accounts for 0.7%; the population of Han nationality in Litong District of Wuzhong City accounts for 42.54%, Hui nationality accounts for 56.93%, and other minority nationalities accounts for 0.53%. It is one of the main concentration areas of the Hui nationality in China; the population of Han nationality in Lingwu City accounts for 49.9%, Hui nationality accounts for 49.86%, and other minority nationalities accounts for 0.24% The highway construction can improve traffic conditions. Based on the agricultural and forest products resources and tourism resource, re-enforce the development of processing of agricultural and forest products and tourism industry to speed up the economic development. The main positive impacts on minority are as follow: Promote the construction of local infrastructure and improvement of investment environment. The highway construction significantly improves the local traffic conditions as well as the post facilities and educational environment so that it optimizes the investment environment; 167 Speed up local economy development and promote urbanization process in minority region. The traffic facilities in some minority inhabitants in project regions are poor and economic conditions lag behind. Highway construction project can improve the traffic conditions and facilitate the introduction of capital, technology and qualified personnel, speed up the local economy development and improve local residential and living environment.; [J Speed up the development and publicity of minority folk custom to carry forward the special folk custom. The highway construction can promote the local tourism development. The folk custom can be spread to external tourists at tourism view points; more minority farmerages can be built to enable the external tourists closely enjoy the folk custom, food and amusement so as to carry forward the graceful folk customs of minorities. It is inevitable to bring certain adverse impact on the minority during highway construction: If the construction staff have no knowledge of the custom and no-no during project construction process, The disturbance of minority living and food habit may occur and leads to unnecessary misunderstanding and conflict. But the adverse impact brought by highway construction can be relieved or avoided through strengthening propagation management. In general, the positive impact of highway construction on minority is larger than the adverse impact. 4.2 Predictions and Assessment on Ecological Environment 4.2.1 Rationality analysis of permanent land occupation [] Rationality analysis for highway land use The project in planning is located in plain rolling terrain. The rationality analysis for permanent land occupations of each project sections refers to table 4.2-1. As shown in above section, the land occupation of project sections comply with the requirement of Land Use Index for Highway Construction Project and its indexes are all lower than the specified values to save the project land occupation as possible. Table 4.2-1 Rationality analysis of land occupation of project sections in planning Land Pile No. of Land occupation Compliance Highway section condition Beginning occupying Index (hm2/km) 2 per kilometer or not and End (hm ) (hm2/km) Guyaozi to Qingtongxia LAKO+OOO~ 539.027 6.840 7.7466~8.418 Yes (expressway) LAK78+800 168 o Land occupation advice or service facilities According to the project feasibility report, one service area and one parking lot will be constructed for the planned project. According to "Land Occupation Index of Highway Construction Project", the area of one service area is 4.0000hm2, and the area of one parking lot is l.OOOOhm2. During the design in the following stage, the design department should design according to the above standards to reduce the land occupied by this project and economize the land resources. o Rationality analysis for interchange land occupation There are 8 interchanges for the project in planning, of which the detailed land occupation situation refers to table 4.2-2. According to Land Use Index for Highway Cons.truction Project, the land occupations of the interchanges in whole line all comply with the highway land use standard. Table 4.2-2 Rationality analysis of interchange land occupation along the line Occupat Index Name of Position of Level of Type of Comp No. ion Chm2/s interchange pile number interchange interchange 2 liance (hm ) et) Ningdong Combined 1 LAK5+756 Terminal 21.48 36.0000 I Yes Terminal cloverleaf Tianshui Single bulge 2 LAK23+450 General 6.61 15.3333 H. River type B Single bulge 3 Lingwu LAK37+100 General 8.93 15.3333 Yes type A Wuzhong Combined 4 LAK43+030 Terminal 24.52 36.0000 Yes Terminal cloverleaf Single bulge 5 YangmaHu LAK47+506 General 8.58 15.3333 Yes type B Jinji Combined 6 LAK56+433 Terminal 24.97 36.0000 Yes Terminal cloverleaf Qingtongxia Single bulge 7 Aluminum LAK70+400 General 6.51 15.3333 Yes type A Plant Qingtongxia Combined 8 west LAK78+200 Terminal 30.10 36.0000 Yes cloverleaf terminal Note: Wuzhong Terminal Interchange and Wuzhong Terminal at section from Lingwu to Tianshuibao on national highway No.2ll are connected. 169 4.2.2 Analysis of Impact of proposed project on vegetation CD Analysis for the impacts to vegetation by land occupation of this project The construction of highway subgrade, interchange bridge, toll station, service area, large bridge and culvert will damage the vegetation ecological environment. The vegetations loses their growing environment with irreversible impact. The planned project will occupy cultivated land with the area of 272.38hm2, and the loss of biomass is 4607.78t; occupy shrub-grassland with the area of 269.28hm2, and the loss of biomass is 477.451. The biomass loss of vegetation community along the line of the project in planning refers to table 4.2-3. Table 4.2-3 The biomass loss of each vegetation community category in permanently occupied land Average Biomassll IIFI 1m') I 2 ( ) I III (t/hm ) Fjeld crops 272. 38 23. 76 I 6471. 75 Artemisia ordosica 65.05 2. 79 I 181. 49 Convolvulus gortschakovii + Reaumuria II Ill. 25 1160.94 I soongorlca (Pill. ) Maxim. Oxytropis aciphylla + Cynanchum 193.64 111. 58 11147.95 I komarovii Reaumuria soongorica (Pill.) 154.3 58 1185.79 Maxim. Stipa III I brevi flora Grisb. Hay 1TI7.54 O. 17 Ill. 28 Subtotal 11541. 66 1 16949.20 Note: the biomass data in table come from Ningxia Vegetation combined with sampling investigation. From the calculation results of the above table we can see that, the loss of vegetation biomass in the evaluation scope caused by this project is about 6949.2Ot, which accounts for 11.35% of the total biomass in the evaluation scope (within 300m at both sides of the road). Among which the crops loss is the most severe of total 6,471. 7 5t which accounts for 170 93.13% of total biomass loss; the secondary are two communities of You song and cat-head pike+ Niuxinpuzi with total loss of 329.44t which accounts for 4.74% of total biomass loss; the loss of other grass community is relatively less with loss of 148.01 t accounted for 2.13%. To sum up, the main biomass loss is farmland vegetation, while natural vegetation is only 477.45t which accounts for 0.78% of the total biomass in the evaluation scope (within 300m at both sides of the road). Therefore, project construction has relatively minor impact on natural vegetation within the scope of assessment, and is bearable for the natural ecosystem in the whole assessment area. ® Impact on pasture land resource According to the statistics of the project feasibility report of land occupation, the occupied natural vegetations along the highway of the planned project are all grass land which belongs to desert grass land. The grade grassland is low and the varieties of grassland are poor. The occupied area of grass land is 264.22hm2, and details are shown in table 4.2-4. Table 4.2-4 Schedule for occupied grass land in project in planning Total area of grass Occupied grass land ILocation IProportion I land Chm2) area (hm2) I Qingtongxia 197013.33 1164.30 110.066 City I Li tong District in 144920.00 Wuzhong III III I City Lingwu Ci ty 11231766.67 11199.92 110.086 I According to the field sampling, the coverage of shrub-grassland along the highway of the planned project varies from 25 to 40%, and the quality of grassland is poor. According to the investigation of along-line related department, if the fresh grass production of along-line grass land is considered as 0.75t/hm2, the fresh grass loss per year along the line will be 198.17t, which accounts for of fresh grass production within assessment range 10.24% (300m range at both highway sides). In general, the occupied grass land by the project in planning are mostly of desert pasture land with poor sorts and low production. So the fresh grass loss per year is relatively less and it may impose slight impact on animal husbandry production along the line. (2)Impact on vegetation during operation period CDVegetation amount for highway greening compensation Great attentions are paid to the greening project along the highway of the planned project. The whole line will be greened. Although the engineering quantity of greening is not decided, the quantity of greening plants will be 60 to 70% of the total number of felled trees 171 according to the analogy of expressway. The greening area of trees will reach to about 20% of the damaged area. The entire greening area of this project will reach to about 40% of the damaged area. In certain way, it can make up the damaged biomass by the permanent land occupied by this highway. Because the vegetation loss area is extremely little compared with the passing area of line, the highway greening can compensate part of the vegetation loss to certain extent. So, the destroyed vegetation by highway will not affluence the abundance of ecosystem species and ecological function along the line. ® Impact on local ecosystem by foreign species The passing of construction staff, material and the vehicles will bring foreign species into the region intentionally or involuntarily. During operation period, the species will be more easily spread at the service area, parking area and toll station. If the foreign species can adopt and use the disturbed environment more effectively than local species, it may lead to the decrease and degeneration of local species. Therefore, it shall be paid special attention to invasion of foreign species to prevent in advance; the problem shall be timely noticed and solved to reduce the ecological and economic loss due to foreign species invasion. 4.2.3 Impact on wild animals (l)Impact on wild animals during construction period The regions along the project in planning are of desert pasture and agriculture area, so the habitat environment of wild animals is simple. The impacts on wild animals during construction period mainly lie in two aspects of habitat change and construction noise. Q)Impact on wild animals of habitat change The permanent and temporary land occupation shrinks the habitat space of wild animals and obstruct the territory, immigrant route and food seeking range of part of wild animals so that it imposes certain impact on animal living. For the animals inhabiting (and avoiding enemies) in self~dig caves within occupied land range of project in planning (such as east field mouse and little foot mouse), the cave destruction will force them immigrating to new environment; when getting familiar with the new environment, they will encounter many risks such as lack of food and natural enemy, so that they will be largely affected. Because the vegetation in assessment region are of two sorts of farmer and desert pasture with no large change; the living environments in large range are similar, so there are many alternative living environments for many animals within assessment area and the animals can easily find proper habitat. In addition, the highway construction range is limited so that the affected area by construction will be limited and for short time, so it will not impose large impact on wild animals. When vegetations are recovered, they can return original field. The impact on wild animals will be necessary and inevitable, but this impact is limited within construction area with small range; the environment in whole construction area is 172 similar to that out of the area, and the wild animals within construction area can easily find new habitat, so the project construction will not lead to death of the wild animals, and their species number will not largely change; but the wild animal -density at both sides of construction area will remarkably decrease. Impact on animals of construction machinery and methods The noise of construction staff, machinery and vehicles and hunting of wild animals along the line by construction staff will force the animals to leave the regions near the highway in construction. Central blasting by construction staff and mechanical noise will impose great impact on birds and Mongolia Rabbits. (2) Impact on wild animals during operation period CDImpact on animal habitat environment After completion of highway construction, along with the recovery at both sides of line, the animals immigrated during construction period may return the region; but the traffic noise, night vehicle lighting and human activity will impost long-term impacts on animal habitat environment along the highway. This will lead to the wild animal species number in along-line regions will be less than that of surroundings. CZ)Impact on animal activity For animals distributed in the area along the planned highway, a barrier will be formed for these animals because the planned project is a fully-closed expressway. The living scope of animals will be restricted .. The animal habitat will be broken, and this will have great potential influences to their feeding and mating. For desert pasture section, it will impost large impact on creepers. For the sections mainly of agricultural environment, it will impose certain impacts on amphibians and creepers. The impact on bird activity will be slight after operation of project. Totally 43 bridges and 220 culverts are set along the tieline from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia. There is 2.8 culverts in each kilometer in average. The setting of bridge and culvert shall be able to meet the passing requirements of animals; it can relief the obstruct effect of highway and can fully meet the requirements of animal passing. @Impact on animals of environment pollution The exhaust gas, noise, vibration and road runoff pollutions will pollute the living environment, of which the impact of noise and lighting is especially severe. The noise and night lighting of travelling vehicles on the road will influence the copulation and oviposition of animals. Normally the animals will be far away from the highway when selecting the habitat. 4.2.4 Agricultural ecology (l)Impact on cultivated land 173 2 The permanently occupied land of project in planning is of 541.66hm , in which the 2 occupied cultivated land is of 272.38hm ; detailed data refer to table2.6-1. According to field investigation and reference to related data, the main crops along the line include paddy, wheat, corn, soy and potato; the crops output production is the accumulation of summer foodstuff and autumn foodstuff. Table 4.2-5 Estimation table for occupied cultivated land and foodstuff loss Annual Area Country and Occupation output Loss of No. occupied City type 2 production grains (t/a) (hm ) (t/hm2) 1 Qingtongxia City Cultivated Land 76.00 11.25 855.00 Litong District in 2 Cultivated Land 130.4 12.13 1581.75 Wuzhong City 4 Lingwu City Cultivated Land 65.98 11.73 773.95 Total 272.38 3210.70 According to the estimation in table 4.2-5, the annual foodstuff loss by permanently occupied land of project in planning is 3210. 709t. To relief the impact on agricultural production and farmer life quality due to highway land occupation, the local government can make proper land arrangement to enable the balance of occupation and compensation or use land occupation compensation for cultivated land renovation or recovery. Moreover, the temporary land occupation will impose short-term adverse impact on local agricultural production and will not diminish of own accord after completion of construction; it needs humanly re~cultivation of original land functions to eliminate the impacts. The construction department shall strictly comply with the regulation of national related "Land re~cultivation" to re-cu Itivate or recovery the vegetation in temporarily occupied land after completion of construction. So it is required to select non~cultivated land such as desert land for temporarily occupied land; for the temporarily expropriated cultivated land, the cultivated soil layer (coil surface layer of 30cm) shall be piled up at one side, and be backfilled to recover the original land use function after construction. At same time, strongly implement the expropriating compensation and allocation policy to enable the production and living standard no lower than that before expropriating. So the adverse impacts on land use will be minimized. On the other hand, the improvement of traffic will significantly promote the economic development of whole region and fully ensure the production, processing and sales of agricultural products to enhance the value of existing land. o Impact on basic farmland According to the elementary statistics of farmland proportion along the line, the total 174 2 occupied basic farmland is 228.70hm • The amount of occupied farmland of cities and counties along the project in planning refers to table 4.2-6, among which that of Litong region is the largest of 0.45% and follows with Qingtongxia city and Lingwu city. Therefore, in the design of next stage, it is necessary to reduce the basic farmer occupation as possible with many methods. Table 4.2-6 Analysis table for occupied basic farmland amount by highway Occupied Basic Occupied Basic cultivated farmland basic Proportion Regionalism farmland 2 land amount percentage farmland (%) amount(hm ) 2 2 (hm ) (%) amount (hm ) Yanchi County 78608.46 / 88.45 / / Qingtongxia 28499.99 75.996 86.91 66.05 0.232 City Litong District in Wuzhong 23891.64 233.17 81.56 190.17 0.796 City Lingwu City 20533.68 67.91 85.32 57.94 0.282 Total 151533.77 377.076 314.16 According to related regulations in Regulations for Basic Farmland Protection and Regulations for Basic Farmland Protection in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, the site selection of key construction project such as transport, which can not keep away from basic farmland protection area and needs to occupy basic farmland, and so involves use change or expropriating of farmland, shall be approved by State Department. Except the payment of specified taxation of PRe Land Management Law and Related administrative regulation, the land use unit shall be responsible for the cultivation of farmland as same volume and quality as occupied basic farmland amount according to "balance of occupation and cultivation" principle; if having no cultivation conditions or the cultivated land can not meet the requirement, the land use unit or person shall pay land cultivation cost to county (city) land management authority with the one to twice of compensation fee in expropriation fee. If the basic farmland has been severely damaged for the temporary use, it shall be collected for cultivated land cultivation fee according to the annual production value. If it is approved by State Department to occupy basic farmland, the local government shall modify their master planning according the document issued by State Government, and compensate same amount an quality of basic farmland to enable balance of occupation and compensation. The project construction pay important attention to the protection of existing cultivated land; the Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line Wuzhong city Guojiaqiao town section (separately 2.527km and 1.207km) to reduce relocating and expropriating; and use high bridge solution, in which the irrigation land occupation will be reduced for 4.03hm2 and 8.41 hm2 in separate. The starting point of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line LAK33+100 to LAK71 +600 section are located in central farmland region. When the route passes above areas, the subgrade backfilling height shall be lowered and retaining wall shall be built as possible to 175 reduce pennanently occupied land and borrow soil amount and well protect existing cultivated land. Optimize the spoil ground, and consider the re-cultivation after soil spoiling and establish retaining walls around the spoil ground to reduce land occupation; the surface soil within subgrade occupation range shall be stripped and conserved for the covering soil of subgrade side slope; the soil borrow and land renovation may be combined during highway construction period to re-cuItivate part of the cultivated land. Through above mentioned methods, the cultivated land occupied by highway construction, especially for basic farmland, can be partly compensated. For the cultivated land occupation of remaining parts, the client can pay cultivated land compensation fee to local land resource department. The land department shall open up wasteland for farmland or cultivated land renovation to compensate the occupied cultivated land and basic fannland so as to keep balance of total cultivated land amount and ensure the stable basic farmland amount. Through these methods, the impact of highway in planning on basic farmland will greatly decrease. o Impact analysis on agricultural ecology by temporary land occupation The project temporarily occupied lands consist of construction detour, construction campsite, material field, borrow pit and excavation waste dump. The occupied land area for borrow pit 2 is 30.1hm , which are mainly of grass land and irrigated land. After completion of construction, the construction campsite, material field, borrow pit and excavation waste dump can be recovered with measures such as vegetation recovery or re-cultivation. Following issues must be noticed: In design phase, the route of construction detour shall make use of original road as possible; the new-built construction detour shall be located in flat section without occupation of cultivated land and keep away from the area with high vegetation coverage rate as possible. [1 In construction phase, for the construction detour in flat ground, the soil loss of this road is ma inly due to the detour of soil and soil surface, so the protection measures will be mainly of the construction of drainage system, i.e., excavating drainage ditch at both sides of construction detour; for the construction detour on slope, both the construction of drainage system and stability protection of slop shall be considered, i.e., measures such as slope cut, slope protection or retaining wall establishment shall be taken for unstable slope. After completion of construction, many measures shall be taken to recover the temporarily occupied land in construction detour and campsite; the recovery principle shall be that to maintain original land use function as possible - maintenance for the road before occupation; recovery as cultivated land for the cultivated land before construction; recovery s forest land for the forest land before construction, recovery as forest land for the desert hill before construction as possible. The vegetation maintenance management shall be properly done before delivered to local government. therefore, original cultivated land and forest land area will increase through overall re-cultivation or vegetation recovery. so the main impact on local agricultural is mainly during construction phase. While during operation period, if re-cultivated or vegetation recovered, it will impose very slight impact on local agricultural 176 ecology. 4.2.5 Impacts and measures of temporary land occupation such as borrow pit and excavation waste dump The location of borrow pits and spoil fields are not determined at the "project feasibility" stage. Three borrow pits are preliminarily determined on the basis of field investigation by the environmental assessment department, the development unit and the design unit of the main project. Abandoned dreg site will not be set. Detailed situations are shown in table 2.6-2 The planned project is located in plain area, and the borrowing of soil for this project is also concentrated in the plain area. Farmland and villages are surrounding it. Through earthwork allocation and transportation, a large amount of earthwork will be used, and the borrow pits of this project can be reduced. The location of borrow pits along the line should be considered on this basis: The requirements of filling should be satisfied. Abandoned dreg site will not be set. D Impact analysis on ecological environment of soil borrow The intended project lies in mid-east and mid-north of Ningxia with main landforms such as plains, terraces and loess hills. The following principles shall be taken for selecting the site of the earth pits of the project [J Fetch earth collectively to reduce the number of earth pits and select slopes or barren land for fetching earth to occupy less arable land and woodland; It is forbidden to occupy basic farmlands, basic grasslands and ecological protective woods. C Earth pits shall be located in concealed areas, far away from river channel, to reduce soil erosion and negative impact on water quality of the river channel; [J The earth pits shall be of each assess to avoid excessively long transport distance and destruction of the construction pavements on the woodlands and farmlands along the highway line; [J Don't borrow soil within the scope of Baijitan Natural Reserve (LAKI4 + 450 ~LAK32); ® Integrate large-scale earth pits with local aquatic breeding and farmland drainage and irrigation to make comprehensive use of the earth pits; ® Integrate earth borrowing with local town and water-conservancy plan etc. for comprehensive use 177 During the design in next stage, if the positions and amount of borrow pits change, they shall be designed according to above mentioned principles. Schematic diagram for positions of all along-line borrow pits is as follows: LAK45+600 Earth pits (Platform) LAK71+700 Earth pits (Hill) LAK75+000 Earth pits (Hill) The earthwork or the abandoned earthwork will be inevitably temporarily piled during operation at the earth pits. Due to destruction of the surface vegetation, in case of ineffective protective measures, water and soil erosion may occur on rainy days, and pollution may be caustd to surrounding farmlands. Therefore, the 30-cm thick topsoil shall be striped before fetching the earth, and re-plowing and greening of the site shall be conducted after fetching the earth, leveling the site and covering the topsoil to maintain the original types of the land if possible' Design the entrance of the earth pits, digging, stacking and ecological restoring measures in the final periods and build necessary water drainable measures according to design. Conduct construction in strict accordance with design when fetching the earth and pay attention to stability of digging. 178 For the positions and scales of excavation waste dumps by field investigation, make rationality analysis of each excavation waste dump and put forward reasonable recovery measures; the detailed information refers to table 4.2-7. Table 4.2-7 Rationality analysis and recommended recovery measures of along-line excavation waste dumps 2 Occupation (hm ) Pile Borrow Econo Rationality analysis of Recovery Code Semi-desert No. location mic environment Direction pasture forest Avoid farmer area; make use oftableland; occupy economic forest; near the valley channel; protection Recover LAK4 Left 1 10.6 the water course during as forest 5+600 massif construction; no land distribution of protection animal and plant; reasonable Make use of massifs; no distribution of protection Recover LAK7 Left 2 7.2 animal and plant; recover as grass 1+700 massif as grass land after land excavation; reasonable Make use of massifs; no distribution of protection Recover LAK7 Right 3 12.3 animal and plant; recover as grass 5+000 massif as grass land after land excavation; reasonable From the table mentioned above, the earth pits designed along the highway line will not occupy construction land for Baijitan Nature Reserve, and will be established according to the terrain. Meanwhile, give full consideration to making use of allocating and transferring engineering earthwork to reduce the area of the earth pits and destruction of the ecological environments along the highway line by earth borrowing; The selected earth pits shall be hills along the highway line if possible with rational transport distance; The newly construction pavements shall be short and have easy access to the scope of construction with economic and rational design. Generally speaking, the establishment and environment of the earth pits are feasible, economic and rational. (2) Construction detour and other temporary land use According to the regulation in "Several Opinions on Implementing the most Stringent Cultivated Land Protection System in Highway Construction", the construction unit should strictly control the area of temporary land using. Construction access roads, various kinds of material fields, and prefabrication field should be considered overall according to the progress of the project. They should be set within the highway land using scope or in waste hillside or waste land without occupying farmland. Effective measures should be taken 179 during the construction process to effectively prevent farmland pollution. After the completion of the project, temporarily used land should be recovered according to the requirements in the contract. Their setting principles are: ~ Construction field and construction camp The ground in construction field and campsite will be normally hardened without soil loss during construction period. Its main impact on ecological environment is the vegetation occupation, which will fully destroy the vegetation within expropriation range and lead to biomass loss. After completion of construction, the field will be demolished. Through vegetation recovery measures, the biomass loss can gradually recovered and the ecological environment can also gradually recover to the conditions before field construction. Following site selection principles are put forward: a. Construction field (lime soil mixing station, asphalt blending station, prefabricated field, etc.) and construction camp should be set within the scope of land used by interchange. Then~ are 8 interchanges which can be used in this project. Temporary land occupation will be reduced by setting them within the interchange. There are one service areas, one parking lots and seven toll stations along the line. During construction, the above mentioned perm.lnently expropriated land can be used as the field of temporary works, like construction camp or prefabrication field. If without available permanent expropriated land, low coverage rate pasture or abandoned land or waste land should be used. Village, school, and other sensitive places should be kept away. Generally, they should be set at the place 200m leeward from the sensitive places. b. After the completion of the project, clean the surface of the construction field, eliminate the rigidified concrete, and pile them in selected abandoned dreg site. Water and soil conservation should be done, and soil should be improved and recovered to its original appearance. c. Houses should be rented as the construction camp in places with villages. If not available, waste hillside, shrub land, poor quality land or low coverage rate pasture should be used to build the construction camp. Cultivated land and high quality pasture should not be used. After the completion of the project, the land should be recovered to its original appearance. d. The section from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia LAK14+450 to 32 is located in Baijitan Natural Reserve. During construction in this section, construction field and construction camp should be far away from the natural reserve to reduce influences to the reserve. Construction Road According to the statistics in table 2.6~2, a newly built 0.96 km-Iong construction detour is required for earthwork transportation from borrow and spoil ground with the width within 4.5m, which are of occupied grassland. As construction road's pavement usually isn't hardened, soi I on the pavement is easier to be eroded due to splashing and washing effects of rainfall or runoff, so construction road's line shall have certain curvature to avoid long 180 straight line to decrease the runoff's downward flowing speed on the ground surface. Additionally, construction road's water proof and discharge measures shall be implemented well in construction, such as temporary soil side gutter etc. In addition, to avoid the random rolling by construction vehicles during construction period and damage to original surface vegetation and the soil loss, the travelling passages shall be strictly specified during construction process, and prohibit the vehicle travelling outside of the line to decrease the damage to the vegetation outside of the construction detour. After the construction is completed, land treatment and vegetation restoration shall be made in time according to the lat phase planned usage of the occupied land of the construction road. Through above project protection and vegetation recovery, the impact on ecosystem of construction detour will be controlled. Most of the line of project are distributed along existing national highway. The construction detour during other parts of construction shall select and make use of existing road s possible. The newly built road bases on the existing road to reduce the added temporary land occupation and large excavation and filling to stabilize the soil and reduce soil loss and vegetation destruction. After the completion of construction, according to the usage of construction detour in later planning, it may be delivered to local government road authority for maintenance and used for village road, or recovered for it can not be used as traffic road. 4.2.6 Compliance analysis of the project in planning and ecological function area According to the Ecological Function Division of Ningxia (October, 2003), the Lingwu-Tianshuibao Section passes through such regions as the Yantonghai Loess Hill Husbandry-Forest-Agricultural Ecological Subzone, the Lingyantao Terrace Desertification Grassland Ecological Subzone at the margin of the Mu Us Sands, the Middle Bolson Plain Husbandry-Forest-Agricultural Ecological Subzone and the Yinchuan Plain Irrigation Agricultural Ecological Subzone; the Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Connecting Line passes through such regions as the Lingyantao Terrace Desertification Grassland Ecological Subzone at the margin of the Mu Us Sands and the Yinchuan Plain Irrigation Agricultural Ecological Subzone. All detailed functions refer to section 3.3.5. The main ecological environment problems are of soil loss, land sanding and grassland deterioration. The project in planning is of lien shape engineering. After fulfilling of project, it will inevitably expropriate grassland and agricultural vegetations, and it will lead to soil loss, vegetation destruction and agriculture loss. So the project in planning will impose large impact on water and soil conservation, agricultural ecology and grassland. After the completion of construction, measures such as along-line greening, recovery of temporary used land and water and soil conservation shall be taken to minimize above impacts. Therefore, the project construction in planning has certain disturbance to along-line ecosystem, it impact will be less after ecological recovery and compensation measures have been taken, which can meet the requirements of ecological function region. 181 4.2.7 Impact analysis on ecosystem integrity by highway construction Due to there are mainly farmer area and desert pasture in along-line regions of project in planning. For desert pasture, the highway construction will not separate and disperse the pasture vegetation. The vegetable can enable gene exchange by pollen flow and the seed production and seed storage updating will not be interrupted. therefore, the species composition of existing vegetation community will not change and the ecosystem functions and relevant ecological relationship will continue. The project construction will occupy the grass land and damage the pasture resources, but it will impose little impact on ecological performance. For farmland ecosystem, due to the extensive spreading of farmer along the line, the occupied farmer amount of highway construction will be relatively small, which will not lead to huge change of main crop sorts and area, so the structure of farmer ecosystem will not be destroyed. At same time, according to national basic farmer protection policy to keep balance of occupation and compensation, the project occupied cultivated land can be compensated with methods such as land renovation to keep the total cultivated land in region unchanged. so, the sustainable production capacity of farmer ecosystem will not decrease, and the operation continuity of system will not be damaged. All in together, most of the covered vegetations and vegetation sorts in this region will not change, i.e., the components in control of the regional ecosystem will not change, so it may impose little impact on landscape heterogeneity of regional natural system. Therefore, the project construction will not change the ecosystem integrity and function continuity. 4.3 Impact prediction and estimation on acoustic environment 4.3.1 Noise Impact during construction Phase o Analysis of Noise Source during Construction Period The noise during the construction of the Expressway mainly comes from the noises radiated by operating construction machinery and transportation vehicles. The total length of the route will be 198.44km., a long construction period (4 years in total) and wide areas, which include not only the areas of the land occupied by the major engineering parts of the Expressway(roadbed, bridges, overpasses, service sections and toll stations etc.), but also some areas beyond the Expressway(construction roads, earth pits, spoil grounds, mixing stations etc.). Moreover, all kinds of construction machinery and transportation vehicles are needed during construction, which will radiate strong noises and will influence the nearby residents and school.. According to relevant investigations, the major road construction machinery commonly used in China include excavator, bulldozer, carrier, mixing station, road roller etc .. The transportation vehicles include various trucks and dumper trucks. The operational noise of such equipment is listed in table 2.13-8. 182 Road construction is different from common building construction, and the noises produced thereby are mainly of the following characteristics: There are many kinds of construction machinery, and different construction machinery are used in different construction phases; Moreover, the number of construction machinery used in the same' construction phase may vary as well, which makes noise in Expressway construction accidental. The noise sources of different equipment are different in characteristics, and the noises of some equipment are vibratory, incidental or pulselike, which have great influences on humans, while noises of some equipment (such as mixing machine) are low and deep in frequency, and do not tend to attenuate, which will make people feel fretful. The noises caused by construction machinery are all loud, but they vary greatly from each other in noise level, for example, the operating noise level of some equipment can exceed 90dB. The construction noise source is different from normal stationary noise sources; it has both stationary and moving noise resource. The c~mstruction mechanics are normally exposed outdoors and they will move in certain small range for certain duration. Compared with stationary noise sources, It will extend the noise pollution range during this time period; while compared with the moving noise sources, the construction noise pollution is still within local range. Construction machinery is relatively smaller compared with the area they influence, so the construction equipment noise can be regarded as point source. Construction noise pollution only happens in a certain period of time as far as the roads and bridges of a specific section are concerned. o The noise sources distribution, prediction modes and source strength o Noise sources distribution According to the construction features, its noise sources distribution is described as follows: The road construction machinery such as road roller, bulldozer, and grader are mainly distributed within the road land use range. Pile driver and loader mainly concentrate in the bridge and grade crossing areas: Blending machine is mainly in blending station; Excavator and loader mainly concentrate in the borrow pit and spoil ground; Self-unloading carrier vehicles mainly travel on the construction detour from spoil ground to main line, blending station and bridge. 183 o Prediction mode The noise of construction mechanics can be approximated as point sound source for treatment. According to the noise attenuation mode of point sound source to estimate the noise value at different distance away from the point sound source. The prediction mode is as follow: Ii 9£" iil20lg ;i 1i11L o Where: Li and LO are the equipment noise level ofRi and RO away from the equipment; i\ is additional attenuation value generated by barrier, vegetation and air. As for the influence of several construction machinery on some prediction point, the noise leveb shall be added up: o 0 01 L ( c Calculation and Analysis ofInfluencing Areas of Construction Noise According to the prediction methods and modes mentioned above, the noise levels at different distances are obtained in table 4.3-1 through calculation of various equipment noises during construction, and the influencing areas thereof are listed in table 4.3-2. Tablt~ 4.3-1 Noise level at different distances away from main construction machinery, in dB (A) Name of 5m 10m 20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 150m 200m 300m Machinery Carrier 90 84 78 72 68.5 66 64 60.5 I 58 54.5 Vibratory Rc·ad 86 80 74 68 64.5 62 60 56.5 54 50.5 Roller Bulldozer 86 80 74 68 64.5 60 56.5 54 50.5 Grader 90 84 78 72 68.5 66 64 .5 58 54.5 Excavator 84 78 72 66 62.5 60 58 54.5 52 48.5 Paving 87 81 75 69 65.5 63 61 57.5 55 51.5 Machine Mixer 87 81 125 69 65.5 63 61 57.5 55 51.5 184 Table 43-2 Noise level of main construction machinery and vehicle, in: dB (A) Construction Construction Standard Limit (dB) Influencing Area (m) stage Machinery Daytime Nighttime Daytime Nighttime Excavator 75 55 14.1 118.6 Carrier 75 55 28.1 210.8 Earth and Bulldozer 75 55 17.7 177.4 stone works Scraper 75 55 39.7 281.2 Grader 75 55 28.1 210.8 Roller 75 55 84.4 474.3 Piling Pile Diver 85 Forbidden 126 .2 / Road Roller 70 55 31.5 177.4 Paving 70 55 35.4 167.5 Machine Mixing 70 55 20.0 112.5 Machine Structure Truck 70 55 66.8 266.1 Vibratory 70 55 53.2 224.4 Machine Dumper 70 55 19.9 111.9 Truck Table 4.3-1 and Table 4.3-2 show: Due to the fact that the influencing areas of Expressway construction noises of different construction machinery vary greatly from each other, and the limits for noise on the construction site at daytime and nighttime are different as well, the influencing area of nighttime construction noises are much larger than those of daytime construction. And several construction machineries may operate together in the actual construction, the influencing area ofthe construction noise at that time is larger than the predicted value. o Construction noises will exert certain influences on the environmental quality along the Expressway, and such influence mainly occur in areas within 130m to the construction site during the day, and it will occur in areas within 480m to the construction site at night. The standard limit may be roughly met in areas beyond 40m to the construction site for roadbed construction during the day, and 200m at night. Driving piles in bridge construction may influence remote areas, and the standards can only be met at a distance of 126m to the construction site during the day. U There are 22 sensitive village points within highway assessment range, of which their distance from road central line of project in planning are less than 40m (table 1.8-2). After relocating, the day construction will not impose any obvious impact on the village, but the 185 night construction will lead to certain disturbance to the rest of residents within along-line assessment range. Because the large construction working quantities of highway and increasing higher level of mechanization, several machinery may be operated at same place during actual construction; at this time, the impact range of construction noise will be larger than expected. The noise level can not be overlaid one by one due to complicated actual situation. Considered the short··term, temporary and local section features of construction noise during construction period. The construction unit shall take necessary noise control measures to ensure the normal living and rest of the residents along the line. The monitoring shall be regularly done at certain intervals during construction. There is not allowed to construct within 200m away from the village at night to reduce the construction noise on environment. 4.3.2 Analysis of Impact on Construction Vibration The influences of vibration in Expressway project mainly occur in the construction period. Different mechanical vibration will be produced with the changes of construction progress and construction procedure on the construction site of this Expressway. And such vibration are irlcidental, impacting and discontinuous, which tend to make people feel fretful and may even cause some vibratory harm. The vibratory machinery in Expressway construction include vibratory road roller, grader, caITifr and paving machine etc., and the influence of the vibratory road roller is especially outstanding. There are 22 sensitive points near the highway (no more than 40m) along the highway in planning, the human and construction will be influenced by vibration of construction machinery.The monitoring shall be strengthened for the construction near this senshive point to avoid house damage. 4.3.3 Impact prediction and estimation on acoustic environment during operation o Predicted of traffic volume, model ratio and night/day ratio Traffic volume prediction refers to previous table 2.3-1 (converted into traffic volume of standard microbus). According to traffic volume prediction, model ratio and night/day ratio, the traffic volume prper hour of all sections and featured years, day and night will be figured out, refer to table 4.4-3. 186 Table 4.4-3 Traffic volume per hour for all featured years, in: per hour Day Night Daytime Nighttime Sect of roads Tme interval hour hour Max Mid Min Max Mid Min Recent Period 439 102 108 145 187 25 34 43 Ningdong Terminal Middle Period 688 160 208 179 301 48 42 70 to Tianshui River Forward Period 981 228 348 213 420 81 49 98 Recent Period 438 102 107 144 186 25 34 43 Tianshui River to Middle Period 684 159 207 178 299 48 41 69 Lingwu Forward Period 976 226 346 212 418 80 49 97 Recent Period 405 94 99 134 172 23 31 40 Lingwu to Wuzhong Middle Period 634 147 192 165 277 45 38 64 Terminal Forward Period 906 210 321 197 388 75 46 90 Recent Period 389 90 95 128 165 22 30 38 Wuzhong Terminal Middle Period 609 141 185 158 266 43 37 62 to YangmaHu Forward Period 870 202 309 189 372 72 44 86 Recent Period 391 91 96 129 166 22 30 39 YangmaHu to Middle Period 612 142 186 159 268 43 37 62 Chaiqiao Forward Period 874 203 310 190 374 72 44 87 Recent Period 392 91 96 129 166 22 30 39 Chaiqiao to Jinji Middle Period 614 142 186 160 268 43 37 62 Terminal Forward Period 876 203 311 190 375 72 44 87 J inj i Terminal to Recent Period 368 85 90 121 156 21 28 36 Qingtongxia Middle Period 576 134 175 150 252 41 35 58 Aluminum Plant Forward Period 823 191 292 179 352 68 41 82 Qingtongxia Recent Period 369 86 90 122 157 21 28 36 Aluminum Plant to Middle Period 579 134 175 151 253 41 35 59 Qingtongxia New Material Base Forward Period 827 192 294 179 354 68 42 82 Qingtongxia New Recent Period 370 86 91 122 157 21 28 37 Material Base to Middle Period 580 135 176 151 254 41 35 59 Qingtongxia West Terminal Forward Period 829 193 294 180 355 68 42 82 o Traffic noise prediction mode during operation peiod There are many factors influencing the traffic noise volume, which mainly include traffic parameters of road (vehicle flowrate, speed, model), topographic features in road passing regions and road surface facilities. Prediction for short-term (2013), medium term (2019) and long-term (2027) traffic noise. Use the road traffic noise prediction mode recommended by Environmental Impact Assessment Technical Guideline - Acoustic Environment HJ/2.4-1995. 187 ClassifY the vehicles on road by large, medium and small models, and firstly figure out the hour equivalent sound level of certain vehicle category: In the formula: Leq(h)i - Hour equivalent sound level of i-th vehicle, dB(A); (Lo)£, _ reference energy average radiation sound level, dB(A); Ni - vehicle flow rate of certain prediction point within specified time T (I h); Do-reference position distance in calculating radiant sound level, Do=15 m; D-vertical distance between center ofthe lane and prediction point, m; Si - average speed of i-th vehicle, km/h; T calculation time of equivalent sound level, 1h; a _ ground coverage coefficient, depending on field ground conditions, a=O or a=O.5; L§ - attenuation value due to obstructing object, dB (A); A ~ ______~ ______~ ______~B Figure Bl 188 Equivalent sound level of mixing car flow mode derives from the overlay of all car flow equivalent sound level. If classified the car flow into large, medium and small categories, the car flow equivalent sound level will be : i Impact assessment of traffic noise According to prediction mode and related parameters defined by actual situation, predict the traffic road along the project in planning, and calculate out the sound level prediction values in different operation periods, at different distances from highway central line and under noise space distribution of sensitive environment, and present with table. Sensitive point noise impact prediction and assessment The noise pollution to environment by highway project is mainly indicated by noise impact on crowd, so the assessment will emphasize the traffic noise impact on sensitive points (such as residential area and school) along the line during operation period. Sound level prediction values will be listed in table to show the impact degrees; for the sensitive points beyond the standard values, related treatment measures shall be put out according to different distribution features. D Traffic noise prediction result during operation period Traffic noise prediction result in typical sections According to prediction mode together with different parameters defined by highway project situation, calculate out the traffic noise prediction value in assessment featured year of typical section and sensitive points along the line. This assessment will predict the value at both sides within 20 to 200mm away from the central line of highway. Due to the irregular and complicated topography along the project in planning, changing surface and slope elevation, ground elevation and topography at both side of highway, firstly predict the traffic noise under flat subgrade condition of all sections and featured years, the featured years are separately 2013, 2019 and 2027. Consider the changes of different subgrade height and topography when predicting the detail noise of sensitive point. The traffic noise prediction results along the highway refer to table 4.4-4. LJ Prediction noise results for sensitive environment along the line The noise prediction value of sensitive point of highway in planning is figured out from the sectional traffic noise prediction value properly corrected based on environment affecting factors in sensitive points and overlaid with noise background value. The correction of traffic noise value shall comprehensively consider the topography of sensitive point, height difference with surface, greening vegetation and other factors. During prediction assessment, the prediction shall be the worst condition with most severe noise influence on sensitive 189 point by the highway in planning according to road features and sensitive points situation. After calculation, the environment noise prediction values of all sensitive points refer to table 4.4-5, which also shows out the noise unqualified situation of sensitive points, qualified distance and unqualified amount. Table 4.4-4 Traffic noise predicted value Unit: dB i Sect of Time No. i Year 20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m roads interval 73.2 69.5 67.3 65.7 64.5 63.5 62.7 61.9 61.3 60.7 Recent ~):'!im< Nightti Period 66.8 63.1 58.1 57.1 56.3 55.5 54.9 54.3 Ningdong me 60.9 t=- Terminal Daytimt 75.3 71.6 69.4 67.8 66.6 65.6 64.8 64.0 63.4 62.8 Middle 1 to Nightti Period 68.8 65.1 62.9 61.3 60.1 59.1 58.3 57.5 56.9 56.3 Tianshui me River Daytimf 76.9 73.2 71.0 69.4 68.2 67.2 66.4 65.6 65.0 64.4 Forward Nightti Period 70.6 66.9 64.7 63.1 61.9 60.9 60.1 59.3 I 58.7 58.1 me Daytime 73.2 69.5 67.3 65.7 64.5 63.5 62.7 61.9 61.3 60.7 Recent Nightti Period 66.8 63.1 60.9 59.3 58.1 57.1 56.3 55.5 54.9 54.3 me . Tianshui Daytimf 75.2 71.5 69.3 67.7 66.5 65.5 64.7 63.9 63.3 62.7 Middle 2 River to Nightti Period 68.8 65.1 62.9 61.3 60.1 I 59.1 58.3 57.5 56.9 56.3 Lingwu me me 76.9 73.2 71.0 69.4 68.2 67.2 66.4 65.6 65.0 64.4 Forward Nightti Period 70.5 66.8 64.6 63.0 61.8 60.8 60.0 59.2 58.6 58.0 me Daytime 72.8 69.1 66.9 65.3 64.1 63.1 62.3 61.5 60.9 60.3 Recent I Nightti Period 66.4 62.7 60.5 58.9 55.9 55.1 54.5 53.9 me 57.7E •Lingwu to Daytime 74.9 71.2 69.0 67.4 66.2 65.2 64.4 63.6 63.0 62.4 Middle 3 . Wuzhong Nightti Period 68.5 64.8. 62.6 61.0 59.8 58.8 58.0 57.2 56.6 56.0 Terminal me . Daytime 76.6 72.9 70.7 69.1 67.9 66.9 66.1 65.3 64.7 64.1 Forward N;' h . . Period Ig ttl 70.2 66.5 64.3 62.7 61.5 60.5 59.7 58.9 58.3 57.7 me Daytime 72.7 69.0 66.8 65.2 64.0 63.0 62.2 61.4 60.8 60.2 Recent Nightti Period 66.3 62.6 60.4 I 58.8 57.6 56.6 55.8 55.0 54.4 I 53.8 Wuzhong me Terminal . Daytimt 74.7 71.0 68.8 67.2 66.0 65.0 64.2 63.4 62.8 62.2 Middle. .: 4 to P . d • Nlghttl 68.3 64.6 62.4 60.8 59.6 58.6 57.8 57.0 56.4 55.8 YangmaH eno i me u i I Daytimf 76.4 72.7 70.5 68.9 67.7 66.7 65.9 65.1 64.5 63.9 Forward N' h . Period 19 ttl 70.1 66.4 64.2 62.6 61.4 60.4 59.6 58.8 58.2 57.6 me Recent I Da.Y!il11;< 72.7 69.0 66.8 65.2 64.0 63.0 62.2 61.4 60.8 60.2 Peno . d • Nighttl 66.3 62.6 60.4 58.8 57.6 56.6 55.8 55.0 54.4 53.8 me YangmaH M' ddl ~aytim< 74.7 71.0 68.8 67.2 66.0 65.0 64.2 63.4 62.8 62.2 Ie, N' h . 5 u to P . d· Ig ttl eno 68.3 64.6 62.4 60.8 59.6 58.6 I 57.8 57.0 56.4 55.8 Chaiqiao me I ' Daytime 76.4 72.7 70.5 68.9 67.7 66.7 65.9 65.1 64.5 63.9 Forward I N' h . P . d' 19 ttl 70.1 66.4 64.2 62.6 61.4 60.4 59.6 58.8 58.2 57.6 eno • me 6 Chaiqiao. Recent Daytimt 72.7 69.0 66.8 65.2 64.0 63.0 62.2 61.4 I 60.8 60.2 190 to linji Period Nightti 66.3 62.6 60.4 58.8 57.6 56.6 55.8 55.0 54.4 53.8 Terminal me Daytimt 74.8 71.1 68.9 67.3 66.1 65.1 64.3 63.5 62.9 62.3 Middle Nightti Period 68.4 64.7 62.5 60.9 59.7 58.7 57.9 57.1 56.5 55.9 me Daytimt 76.4 72.7 70.5 68.9 67.7 66.7 65.9 65.1 64.5 63.9 Forward Nightti Period 70.1 66.4 64.2 62.6 61.4 60.4 59.6 58.8 58.2 57.6 me Daytimt 72.4 68.7 66.5 64.9 63.7 62.7 61.9 61.1 60.5 59.9 Recent Jinji Nightti Period 66.0 62.3 60.1 58.5 57.3 56.3 55.5 54.7 54.1 53.5 Terminal me to Daytimt 74.5 70.8 68.6 67.0 65.8 64.8 64.0 63.2 62.6 62.0 Middle 7 Qingtong~ Nightti Period 68.1 64.4 62.2 60.6 59.4 58.4 57.6 56.8 56.2 55.6 ia me Aluminu Daytimt 76.2 72.5 70.3 68.7 67.5 66.5 65.7 64.9 64.3 63.7 Forward m Plantr Nightti Period 69.8 66.1 63.9 62.3 61.1 60.1 59.3 58.5 57.9 57.3 me Daytimf 72.4 68.7 66.5 64.9 63.7 62.7 61.9 61.1 60.5 59.9 Recent Qingtong~ Nightti la Period 66.0 62.3 60.1 58.5 57.3 56.3 55.5 54.7 54.1 53.5 me Aluminu Daytimt 74.5 70.8 68.6 67.0 65.8 64.8 64.0 63.2 62.6 62.0 m Plant to Middle 8 Nightti Qingtong~ Period 68.1 64.4 62.2 60.6 59.4 58.4 57.6 56.8 56.2 55.6 me iaNew Daytimf 76.2 72.5 70.3 68.7 67.5 66.5 65.7 64.9 64.3 63.7 Material Forward Nightti Base Period 69.8 66.1 63.9 62.3 61.1 60.1 59.3 58.5 57.9 57.3 me Daytime 72.5 68.8 66.6 65.0 63.8 62.8 62.0 61.2 60.6 60.0 Recent Nightti Qingtongx Period 66.0 62.3 60.1 58.5 57.3 56.3 55.5 54.7 54.1 53.5 iaNew me Material Daytime 74.5 70.8 68.6 67.0 65.8 64.8 64.0 63.2 62.6 62.0 Middle 9 Base to Nightti Period 68.1 64.4 62.2 60.6 59.4 58.4 57.6 56.8 56.2 55.6 Qingtongx me ia West Daytime 76.2 72.5 70.3 68.7 67.5 66.5 65.7 64.9 64.3 63.7 Forward Terminal Nightti Period 69.8 66.1 63.9 62.3 61.1 60.1 59.3 58.5 57.9 57.3 me 191 Table 4.4-5 Environment noise prediction values of sensitive points during operation period Unit dB Environmental Feature Noise value I------,~~~- --~~~-~~- I Exceed No Centr Height Exceed Name/stake Prediction point/area Direc Orientati Red time Backg Standar Recent Middle standard Forward Forwa al Differe standard tion on line interval round ds Period Period in middle Period rd far line nee recently term ------f------Opposite Daytime 37.9 70 59.1 61.2 62.8 I # is located within Road ------to on one 58 27 -6 class-4a area left Nighttime 372 55 52.8 -- 54.8 56.6 1.6 ! Dingjialiang side -- 1 --~~~~ LAK I 2+080 Opposite Daytime 37.9 60 53.8 -- 55.9 57.4 2# is located within Road -- -- to on one 68 37 -6 class- 2 area left side Nighttime ! 37_2 50 47.7 -- 49.6 -- 51.3 I.3 I--- Dongshan Right Daytime 37.9 60 54.2 56.2 -- 57.8 -- Opposite ------~- Slope of I # is located within Side 2 to on one 168 136 -4 Haizi Village class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 37.2 50 48.1 -- 49.9 -- 5 \.6 1.6 LAK32+000 Road ------~------f-- r- --~- Group 3, Daytime 37.9 60 57. I -- 59.0 -- 60.7 0.7 Dujiatan I # is located within road 3 Back to 158 -2 Village class- 2 area left 1127 Nighttime 37.2 50 50.8 0.8 52.7 2.7 54.4 4.4 LAK35+160 ------Right Daytime 59.3 60 63.6 3.6 65.0 5.0 66.3 6.3 .liantan Opposite I # is located within Side 4 Village to on one 82 49 -3 class- 2 area of the LAK36+000 side Nighttime 39.6 50 55.3 53 57.3 7.3 59.0 9.0 Road ----- \----- Opposite Daytime 43.5 70 6\.6 -- 63.6 -- 653 -- I # is located within Road ------to on one 29 I -5 class-4a area left side Nighttime 41.1 55 55.3 0.3 573 2.3 59.0 4.0 Group 4, 1------~------f------Opposite Daytime 43.5 60 56.8 -- 58.8 60.5 0.5 Wujiahu 2# is located within Road 5 to on one 68 40 -5 Village class- 2 area left side Nighttime 41.1 50 50.7 0.7 52.6 2.6 54.2 4.2 LAK37+720 f------Opposite Daytime 43.5 70 61.6 -- 63.6 65.3 is located within Right -- -- Side to on one 29 I -5 c1ass-4a area Nighttime 41.1 55 55.3 0.3 57.3 2.3 59.0 4.0 ! of the side l..-- 192 Road Right Daytime 43.5 60 56.8 58.8 60.5 0.5 Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 66 38 -5 c1ass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 41 I 50 50.7 0.7 52.6 2.6 54.2 4.2 Road c...... Opposite Daytime 43.5 70 62.0 64.0 65.7 I # is located within Road ------to on one 31 3 -4 class-4a area left side Nighttime 4L1 55 55.7 0.7 57.7 2.7 59.4 4.4 Opposite Daytime 43.5 60 57.2 59.2 60.9 0.9 2# is located within Road -- -- to on one 65 37 -4 c1ass- 2 area left Nighttime 41.1 50 51.1 Ll 53.0 3.0 54.6 4.6 Group 2, 3, side Wujiahu Right Daytime 43.5 70 62.0 64.0 -- 65.7 -- 6 Opposite -- Village 3# is located within Side 10 on one 30 2 -4 LAK38+080 c1ass-4a area of the side Nighttime 4L1 55 55.7 0.7 57.7 2.7 59.4 4.4 Road Right Daytime 43.5 60 57.1 -- 59.1 608 0.8 Opposite -- 4# is located within Side to on one 66 38 -4 class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 4Ll 50 51.0 1.0 52.9 2.9 54.5 4.5 Road Opposite Daytime 43.5 70 61.9 -- 63.9 65.6 I # is located within Road -- -- to on one 33 2 -5 c1ass-4a area left side Nighttime 41.1 55 55.6 0.6 57.6 2.6 593 4.3 f------Opposite Daytime 43.5 60 56.8 -- 58.8 60.5 0.5 2# is located within Road -- to on one 68 37 -5 c1ass- 2 area left Nighttime 4Ll 50 50.7 0.7 52.6 2.6 54.2 4.2 Group 5, side Wujiahu Right Daytime 43.5 70 62.0 64.0 65.7 7 Opposite ------Village 3# is located within Side to on one 35 4 -5 LAK38+780 c1ass-4a area of the side Nighttime 4Ll 55 55.7 0.7 57.7 2.7 59.4 4.4 Road Right Daytime 43.5 60 56.8 58.8 60.5 0.5 Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 68 37 -5 c1ass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 411 50 50.7 0.7 52.6 2.6 54.2 4.2 Road 8 Group I, I # is located within Road Opposite 30 2 -6 Daytime 501 70 59.1 -- 61.0 -- 62.6 193 Shenjiahu c1ass-4a area left to on one LAK40+550 I, side Nighuime 37.2 55 52.2 -- 54.3 -- 56.0 10 Opposite Daytime 50.1 60 55.7 -- 57.3 -- 58.7 -- 2# is located within Road ----- to on one 68 40 -6 I class- 2 area left Side Nighttime 37.2 50 48.3 -- 50.2 0.2 519 1.9 Right Daytime 50.1 70 59.2 61.1 62.6 Opposite -- -- 3# is located within Side • to on one 31 3 -6 c1ass-4a area of the side Nighttime 37.2 55 52.3 -- 54.4 -- 56.1 I I Road ------Right Daytime 50.1 60 55.7 57.3 58.7 Opposite ------4# is located withm Side to on one 65 37 -6 c1ass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 37.2 50 48.3 -- 50.2 0.2 19 Road ,-- Group 2, Opposite Daytime 50.1 60 55.2 56.8 58.1 I # is located within Road ------9 Shenjiah to on one 68 38 -5 class- 2 area left ~K,1(l+980 Side Nighttime 37.2 50 47.6 -- 49.6 -- 51.2 12 t-- I Right Davtime 50.1 70 62.2 -- 64.2 -- I 65.8 -- Opposite ------I # is located within Side c------=------to on one 38 6 -5 class-4a area of the i side Nighttime 37.2 55 55.6 0.6 57.6 2.6 59.3 4.3 Group I, Road 10 Wujiaqiao LAK41+800 Right Daytime 50.1 60 57.4 -- 59.2 -- 60.7 0.7 Opposite ------2# is located within Side to on one 69 37 -5 c1ass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 37.2 50 50.3 0.3 52.3 2.3 54.0 4.0 Road Opposite Daytime 50.2 70 58.8 60.7 62.3 I # is located within Road -- -- to on one 38 3 -8 c1ass-4a area left side Nighttime 33.9 55 519 -- 53.9 -- 55.6 06 Opposite Daytime 50.2 60 55.4 57.0 58A 2# is located within Road ------Group 5, to on one 71 36 -8 class- 2 area left Nighttime 33.9 50 47.7 49.7 51.4 IA II Wujiaqiao side ------._---- LAK42+700 Right Daytime 50.2 70 58.9 -- 60.8 -- 62.4 -- 3# is located within Side Back to 39 4 -8 class-4a area of the Nighttime 33.9 55 52.0 -- 54.0 -- 55.7 0.7 Road ------~---. 4# is located within Right Back to 72 37 -8 Daytime 50.2 60 55.4 -- 57,0 -- 58.4 -- 194 c1ass- 2 area Side of the Nighttime 33.9 50 47.7 -- 49.7 -- 51.4 14 Road Opposite Daytime 50.2 70 64.6 -- 66.5 -- 68.2 -- 1# is located within Road to on one 38 3 -2 c1ass-4a area left side Nighttime 33.9 55 58.0 3.0 60.0 5.0 61.8 6.8 Opposite Daytime 50.2 60 57.9 -- 59.6 -- 61.2 1.2 2# is located within Road to on one 72 37 -2 c1ass- 2 area left side Nighttime 33.9 50 50.8 0.8 52.8 2.8 54.5 4.5 Group 1,3, Right Daytime 50.2 70 64.5 664 68.1 12 Guojiaqiao Opposite ------3# is located within Side LAK43+510 to on one 39 4 -2 c1ass-4a area of the side Nighttime 33.9 55 57.9 2.9 59.9 4.9 61.7 6.7 Road Right Daytime 50.2 60 58.0 597 61.3 1.3 Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 71 36 -2 c1ass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 33.9 50 50.9 0.9 52.9 29 54.6 4.6 Road Opposite Daytime 50.2 70 65.1 -- 67.1 -- 68.8 -- I # is located within Road to on one 31 3 -3 c1ass-4a area left side Nighttime 33.9 55 58.6 3.6 60.6 5.6 62.4 7.4 Opposite Daytime 50.2 60 60.7 0.7 62.6 2.6 64.2 4.2 2# is located within Road to on one 66 38 -3 c1ass- 2 area left side Nighttime 33.9 50 53.9 3.9 55.9 5.9 57.7 7.7 Group 5, Right Daytime 50.2 70 65.1 -- 67.1 -- 68.8 -- 13 Guojiaqiao Opposite 3# is located within Side LAK43+850 to on one 32 4 -3 c1ass-4a area of the side Nighttime 33.9 55 58.6 3.6 60.6 5.6 62.4 7.4 Road Right Daytime 50.2 60 63.5 3.5 65.4 5.4 67.1 7.1 Opposite 4# is located within Side to on one 65 37 -3 c1ass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 33.9 50 56.9 6.9 58.9 8.9 60.7 10.7 Road Group 2, Daytime 43.5 60 54.1 -- 56.0 -- 57.6 -- Liujiawan I # is located within road 14 Back to 106 80 -2 Village c1ass- 2 area left Nighttime 41.1 50 48.2 -- 49.9 -- 51.5 1.5 LAK44+560 195 Opposite Daytime 50.2 70 63.0 64.9 66.6 I # is located within Road ------to on one 31 I -4 class-4a area left side Nighttime 33.9 55 56.4 1.4 58.4 3.4 60.2 5.2 Opposite Daytime 50.2 60 57.7 59.4 60.9 0.9 2# is located within Road -- -- to on one 66 36 -4 c1ass- 2 area leli side Nighttime 33.9 50 50.5 0.5 52.5 2.5 54.2 4.2 .. Group I, f------... _ . ...------Right Daytime 50.2 70 63.0 -- 64.9 -- 66.6 15 Shanshuigou I Opposite ----- 3# is located within Side LAK45+060 to on one 31 I -4 class-4a area of the side Nighttime 33.9 55 56.4 1.4 58.4 3.4 60.2 5.2 Road ------Right Daytime 50.2 60 57.6 59.3 60.8 0.8 Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 68 38 -4 class- 2 area of the side Nightllme 33.9 50 50.4 0.4 52.4 2.4 54.1 4.1 Road ------f--... .. _-_. .. _------.. _-f------i----... ------... _--- i··· ------.._--- Right Daytime 54.0 70 63.2 -- 65.1 -- 66.6 -- Opposite ------I # is located within Side lOon one 36 5 -5 class-4a area of the Group 5, side Nighttime 47.7 55 56.9 1.9 58.7 3.7 603 53 SUJiatan Road 16 .- \-.. . .. -f------I .. t-.. .. _--- Village Right I Daytime 54.0 60 60.2 0.2 618 1.8 63.2 3.2 Opposite ------LAK46+030 2# is located within Side toon one 69 38 -5 class- 2 area of the Nighttime 47.7 50 53.8 3.8 55.4 5.4 56.9 6.9 side I Road i Opposite Daytime 50.9 70 66.3 68.3 70.0 I # is located wHhin Road ------toon one 29 3 -2 class-4a area left side Nighttime 36.8 55 59.8 4.8 618 6.8 636 8.6 Opposite Daytime 50.9 60 59.9 61.7 1.7 633 3.3 2# is located within Road -- loon one 66 40 -2 class- 2 area left Group 3, side Nighttime 36.8 50 53.0 3.0 55.0 5.0 I 56.7 6.7 Sujiatan 17 VillageLAK Right Daytime 50.9 70 66.3 -- 68.3 -- 70.0 -- Opposite ------3# is located within Side 46+430 to on one 30 4 -2 c1ass-4a area of the side Nighttime 36.8 55 59.8 4.8 618 6.8 63.6 8.6 Road Right Opposite Daytime 50.9 60 59.7 615 1.5 3.1 4# is located within -- I 631 loon one 68 42 -2 c1ass- 2 area Side of the side Nighttime 36.8 50 52.8 2.8 54.8 4.8 56.5 6.5 L--. '--- 1 196 Road Daytime 50,9 70 59,5 61.2 62,8 I # is located within Road 35 2 -7 class-4a area left Nighttime 36,8 55 52.5 54,5 56,2 12 Opposite Daytime 50,9 60 55.5 56,9 58,2 2# is located within Road to on one 70 37 -7 class- 2 area left Nighttime 36,8 50 47,6 49.4 51.2 12 Group 2, side Sujiatan Right Daytime 50,9 70 59,5 61.2 62,8 18 Opposite Village 3# is located within Side 1-----+-----+------[-----+ to on one 36 3 -7 LAK46+920 class-4a area of the side Nighttime 36.8 55 52,5 54,5 56,2 12 Road Right Daytime 50,9 60 55,5 56.9 58.2 Opposite 4# is located within Side to on one 71 38 -7 class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 368 50 47,6 49.4 51.2 1.2 Road Group 7, Daytime 50,9 60 55.3 56.7 58.0 I # is located within road Back to 13 -5 class- 2 area left Nighttime 36,8 50 47.4 49.3 510 1.0 LAK47+720 Daytime 70 59.5 61.2 62.8 Opposite I # is located within to on one 35 5 -5 c1ass-4a area of the Group 2, side Nighttime 39,9 55 52.6 54.6 56.3 1.3 20 Huashi Village Daytime 51.1 60 55.4 56.8 58.1 Opposite LAK48+520 2# is located within Side to on one 69 39 -5 class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 39.9 50 47.8 49.5 51.1 L1 Road I # is located within road Daytime I 51.1 I 70 I 59.1 I I 60,9 I 62.4 Group 2, Back to 33 2 -6 class-4a area left Balanghu Nighttime 39.9 55 55.9 0.9 21 ------>------Farmland 2# is located within road Daytime 51, I 60 58.3 LAK48+720 Back to 69 38 -6 class- 2 area left Nighttime 39.9 50 48.0 -- 49,8 -- 514 I 1.4 Group 1,2, Opposite Daytime 511 70 59.4 -- 612 -- 62.7 I # is located within Road I -- 22 3, Bolangqu to on one 35 4 -6 c1a~s-4a area left LAK52+020 side Nighttime 39.9 55 52.5 -- 54.5 -- 56.2 I 1.2 197 I ()"""'~1tA I (,0 <;70 .-"yt' ..... ~ ...... Daytime ! <;1 ! '1'16 58.3 2# is located within Road ------to on one 75 44 -6 c1ass- 2 area left side Nighttime 39.9 50 48.0 -- 49.8 -- 51.4 1.4 Right Daytime 51.1 70 58.7 -- 60.7 62.4 -- . .. - -- Opposite ...... ------,------.... __ .. _------3# is located within Side to on one 34 3 -6 area of the side Nighttime 39.9 55 523 -- 54.3 -- 561 1.1 Road .. _ .. - t------,-----_ ... Right Daytime 51.1 60 53.7 55.7 57.4 Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 75 44 -6 class- 2 area of the I side Nighttime 39.9 50 473 -- 49.3 -- 51.1 Ll Road ----- Opposite Daytime 51.1 70 59.3 61.2 62.6 I # is located within Road ------to on one 33 2 -6 c1ass-4a area left side Nighttime 39.9 55 52.4 -- 54.5 -- 561 1.1 2# is located within road Daytime 51.1 60 54.1 55.3 -- I 563 -- Back to 69 38 -6 class- 2 area left Nighttime 39.9 50 45.9 47.6 49.1 Group 1,2, ------7, Yangqu Right Daytime 511 70 58.7 -- 60.8 62.4 -- 23 Opposite I Village 3# is located within Side to on one 35 i 4 -6 LAK53+320 class-4a area of the I side Nighttime 39.9 55 523 -- 54.4 -- 56.1 I I Road I ,._----_ .. Right Daytime 51.1 60 51.2 533 -- 54.9 -- 4# is located within Side Back to 68 37 -6 class- 2 area of the Nighttime 39.9 50 44.8 -- 46.9 -- 48.6 -- Road Opposite Daytime 53.6 70 60.7 -- 62.4 -- 63.8 -- I # is located within Road ------to on one 35 4 -6 c1ass-4a area left Nighttime 48.5 55 54.5 56.2 L2 57.7 i 2.7 side -- i ------Group 5, 10, Opposite Daytime 53.6 60 57.4 58.8 -- 59.9 -- 2# is located within Road ------.. _. ~ .... Yangqu to on one 69 38 -6 24 c1ass- 2 area left Village side Nighttime 48.5 50 51.6 1.6 52.8 2.8 54.0 4.0 LAK54+820 ------Right I Daytime 53.6 70 60.6 -- 62.3 -- 63.7 -- Opposite ------3# is located within Side toon one 33 2 -6 class-4a area of the side Nighttime 48.5 55 54.5 -- 56.1 1.1 57.6 2.6 Road 198 Right Daytime 53.6 60 57.4 58.7 -- 59.9 Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 71 40 -6 class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 48.5 50 51.6 1.6 52.7 2.7 53.9 3.9 Road Opposite Daytime 51.1 70 59.0 60.8 62.2 -- I # is located within Road -- -- to on one 39 4 -8 class-4a area left side Nighttime 39.9 55 52.1 -- 54.1 -- 55.7 0.7 Group 8,9, Opposite Daytime 51.1 60 56.3 -- 57.9 -- 59.2 -- 2# is located within Road Lihua to on one 71 36 -8 25 cl ass- 2 area left Village side Nighttime 39.9 50 49.0 -- 50.9 0.9 52.4 2.4 LAK55+780 Right Daytime 51.1 60 58.8 -- 60.9 0.9 62.5 2.5 Opposite 3# is located within Side to on one 71 36 -8 class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 39.9 50 52.4 2.4 54.5 4.5 56.2 6.2 Road 1# is located within road Daytime 56.7 70 61.4 -- 62.9 -- 64.2 -- Residential Back to 41 10 -6 class-4a area left Nighttime 51.2 55 55.3 0.3 56.7 1.7 58.0 3.0 26 District of Yimu Group 2# is located within road Daytime 56.7 60 59.3 -- 60.4 0.4 61.5 1.5 LAK56+880 Back to 69 38 -4 class- 2 area left Nighttime 51.2 50 53.4 3.4 54.4 4.4 55.4 5.4 I Group I, Right Daytime 49.8 60 55.2 -- 56.8 -- 58.2 -- I Dongmen 1# is located within Side 27 Back to 70 39 -6 . I Village class- 2 area of the I Nighttime 41.4 50 48.3 -- 50.0 -- 51.5 1.5 I LAK56+900 Road i Group I, Right Daytime 49.8 60 53.9 -- 55.3 -- 56.5 -- Lihua I # is located within Side 28 Back to 102 84 -6 I Village class- 2 area of the Nighttime 41.4 50 46.8 -- 48.4 -- 49.8 -- LAK57+300 Road I Group 2, Right Daytime 49.8 60 54.6 -- 56.1 -- 57.5 -- Lihua 1# is located within Side 29 Back to 68 50 -6 Village class- 2 area of the Nighttime 41.4 50 47.7 -- 49.4 -- 50.8 0.8 LAK57+500 Road Group I, Right Daytime 49.8 60 54.6 56.1 57.5 Opposite ------Ximen I # is located within Side 3D to on one 152 134 -6 Village class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 41.4 50 47.7 -- 49.4 -- 50.8 0.8 LAK57+800 Road 199 I # is located within road Daytime ~9.8 70 56.6 -- 5&.4 59.9 -- Group 7, Back to 41 3 -10 ...... class-4a area left Majiaqiao Nighttime 414 55 49.9 -- 51.7 -- 53.3 -- ~ 31 .... ------~--.. Village 2# is located within road Daytime 49.& 60 52.4 -- 54.5 -- 56.2 -- LAK59+&&0 Back to 78 40 -10 class- 2 area left Nighttime 41.4 50 46.0 -- 4&.1 -- 49.& -- I # is located within road Daytime 60.2 70 64.1 -- 65.5 -- 66.& -- Back to 30 2 -3 Tuanjie New class-4a area left Nighttime 45.& 55 55.9 0.9 57.9 2.9 59.5 4.5 32 Village ----_...... _,. ------LAK61+300 2# is located within road Daytime 60.2 60 55.2 -- 57.3 -- 59.0 -- Back to 68 40 -3 class- 2 area left Nighttime 45.8 50 48.8 -- 50.9 0.9 52.6 2.6 .....- ..... Apartment Daytime 60.2 60 63.0 3.0 64.1 4.1 65.2 5.2 I # is located within road 33 for the aged Back to 41 13 -2 class-4a area left Nighttime 45.8 50 54.0 4.0 55.9 59 57.4 7.4 LAK61+520 1 I # is located within road Daytime 50.3 70 58.1 -- 59.9 -- 61.4 Group I, Back to 32 2 -6 class-4a area left Renqiao Nighttime 46.1 55 52.1 -- 53.& -- 553 0.3 34 Village 2# is located within road Daytime 50.3 60 54.1 -- 55.5 -- 56.7 LAK61+530 Back to 69 39 -6 class- 2 area left Nighttime 46.1 50 48.8 -- 49.9 -- 50.9 0.9 ------Opposite Daytime 50.3 70 58.3 60.1 616 I # is located within road ------to on one 35 3 -7 class-4a area left side Nighttime 46.1 55 52.3 -- 54.0 -- 55.4 04 Opposite Daytime 50.3 60 53.9 -- 55.2 56.4 j 2# is located within road -- -- to on one 69 37 -7 class- 2 area left Nighttime 46.1 50 48.6 49.6 50.7 0.7 Group 3, side -- -- I Renqiao Right Daytime 50.3 70 58.3 60.1 616 35 Opposite ------Village 3# is located within Side to on one 34 2 -7 LAK62+210 class-4a area of the side Nighttime 46.1 55 52.3 -- 54.0 -- 554 04 Road ------Right Daytime 50.3 60 53.9 55.2 56.4 Opposite ------4# is located within Side toonone 69 37 -7 elass- 2 area of the side Nighttime 46.1 50 48.6 -- 49.6 -- 50.7 0.7 Road Opposite Daytime 56.5 70 61.9 63.5 64.9 Group 5, 1# is located within Road ------36 Shenzha toon one 35 4 -6 c\ass-4a area left Nighttime 52.6 55 56.4 14 57.7 2.7 3.9 Village side 58.9 200 LAK62+620 Opposite Daytime 53.7 60 56.6 57.7 58.8 2# is located within Road -- to on one 75 44 -6 c1ass- 2 area left side Nighttime 49.2 50 51.2 1.2 52.2 2.2 53.1 3.1 Right Daytime 565 70 61.8 63.4 64.8 Opposite ------3# is located within Side to on one 33 2 -6 c1ass-4a area ofthe side Nighttime 52.6 55 56.3 1.3 57.6 2.6 58.9 3.9 Road - Opposite Daytime 51.9 70 62.8 -- 64.7 66.4 I # is located within road -- Group 3, to on one 41 13 -4 class-4a area left Nighttime 44.2 55 563 13 58.3 3.3 59.9 4.9 Shenzha side I 37 VillageLAK Opposite Daytime 51.9 60 57.1 -- 58.6 60.0 2# is located within Road -- -- 63+200 to on one 66 38 -4 class- 2 area left side Nighttime 44.2 50 50.3 0.3 52.0 2.0 53.4 3.4 I-- Opposite Daytime 49.9 70 58.9 -- 60.8 62.4 1# is located within Road -- to on one 33 2 -6 c1ass-4a area left SIde Nighttime 41.2 55 52.3 -- 54.2 -- 55.9 0.9 Opposite Daytime 49.9 60 54.7 56.2 -- 57.5 2# is located within Road -- --...... to on one 68 37 -6 class- 2 area left SIde Nighttime 41.2 50 47.6 -- 49.3 -- 50.8 0.8 Haoqu Right Daytime 49.9 70 59.0 -- 60.9 62.4 38 Village Opposite -- -- 3# is located within Side LAK64+100 to on one 34 3 -6 class-4a area of the side Nighttime 41.2 55 52.3 -- 54.3 -- 55.9 0.9 Road Right Daytime 49.9 60 54.6 56.1 57.4 -- Opposite -- -- 4# is located within Side to on one 69 38 -6 class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 41.2 50 47.5 -- 49.2 -- 507 0.7 Road Group 10, Right Daytime 49.9 60 54.7 56.2 -- 57.6 Opposite -- -- Haoqu I # is located within Side 39 to on one 92 54 -11 Village class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 41.2 50 47.7 -- 49.4 -- 50.9 0.9 LAK64+600 Road Group 3, Right Daytime 49.9 60 57.9 59.7 61.2 1.2 Opposite -- -- Wanglaotan I # is located within Side 40 to on one 71 45 -4 Village class- 2 area of the side Nighttime 41.2 50 51.2 1.2 53.1 3.1 54.7 4.7 LAK67+600 Road 201 LAK67+600 i ----- Daytime 49.9 60 54.3 55.8 57.1 Yingmentan Opposite ------I # is located within 41 Village to on one 141 III -5 class- 2 area of the LAK69+600 sIde Nighttime 41.2 50 47.2 48.9 -- 50.4 0.4 Road ...... __ . .. ~ -_.- _- _ ----- .... c ------t---.. c-- . ..- ---- "',"-- -- 1--- ...------_ --- ...- Group 5, Daytime 50.5 60 54.9 -- 56.4 57.7 Opposite -- -- i Welqiao I # is located within Road 42 to on one 70 40 -5 Village class- 2 area left side Nighttime 4 \.4 50 47.7 -- 49.4 -- 50.9 0,9 LAK70+010 ------Right Daytime 51.1 70 59.0 -- 60.8 -- 623 -- 1# is located within Side Back to 25 7 -3 Group 5, class-4a area of the Nighttime 40.8 55 52.1 -- 54.1 -- i 55.7 0.7 Xinqiao Road 43 ----- Village Right Daytime 51.1 60 55,2 -- 56.6 -- 57,9 -- LAK70+410 2# is located within Side Back to 55 37 -3 class- 2 area of the Nighttime 40.8 50 47.7 -- 49.4 -- 50.9 0.9 Road ,------Elementary Daytime 50.1 60 55.1 56.7 -- 58,0 -- School of • ------I # is located within road 44 Bolangqu Back to 170 142 -3 the area left PrLAK5l+8 Nighttime 36.7 50 47.5 -- 49.4 51.1 1.I 20 ------+- --1---- ...._------.... ------1------~--- . ------No, 2 Middle Daytime 50.3 60 56.4 -- 58.1 -- 59.5 -- Right ------Schoolof located within Side Directly 45 Wuzhong 170 139 -3 the area of the Opposite City Nighttime 38.0 50 49.1 -- 5l.J \.1 52,7 2.7 Road LAK57+120 ...- c· ------EI ementary Daytime 51.2 60 57.1 . -- 58,7 -- 60,2 0.2 School of Opposite I # is located within Road 46 Haoqu to on one 101 70 -6 the area left Village side Nighttime 45,2 50 50.8 0.8 52.4 2.4 53.8 3_8 LAK64+210 202 o Traffic noise impact analysis during operation period ::J Traffic noise distribution impact assessment along the line According to table 4.4-6, the qualified distances of traffic noise in the project refer to following table. Table 4.4-6 Qualified distance of traffic noise within 200m away from both sides of the line Unit: m Qualified distance Sect of roads Time 2013 2019 2027 Class 4 Class 2 Class 4 Class 2 Class 4 Class 2 Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 40 55 75 Ningdong Terminal standard standard standard to Tianshui River Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 40 55 75 Tianshui River to standard standard standard Lingwu Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 40 55 75 Lingwu to Wuzhong standard standard standard Terminal Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 40 55 75 Wuzhong Terminal standard standard standard to YangmaHu Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 40 55 75 YangmaHu to standard standard standard Chaiqiao Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 40 55 75 Chaiqiao to Jinji standard standard standard Terminal Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Jinji Terminal to Daytime 35 2QO 45 65 Qingtongxia standard standard Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Aluminum Plant Nighttime standard standard standard standard standard standard Qingtongxia Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 35 '00 45 65 Aluminum Plant to standard standard Qingtongxia New Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime Material Base standard standard standard standard standard standard Qingtongxia New Exceeding Exceeding Daytime 35 200 45 65 Material Base to standard standard Qingtongxia West Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Exceeding Nighttime Terminal standard staudard standard standard standard standard 203 In actual condition, considered the factors such as topography, building obstruct, vegetable absorption and air attenuation, the actual noise qualified distance is less than above mentioned theoretical value. Traffic noise impact analysis of sensitive point along the highway According to the prediction values of noise sensitive points, the detailed assessments of environment sensitive point along the project during short-term, medium-term and long-term operation are as follow: Prediction assessment of the village along the line There are altogether 42 villages within the scope of assessment, and 4 sites exceed standards by 0.2 ...... 3.6dB during the day in the short term, with 20 sites exceeding the standards by 0.2-6.9 dB during the night; And in the medium-term, 9 sites exceed standards by 0.4-5.4dB during the day, with 20 sites exceeding the standards by 0.2-8.9 dB during the night; And in the long term, 14 sites exceed standards by 0 ..3-7.1 dB during the day recently, with 40 sites exceeding the standards by 0.3-10.7 dB during the night Prediction and Assessment of Sensitive Points such as Schools along the Road Project There are three schools in the evaluation scope. The noise level at Bolangqu primary school can satisfy the second class standard in the short term and medium term, but it will exceed the standard for l.ldB at night in the long term. The noise level at the second middle school of Wuzhong City can satisfy the standard at daytime, but it will exceed the standard for 1.1 dB and 2.7dB at nighttime in the medium term and long term, separately. The noise level at Haoqu Village primary school can satisfy the standard at daytime in the short term and medium term, but it will exceed the standard for 0.8dB and 2.4dB at nighttime, and it will exceed the standard for O.2dB at daytime and 2.8dB at nighttime in the long term. Prediction and Assessment on Senior's Apartment There is 1 senior's apartment along the highway, which exceeds the standards by 3.0 dB during the day and 4.0 dB at night in short term, and 4.1 dB during the day and 5.9 dB during the night in the medium term, and 5.2 dB during the day and 7.4 dB during the night in the long term. 4.4 Impact prediction and assessment on aquatic environment The pollution to aquatic environment during project construction mainly comes from the domestic sewage of construction staff, construction muddy water and the water agitation and oil pollution during construction of Yellow River Special Large Bridge. 204 During the highway construction on land, due to short construction period and disperse living location, normally the construction unit will rent the folk house with little environment impact by domestic sewage; for the bridge construction with large impact, the construction staff are more concentrated and stable with long construction period. The pollution on aquatic environment during project operation period mainly comes from the pollution to surface water by deck pollutant along the rain runoff and sudden Yellow River water pollution due to traffic accident of dangerous vehicles in Yellow River water area section. 4.4.1 Aquatic Environment Impact Assessment during Construction Period D Impact on Yazidang reservior Yazidang reservoir is located at about 40m away leftward from Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line ~ LAK9+980 highway. The highway will pass this section in forms of subgrade; the impact on aquatic environment during road construction period are mainly of: Q)Impact on water body by the flying dust generated during construction; ® Impact on water body by waste oil and waste residue generated by construction machinery; ® Impact on water body by little domestic waste generated by construction staff. The timely watering and coverage of transporting vehicles during construction can abate the water pollution by flying dusts; strengthened management can avoid the water pollution by waste oil and residues of construction machinery and domestic waste by construction staff. The project has little impact on aquatic environment during construction period. (2)Impact on water source site Water is pumped from underground well in Qingtongxia water resource area. It is about 5km from the planned highway. Due to the far distance from the project, the construction of this project will only have a little influences to this water resource area. (3)Environment impact on Qingtongxia water factory Qingtongxia water factory is located at about 200m away leftward from Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line LAK70+ 120 road and near existing national highway No. 109. The water comes from Yellow River, which are taken via underground pipeline. The water output of water factory mainly provides surrounding countryside and a few enterprises. The pipelines are of underground sealed. The water 205 catchment is located at about 700m upstream of the highway In planning, so the impact of highway construction on water factory is small. D Impact on the River Quality from Bridge Construction Bridge overview There are a special large bridge of 2527m and 33 medium and large bridges of 330 I m in Lingwu-Tianshuibao section of national highway No. 211; there are 2 special large bridge of 31 05m and 31 medium and large bridges of 3281 m in Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211. Except one special large bridge in Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line crossing over Yellow River and one over Kushui River, other bridges all cross over some seasonal ditches and irrigation channels. The bridge setting situation refers table 2.5-1 and 2.5-2. Impact on water body of bridge construction The only bridge crossing over water and with piers in water is Yellow River special farge bridge (LAK66+030), of which the upper structure is of approach bridge (prestressed concrete small box beam) and main bridge (prestressed concrete continuous beam) and substructure consists of approach bridge (column pier), main bridge (box pier)/rib abutment. Other bridges are not constructed in the water. For the large scale water body and wide water surface of the Yellow, the bridge construction may lead to local river bed disturbance and addition of suspended matters in water body such as sediment. The foundation construction in water uses cofferdam method. Within few house after the cofferdam sinks and reaches the riverbed, it may disturbs the riverbed to generate resuspension of few bed mud. The suspended bed mud will increase the silt concentration within certain range and lead to augment of water turbidity under the factors such as flow difTusion. After completion of construction, within few hours of cofferdam removal, the discharge of muddy waste water into river will lead to short-time increase of SS in water, and current SS in Yellow River has exceeded the standard, so the underwater foundation construction of bridge has certain impact on the water quality of Yellow River. According to highway bridge construction rules, the height of cofferdam in water shall be 0.5 to 0.7m higher than the possible highest water level during construction period. The cofferdam profile design shall consider the increased flow rate after river cross section being compressed, which will lead to the concentrated flushing to cofferdam and riverbed; it shall meet the cofferdam body strength and stability requirements. The cofferdam is required to be watertight without leakage. Drilling construction is done in cofferdam, separated from the river, so the drilling has little impact on river water quality. The main pollutions source of Yellow River special large bridge are mud generated during construction and leakage pollution of drilling mud. The slurry out from pile pouring during project construction is discharged into sand basin to deposit the soil 206 and rock, and the slurry after deposition can be recycled and the deposited soil and rock is drilling mud which needs to be periodically cleared. During drilling process, the mixture of drilling mud and slurry is pumped out from the hole with sandstone pump, after filtering large drilling mud or medium and fine sand particles with filtration strainer, it flows into slurry discharge groove and then the sediment basin for natural sediment, then flow into the slurry storage basin through the connecting port of sediment basin and slurry storage basin. It will be sent to slurry swirler with slurry pump from slurry storage basin to filter ultrafine sand particle and then back into the port. The drilling mud generated during drilling normally is transported to fixed point for discharge. The mud amount for bridge construction is so large that it may lead to siltation of downstream water course and decrease of water quality if improperly handled, so the drilling mud must be transported out of the river region for storage and backfilled to borrow pit strictly according to related regulation specification. The storage location must be supervised by environment protection person to prohibit randomly discharge of drilling mud so as to protect downstream water quality as possible and avoid the adverse impact on flood control by drilling mud discharge. During superstructure construction of bridge, some construction wastes and dusts will inevitably drop into the water body and affect the water quality. Especially a lot of moulding boards and machine oil are used during the moulding process at the upper part of the bridge. If machine oil leaks out or waster oil is directly discharged into the river, it will lead to the increase of petroleum related water quality index and make the water quality coming down. Therefore, the construction waste, waste oil and sewage shall be avoided to discharge into the water. At same time, after completion of bridge construction, the construction site shall be cleared to prevent rubbishes such as construction waste flowing into the water with rainwater. When material, oil and chemicals needed during bridge construction are piled on the banks, if not properly managed for covered, it may be flushed into water by rainwater; if the height of materials piling location is lower than water level during high water period, in case of rainstorm or flood, the materials may be flushed by the water and pollute the water body. In conclusion, the bridge construction impact on Yellow River water body mainly comes from underwater foundation construction, construction waste mud, waste oil, waste water and materials which enter the water body and lead to adverse impact. If strengthening the field management of construction machinery and materials and specifying the discharge of waste mud and water, the pollution of bridge construction on Yellow River water body may be avoided and relieved. Other bridges other than Yellow River all cross over seasonal ditch. Due to the long dry season time in project region, the ditches are basically of setting off. There is no water catchment along the line. The bridge construction shall be done in dry season to avoid rainy season construction, and the management shall be strengthened, so that the impact on water body of bridge foundation construction can be controlled and avoided. 207 o Impact on Aquatic Environment from Transportation and Stack of the Construction Material Subgrade landfill and transportation of all kinds of construction materials may result in flying dusts. These dusts may fly into the water body or ditches with the wind, especially for the water body near the road, so it will impose certain impact on water bc·dy. Additionally, if there is no good management, the leak-out of construction materials i.e. bitumen, oil and chemical products etc. maybe washed into the river with rain and lead to the aquatic pollution. During the construction period of water body section, the subgrade construction mud may be flushed into nearby water body by the rain or the surface flushed into water body or seasonal ditch due to not timely compacted so that it may lead to high suspension matter concentration and asphaltine pollution. Therefore, protection and management measures with pertinence to different ccnstruction materials and features should be strengthened during the construction to minimize its impact on the aquatic environment. It is necessary for timely compaction of subgrade to avoid erosion. During road surface construction, firstly avoid the rainy season or counter-season construction which will lead to production of waste asphalt residues; secondly timely roll and ccmpact during construction to avoid rain flushed. It is not allowed for waste asphalt re~idues flushed into nearby water body. o Impact of construction campsite The domestic sewage of project in planning mainly come from all construction campsites (construction living areas); it is mainly of domestic sewage generated by dining and washing of construction staff and fecal sewage which mainly contain ar~.imal and vegetable fat, cleaning agent and other organic matters. The main components of sewage refer to table 2.13-50 The table shows that the pollutant concentration exceeds the I grade standard of Sewage Comprehensive Discharge Standard. 208 The sewage discharge volume of the construction camp should be calculated according to the following formula: K .q,.v, (Formula 4.4 I) Q, = 1000 Inthe formula: Qs -life sewage discharge volume (tid); qi - represents the water consumption quota per cap per day, L/( cap od); qi =40; Vi - represents the popUlation in the work area, cap; K - represents the drainage coefficient of sewage, generally between 0.6 and 0.9, and 0.7 is taken in this project. The construction campsite mainly consists of construction work shed and living area of construction staff. The highway of Lingwu-Tianshuibao and Guyao-Qingtongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211 will be constructed in bid sections, so there are many construction sites along the line. The construction and management staff of each construction site is about 30 to 100 persons and the domestic sewage drainage amount of each construction campsite is 0.84 to 2.8t/d. If above mentioned sewage is directly discharged into nearby water body without any treatment, it may affect its function, so the domestic sewage must be elementarily treated. Sewage treatment facilities shall be set in construction campsite. For it is of temporary facility, it is recommended to centrally treat the sewage with septic tank. The slurry generated by septic tank can be used for tree or farm compost after anaerobic treatment. The tank will be buried with soil after completion of construction. In general, the domestic sewage of construction site is limited in construction period with short period; and the sewage discharges of whole line disperse with small water amount. Therefore, after properly treated, such as setting septic tank in construction campsite to collection the feces and eating washing sewage separately (feces for farm and washing sewage collected in septic tank), encouraging local farmers to recycle and burying the tank after construction, it may not impost large impact on aquatic environment quality. (7)Impact on water body of oily sewage during construction period The oily sewage during construction mainly comes from the repair and maintenance process of construction machinery and emission, dropping and leakage during operation process, of which the main components are petroleum matters such as lubrication oil, diesel and gasoline. This kind of substance will float on the water surface once entering the water body to impede the matter interchange of oil-water interface and timely supply of dissolved oxygen of water body, so that it impose im.pact on the aquatic creature activities. 209 The culvert construction mostly uses site fabrication method, in which the mould component will be used during construction, so the dirty oil may bleed, if entering the water, it may pollute the water body environment. To protect the water quality of water body along the project, it is recommended to set temporary sediment basin at construction field and machinery maintenance field with antiseep protection surrounding it; the sand at the bottom of basin can entrap the oily m.lterials, and it will be cleared and discarded to spoil ground at regular intervals. The sand at bottom of sediment basin shall be continuously replenished to purifY the oily sewage. D Impact of construction production waste water A,;cording engineering technical data, the fabrication yard and construction site are in same location and the detailed position has not been determined. The environment assessment recommends to set these site in service facilities such as interchange area ard parking are within highway expropriate land range. Prefabricated parts yard and mixing station are set for the mixing of various types of prefabricated parts required for bridge and culvert and cement stabilization ballast for road surface engineering. During the production process of concrete agitation and prefabricated parts, waste water may be generated, which are mainly of flushing waste wlter of concrete trommel and bucket. The concrete production waste water features high concentration, low water amount and intermittent discharge. According to related data, the waste water amount of each time flushing of concrete trommel and bucket is about O.5m3 wit the concentration of about 5000mg/L and pH value of 12. The waste water pollutant concentration far exceeds the requirement of I grade emission stlndard of Sewage Comprehensive Discharge Standard. It can be recycled after dt:position in sediment basin and treated by waste water treatment. Above analysis shows, the impact of highway construction on aquatic environment can be abated by strengthening management during construction period, especially the construction field management at bridge construction point, construction campsite and along the water body. 4.4.2 Assessment of the impact on aquatic environment during the operation period D Impact on Yazidang reservior Yazidang reservoir is located at the left side of LAK9+980 with the distance of 40m away from the road. The sudden accident generated during operation period may affect the Yazidang reservoir. 210 o Analysis of the impact on bridge surface rain streams After the construction and operation of project in planning, the traffic volume will increase by year, the exhaust gas emissions and oils of motor vehicles and substances spilling on the surface will also increase by year. Above mentioned pollutants will flow into downstream water area along with the bridge direct surface runoff generated by rain and affect the water quality. The pollution degree depends on many factors such as traffic volume, fuel composition, air humidity, wind direction and wind power. Many researches of road show, under the uniform pollution load of bridge surface, the bridge surface runoff pollution will increase with rainfall during early raining period; the pollution will gradually decrease after rained for a while. The bridge surface runoff pollutants of highway are mainly of suspended matters, oil and organic matters, they are restricted by many factors, such as traffic volume, vehicle type, rainfall density, ash fall amount and early drought time, so it has certain uncertainty. According to domestic related test data, under the known traffic volume and rainfall and after raining for a hour, take water samples at different time in an hour. Within the 30 minutes from early raining period to runoff formation, the suspension matters and oil matters in rain is relatively high; after 30 minutes, its concentration quickly decrease with the lasting raining time. The decrease speed of BOD5 in rain is slow with stable PH value. The Yellow River special large bridge along the line crosses over III grade water body. The monitoring report shows the Yellow River water quality can not meet the water quality standard of III grade, so the rain and other pollutants is not allowed to discharge into the water body. Accident basins are set at both sides of Yellow River special large bridge to collect the bridge surface rain and other transport waste water. It has little impact on Yellow River aquatic environment. o Impact analysis of surface runoff on aquatic environment Water on the pavement of general road sections will be drained by road arch cross slope and longitudinal slope. After collecting by asphalt concrete impound strap, water is diverted to the torrent ditch at both sides of the roadbed, and then to side ditch or drainage ditch. An opening is set at each 10m in the medial strip for ultra high road sections. The rainwater within the scope of upper half-amplitude pavement will flow to the lower half-amplitude pavement from the openings set on the medial strip. These rainwater will flow into the torrent ditch together through the impound strap, and drained away from the roadbed. Scattered drainage is adopted to the pavement of second grade highway and auxiliary roads. The surface drainage shall be designed based on the principle of adaption to local conditions, combined irrigation and water conservancy planning to set subgrade drainage system such as drainage ditch and culvert to enable network and 211 systemization under the conditions of neither affecting original drainage system nor lelting down its use function. Sediment basins shall be set before the outlets of drainage ditch and side ditch of the line; the water can be discharged into the irrigation system after deposition. o Impact on environment of highway auxiliary facilities U Sewage origin One main line toll station, 6 ramp toll stations, one management and monitoring center, one parking lot, one maintenance working area and one service area will be set along the highway. Trere are gas station, parking area, toilet, canteen and public telephone in service area. Table 4.4-1 is for detaiL Ta ble4.1-1 Schedule of service facilities Facilities along the No. Quantity (location) Sewage type ----- route -- 1 Main line toll station 1 sanitary sewage 2 Ramp toll station 6 sanitary sewage - Management 3 1 san itary sewage monitoring c~nter 1-- Maintenance work 4 1 sanitary sewage area - sanitary sewage, Car washing 5 Service area 1 waste water 1-- 6 parking lot 1 sanitary sewage Total 11 [' Se\\age water quality The sewages of service areas and parking areas in Guyaozi - Qingtongxia connecting line of national highway No. 211 are mainly of domestic sewage and waster oily water for vehicle washing; the sewages of toll station and maintenance management area re mainly of ldomestic sewage, their typical pollutants refer to table 4.4-4. Table 4.4-4 Sewage concentration of highway auxiliary facilities Sewage type COD(mg/L) SS(mg/L) Oil type(mg/L) Domestic sewage oftol1 station, maintenance work area and monitoring 400 200 6 centre Car washing waste water 100 600 10 212 _J Calculation of waste water amount and pollutant discharge amount According to the scale and main function of each auxiliary facility, separately calculate the sewage discharge amount during operation period; the detailed calculation method is as follow: a. sanitary sewage Qs=(K I xq 1 xN I )/1 000 In the formula: Qs -life sewage discharge volume (tid); K - Sewage discharging index; normally it is 0.7; QI - Life sewage quota/person/day (Llpersonod); take q I 60 N 1 - number of people (person) b. waste water from car washing Qq=(I-K2)xq2xN211 000 Where: Qq - waste water discharge amount for vehicle washing (tid) ; K2 - waste water circulation rate for vehicle washing, taking 70%; q2 - waste water rating for washing one vehicle (Llvehicle); 2=20 for micro bus, q2=50 for minibus, q2=80 for coach and truck; N2. - washing vehicle amount (vehicle/d), calculated with 2% of day traffic volume. Mainline toll station is calculated as 40 persons, ramp toll station for 20 persons, management monitoring centre and routine workers in maintenance work area for 40 persons and service area and parking area for 100 persons (20 workers and 80 passing passengers). The sewage amount of auxiliary facilities and pollutant calculation results are collected in table 4.4-5. 213 Table 4.4-5 Schedule for auxiliary facilities scale and sewage discharge amount of highway in planning Types and Generation Composition of Discharge Pollution 1\0. Total amount Service Facilities: Volume(t/d) of factor (kg/d) Sewage COD 0.269 Main line toll Sanitary 40 SS 0.135 station sewage :0.68 Oil 0.004 COD 0.018 Sanitary 2 Ramp toll station 20x6 SS 0.009 sewage :0.47 Oil 0.000 COD 0.269 Management Sanitary 3 40 SS 0.135 monitoring center sewage :0.68 Oil 0.004 COD 0.269 Maintenance work Sanitary sewage: 40 SS 0.135 area 0.68 Oil 0.004 Sanitary sewage: Cod 1.145 1.68 5 Service area 100 SS 3.174 Car washing waste water: 4.73 Oil 0.058 COD 0.448 Sanitary 6 Parking lot 100 SS 0.224 sewage :] .12 Oil 0.007 F:~om above table, the total discharge amount of auxiliary facilities of project in planning is lOAt per day; the total discharge amounts of all pollutants are as follow: COD: 2.418kg/d; SS: 3.812kg/d; petroleum categroy: O.07kg/do @)Sewerage treatment of highway auxiliary facilities and discharge requirement The auxiliary facilities such as parking area and toll station are far from the town, so tbe living and production sewage can not be discharged into city sewage treatment and discharge system and sewage treatment facilities are required to be built. The aquatic environment quality of water body along the line is poor and it can not accept any sewage. So all living sewage of all auxiliary facilities and waste water for vehicle washing shall be treated in secondary biochemical treatment equipment to achieve the level I standard of Sewage Comprehensive Discharge Standard (GB8978-1996) and then used as the greening water for service facility and highway. The residual water will be discharged into nearby dry ditch; it is not allowed to discharge into Yellow River and the water ditches along the line. 214 4.5 Impact of the Project on the Ambient Air and Analysis 4.5.1 Assessment of the impact on the ambient air during construction period During Expressway construction period, there is huge volume of ground and stone priming and excavation, transportation and mixture of construction materials, bitumen boiling and paving works. Therefore, the main ambient air pollutant is TSP and secondly the asphalt smoke from bitumen boiling and paving and pollutant discharged by the power machines. Among all of them, TSP's impact on the surroundings is outstanding. D Analysis of TSP's impact Flying dust pollution is mainly generated during subgrade excavation and landfill works during early construction period, which is mainly of flying dusts generated from vehicle transportation on construction road and dusts in construction areas; according to the investigation of road construction site, the surface flying dust due to vehicle travelling and fly dusts generated by storage yard will impost large impact on surrounding environment. ::--' Marl mixture produces dust pollution The mixing of materials such as soil and concrete will lead to flying dusts. Currently the position of cement/soil blending station has yet not determined. If there is residential area or sensitive water area at downstream of cement/soil blending station, it is recommended to enclose the blending equipment to effectively control this kind of flying dust pollution. Stack of dispersed materials Stack place of dispersed materials i.e. lime and coal powder also makes flying dust with wind action. The flying dust is focused at 50m leeward areas. In consideration of its harm to human being and plants, its stack shall be well managed by taking measures i.e. watering, tent cloth shelter etc, flying dust can be effectively prevented. - Fugitive dust on the road The road flying dust is mainly from the construction material transportation on detour by construction vehicles. There are many factors leading to road flying dust, which mainly involve the vehicle speed, wind speed, surface dust deposition amount and surface dust deposition humidity. The wind speed may directly influence the spreading distance of flying dust. Materials for road building in this project such as sand, stone and cement are transported with vehicle. The main transporting roads of 215 impact area of the project include national, province and county roads, most of which are of cement or bituminous surface with a few road flying dusts. However, there is almost no way from national, province and county roads to construction site and all of dt::lour with high dust content on road, especially it will impose large impact on surrounding environment in Autumn and Winter. The road shall be frequently watered to relieve the impact on surrounding environment The experience shows the road flying dust can be reduced by 70% through watering. D Analysis of impact by asphalt smoke and a- BENBINGBI Asphalt concrete surface is planned to construct for the project in planned. The production process of blending station of asphalt concrete is divided into two parts of oil melting system and asphalt concrete blending system. The main atmosphere pollutants are of dusts and asphalt smoke. The analogy analysis method will be used to demonstrate whether asphalt smoke meets the emission standard. Analogy monitoring Cury out the analogy analysis according to the measurement in Jingjintang Dayangfang asphalt blending station by road scientific research institute of Ministry of Communication. The equipment used in site blending station is manufactured by Italy MARINI company with the model of MV2A and asphalt concrete production capacity of 160t/h; two grades of dust collect units are equipped with the exhaust duct height of 10m. During testing, use the asphalt materials mixed with domestic produced and imported fr;)m Saudi Arabia with actual production of 120t/h. The sampling points shall be set at 100m, 300m and 500m downstream of blending machine during sampling; there are 3 sampling points of asphalt smoke at 100m location which spread as scallop with the interval of 30 to 50m; control points shall be set at proper upstream location of blending machine. Monitored result is listed in table4.5-1 and table4.5-2. Table 4.5-1 Monitoring results of asphalt smoke from exhaust dust of blending machine Monitoring project 1 2 3 Average J Discharge concentration (mg/m ) 25.7 28.3 14.1 22.7 Discharge capacity (kg/h) 0.79 0.87 0.43 0.70 216 Table 4.5-2 Monitoring results of environment air Asphalt smoke (mg/m3) Total suspension Sampling point particles 1 2 Mean value (mg/m3) Middle 1.27 1.31 1.29 100m South 1.21 1.16 1.19 0.33 North 1.15 1.17 1.16 300m 1.21 1.03 1.12 0.17 500m 1.13 1.17 1.15 0.28 Control point 1.19 1.17 1.18 0.25 .-' Emission qualification demonstration of asphalt smoke From table 4.5-1 and 4.5-2, at the location of 100m downstream, the asphalt smoke concentration in environment air of asphalt blending station is between 1.16 and 1.29mg/m3 which is a bit higher than that of control point. Monitoring results of asphalt smoke from exhaust dust of blending machine show, the average concentration of asphalt smoke is 22.7mg/m3 with discharge amount of 0.70kg/h; it can meet the requirements of GB 16297-96 Atmosphere Pollutants Comprehensive Emission Standard. According to the site monitoring results of Oayangfang asphalt concrete blending station, it can be deduced that the asphalt smoke can reach the emission standard if using the asphalt concrete blending equipment with compared production capacity with above category when laying the asphalt concrete surface of this project. So, it is recommended the asphalt concrete blending equipment must be of well-sealed and high dedusting efficiency and the siting of blending station shall avoid the large area of residential area within 300m downstream. 4.5.2 Assessment of the impact on ambient air during the operation period o Brief analysis of impact of vehicle exhaust pollutants on atmospheric environment According to the results of final acceptance of environmental protection for constructed highway throughout the country, both N02 and TSP do not exceed the standard for daily traffic volume of 30000. The weighted traffic volume of Quzhong-Qingtongxia section is: 14201 microbus/day for short-term; 21141 microbus/day for medium term; 31581 microbus/day for long-term. This shows the short-term and medium-term traffic volumes of this project is less than analog project, with good environment air quality along the line, small density of residents and large environment capacity, so it will not impost large impact on environment air. 217 Moreover, after the construction and operation, the highway in planning can distribute the traffic volume of existing G211 I ine to relieve its transportation burden. There are many sections passing through the village in this road with low grade. The vehicle exhaust emission running on low grade road is larger than that on high grade road; as a result, the environment air pollution in the region may be relieved to some extent after the completion of highway construction. o Environment air impact analysis of service facilities along the line According to the features of Ningxia region and running conditions of constructed highway, the coal-burning type heating boiler may be used for service facilities of highway in planning during operation. There are 1 mainline toll stations,6 ramp toll stations, 1 road monitoring center, ) maintenance work area, ) service areas and ) parking area. The atmospheric pollutant emission of coal-burning heating boiler relates with many factors such as boiler coal consumption, coal ash, sulphur content and nitrogen content. Normal coal-burning boiler uses raw coal as fuel; the boiler heating area with installed capacity of 0.35MW can reach 3000m2 for the toll stations of highway in planning.The heating area of 0.7MW can reach 6000m2, which is suitable for service area. The following will calculate the atmospheric pollutant emission concentration ofO.35MW boiler and 0.7MW boiler. Calculation method of boiler atmospheric pollutant emission Calculation of theoretical air amount Vo 1.0I xQII000+0.5 In the formula: Vo - theoretical air amount, Nm3/kg; Q fuel low heat value (kcallNm3) The raw fuel low heat value taken as 5000kcalINm3 L' Calculation of actual flue gas amount Vy =0.89xQII 000+ 1.65+(a-l )xVO In the formula: Vv - actual flue gas amount, Nm3/kg; a excess air coefficient, 1.8; Calculation of pollutant concentration in flue gas C=Q' /(VyxB)x J 06 In the formula: C pollutant concentration (mglNm3) Q' Pollutant emission (kg/h) 218 Vy - actual flue gas amount (Nm3/kg) B - coal consumption (kg/h) Calculation of flue gas emission Q -ltIl'£ = B x A x 0 x (1-1]) Where: Q pollutant emission, kg/h; B - coal consumption, 85kg/h for 0.35MW boiler, 170kg/h for 0.7MW boiler, A- coal ash; D - flue gas percentage in ash, 20%; TJ - dedusting efficiency of dedusting system, %. S02 discharge amount calculation QS02 = 1.6 x B x S x (1-1],) Where: B - coal consumption, kg/h; S total sulfur content in coal; TJs - desulfurization efficiency. From above calculation, the required theoretical air amount for burning each kilogram raw coal in boiler is 5.55Nm3, actual flue gas amount for burning each kilogram raw coal is 10.54Nm3. To meet the requirements ofGB13271-2001 Boiler Atmospheric Pollutant Emission Standard category region II: flue dust emission concentration of 120mg/m3 and S02 emission concentration of 900mg/m3. The sulphur content of selected coal for boiler shall be no more than 0.6%, ash content no more than 5%. Therefore, the heating boiler used for highway service facility shall be of environmental protection equipment and select high quality coal. 4.6 Impact analysis of solid wastes on environment 4.6.1 Impact analysis of solid wastes on environment during construction period The solid wastes during construction mainly include abandoned earthwork, building rubbish and domestic waste of construction staff, among which the abandoned earthwork shall be used for filling the subgrade as possible and those which can not recycled will be transported to spoil ground for treatment; the building rubbish after 219 relocating the house and building shall be used for flattening of construction campsite and temporarily occupied land and the remains will be transported to nearby spoil ground for treatment; the domestic waste can be collected before composting. During the construction period of this project, various kinds of construction personnel are concentrated. If the quota of domestic waste is calculated as 1.Okg/cap·d and the stationed construction personnel in each contract section is calculated as 100, the domestic wastes generated in each contract section during the construction phase will be 100kg/d, including degradable solid wastes and non-degradable solid wastes. If not taking measures to these wastes, they may impose large impacts on the ecological environment and aquatic environment such as rivers along the line. According to related content of Environment Control Law for Solid Waster Pollution in PRC, it is recommended to set up small temporary rubbish stacks around the construction campsite, categorize and manage the domestic wastes in construction campsite, employ special person to regularly clear the rubbish and transport to nearby rubbish treatment station, during which cares shall be taken not to scatter the rubbish. Meanwhile, pay special attention to maintenance and management of temporary rubbish stacking points to avoid littering of the rubbish due to random piling; Sprinkling disinfecting and pesticides on the stacking points regularly to reduce breeding of mosquitoes and bacterial. The solid wastes such as food dregs etc. may be piled and thoroughly decomposed for agricultural fertilizers in part of the road sections along the highway which are rural areas. 4.6.2 Impact analysis of solid wastes on environment during operation period The solid wastes during operation period mainly include the domestic wastes of parking area, toll station and maintenance management center. The produced domestic rubbish shall be calculated by 1.0kg/person-day. The mainline toll station shall be calculated for 40 persons, ramp toll station for 20 persons, parking area and service area for 100 persons (20 workers and 80 passing passengers ), routine workers of management monitoring center and maintenance work area for 40 persons, so the produced domestic rubbish for each parking area and service area is 100kg/d, 40kg/d for mainline toll station, 20kg/d for ramp tool station and 40kg/d for management control center and maintenance work area. If improperly handled, they may destruct the graceful appearance of topography and vegetation and result in vision pollution to influence the traveling comfort. Therefore, strengthening the pUblicity of road environment protection, increasing the environment protection awareness and training high sense of responsibility of owner for environment protection will be important for road and natural environment protection. In addition, the environment protection facilities, signs or publicity boards shall be set clearly with freshness under the condition of convenience of passenger and protection of road environment. 220 4.7 Accidental pollution risk analysis 4.7.1 Purpose of Assessment The project crosses over Yellow River, and some seasonal ditches: Nongchangqu, Qinqu, Hanqu, Shanghsuigou branch and Jinshuigou. After the completion of construction, the transporting vehicles on bridge surface may fall into the water body with potential accidental risk and environment risk. According to requirements of National Environmental Protection Master Bureau Huanfa [2005] No. 152 document Notification for Strengthening Environment Impact Assessment to Manage and Prevent the Environment Risk and National Environmental Protection Master Bureau (90) Huanguanzi No. 057 Notification for Risk Assessment for Important Environmental Pollution Accident Threat, and the technical requirements of Environment Risk Assessment Guideline of Construction Project, carry out environmental risk assessment through risk identification, analysis and result calculation to provide data and references for engineering design and environment management so as to reduce the risk and harm. 4.7.2 Risk identification and determination of assessment working grade o Identification of risk source and danger The impact resulted in risk accident during road transportation is main for the water body along the line; the leakage and drop of chemical hazardous articles into water body will lead to severe pollution to the water body and agricultural irrigation; the fallout of hazardous articles on land area will also impact the normal use functions of land and damage the ecologic environment of land area. Large number of research results show, the water pollution accidents of highway mainly originate from traffic accident. When the road crosses over or passes through the water body, the vehicle accident may pollute the water. The main water pollution accident types include: [J Traffic accident on bridge surface; with vehicle and cargos falling into the river. ~ i After the traffic accident of vehicle carried chemical hazardous articles, the hazardous article leaks and flows into nearby water body. i The gasoline (diesel) and oil carried in vehicle itself leak and flow into nearby water body. The happens of highway risk accident are mainly related to the driver. Most of the accidents are due to vehicle overload or driving in fatigue, and after accident happened, most of drivers are afraid to report to authorities and delay the treatment, so that it leads to the enlargement of accident influence domain. 221 According to related regulations of Material Danger Standard, Large Risk Source Identification (GB 18218, 2000), Hazardous Degree Classification of Occupation Contacting Poison (GB50844-85), the involved dangerous articles after completion of the project are of oil and transported chemical dangerous articles, (2)Assessment class According to the regulation of working classification of environmental risk of Environment Risk Assessment Technical Guideline of Construction Project, there is no material danger or functional danger source in itself. The risk probability is caused by indirect activities. so the working class of environment risk assessment is class II. 4.7.3 Accident risk assessment (1 )Accidental risk rate ( risk degree) estimation To predict the possible traffic accident time of hazardous article transporting vehicle on whole road sections or other large bridge sections of highway in planning during certain prediction year, the calculation formula of probability is as follow: p = _A_'B_' C_,_D_'_E 1/ F Where: Pij probability of traffic accident of hazardous article transporting vehicle on whole road sections or special sections of highway in planning during certain prediction year, times/year. A traffic accident rate, times/million vehicles • km, A=1.02 times/million vehicles km; B - proportion of hazardous article carrying vehicle, B=2.38%; C - average traffic volume of whole sections of highway In planning during prediction year, million/year, refer to table 4.7-1; D - Length of assessed section (whole section or main bridge sections) (refer to table 4.7-1), km; E under comparable conditions, the highway construction may reduce the proportion of traffic accident; the Lingwu - Hongduanzi section and Guyaozi - Qingtongxia section are of highway, E=0.5; for other sections, E=1.0; F - traffic safety factor of hazardous articles transport vehicle, F= 1,5. For the result of accident risk rate in the evaluated years has been listed in Table 4,7-2 222 Table 4.7-1 Traffic volume at sensitive section of highway in planning Unit: million/year Length of No. Pile Number N arne of sensitive section sensitive 2013 2019 2027 section (m) 1 LAK33+160 Medium bridge (trench) 45 4.722 7.376 10.530 2 LAK34+600 Hanqu 66 4.722 7.376 10.530 3 LAK35+780 Medium bridge (trench) 86 4.722 7.376 10.530 4 LAK38+300 Medium bridge (trench) 86 4.371 6.842 9.785 5 LAK39+900 Medium bridge (trench) 54 4.371 6.842 9.785 6 LAK41+980 Medium bridge (trench) 54 4.371 6.842 9.785 7 LAK51+240 Medium bridge (trench) 45 4.222 6.623 9.452 8 LAK59+890 Malian Trench 66 3.960 6.228 8.883 9 LAK64+600 Qinqu 86 3.960 6.228 8.883 Ultra large bridge on 10 LAK66+030 1898 3.960 6.228 8.883 Yellow River 11 LAK68+300 Taining Trench 86 3.960 6.228 8.883 12 LAK68+880 West Trench 126 3.960 6.228 8.883 13 LAK69+750 Tanglai Trench 307 3.960 6.228 8.883 14 LAK71+600 West main canal 66 3.977 6.255 8.926 Table 4.7-2 Dangerous Goods Transportation on Planned Expressway Risk Rate Evaluation Form No. Pile Number Name of sensitive section 2013 2019 2027 1 LAK33+160 Medium bridge (trench) 0.002 0.003 0.004 2 LAK34+600 Hanqu 0.002 0.004 0.006 3 LAK35+780 Medium bridge (trench) 0.003 0.005 0.007 4 LAK38+300 Medium bridge (trench) 0.003 0.0 5 LAK39+900 Medium bridge (trench) 0.002 0.003 0.004 6 LAK41+980 Medium bridge (trench) 0.002 0.003 0.004 7 LAK51 +240 Medium bridge (trench) 0.002 0.002 0.003 8 LAK59+890 Malian Trench 0.002 0.003 0.005 9 LAK64+600 Qinqu 0.003 ~ 0.006 10 LAK66+030 Ultra large bridge on Yellow River 0.061 O. 0.136 II LAK68+300 Taining Trench 0.003 0.004 0.006 12 LAK68+880 West Trench 0.004 0.006 0.009 LAK69+750 Tanglai Trench 0.010 0.015 0.022 223 LAK71+600 West main canal o Analysis of the Accidental Risk The calculation results in table 4.7-2 show, the accident risk probability of chemical pollution due to traffic accident of chemical hazardous article transport vehicle at bridge section during highway operation period. The risk probability of each bridge and joint section in 2013 is between 0.002 and 0.061, 0.002 and 0.096 for 2019 and 0.003 and 0.136 for 2027. The section with maximum risk probability is Yellow River special large bridge section. Probability theory: because the small probability event happens at random, so it shall be especially considered. 4.8 Impact analysis on landscape environment Due to the excellent natural landscape environment of project location with simple type, the environment assessment will mainly analyze the adverse impact of project in planning on landscape environment in detail and put forward alleviation measures. The impacts of project in planning on landscape environment involve two aspects: compatibility of internal landscape of highway itself and that of external natural and human landscape: [: Compatibility of internal landscape of highway itself: as a modernization highway, the structures (such as retaining wall, protection slope, drainages, bridges and culverts), auxiliary facilities (such as guard rail, signs and tablet), greening and interchanges of highway itself form the self highway landscape; if improperly designed, it will impose adverse impact on its own landscape of highway. Compatibility of highway and external landscape (including natural and human landscape) : Integrity: this project is of human landscape with asphalt concrete structure, wanders . in loess hill and valley regions as tape shape, which separates the continuous natural landscape to destruct its special continuity and naturalness; it draws inerasable artificial trace in the region, this kind of impact will not be eliminated. Local sections: at natural mountain and valley regions, for the narrow terrain, the project in planning can not bypass it, but only passing through with bridge construction and slope cutting, which will destruct the natural slope and impose impact on natural landscape. 4.8.1 Landscape status in quo of regions along the project According to the climate, geography, vegetation and human activity in regions along the highway in planning, combined with current land use diagram, the landscape types are divided into 7 landscapes of farmer landscape, forest land landscape, desert 224 grassland landscape, road landscape, river valley landscape, city landscape and rural resident point landscape. The desert grassland landscape is a kind of landscape near the highway central line of highway in planning and also the landscape with maximum distribution area of route passing regions; the farmland landscape mainly distributes the both sides of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia connecting line LAK33+100-LAK71+60 of small area; the road landscape takes G211, G307, Jing-Zang highway Ningxia section, GI09, SIOI and Guli railway, Dagu railway and Baolan railway as trunk and county and town road as auxiliary road; river valley landscape is a zonal landscape with the body of Yellow River and enclosed by farmlands at both sides and mountain bodies; the city landscape includes Wuzhong city landscape; rural resident point landscape is of point shape distribution, the landscape of rural resident point of highway in planning is mainly of tile structure house landscape. 4.8.2 Impact analysis on related project landscape Highway construction may impose certain adverse impacts on the landscape along the line, which mainly include: Main engineering Most of the highway in planning is located in farming and animal husbandry area. The excavation of highway subgrade will destroy the surface vegetation within expropriate range to certain extent, and result in naked land landscape with large contrast to surrounding environment of construction site (especially the section in desert pasture), so that it will impose certain impacts on the vision of surrounding crowd in construction site. Due to fully destruction to surface vegetation and soil disturbance in project region, soil loss may occur on loose and naked slope during rainy season and lead to soil erosion modulus increase in the region, which will impact the downstream vegetation and water body and therefore the landscape environment quality in the region. During dry season, the loose surface may produce flying dusts when wind blows or vehicle passes through; the flying dusts may cover on the vegetation outside of the construction site and significantly abate the beauty of surrounding landscape. According to environment status investigation, there are many natural and human landscapes in the regions along the highway in planning; accommodation of large number of construction machinery and personnel will add incompatible landscape to original landscape environment. Therefore, the side slope shall be designed with greening and beatifying manner according to local detailed environment to make it compatible with surrounding natural and human landscape in colors and shapes . . . Service facility The management facilities of highway in planning include I mainline toll station, 7ramp tool stations, 1 parking areas, I service areas, 1 monitoring management center and I maintenance work area. The impact of highway outbuildings on ambient 225 environment mainly consists of construction style and surround greening of building: If the style of highway outbuildings is different from that of local buildings, it will impose sudden vision impact. If the surroundings of building has not been greened or beatified, it can not bring fresh and vigorous feeling for the tired persons in journey. Sc', the highway outbuildings shall be designed according to local construction style and greened and beatified. Bridge There are 43 medium and large bridges with total length 6519m. Among the highway bridges crossing over the river, the landscape impact of large bridges is large, especially for Yellow River bridge at LAK66+030. The large bridge construction will break down the water surface integrity, especially forming a huge barrier for the bridge surface is higher than water level. It shall focus on landscape design when designing the bridge, including the designs such as bridge type and color, to avoid strong contrast with surrounding landscape. If properly designed, it may beautify the nc,rmal surrounding landscape so that it may tum into the highlight of local landscape. r~J Impact analysis of interchanges on landscape There are 8 interchanges throughout the line. After field investigation, there are re5ident house, farmland and road surrounding local roads connected by interchanges. It is very normal landscape from the view of local resident. The interchanges will occupy large space in horizontal and vertical direction, and impose cutting effect on vision. If vertical greening is carried out to the interchange area, it may relieve this influence. Borrow pit Three borrow pits will be set along the line. The setting of borrow pit will directly damaged the original topography, landform and vegetation. The excavation of borrow pit will make the bedrock naked and form logging pot holes with strong color contrast with neighboring vegetation. At same time, during the soil borrowing and transportation, it may generate flying dusts during dry season and soil erosion during rainy season, which may destruct and impact the surrounding landscape. The borrow pits mainly affects the landscape during the construction period. After the construction is completed, the visual impact to the landscape can be eliminated through the restoration of vegetation. All borrow pits along the line are set beyond the visual scope, so the impact to landscape is small. [, Other temporary engineering area The temporary engineering facilities during constructions mainly include construction detour, campsite and fields. The local resident house along the line can be rented as construction campsite, which has little impact on landscape environment.The impacts of construction detour on landscape are mainly represented by : flying dust pollution 226 during construction period; directly discharge domestic sewage from prefabricated factory without treatment during eonstruction, which will pollute the water body and impact the environment quality of water body landscape; flue gas emitted from blending station during construction, which may lead to unharmonious air pollution to regional landscape environment. Although the impact on landscape can not be avoided during construction period, but it will be temporary. After the completion of construction, the impact can be almost eliminated through measures such as land recovery, greening and beautifying. 4.8.3 Impact analysis on landscape structure The highway in planning mainly occupies the cultivated land, forest land, desert grassland, water area, city and town, factory and mine, resident land and others. It occupies cultivated land with the area of 272.38hm2, forest land with the area of 5.06hm2, and desert grassland with the area of 264.22hm2. The impacts of highway construction on landscape ecology mainly include: the landscape area deerease of forest landscape, farmland landscape (including paddy field and dry land) and desert grassland, and increase of highway landscape area. Landscape area reduetion of forest, farmland, desert grassland is relative small compared with regional landscape, and will not impose adverse impact on the landscape ecology in whole region. However, it must be noticed that the impact of human development activities on landscape is strong; it is different from the repeatedly turbulent motion due to natural elements, the landscape structure change due to human disturbance tends to no direction. The landscape change due to natural factors needs long time, but the change by human development activities will complete in very short time. For the connectivity of all sections, the sections at both sides of highway construction will be separated and their original connectively will be broken down, but this separation is of small scale, which will not influence the material interchange among all sections. The landscape ecology before highway construction is in change; the size, boundary, species and non-species in all sections will change along with the human eeonomic activities, such as the planting area of planting sections and forest sections will change according to the market and economic benefit. The section area of resident will gradually increase along with the population expanding. Thus it can be seen the impact and disturbance of highway construction on landscape sections' size and structure will be dynamically balanced after few years. 4.8.4 Impact analysis on landscape eCOlogic system Human activities will destroy or break down the natural ecologic environment to certain extent. The regions passed by highway in planning has been affect by human activity and belong to semi-natural ecologic environment. The zone with frequently human activities such as town along the line belongs to completely separated zone from natural ecologic environment; the village, farmland and opened main road are also the main elements of breakdown of natural ecologic environment. therefore, the natural ecologic environment in regions passed by the highway in planning has been 227 separated by human activities as ecologic environment fractures. Highway construction destroys original topography landscape and grassland to a certain extent, and they are replaced with bridges, interchanges and asphalt road surface; the integrity and compatibility of original natural landscape will be damaged, btlt replaced with modernization colors. If properly protection and recover the landscape. another style of landscape may form along the highway. 4.8.5Comprehensive assessment of highway landscape quality [J Comprehensive assessment index Assessment of highway is of mUltiple factor assessment, so use comprehensive landscape assessment index, i.e.: In the formula: B comprehensive assessment index of highway landscape environment of certain region; X, - weighting value of assessment factor; F, - the score value of landscape I under certain assessment factor; o Weightiug value and scoring The weighting value distribution of assessment factor and scoring refer to table 4.8-1. According to the conditions along the highway, the B value along the line can be figured out from table 4.8-]: B=3.68. Table 4.8-1 Highway landscape environment assessment factors, weighting values and scoring table Weightin Evaluation factors g value Scoring (degree: score) Xi 1 Damage of ecology Severe 0.12 No damage:7 Slight damage: 4 i environment damage: 1 i 2. Animal rarity 0.05 Few: 4 Preferably few: 2 Normal: 1 i 3 Animal abundance 0.04 Extremely high: 3 Preferably high: 2 Normal: 1 Natural landscape 4. Plant rarity 0.05 Few: 4 Preferably few: 2 Normal: I 5 Plant abundance 0.04 Extremely high: 3 Preferably high: 2 Normal: 1 6. Topography, Extreme natural Preferab Ie natural geography 0.08 Normal: 1 and stable: 5 and stable: 3 naturalness, stability 228 7. Water body abundance, view 0.03 Extremely high: 4 Preferably high: 2 Normal: 1 value 8 celestial phenomena, season 0.03 Extremely high: 4 Preferably high: 2 Normal: 1 abundance, view value 1 virtual landscape 0.04 Extremely high: 4 Preferably high: 2 Normal: 1 abundance and rarity 2. Virtual landscape development and 0.06 Extremely high: 4 Preferably high: 2 General: 1 utilization extent Distance Distance away Distance away Human 3. Virtual landscape away from 0.06 from highway :s from highway :s landscape location highway >5 20m: .5 50m: 3 Om: 1 Famous inside and 4. Typical degree of .Famous at home 0.04 outside of Normal: 1 detailed view and abroad: 4 province: 2 5. View degree of 0.04 Extremely high: 4 Preferably high: 2 Normal: I detailed landscape 1. Public attention Preferably 0.08 Very attentive: 5 Normal: 1 degree attentive: 3 Impact Severe 2. Damage degree 0.12 No damage:7 Slight damage: 4 damage: I 3. Three effect degree 0.12 Extremely high: 6 Preferably high: 3 Normal: I D Quality assessment of landscape environment Landscape environment quality is presented with landscape quality percentage: Comprehensive landscape assessment index B M=------xIOO% Comprehensive landscape assessment index B* In the formula, the ideal landscape assessment index is the score value under ideal conditions, it can be figured out from table 4.8-1 as equal to 5.21, and the landscape quality percentage of highway along the highway is 70.63 %. As the reference of landscape environment quality classification, it is classified as class I, II, III and IV with difference value percentage classification method, refer to table 4.8-2; the detailed instruction different quality class refers to table 4.8-3. Table 4.8-3 Quality class standard for highway landscape environment 229 I i Quality class for highway I I II III IV landscape environment I I Quality status of landscape environment in regions Good Preferable General Bad along the line I I i I Compatibility degree of Preferable Preferable highway with the Compatible i Incompatible compatible incompatible landscape along the line Impact degree of highway Slight No adverse I Server construction on landscape adverse Damage impact damage environment along the line impact I It can be seen from table 4.8-3, the quality class of highway landscape environment is of class II; the quality status of landscape environment in regions along the highway is well; the highway is in compatible with the landscape along the line, its construction has slight adverse impact on the landscape along the line. 4.9 Analysis of Cumulative Impact 4.9.1 Overview of Cumulative Impact Evaluation The problem of cumulative impact was firstly put forward by American experts. The definition of cumulative impact is made in the national environmental policy act issued by the United States Commission on Environmental Quality in 1979, which is the impacts to the environment due to the increasing of impacts by combining the past, present and predictable future activities of one activity. Cumulative impacts will be generated if the environmental impact of one project is combined with the environmental impact of another project with the mode of synergism, or if the impacts to the environment by several projects are too frequency in time or too dense in space that the impacts of all projects can not be eliminated in time. The nature of cumulative impact is the superposition and enlargement of impacts of all signal activities. Compared with current popular impact of single project, its considerations are more comprehensive and thorough, but its difficulty is increased, too. In cumulative impacts, polluting sources mainly affect the environment in time and space. Common effects of cumulative impact are shown in table 4.9-1. 230 Table 4.9-1 Common cumulative effects No. Type Main characteristics Example Time Frequent and repeat impacts to one Continuously 1 "congestion" environmental element discharging refuses into rivers Space Dense impacts to one environmental Convergence of air 2 "congestion" element pollution smoke plumes Synergistic Synergistic impact to one Photochemical effect environmental element by several smog generated by 3 pollution sources the emission of gaseous pollutants into the atmosphere Time Environmental response IS lagging Carcinogenic effect 4 lagging behind the interference for a long time Space The appearance of environmental effect Acid rain appears lagging in the region far from the pollution at the place far 5 (boundary source from the pollution extension) source Trigger Destructive effect which changes the Global warming effect behavior of environment system caused by the 6 (breaking increasing of CO2 the in the atmosphere threshold) Indirect Secondary influences exceeding the Development at the effect main project in time surroundings 7 brought by the construction of roads Eroding The ecological system IS ripped and Gradual shrinking (broken) differentiated and disappearing of 8 effect natural ecological area 4.9.2 Evaluation of Cumulative Impacts by the Planned Project and the Highway from Lingwu to Tianshuibao on National Highway No.211 Cumulative effects macroscopically appear as the cooperative effects of the development of highway in planning and industry on surrounding environment and microcosmically appear as the cooperative effects of the project and other projects on surrounding environment. 231 DMacroscopic cumulative effects assessment On the one hand, implementation of the project in planning will vigorously release traffic difficulties in the area and will actively promote the social environment in the influence area; after the highway is built, enterprises in the influence area will be able to carry in raw materials and deliver products more conveniently and further improve industrial level in the influence area. In a word, the development of industry and highway can jointly promote socioeconomic development in the influence area. On the other hand, improper operation and management of highway during the construction and operation process will cause certain damage to aquatic environment and ecological environment, etc. in the influence area; whi Ie insufficient environmental protection prevention and treatment measures on the industrial wastewater, waste gas and waste residue caused during the developing process of industrial enterprises will also cause negative influence on atmospheric environment, aquatic environment and soil environment, etc. in the influence area. That is to say, at the time of promoting socioeconomic development in the influence area, the development of industry and highway wi II also jointly cause certain negative influence on aquatic environment, atmospheric environment and ecological environment, etc. along the line. (2) Microcosmic cumulative effects assessment .Cumulative effects assessment of the project in planning and the national highway 211 of Lingwu-Tianshuibao section The project in planning and the national highway 211 of Lingwu-Tianshuibao section are almost designed, constructed and built at the same phase. Cumulative effects of the two highways on environment mainly appear as time "crowding" and space "crowding". It appears as the influence on the common environmental sensitive target of the two highways during the construction period and operation period, e.g. noise additive effects of acoustic environment sensitive spots in villages and schools surrounding Wuzhong hub interchange (LAK43+030) at the way crossing, influences of production and domestic wastewater caused by bridge construction and construction encampment on the same river or irrigation channel, etc . • Cumulative effects assessment of the project in planning and railway The national highway 211 of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia communications line in planning and Dagu Railway, Guli Railway, Taizhongyin Railway and Baotou-Lanzhou Railway having been built in the project area passing through in the form of grade separation without ramps. Cumulative effects of highway and railway appear as encroaching (breakup) effects. Multi-crossing of highway and railway splits ecosystem in the project area into smaller area, which consequently causes the shrinkage of natural ecotope. 232 4.9.3 Evaluation of Cumulative Impacts by tbe Planned Project and Railway Besides, cumulative effects of the project in planning on environment also include indirect effects. Indirect effects appear as: on the one hand, highway construction will perfect transportation network in area along the line, be convenient for trips of vehicle and residents along the line, promote development and utilization of resources in perimeter area and consequently drive economic development of relevant areas still better; on the other hand, during the development and utilization process of above resources (e.g. land, tourism and mineral resources, etc.), improper management and operation will be extremely liable to cause adverse effects to environment, e.g. plant destruction and soil erosion, etc. 233 Chapter 5 Assessment of Impact of Project Construction on Baijitan National Nature Reserve 5.1 Survey of Baijitan Nature Reserve 5.1.1 Basic Situation Baijitan Nature Reserve lies in the desert in the east of Lingwu City, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region at east longitude 106°20'-106°37' and north latitude 37°49'-38°20', 64 km long from south to north and 21 km wide from east to west, 2 covering a total area of 74,843 hm , i.e. about 114 of the total area of Lingwu City. 2 Including a core area of 25,305 5hm , accounting for 33.81 % of the total area of the 2 reserve, a buffer area of 24,219 hm , accounting for 32.36%, and an experiment area 2 of 25,319 hm , accounting for 33.83%; If divided according to types of land, it 2 2 consists of woodland area of 141.8 hm , sparse woodland area of 1238.7 hm , bush 2 2 forest area of 235 1O.7hm , shrub area of 17035.3hm , immature forest area of 1681.9 2 2 hm , and land suitable for forestation of an area of 31 ,235.5 hm Core block Buffer Zone Highway and Railway in the Experimental Area Formally founded in 1986, the reserve is a natural reserve at the level of autonomous region. It was promoted to be a national nature reserve in 2000, which is a public welfare national desert nature reserve focusing on protection of typical desert ecosystem, biological diversity and protection of rare and endangered wild animal and 234 plant resources. The section LAK14+450~LAK32 of intended project is 17.55 km long, which passes the experiment zone of the nature reserve. See Figure 5.1-1 for the figure of locational relations between routes and nature reserve; 5.1.2 Soil, Hydrology and Landform Soil is mainly composed of typical sierozem, light sierozem, salinizated sierozem and steppe sandy soil. Rivers are mainly Tianshui River, Dahezigou and Changchengbiangou; There is quite little ground water in the area, which is an area seriously short of water. Lakes mainly include Yuan'yang Lake, which is currently dry most of time and only exists in rain season. Ma'anshan Mountain is the low hill area of the main peak, where there is serious water and soil erosion, and mountain torrents pours large amount of mud and sand directly into the Yellow River in flood season. Landforms inside the area include 3 types, namely, low hills area, gentle slope hills and desert low hills. o Low Hills Area It is mainly distributed in the west of the area, i.e. the east side of irrigation district with diverted water from the Yellow River with an average sea level of about 1,400m. It runs from south to north, 47 km long and 38 km wide; Xitianhe River bisects the low hills area into the southern and northern parts from east to west. The main peak of Ma'anshan Mountain with a height of 1,512 meters lies in the northern section, while Qiyan Mountain and Mainzi Mountain lie in the southern section; The parent materials of the hilly land is the remains of weathered bedrocks with serious wind erosion, a thin layer of soil and many gravels. o Gentle Slope Hills It belongs to erosion hills on the edge of E'erduosi terrace with a sea level of 1,300-1,400 meters, which gently ti Its from southeast to northwest with a relative height difference of about 50 meters and a slope degree smaller than 10 degrees. The parent materials of the gentle slope hills area is composed of the flood alluvium of the quaternary period and there is serious ground cutting and many ditches due to water and soil erosion. For example, the famous Dahezigou, Biangou and Shagou are alluvial ditches. o Desert Low Hills Area It is mainly distributed on the erosion hills of E' erduosi terrace and the south edge of Maowusu sand land, extending from Baota Village in Yanchi County in the east to the edge of irrigation zone with water diverted from the Yellow River, and Changliushuigou in the south in banded distribution, 40 km long from east to west and 10 km wide from south to north. Zhutou peak standing out in the middle of the area is 1,435 meters above seal level and bisects the desert into eastern and western parts. 235 Figure 5.1-1 Figure of Locational Relations between the Intended Project and Reserve 5.1.3 Natural Vegetation The vegetation of the area features quite obvious composition of lifeforms and law of 236 change. Firstly, the main vegetation of the whole area is dominated by perennial herbs, which account for 585 to 80% of the vegetation, and include certain distribution of zeric shrubs, undershrubs and small half-shrubs, which shows the zeric features ofthe basic vegetation in the reserve; Secondly, the proportions of the shrubs, half shrubs, undershrubs, small half shrubs, and zeric annual steppe plant species increases year by year from south to north with the arid water and ecological conditions and transition of vegetation types from steppe to steppe, desert steppe, and desert vegetation. And the undershrubs and small half shrubs show the most outstanding increase in proportion, while the proportion of perennial herbs decreases gradually; Thirdly, herbs account for over 70% of the deciduous bush woods vegetation.(The perennial herbs account for over 50%.), which shows certain steppe features of the bush vegetation in the reserve. Fourthly, perennial herbs account for over 50% ofthe desert vegetation, which further shows the steppe features of the desert vegetation in Ningxia. 5.1.4 Biological Diversity D Plant Resources According to inspection and relevant literatures, 53 families, 170 genus and 306 species of wild plants are distributed in Baijitan National Nature Reserve. Including 52 families, 169 genus and 303 species of seed plants, but only 1 family, 1 genus and 3 species of pteridophytes. Seed plants include 3 families, 6 genus and 10 species of gymnosperms, and 49 families, 163 genus and 293 species of angiosperms. 17,300 hectares of natural caragana shrubs exist in the nature reserve. In addition, there are 20,000 hectares of undershrub desert ecosystem mainly composed of domestically rare Oxytropis aciphylla. In addition, wild plants such as liquorice, ephedra, astragali and Cistanchesinensis Beck von Mannag are widely distributed there. The key wild plants under the state protection in the reserve include: Mongolian wheatgrass, grass family, wheagrass genus; Latin name: Agropyron mongolicum Keng. It is a level 2 protected species in "List of Key Plants under State Protection"(the \ 51 batch), and is a perennial herb with developed root system that can extend 100-\50 cm into the soiL It is mainly distributed in 20-60 cm deep soil layer and is a typical xerophyte with a strong vitality and great drought resistance, wind and sands, which is also one of the main vegetations in desert grassland and sand vegetations in typical grassland. Fa-cai: nostoc family; Latin Name: Nostoc flagelliforme It is a level 2 protected species in "List of Key Plants under State Protection"(the 1sl batch), and a kind of algae with a tiny and long boy, green-black and hairy, which is composed of mUltiple monocells buried in gelatinoid in strings. It grows under the desert plants in the form of disheveled black hair, therefore it is named "Fai-cai". 237 o Sand Holly: Leguminosae; Latin name: Ammopiptanthus mongo lie us (Maxim.) Cheng! It is an evergreen super xerophilous plant which grows well in gravel soil or gravel soil covered with a thin layer of sand. The seedlings of sand holly can resist frost injury at low temperature up to minus 20.9 . It is a vulnerable species and a unique evergreen shrub in desert and semi-desert areas in China, and an only evergreen and rare local tree species with a strong drought resistance, and is relic species in the desert plant system of the tertiary period widely distributed in the reserve, mainly in the south of the reserve. At present, due to excessive felling, sand holly community has been severely destroyed, resulting in ever shrinking distribution and the danger of gradual extinction. Through site survey, vegetation sample investigation and consultation of relevant data on the reserve, it has been found that the aforesaid protected plants are mainly distributed in the core area and buffer area of the reserve. o Animal Resources According to survey and data collected, it has found out that 5 classes, 24 orders, 50 families and 143 species of wild animals exist in the reserve in total, including 1 order, 2 family and 5 species of fish, I order, 1 family and 2 species of amphibians, and 2 orders, 4 families and 10 species of reptiles, and 14 orders, 31 families and 105 species of birds, and 6 orders, 12 families and 21 species of mammals. According to division of terrestrial vertebrate wild animals, 50 species of wild animals among the 4 classes, 23 orders, 48 families and 138 species of wild animal are completely distributed in Mengxin District of Palearctic realm, accounting for 36.2%, with 6 species completely distributed in oriental realm, accounting for 4.3%; In addition, there are 82 disperses species, accounting for 59.4%; 22 species among the wild animals that have been found out belong to key wild animals under the state protection, including 2 level 1 wild animals under the state protection such as black storks and great bustard, and 20 species of level 2 wild animals under the state protection such as Milvus species, whooper swan and mandarin duck etc.; In addition, 39 species such as Ardea purpurea and Botaurus stellaris etc. have been listed in Sino-Japanese Protocol for Protection of Migratory Birds and Habitats, and 8 species such as Sterna hirundo, Anas querquedula and Anas elypeata etc .. And 25 species are wild animals under the protection in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. According to the data provided by the management station of the protection area, protected animals in the protection area are mainly distributed in the core area and sparsely seen in the buffer zone. Both of the core area and buffer zone are far away from the planned project. Due to the existence of G307, Dagu railway, Taizhongyin railway, and other main roads in the experimental area, the protection area is divided into two parts. Protected wild animals seldom appear in this area, and there is no migration channel for protected wild animas. Some small rodent mammals are crushed occasionally, such as microtus fortis. No protected wild animals were crushed until now. 238 5.1.5 Reserve Construction and Management Baijitan National Nature Reserve Administration Bureau(Sand-Break Forest Farm) has 5 internal functional departments such as office, forest administration department, scientific research department and finance department etc., and it has established 6 sub-farms such as Daquan, Beishawo, Tianshui River, Baijitan and Ma'anshan etc. and 11 forest protection points. The core area and buffer area in the reserve are depopulated, and the experiment area' has a population of 1,020 people. National highway 307 runs through the reserve from east to west, with Langyong Highway (township highway) running across the south, and Taigu Railway and Taizhongyin Railway running across the middle of the reserve. Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line of the project runs through the experiment area of the reserve. Part of the power transmission passages planned and constructed by the coal and power departments in Ningxia lie in the reserve or runs through the reserve. And the reserve borders 7 towns of Lingwu City such as Majiatan Town, Langpiliang Township, Dumuqiao Township, Linhe Town, Dongta Township, Ciyaobao Town and Daquan Town etc .. Due to the crossing of G307, Dagu railway, Taizhongyin rai Iway, and other main roads in the experimental area, the protection area is divided into two regions in northern and southern. The construction time of G307 line is early. In June 2006, Lingwu section on G307 line was reconstructed, and it was completed and open to traffic on October 18 in the same; Taizhongyin railway was started its construction in 2006, and it will open to traffic in September 2009, and now it is in its last construction period; Dagu railway was started its construction in December, and it was open to traffic on October 20, 1995. 5.2 Analysis of Road Sections of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Tie Line Running Through the Reserve According to Figure 5.1-1 and engineering route figure, LAK 14+450~LAK32 section of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line runs through the experiment zone of Baijitan reserve, with the shortest distances of 300 meters to buffer area and 500 meters to the core area respectively. See Figure 5.2-1 and Table 5.2.1 for the details on the routes running through the road section. According to sample survey of the Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line in Section 3.3.1.2, section LAK13~29 of the intended project is community of Oxytropis aciphylla and Cynanchum Komarovii AL IL jinshi, and section LAK29-LAK33 is Artemisia ordosica community. See the Appendix Sample Questionnaire for details of the two communities. 239 Table 5.2-1 Summary Information on Section Project of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Tie Line Running Through Reserve Central Pile No. or Starting No. Name Note Pile No. 1 LAK14+760 Small bridge 2 LAK16+940 Small bridge Separated Interchange of Span over 3 LAK17+470 Taizhongyin Railway Taizhongyin Railway 4 LAKI8+070 Small bridge 5 LAKI8+310 I Natural Gas Pipeline 6 LAK19+200 Dahezigou Bridge Separated Interchange of Dagu Span over Dagu 7 LAK19+780 Railway Railway 8 LAK20+450 Zhoujiagou Bridge 9 LAK20+950 Henggou Bridge 10 LAK22+160 Routeway interconnected with Tianshui Intersected with G307 11 LAK23+450 River 12 LAK28+035 Big bridge 13 Other Road Sections Subgrade - f9!J ~. 'If- l 'l~ in fjf '*~ ~ 1"1 Iffl l?( .c,.. p( f!i: N' [3: ~,):; ~ [x: Figure 5.2-1 Engineering Conditions of Road Sections in Reserve and Current 240 Traffic Conditions See Table 5.2-2 for engineering analysis of engineering quantity Composition of Road Sections and Major Environmental Issues in the Experiment Area Project Major Environmental Impact Permanent Land Occupation: occupy shrubs, and land suitable for forestation, destroy The total length of the vegetation and cause loss of biomass; highway is 17.55 km. Subgrade Construction Period: water and soil erosion, Pavement: asphalt Pavement flying dust during construction and machinery concrete Project noise etc.; Land Occupation: Main Operational Period: sewage in surface runoffs, 184.49hm 2 Project traffic noise and exhaust discharge, animal passage and traffic congestion 7 bridges Construction Period: water and soil erosion, Bridge and I Interconnection pollution of water environment; impact of Interchange 2 Separated bridge construction on water bodies Project Interchange Operational Period: sewage in surface runoffs, 2 Passages vehicle noise and exhaust discharge According to the aforesaid engineering analysis, project construction may cause certain direct or indirect impact on the ecological environment in the reserve along the highway line. For example, disturbance of regional surface soil, occupation of shrubs and land suitable for forestation etc.; Noise of construction machinery affect the animal habitats; Engineering construction destroys natural landscape along the highway line and causes water and soil erosion etc .. Meanwhile, the scope of the road section LAK 14+450~LAK32 running through the experiment area has been affected by several traffic arteries, for example, G307, Taizhongyin Railway, Oagu Railway, and several village roads, tractor-ploughed roads and a natural gas pipeline. 5.3 Analysis of Influences of Project Construction on Nature Reserve 5.3.1 Rationality Analysis of Engineering Construction Establishment According to Section 5.2 and Figure 5.2-1, section LAK14+450~LAK32 of the intended project establishes 7 bridges, 1 interconnection, 2 separated interchanges and 2 passages, and the other road sections are all subgrade projects. Establishment of engineering construction has given sufficient consideration to impact on the current passages along the highway line, and the interconnection is established for the sake of communications with vehicles from and to G307. Tow separated interchanges have been established to meet the need of current railway traffic, and 6 bridges and I 241 passage have been established to meet the traffic need of residents on both sides of he highway. The project has given sufficient consideration to the traffic need of the wild animals and residents along the highway in design according to facilities and landforms along the highway, which has reduced the impact of engineering construction on wild animals and residents along the highway due to obstruction caused thereby. Generally speaking, establishment of the engineering construction is relatively rational. 5.3.2 Analysis of Influences on Biological Diversity o Influences on Plant Diversity The key objects under protection in the reserve are as follows: 17,300 hectares of natural caragana shrubs distributed in the central core area of the reserve, 20,000 hectares of undershrub desert ecosystem mainly composed of Oxytropis aciphylla distributed in the northern core area of the reserve; The key plants under protection are Mongolian wheatgrass, Fa-cai and Sand Holly. In the areas along the highway line, section LAKI4+450-32 is dominated by shrubs, mainly including two types vegetation such as Artemisia ordosica, Oxytropis aciphylla and Cynanchum Komarovii AL ILjinshi with relatively monotonous species and no distribution of key wild animals and plants under protection. The intended project will not occupy undershrubs mainly composed of caragana shrubs, and will not involve key protected plants. In addition, the occupied vegetation is common species on grassland, and highway construction will decrease the total quantity of the plant species along the highway line instead of extinction, and will only have minor impact on the diversity of the plants. According to engineering estimation, the occupied forest land by the road section in the natural protection area is 5.55hm2. Artemisia ordosica is the main type of vegetation. It is not valuable natural habitat. o Influences on Animal Diversity The wild animals inside the reserve are mainly migratory birds, and the range of motion of the animals is relatively fixed due to restriction of environmental conditions, wilich is mainly distributed in 173,00 hectares of natural shrubs mainly composed of caragana and 20,000 hectares of undershrubs mainly composed of Oxytropis aciphylla. The intended project runs through the central experiment area of the reserve, and is at a certain distance away from the core area. In addition, Taigu Railway, Taizhongyin Railway and G307 exist in the current experiment area, so the intended project running through the experiment area has long been influenced by traffic noise. In addition, due to the monotonous vegetation in the experiment area with only 25% of community coverage ratio, it is not suitable for habitat of the wild animals. Though the intended project is occasionally haunted by the wild animals, such animals are mainly birds flying across the area. 242 So construction of the intended project has minor impact on the wild animals in the reserve o Impact on animals under state protection The wild animals under the state protection in the reserve are mainly birds, most of which are migratory birds. Due to serious artificial interference, harsh ecological environment and monotonous vegctation in the experiment area in the locality of the intended project, it is not suitable for habitat of birds in the reserve, and there are natural shrubs in the core area of the reserve which can serve as the habitat of the wild animals under the state protection. Therefore there is a small possibility that the wild animals under the state protection will enter into the experiment area, which are mainly birds, and highway operation will have minor impact on them. 5.3.3 Influences on Ecosystem in the Reserve Baijitan Nature Reserve is a public welfare state desert nature reserve mainly for protection of typical desert ecosystem, biological diversity, and rare and endangered wild animal and plant resources. Project construction will occupy the shrubs in the experiment area of the reserve instead of the buffer area or core area. The natural vegetation along the highway is mainly drought-resistant perennial or annual shrub and half shrubs with resistance to thin soil, serving as the main vegetation for consolidating soil and preventing sand, and water and soil erosion with quite obvious ecological functions and protective function. In addition, due to restriction of the regional natural ecological conditions, there are scarce plants and poor biomass in the region, and the wild animals get away from the region due to influence of the current railways and highways. Therefore, highway construction has no great impact on the scope of reserve and completeness of the functional area, and has minor influence on the ecosystem in the reserve. 5.3.4 Analysis oflmpact of Engineering Construction on Vegetation in the Reserve o Estimation of Biomass Loss of Vegetation Due to land requisition, temporary pavements and construction period etc., highway construction has caused loss or destruction of the soil and vegetation along the highway line. See Table 5.3-1 for land occupation by the road section in thc experiment area: 243 Table 5.3-1 Table of Estimated Land Occupation of the Road Section in the Experiment Area Unit: hm 2 Shrub Land Occupation Building Other Un utilized Woodland Suitable for Total type land Land Land Forestation Area 5.55 36.16 108.47 1.82 31.96 0.53 184.49 Percentage 19.6 58.79 3.01 0.99 17.32 0.29 100 (%) Permanent land occupation by the road section of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie lien in the 2 experiment area is I 84,49hm , accounting for 0.73% of the total area of the experiment area of the nature reserve. For example, land suitable for forestation 2 occupies the most land area, that is 108.74 hm , accountin~ for 58.79% of the total lal1d occupation, followed by shrubs that occupy 36.16 hm ,accounting for 19.6%, 2 and other land that occupy 31.96 hm , accounting for 17.32%, and woodland that 2 occupy 5.55hm , accounting for 3.01% Therefore, the types of land occupation in the road section in the experiment area are mainly land suitable for forestation and shrubs, and the vegetation on such land will be lost due to project construction. Highway construction will destroy the vegetation along the highway line. As shown in the survey results of the current distribution of vegetation, the main vegetations that may be directly impacted by the project are shrubs and forestry vegetation. Listed in Table 5.3-2 is the estimated lost vegetation area and biomass loss due to permanent and temporary land occupation by the project; According to Table 5.3-2, the vegetation area permanently destroyed due to project construction in the experiment area is 150.18hm2 with a biomass loss of244.001. Table 5.3-2 Table of Estimated Biomass Changes due to Land Requisition by Road Sections in the Experiment Area Average Types of Quantity loss of No. Project 2 Biomass ) Land (hm 2 biomass (t) Ctlhm ) Shrub, Land Shrub, Land Project Suitable for 144.63 1.58 228.52 Suitable for I land occupying Forestation Forestation Woodland 5.55 2.79 15.48 Woodland Analysis of Influences on Vegetation As the project runs across the experiment area of the nature reserve, the major objects influenced thereby are natural landscape and desert animal and plant resources, and 244 basically no destruction will be caused to the key wild protected plants distributed in the core area. According to site survey of the land requisitioned by the intended project, no distribution of key protected wild plants or ancient trees and renowned plants was found. The representative vegetation that might by destroyed during the construction period of the highway is mainly two vegetations such as Artemisia ordosica, Oxytropis aciphylla and Cynanchum Komarovii AL IL jinshi, which are common species in the reserve. Highway construction has not destroyed the key protected vegetation, or tracts of natural caragana and Oxytropis aciphylla shrubs. Meanwhile, after the vegetation is felled due to land occupation by the highway, the management department of the reserve can plant vegetation thereafter and resume the local vegetation quite soon through fully making use of the compensation funds. (delete) In addition, suitable local plants can be selected to planted on the side slopes of the highway to partly make up for the losses of the vegetation along the highway line. Generally speaking, the intended project has only caused minor influences on the forestry and grass resources in the reserve. 5.3.5 Impact of Water& Soil Erosion and Desertification Section LAK 14+450 to 30+850 of the planned project is located in the experimental area of Baijitan natural reserve. The coverage of vegetation is relatively low. During the construction stage of this project, it will have certain influences to soil erosion, water loss and desertification in small ranges of the project area. Temporary access roads constructed in the project construction period will damage surface vegetations and worsen the soil erosion, water loss and desertification, because flattening, felling, and other measures will have to be taken for the construction of highway. The development unit must construct strictly according to the design field and route. Woodland should not be occupied and vegetation should not be damaged at will to prevent soil erosion, water loss and desertification due to the construction of this project. During the construction of this project, shrub land should not be occupied or only a small area of it should be occupied for the erection of temporary facilities. Existing roads should be used as access roads, and temporary access roads should not be built only a few should be built to prevent scattered construction sites in a large area, which will cause improper interconnection between land occupation and management, and prevent random occupation of woodland and destruction of vegetation as well as water and soil erosion and desertification . Meanwhile, the existing vegetation shall be protected if possible to prevent soil erosion and desertification. The construction unit shall adopt necessary measures to resume vegetation for the temporarily-used land according to the requirements of the unit as the land owner after completion of construction. For example, ploughing the land at due time, sowing grass seeds or spot seeding of tree seeds to increase the coverage ratio of the ground vegetation rapidly and realize the purpose of resuming natural vegetation, reducing water and soil erosion and preserve water and soil to minimize the impact of construction. 245 5.4 Opinions of Competent Department of the Protection Area On October 15, 2008, the Communication Department of Ningxia put forward the petition for crossing the protection area to the People's Government of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region through the document No. (2008) 49 "Petition on Crossing the Baijitan Natural Reserve by the Highway from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.211". Subsequently, the government of the autonomous region transfer it to the forestry bureau of the autonomous region to officially reply relevant problems. On January 21, 2009, the forestry bureau of the autonomous region put forward the opinions of the industry competent authority through document No. (2009) 28 "Opinions on Crossing Baijitan Natural Reserve by the Section from Lingwu to Tianshuibao and the Tieline from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.211 by Forestry Bureau of the Autonomous Region", as follows: 1. The section from Lingwu to Tianshuibao and the tieline from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on national highway No.2ll are the construction projects which are actively promoted by the State Council in "Severa) Opinions on Further Improving thle Economic and Social Development of Ningxia". They are the important components of "three vertical and nine horizontal" arterial highway network. Meanwhile, this line crosses the Maowusu desert area, therefore, it will greatly promote the sand control projects and ecological construction. The construction of this project will have great significance in accelerating the development of central part of our district, constructing the ecological barrier at the western of China, and promoting the exploitation of resources in· surrounding areas and the social and economic development of the autonomous region. 2. The tieline crosses the experimental area of Lingwu Baijitan Natural Reserve. Through field investigation by the management bureau of Baijitan Natural Reserve, the tiel ine crosses the experimental area of the protection area for 16.4km. In view of the great significance of this project and the specific situation of crossing the experimental zone of the protection area, our bureau agrees the crossing in principle. 3. It is suggested that wood land of the protection area should be occupied as less as possible during the selection of route passing the protection area. The route should pass the periphery of the experimental area to reduce the damage to the wild life resources and the ecological system of the protection area. 4. Before construction, relevant procedures should be transacted for the occupation of wood land according to relevant national laws, regulations and programs. 5.5 Protection Program for the Nature Reserve Aiming at the opinions put forward by the management department of the protection area, the following protection measures are taken. Through long term tracking and monitoring, the effectiveness of the protection measures is evaluated. If ecological environmental problems occur, other effective measures will be taken in time to stop further damage to the ecological environment. 246 5.5.1 Protective Measures for Vegetation and Animals Strengthen management, and prohibit felling or destruction of the shrubs outside the requisitioned land D Prohibit establishment of construction camp and site, or temporary land occupation such as borrowing pit and spoil ground etc. within the nature reserve. Prohibit construction personnel from digging medicinal herbs such as licorice etc. or hunting wild protected animals. Stripe the surface soil (20 cm thick) on the subgrade before construction and cover the surface soil on the side slopes after construction . . Optimize the construction time and evade the peak period of the motion of the wild animals. Morning, dusk and evening are the peak period for wild animals to move about, breed and seek foods, and high-noise operation such as explosion or piling shall be avoided in the aforesaid periods. Il The scope of construction shall be made definite during construction, and the construction personnel are strictly prohibited to dig earth at random in the reserve or destroy vegetation outside the scope of construction. Get on and drive vehicles on the construction pavements; It is strictly prohibited to drive vehicles outside the pavements. Corresponding punitive mechanism shall be formulated to better protect the vegetation. 5.5.2 Requirements for Selecting the Site of Construction Pavement Due to the long distance of the road section running through the experiment area of the intended project, it is inevitably that part of the construction pavements shall be rebuilt, and the following requirements have been put forth according to Figure 5.2-1 and the current traffic conditions in the road sections: Take into account and make a full use of the current G307 to transport building materials and earthwork to reduce establishment of transport passages. II Give priority to the existing village roads, tractor-ploughed roads for expansion and upgrading of pavements In case of no available eXlstmg roads in surrounding areas, new construction pavements may be built, which shall have the most immediate and shortest connection with the village roads to reduce the length of the newly-built construction pavements. 5.5.3 Me~sures for Reducing Land Occupation in Reserve The intended project will occupy 184.49hm2 of land in the reserve, and further land-saving measures shall be taken during the next phase of design due to the large land occupation. 1) Strictly control the height of subgrade filled and dug during construction, duly 247 increase the proportion of bridges, reduce land occupation in the reserve and the area of the destructed vegetation in the reserve under the premise that engineering indexes such as engineering safety and flood-prevention etc. are met, 2) Maintain the integrity of the original drainage and irrigation system in the reserve, and reduce cutting of the farmland water-conservancy facilities and roads for agricultural machinery. The construction unit shall negotiate with the local government and peasants in time during construction, and duly adjust the location and quantity of the culverts and passages according to their requirements to guarantee normal plowing of the agricultural machinery. 3) In case the height of the subgrade cannot be lowered in the road section that runs across the reserve, measures for shrinking base of slope such as retaining wall etc. shall be taken into consideration. Land-saving rectangular ditches shall be adopted as the drainable ditches, and both the width of the berms and the distance from the exterior edge of the drainage ditches to the site of the land used shall be 1 meter. Positive projection area shall be adopted for land occupation by bridges. In addition, other road sections by the hills shall construct roads and bridges half by half if ccnditions permitting to reduce land occupation by the subgrades. 5.:5.4 Requirements for Vegetation Restoration The road section in the experiment area of the intended project occupies I 84.49hm2 of land, including 5.55hm2 of woodland and 144.63hm2 of grassland. Afforestate the road sides and central separation zone after completion of the project; Focus on maintaining the current vegetation in the reserve and select the existing tree and grass species in the reserve if possible; Consult with the management department of the reserve in case of introducing tree species. Retain the surface soil in case of m;'wly-built construction pavements on 'the road sides. Resume the vegetation after construction. 5.5.5 Protective Measures for Environment Quality Streng1hen vehicle monitoring, and control passage of the vehicles with noise or exhaust exceeding relevant standards to protect the environment inside the nature reserve. Arrange construction personnel to learn relevant state and local laws, rules and regulations on the nature reserve, and carry out universal publicity and education on relevant environment protection laws, rules and relevant knowledge on environment protection to improve the awareness of environment protection. It is strictly forbidden to poach or destroy desert grassland at random etc .. ) Add sign boards at the boundary between the buffer area and experiment area of the reserve, and inform all the construction personnel. The construction personnel and construction machinery are strictly forbidden to enter into the buffer area, and corresponding punitive measures shall be formulated. 248 5.5.6 Environment Supervision and Management The management organ of the reserve shall appoint corresponding personnel to conduct regular inspection tour and supervision over the ecological environment during construction with the construction unit to prevent further destruction of the surrounding ecological environment. And environment supervision agency may be entrusted to track and supervise construction. Supervision focuses on the following issues: I i Supervise the construction behaviors and implementation of environmental protection measures and water-soil retaining measures during construction in the reserve; Supervise establishment of construction pavements and vehicle transport as well as pollution caused during transport of construction materials; Supervise construction behaviors involving temporary land occupation and scope of construction; It is strictly forbidden to fetch earth, desert earth or dig sand in the reserve at random; Supervise implementation of protective measures of the side slopes of the subgrade and measures for improving side ditches; Vegetation shall be adopted to protect the side slopes if possible. 249 Chapter 6 Scheme of water and soil conservation To reduce and control new soil erosion in road engineering construction, guarantee road production, construction and safe operation, protect water and soil resources and optimize eco-environment, in accordance with the requirements of relevant national laws and regulations and rules of the Ministry of Water Resources, on the basis of comprehensive information collection and field investigation, sticking to the principles that" water & soil conservation facilities and main engineering shall be designed, constructed and put into use simultaneously" and that "blocking before dumping". on account of the soil erosion features and prevention & control requirements in engineering construction, based on the predictive analysis on engineering soil erosion, we hereby put forward the water & soil conservation scheme for the project 6.1 The Present Status of Soil Erosion & Conservation in Project Site 6.1.1 The present status of soil erosion The road to be constructed crosses the soil erosion type area in Ningxia arid grasslands. Arid grassland mainly include the north part of Tongxin and the north and middle part ofYanchi to the east ofQingshuihe, where climate is dry and precipitation is scarce. It's located at the transitional zone between the east monsoon region and the WI~St arid region with much northwester, fragile eco-system. Additionally its ground is bare in winter and spring, and its soil is mostly Aeolian soil, so the Aeolian erosIon is severe. The soil erosion form is coexistence of aeolian and water erosion, with aeolian. erosion as the main form. Its annual erosion modulus is 500~3000tlkm2, so it's a mild, medium Aeolian erosion region. As the project is located in Lingwu City and Wuzhong City of Litong Region and Qingtongxia City, it shall be a key controlling area in accordance with the "Announcement of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region's People's Government on Key Soil-Erosion Prevention & Control Area Division and Conceding the Slope Arable Land to Forestry within Time Limit". 6.1.2 Reasons for Soil Erosion (l)Nature Elements Along with the project site is the southwest part of Lingyan Mesa, whose surface undulates, and it inclines slightly from the east to the west, with a series of mounds and dales. It has a thin sedimentary formation in quaternary system and wide spreading dunes and flat denes, which form several sand strips from south to north or from east to west. Its soil has low organic contents, few crumb structures and poor corrosion resistance. These topographic and soil features are inherent elements for soil erosion. 250 The average precipitation along with the project site is about 192.9mm, concentrating in July, August and September. The precipitation is concentrated, the rainy time is short and short-time slope surface runoff is concentrated. The project site is arid with little rainfall, strong evaporation, strong wind, and many sands. Its annual average wind speed is 3.2m/s. its wind power is usually level 2~5 with level 8 to the maximum. These are the exterior elements for the coexistence of Aeolian and water erosion in the project site. (2)Human Elements As economy and society develop, production and construction projects keep increasing and expanding, water & soil resources are damaged and encroached, so new soil erosion keeps growing. Man-induced soil erosion mainly includes those due to man-induced damages to original land forms and vegetations with land clearing, deforestation, vegetation stripping, drug ingredient excavation, random reclamation, excavation, soil & dreg dumping, sand digging and soil collecting etc. Human and Nature Elements Enhance Each Other, which Accelerates the Local Soil Erosion 6.1.3 Soil Erosion's Hazards Soil erosion's hazards are mainly shown as follows:(l)vegetation area keeps shrinking, soil corrosion is accelerated, and soil erosion is to be on the rise; (2) surface soil is washed off, arable land is reduced, and crop yield reduces; (3) the eco-environment deteriorates, soil erosion area increases, which make water table rise to salinize soil to inflict severe hazard to industrial & agricultural production and people's lives; (4) sediment silts in riverbed and hydraulic projects to make river's cross section shrink, flood stage rise, and irrigation & drainage channels silt up, do as to affect project's effectiveness. 6.1.4 The Present Status of Water & Soil Conservation The desert and grassland area where the road to be constructed crosses is the key soil erosion controlling area in the autonomous region. The area has poor nature conditions, fragile eco-system and weak self-adjustment capability, so the key to water & soil conservation work shall be concentrated on soil erosion control, production condition & eco-environment optimization and supervision and protection work are important as well. Recently, the counties and cities in the area comprehensively mobilize people, to fasten soil erosion control, keep building and optimizing prevention & supervision institutions and staffs, forcefully launch the prevention & supervision on water & soil conservation, implement water & soil conservation scheme reporting system, stop with all strength the soil erosion and desertification caused by man-induced production & construction, excessive grazing, and land clearing etc, which effectively consolidates and develops the achievements of water & soil conservation to put water & soil conservation work gradually on track 251 of legal controlling. And for many years, the area vigorously launches a comprehensive controlling campaign on soil erosion with trees & grasses planting as its main contents. It develops groundwater resources, builds shelter belt, constructs dams in low mountains, hills, rivers, and streams and fence and optimize grassland, to establish a layout of an oasis with developed farming and animal husbandry. It also makes use of Yanhuanding Yanghuang Project to develop irrigation with pumped water, so the Aeolian erosion and desertification are effectively controlled. 6.1.5 Water & Soil Conservation Controlling Experience Referential to the Project The successful Water & Soil Conservation Controlling Experience in the Project Site Mainly Includes: Proper road greening and tree seeds good for vegetation restoring: with the local experiments and research for many years and forestation practice, through the filtering of proper tree species and breeding selection of fine species, it's found that the proper seeds include Russian olive, river locust, and Caragana microphylla etc and proper pasture grasses such as sand sagebrush etc. Water & soil conservation measures adopted in the construction of the roads passing the project site are as follows: slope trees & grasses planting is mainly adopted on roadbed slope and the slope is protected with mortar flagstone etc. Proper local species are chosen for side slope planting and mortar flagstone slope protection to consolidate side slopes to form a side slope protection system. From the above-mentioned successful controlling experience, we can conclude that to protect the water and soil after the earth surface is disturbed in the project, we have to stick to the controlling principle that "Engineering measures are the priority and the plant measures shall follow up", to make protection and blocking measures together with engineering measures and supplement the engineering measures with plant ones, to reduce soil erosion caused by construction as much as possible, so as to achieve the fundamentally effective controlling on late-phase soil erosion. 6.2 Prediction on Soil Erosion 6.2.1 Analysis on Soil Erosion Impact Caused by Engineering Construction Elements for soil erosion mainly include local soil's soil parent material and structure, topographic elements such as gradient and slope length, local climate elements such as precipitation, precipitation intensity, wind power etc, and vegetation elements such as vegetation coverage rate etc. Prediction phase of soil erosion shall be divided to construction phase and natural restoration phase. 252 o Analysis on the Sensing Units of Soil Erosion in Construction Phase Cut and filled section: in the construction phase, a lot of land fill fonns certain gradient and sloping surface, so sheet and channel erosion are easy to be formed and the erosion intensity will be strengthened as the land fill gets higher. If it's exposed to the direct erosion of rainfall in rainy season, side slope will form sheet erosion; severe channel erosion or even sloping surface collapse will happen if it meets intense storm. Earth Pits: The land is cleared in earth pit, soil body is disturbed, the soil is easier to have water and gravitational erosion, and there will be some soil erosion in rainy season. Bridges and culverts: the waste slag or mud form the excavated surface of bridges, the foundation excavation of bridges and culverts in construction will have soil erosion if they are not controlled properly. Construction production and living area: the soil's original land features and vegetation have been damaged in the area, so it's easier to have soil erosion. Construction road: soil erosions like sputtering, channel and sheet erosion are easy to happen in construction roads' building. o Analysis on Soil Erosion in Natural Restoration Phase In road engineering's natural restoration phase, as pavement, buildings and part of ground have been hardened, so there won't be any soil erosion. For some engineering units adopting plant protection measures, before the plant measures have fully worked in water & soil conservation in natural restoration phase, there will be slight soil erosion due precipitation and runoff washing. 6.2.2 Prediction Units and Time Intervals of Soil Erosion o Soil Erosion's Prediction Scope and Areas According to the influential elements for road projects' soil erosion and construction features of the project, we intends to divide the project site into 4 soil erosion areas to make predication, namely, main engineering area, earth pit, construction production and living area and construction road area. The prediction units include pavement, side slope, culvert, overpass engineering, other auxiliary engineering, earth pit, construction production & living area and construction roads. 0 According to statistic analysis, the possible soil erosion area caused in construction 2 preparatory phase and construction phase is 574.54.17hm , and the possible soil 2 erosion area in natural restoration phase is 186.7.49hm , and the detailed prediction outcomes are as shown in Table 6.2-1. 253 Table 6.2-1 Predication of soil erosion and water loss area Unit: hm 2 Construction Preparatory Natural No. Section Phase, Construction Phase Restoration Phase 1 Pavement 204.89 2 Side slope 191.78 115.07 3 Bridges 19.15 0 4 crossroads 107.18 32.15 5 Others 18.66 5.6 6 Earth Pits 30.1 30.1 Construction Production 7 2.7 2.7 & Living Area 8 Construction Road 1.08 1.08 Total 575.54 186.7 Note: 1. In natural restoration phase, as bridge foundation and abutment have both been hardened, so there won't be any soil erosion in the foundation and abutment. 2. Soil erosion area in natural restoration phase =restorable vegetation area + area of land possible for secondary cultivation. 3. Construction Road 1.08.03hm2 (the construction road is preliminarily estimated as 2.26 km, with the roadbed width of 4.5m), Construction Production & Living Area2.7hm2 IJ The time interval of soil erosion forecast The least favorable time interval is taken as the forecast time intervals for every single engineering unit. The forecast time interval is taken as the whole year if the construction lasts longer than rainy season; the forecast time interval will be counted according to the proportion of the construction's length to the length of rainy season if the construction doesn't last longer than rainy season. As the engineering volumes of earth work's excavation, transportation, filling and dumping are larger in construction, the corresponding soil erosion in transportation will be larger, so construction phase is the focus of the prediction. According to schedule, the project is planned to start its construction in July, 2009 and to be completed at the end of 2012, with the construction phase of 3 and half a year. The rainy season is the project site is from July to September. The project's construction preparatory phase is the beginning of 2009. And the areas with soil erosion are mainly construction road and construction production & living area. The forecast time intervals of theditIerent soil erosion forecast areas in the 254 project's construction preparatory phase and construction phase are fixed according to different areas' construction time intervals and the detailed forecast time intervals for the different areas' soil erosion are as shown in Table 6.2-2. Table 6.2-2 Predicative time intervals for the different areas' soil erosion Unit: year Time interval forecast (year) Prevention & Note Controlling Area Construction Natural phase Restoration Phase Part of the pavement is Pavement 31 2 hardened in the late phase Side slope 3 2 Bridges 2 2 crossroads 2 2 Others 3 2 Earth Pits 3 2 Construction Production 4 2 & Living Area Construction R~ 4 2 6.2.3 Forecast Contents and Methods D Prediction Contents The sand-stone material needed in the project is purchased from quarry. In accordance with the "Law of the Peoples Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation" and its regulations and the principle that "Those who develop it shall protect it and those who cause soil erosion shall control it", the soil erosion caused by quarrying in quarry shall be controlled by the quarry owner, so we don't make soil erosion forecast and water & soil conservation measure design on quarry here. o The Original Land Features are Disturbed and Land and Vegetation Area are Damaged The disturbed original land features, damaged land and vegetation area in construction mainly include the permanently occupied land of the project (land occupied for roadbed excavation & filling, and auxiliary facilities along with the project site), temporarily occupied land (Land occupied for earth pits, roads, and production & living faci lities). The road project to be constructed has a permanently occupied land 2 2 of 541.66hm (Including semi-desert grassland of 264.21 hm , arable land of 272.39 255 2 2 hm , forest land of 5.06hm ), and there are other temporarily occupied land of 33.SShm2, all of which are semi-desert grassland, including earth pits of 30.1 hm2, construction road of 1.0Shm2 (The roadbed width of construction road is taken as 2 4.5m), construction production & living area of 2.7hm , so there is the land of 575.54hm2 whose original land features have been disturbed. (g,)Number of the Damaged Water & Soil Conservation Facilities Through field survey and 1: 10000 topographic map calculation, the water & soil conservation facilities damaged in construction of the road to be constructed mainly include semi-desert grassland, forest land and arid land. The area of the water & soil 2 conservation facilities damaged in the road construction will reach 575.54.66hm • Q)Prediction on Dumped Volumes of Soil (Dreg) According to earthwork balancing situation of this project, this project has no permanent spoil. (2)Forecast methods The experience quotation is planned to be adopted on soil erosion volume forecast: fI Wi= I (F, x Aft x 1~) ,~I In the quotation: WI --Soil erosion volume of the disturbed land surface (t); Fi --The disturbed land surface's area in one area (km2); Mi--The soil erosion modulus in one area (t/km2 -a); Ti- ~Soil erosion forecast year limit (a); Predicted Section Ascertaining of Erosion Modulus: Q)Erosion Modulus Ascertaining for the Soil with Original Land Features According to the average erosion modulus of different land types in the project site and the areas whose land surfaces are disturbed in the different forecast units, the average erosion modulus' background value for the soil with original land features in the project site is 1,945tl (km2-a) through weighted average calculation. The detailed analyses and calculation are as shown in Table 6.2-3. 256 Table 6.2-3 List of Erosion Modulus' Background Value for the Soil of the Project to be Constructed 2 Project Types of Occupied Land (hm ) Original House Semi-dese Irrigated Wood I Arid Modulus Foundati Desert Total rt pasture land and land [t/(km2.a)] on Pavement 103.24 99.21 0 0 2.44 0 204.89 1917 Side slope 104.08 85.08 0 0 2.62 0 191.78 1988 Bridges 5.31 13.84 0 0 0 0 19.15 1499 Crossroads 51.58 48.99 0 0 0 6.61 107.18 1897 Others 0 0 0 0 18.66 1000 Earth Pits 30.1 0 0 0 0 30.1 2800 Construction Production 2.7 0 0 0 0 2.7 2800 & Living Area Construction 1.08 0 0 0 0 1.08 2800 Road Total 298.09 265.78 0 0 5.06 6.61 575.54 1945 Comparison of the disturbed soil's erosion modulus in different project areas from Yanchi to Zhongning Highway are as shown in Table 6.2-4. Table 6.2-4 Soil erosion modulus of all project areas after disturbance Unit: t/(km2.a) Investigation Information Information on th n I Comparison From Yanchi to Measured Corrected Zhongning 0211 Line Section Value Value Highway Main Average Soil Average Soil Erosion Engineering Erosion Modulus 10250 Modulus of Main 10969 Area of Cut Side Slope Engineering Area Average Soil Erosion Earth Pit Area Modulus of Earth Pit 11000 Area Average Soil Erosion Construction Modulus in 11000 Road Area Construction Road Area Average Soil Erosion Construction Modulus in Production & Construction 9000 Living Area Production & Living Area 257 According to the calculation of analogy engineering, there is no soil erosion in the areas whose ground has been hardened or covered with engineering measures in natural restoration phase, and at this time plant measures begin to work, so the average soil erosion modulus in different areas in the second year of natural 2 restoration phase is 800~ 1500tl(km .a) 0 6.2.4 Forecast Outcomes As forecasted, in the project's construction preparatory phase and construction phase, the soil erosion volume is 165.6 thousand t, in natural restoration phase, the soil erosion volume is 5.7 thousand t and it's 171.3 thousand t in total. The newly added amount of water and soil erosion is the total amount of water and soil erosion less background amount of erosion, therefore the newly added amount of water and soil erosion is 133200 tons. The Forecasted Soil Erosion Volume Caused by Construction is shown as in Table 6.2-5. Tnble 6.2-5 Table on the Forecasted Soil Erosion Volume Construction phase Natural Restoration Phase Total The project Backgro 0:ewly Backgro Newly Backgro Newly Erosion Erosion Erosion site und Added und Added und Added Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Pavement 5.53 l.l8 4.35 0 0 0 5.53 1.18 4.35 Side slope 6.62 l.l4 5.48 0.44 0.46 -0.02 7.06 1.6 5.46 Bridges I 0.46 0.06 0.4 0 0 0 0.46 0.06 0.4 Temporary 2.36 0.41 1.95 0 0 0 2.36 0.41 1.95 Soil Yard Others 0.45 0.06 0.39 OOl~ 0 0.46 0.D7 0.39 Earth Pits 0.99 0.25 0.74 O.ll 0.17 -0.06 l.l 0.42 0.68 Construction Production & 0.1 0.D3 0.07 0.01 0.02 -0.01 0.11 0.05 0.06 Living Area Construction 0.05 0.01 0.04 0 0.01 -0.01 0.05 0.02 0.03 Road. Total 16.56 3.14 13.42 0.57 0.67 -0.1 17.13 3.81 13.32 6.2.5 Forecast on Soil Erosion's Hazards (l)To aggravate soil erosion, increase sedimentation in river-way and water body, and silt riverbed; especially in windy season, it's easier to have wind erosion, which will have negative impact on the production & living of people around. (2)1mpact on Water Environment: If the soil dumping and the cleared cut and fill side slope are washed by heavy rain, the soil will be drained away with water, and some of it will be brought into river to make the water body more turbid and thus influence the water quality. 258 Effects on farmlands: There are two kinds of impacts brought by soil erosion from road construction, one is on the sections connecting farmlands, especially road embankment, bridges, or intersections. The sediment eroded from rainfall will flow directly to the farmlands out of engineering sites. As the gradient of slope becomes slighter, most sediments will silt down, to form a "sand pressed farmland"; the other is that the fine sediments will flow downward with water and enter into farmland in the form of"yellow muddy water" to inflict further negative impact on farmlands. Affect road's, service life, endangers traffic safety on road; In windy season, if the wind erosion around the road isn't controlled, dust will affect traffic safety. Road construction levels, cuts, fills some blocking earth mounds and gullies, to form new slope surface and sections, which will change topographic forms to damage soil body's stability and induce geologic hazard such as collapse and landslide etc. Especially in the construction, the loose soil in roadbed side slope will scatter severely by gravity, if water & soil conservation measures are not taken, the side slope is inclined to collapse and have landslide in operation, to endanger the traffic safety on the road. 6.3 The scheme of preventing and controlling soil erosion 6.3.1 Objective of Soil Erosion Prevention and Control In accordance with the "Announcement of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region's People's Oovernment on Key Soil-Erosion Prevention & Control Area Division and Conceding the Slope Arable Land to Forestry within Time Limit", the project site is a key controlling area. According to ecological status quo and local controlling experience, the soil erosion prevention and controlling standard of the project shall follow Level II Standard. In accordance with the Clause 6.04 of the "Control Standards for Soil and Water Loss on Development and Construction Projects" (08/T50434-2007), as the average precipitation in the project site is 155.5~212.1mm for many years, the absolute values of total controlling degree on soil erosion, restoration rate of forest and grass vegetation and grass and forest coverage rate are lower than 5. In accordance with the Clause 6.05 of the "Control Standards for Soil and Water Loss on Development and Construction Projects" (081T50434-2007), as the soil erosion of the project site is mainly sight or medium erosion, soil erosion's control ratio adopts standard value. In accordance with the Clause 6.05 of the "Control Standards for Soil and Water Loss on Development and Construction Projects" (08/T50434-2007) " the dreg-blocking ratio value for line-type engineering in hilly areas can be reduced by 5". As The project locates in low hilly area, the target value of dreg-blocking ratio is taken as 90%. 259 Through implementation of water conservation scheme, the comprehensive prevention and controlling targets for different areas when the project is completed are as shown in Table 6.3-1. Table 6.3-1 Preventive goals of soil erosion and water loss Corrected Corrected Corrected Prevention and Standard Adopted I with with Soil with controlling indexes . Regu lations Standard precipitation Erosion topography Ratio of Restored 95 -5 90 Disturbed Land (%) General Control Degree for Soil 85 -5 80 Erosion (%) Control Ratio of 0.7 0.7 Soil Erosion Dreg-B locking 95 -5 90 Ratio (%) Forest and Grass Vegetation 95 -5 90 Restoration Modulus (%) Forest and Grass 20 -5 15 Coverage (%) 6.3.2 The preventing and controlling responsibility scope Adhering to the principle that "Those who develop it shall protect it and those who cause soil erosion shall control it", through on-site survey and investigation, on account of the possible scope that may be directly affected by the project's construction, it's ascertained that the general area of the responsible scope for 2 project's soil erosion prevention and controlling is 627.34.63hm , including: [J Project construction area: Namely, engineering permanently occupied land, different temporarily confiscated and leased land scope in construction and sphere of jurisdiction of the occupied land. The general occupied land scope in the project's 2 2 construction area is 575.54hm , including the main engineering area of 541.66hm , 2 2 eClrth pit area of 30.1 hm , construction road area of 1.0Shm , and construction production & living area of2.7hm2. Area of Direct Impact: through survey analysis, the construction of the project many cause soil erosion in the following regions: the scope within 5m of roadbed; the scope within 10m of the upstream of bridge, the scope within 30m of the downstream; earth pit area, the scope within 5m around construction production & living area; the scope within 2 m on the two sides of construction road area, so the total area is 2 5] .SOhm . 260 6.3.3 Analyses and Evaluation on the Engineering with Water & Soil Conservation Function in Main Engineering Design As the project is a transportation road one, to ensure the safe and normal operation of engineering facilities, and protect eco-environment, the design adopts multiple prevention and controlling engineering such as roadbed protection, pavement protection, water discharge, land restoration and greening measures etc. D Roadbed drainage: Roadbed drainage: 60x60cm trapezoidal side ditch should be adopted for cutting and zero filling roadbed of general road sections. 60x60cm rectangular cover board side ditch should be adopted to stony road. If the filling height is more than O.6m, trapezoidal drainage ditch with the width of 60cm and the depth of 60cm should be constructed. Side ditch and drainage ditch should be reinforced by M7.5 mortar flag stone. Rapid trough or hydraulic drop structure shall be installed when the longitudinal slope on the bottom of gutter and discharge outlet of culvert is large. 40x40 em trapezoidal side ditch is adopted to second grade highway, auxiliary road cutting and zero filling roadbed in general road sections. If the filling height is more than O.6m, trapezoidal drainage ditch with the width of 40cm and the depth of 40cm should be constructed. D Guarding Project of the Roadbed • Road embankment Expressway: for road sections with the embankment height H of less than 3m, the road shoulder should be reinforced and the slope should be planted with grass for protection. If 3m=H=5m, concrete square grid should be used to strength the slope and grass should be planted for protection. If the filling height H is more than 5m, mortar flag stone arch framework should be adopted for slope protection, and grass should be planted in the arch frame. For local roadbed filling road sections, due to the restriction of landform and geological conditions, retaining wall should be built together with greening should be adopted if the roadbed occupies too much of the riverbed or land. First grade and second grade highway: if the filling height H is more than 4m, mortar flag stone arch framework should be adopted for slope protection, and grass should be planted in the arch frame Grass planting mode can be hydraulic pressure spraying grass seeds, laying turf or sowing nutritional grass seeds. • Cutting Facing-wall protection shall be taken according to Level 1 of side slope classification when cutting excavation height H> 8m, and the part over Level I adopts arch frame slope-protection grass-planting protecting. 261 o Evaluation on Water & Soil Conservation Discharge and roadbed's plant protection engineering is well developed, so the safety of roadbed can be ensured, and requirements on water & soil conservation can also be met, and the investment on water & soil conservation has been counted in. The Engineering Volumes Counted into the Investment on Water & Soil Conservation Plans are as shown in Table 6.3-2. Table 6.3-2 Engineering volumes counted into the investment on water & soil conservation plan Total (RMB Code Engineering's Name and Project Unit Qty 10,000 yuan) The main engineering has included investment on water conservation 2227.27 engineering. 1 Project measures 2227.27 1.1 Main Engineering Area 2227.27 1.1.1 Mortar Flagstone Side Ditch m 3 72381 2171.43 1.1.2 Comprehensive Slope Protection m 2 36428 54.64 1.1.3 Drainage ditch m3 1198 1.2 6.3.4 The soil erosion preventing and controlling district and the overall layout of water and soil conservation measurement o The preventing and controlling district According to road contraction's features, there are 5 prevention and controlling areas including main engineering area, earth pits area, construction production & living area, and construction road area. o General Layout of Water & Soil Conservation Measures According to the soil erosion features, hazardous degrees, and soil erosion prevention and controlling targets of different engineering and topographic units in the project's construction, on the basis of analyses and evaluation on the prevention and controlling measures with water & soil conservation function in main engineering, integrating the existent prevention and controlling measures and features of the soil erosion areas and main road engineering construction, taking roadbed side slope, earth pits as key controlling units, we shall make reasonable, comprehensive and systematic planning, raise some new water & soil conservation measures for different engineering topographic units, so as to form a complete soil erosion prevention and controlling system started with engineering measures and integrating land restoration and plant measures. This can control effectively the soil erosion in the project's construction site, 262 protect the eco-environment in the project site, and guarantee the safety of road engineering's construction and operation as well. Water & Soil Conservation Measure System on the Road to be Constructed IS as shown in Graph 6.3-1. ProJect measures M7 5 Mortar Flagstone DItch, ComprehensIve Slope Prevention and ProtectIOn Controlling Area of Main Engineering UrfaCe Soil Stripping, Temporary Gutter, { Temporary Sand Trap Temporary Measures {;Intercepting Dyke, Geo-textile Covering and Dismantling, Sacked soil Blocking Dismantling Meas ure Project measures Scaling and Land Restoration of The preventing and Soil --. controlling area of Plant measures Sand Sagebrush Seed Sowing Erosi { soil borrowing field Temporary Measures Surface Soil Stripping, gutter, Intercepting dyke, on Preve Geo-textile Covering and Dismantling ntion and Plant measures Sand Sagebrush Seed Sowing Construction Contr --. Production & Living Temporary Measures Gutter, Geo-textile Covering and Dismantling, 01 Surface Soil Stripping Area { Project measures Land Restoration Project measures Dyke, Land Restoration Prevention and --'" Controlling Area of Plant measures Sand Sagebrush Seed Sowing Construction Road { Area Temporary Measures Drainage ditch Graph 6.3-1 System of Water & Soil Conservation Measures 6.3.5 Areas' Prevention and Controlling Measure Design o Supplementary Engineering Design for Water & Soil Conservation Measures in the Prevention and Controlling Area of Main Engineering According to the analyses and evaluation on main engineering's water & soil conservation, the engineering measures in the main engineering's occupied areas mainly include the engineering protection measures on pavement, roadbed cutting, filled side slope and measures on roadbed and pavement discharge, as well as side slope protection measures in bridge and culvert engineering. As all design standards of engineering measures follows the corresponding design regulations and standards of engineering, all design outcome can meet requirements on water & soil conservation. As long as they can be fully implemented in construction, the requirements on engineering safety assurance, soil erosion prevention and controlling and environmental optimization can be met. The design contents, engineering volumes and investment of this part have be counted into main engineering. 263 But there are still some contents to be completed and supplemented in the prevention and controlling area of main engineering, so the scheme will complete and supplement the temporary protective measures on side slopes and protective measures on bridge foundation in construction so as to lessen the soil erosion hazard. As this road section's embankment and excavation face are basically fully cleared when the embankment is filled and the road cut is excavated, as long as there is precipitation, there will be much soil erosion. So temporary water & soil conservation measures shall be added for embankment infilling. Intercepting dykes in curb. In rainy season, in roadbed construction, the intercepting dyke with the trapezoid cross section ,with the width of 0.5m and the height of 0.2 m shall be set along with the curb, to prevent water from flowing downward along with the roadbed's slope surface to randomly wash or even wash off the slope surface. The intercepting dyke shall be corbelled with sacked soil that is from engineering waste earth. D Temporary Side Slope gutter and Sedimentation Tank Longitudinally set a temporary side slope gutter along with the line on the road bed's side slope every 200m (gutter with the bottom of 0.3 m and height of 0.3 m, 1: 1) , to discharge the concentrated confluence on pavement. Side slope gutter sets horizontal intercepting ditch at the bottom of slope (with the rectangular section of 0.5m x O.5m). The temporary side slope gutter and intercepting ditch can be constructed together with the side slope gutter in roadbed discharge engineering. Geo-textile can be used to cover roadbed side slope when the side slope protection engineering construction can't be conducted in time in roadbed construction, to get rid of the surface and wind erosion of side slop surface in rainy and windy seasons. The geo-texti Ie can be used again if it's intact after using. The original surface soil layer with fertility in the project site, shall be stripped in advance before the engineering construction with the stripping thickness of O.3m and transported to temporary soil yard to be used as the covering soil in the land restoration in the late phase of the project. The project sets 10 temporary soil yards, located on the overpass and service zone of the main engineering. Engineering Volumes of the Measures of the Main Engineering's the Prevention and Controlling Area are as Shown in Table 6.3-3. 264 Table 6.3-3 Engineering Volumes of the Measures of the Main Engineering's the Prevention and Controlling Area Type of Name of Measure Unit Qty Note Measure Intercepting dyke 100m3 253.45 Dimension 0.5mxO.2m 3 Gutter with the bottom ofO.3m a Drainage ditch I 100m 33.89 depth of 0.3 m, I: I Slope surface's bottom 0.5, depth Drainage ditch 2 100m3 271.55 0.5, 1:0.5 The lower bottom surface is as long Temporary sand trap Set 60.00 as 3.0m, as wide as 1.5m, as deep as 1.2m, side slope I: I Geo-textile 100m2 96.55 Geo-textile 2 100m 96.55 Temporary dismantling Measures Surface soil stripping 100m 2 26927 Stripping thickness is taken as 0.3 m The main line has 10 temporary soil Sacked soil Blocking 100m 3 34.11 yards, with the top of 0.5, the bottom of 1.5 and side slope of 1.1.2 soil 100m3 34.11 tling Drainage ditch I 100m3 9.00 Geo-textile 100m2 161.56 Geo-textile 2 100m 161.56 dismantling o Water & soil conservation measures in earth pit areas The project sets 3 earth pits, whose topographic type is independent hills with slight gradient before the hills and whose land use type is semi-desert grassland. In engineering soil borrowing, scraper is used to shovel, load and unload soil automatically and automobile is used for transportation. The site selection of earth pits shall comply with the following requirements: Earth pits shall avoid the areas prone to collapse, landslide, debris flow set by the people's governments over county level. Earth pits' choice shall comply with the planning requirements of cities, towns and scenic spots and shall consider the harmony with the surrounding sceneries. Earth pits shall be located in concealed areas, far away from river channel, to reduce soil erosion and negative impact on water quality of the river channel; Don't borrow soil within the scope of Baijitan Natural Reserve (LAKI4 + 450 ~ LAK32) ; 265 No.2 and No.3 earth pits shall be scaled after soil borrowing to form a slope surface of 1:2. No.2 earth pits are formed flat grounds after soi I borrowing from independent hills, so the land shall be restored after soil borrowing. Plant Measures in Earth Pits Grass seeds shall be sowed on the filed after the soil is borrowed. Implementation of Plant Measures: 1. Land Treatment: to treat the flat land when borrowing soil in the construction and thi! slope shall be changed to a slight gradient by 1:2 in excavation. II. Sowing: the grass seeds shall be new, mature, full, vigorous, free from insect pest and plant diseases and mouldness. Sand sagebrush: sowing the seeds by 80kg/hm2, in spring the proper time for sowing is from the late February to the early March, and in autumn the proper time is the early and middle September. Engineering and plant measure engineering volumes in earth pits are as shown in Table 6.3-S. T~lble 6.3-5 Engineering and plant measure engineering volumes in earth pits Plant Project measures Borrowed Average measures Area soil excavation Grass No. Pile Number covered Land. volume depth Scaling seed Restoration sowing hm 2 10,000 m3 m 100m3 hm2 hm 2 -. 1 LAK45+600 10.6 87.84 8.29 10.6 10.6 2 LAK71 +700 7.2 131.75 18.3 1143.74 7.92 7.92 3 LAK75+000 12.3 213.57 17.36 1345.27 13.53 13.53 Total 30.1 433.16 43.95 2489.0] 32.05 32.05 Temporary measures design in earth pits Tt;mporary intercepting dyke shall be built 1m away from the earth pit's edge. The intercepting dyke adopts trapezoid section, with the top width of 0.3m, the height of O.Sm, and the side slope of): 1. The temporary intercepting dyke is set outside the earth pit, to discharge the confluence on the slope to natural trenches to prevent upstream contluenceflowing into the earth pit. Temporary intercepting ditch's section adopts trapezoid section, with the bottom of O.Sm, the height of O.Sm, the side slope of I: I and packed soil. In heavy windy season, cover the soil borrowing surface with geo-textile. Temporary measure engineering volume in earth pits is as shown in Table 6.3-6. 266 Table 6.3-6 Engineering Volumes of Temporary Measures on Earth Pits Temporary Measures Borrowed Area Surface Pile soil Intercepting No. covered Drainage ditch Geo-textile Soil Number volume dyke hm 2 Stripping 10,000 m3 m 100m3 100m2 LAK45+6 10.6 87.84 829 3.32 0 00 LAK71+7 2 7.2 131.75 683 2.73 560 00 LAK75+0 3 12.3 213.57 893 3.57 982 4.91 418.2 670 00 Total 30.1 433.16 2405 9.62 2645 13.23 1023.4 1230 o Protective measure design in construction production & living area Construction camps and sites As the land in construction camps and sites will be covered or rolled by temporary building sand construction machinery, there will be basically no soil erosion, so water & soil conservation measures don't need to be taken. However, the construction and demolishing activities in construction production & living area may cause new soil erosion. Limited by the main engineering's design depth, the scheme only raises the following requirements on water conservation for the construction, utilization, and demolishing of the temporary buildings in the temporarily occupied areas: a. Surface soil stripping on early phase The surface soil stripped on pearly phase shall be piled in corners of the yard not to affect the construction. b. Protection measure on the early stage For construction sites in sloping land and with waters downstream, the surrounding discharge engineering shall be built before land flattening, construction and utilization. The gutter shall adopt trapezoid section, with the bottom width of O.5m, the height of 0.5 m, the side slope of I: I and packed soil. c. Management measures in construction The construction organization shall avoid rainy seasons, try to achieve a balance between cut and fill in land flattening and reduce dumped dregs and soil. The piling and disposing of materials and dregs in construction shall be strictly controlled and the random piling and discharge are forbidden. The sediments in intercepting ditch and gutter shall be cleared in time to keep the free flowing of discharge system. 267 d. Protective measures on late phase After the construction is completed, the construction unit must demolish all surface structures and hardened ground which should not be reserved. Waste materials should be transported to the adjacent borrow pit. And then it shall conduct land treatment properly for greening according to the late-phase utilization planning of the construction site. Temporary Piling Land for Materials and Dregs A:~ the temporary piling land of materials and dregs is hard to predict correctly, the scheme only raise the following requirements on water conservation, and the cost of specific engineering measures will be included in temporary engineering cost. a. Discharge engineering For the temporary piling yards on slopes, the intercepting and discharge facilities shall be' built on site before material and dreg piling, to discharge the confluence from the she's upstream slopes, to prevent piled materials or dregs from washing and eroding of runoffs. The gutter adopts soil side ditch, with trapezoid section, the depth of 30cm, the bottom width of 30cm and the gradient of 1: 1. b. Temporary Measures Measures shall be taken to protect materials or dregs' side slops in the material or dreg piling. The scheme intends to use soil borrowing bag as temporary covering, and take geo-textile to cover slope surface in rainy season, and the size of dead wall depends on the height of the piled dregs. c. Land Restoration on Late Phase First divide the land by; level and plot properly according to the land form and gradient of the yard, and try to avoid pathwise slopes. And then flatten every plot of land, cover with the surface soil stripped on earlier phase with the covering thickness of OAm. To adopt re-cultivation or vegetation restoration measures in the area, to prevent and control soil erosion as well as to green and optimize the environment. Sow sand .sagebrush seeds on the ground to make greening. According to the above-mentioned arrangement, the water conservation measure engineering volume in the area is as shown in Table 6.3-100 268 Table 6.3-10 Water Conservation Measure Volumes in Construction's Production & Living Area . Land Field Surface Draina Land Sand Geo-te occupy specific soil ge Restorat sagebru xtile Code Pile Number ing ations stripping ditch Ion sh hm 2 mxm 100m 2 100m 2 100m] 100m2 hm 2 I LAK4+875 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 2 LAK13+100 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 3 LAK35+780 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 4 LAK38+300 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 5 LAK40+870 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 6 LAK44+800 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 7 LAK48+450 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 8 LAK51+240 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 9 LAK58+250 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 10 LAK66+000 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 II LAK69+750 0.3 50x60 30 9 1.1 30 0.3 12 LAK75+730 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 13 LAK76+600 0.2 40x50 20 6 0.9 20 0.2 Total 2.7 270 81 11.9 270 2.7 D Measures Design for Construction Road As construction road's pavement usually isn't hardened, soil on the pavement is easier to be eroded due to splashing and washing effects of rainfall or runoff, so construction road's line shall have certain curvature to avoid long straight line to decrease the runoff's downward flowing speed on the ground surface. Additionally, construction road's water proof and discharge measures shall be implemented well in construction, such as temporary soil side gutter (the gutter with the bottom of 0.3 m and the height of 0.3m,1: 1) etc. Additionally, to prevent construction vehicles' random rolling in construction from damaging vegetation on the original ground surface to increase soil erosion, vehicle passage shall be set strictly in construction to avoid damage on vegetation and ecology along with the construction road. D Engineering measures After the construction is completed, land treatment and vegetation restoration shall be made in time according to the lat phase planned usage of the occupied land of the construction road. The occupied land of construction road shall be treated by level and plot in time after the construction to make every plot of land flat or forming an adverse slope of 1~2%. The plot's size depends on the size of the longitudinal slope of the original construction road and a intercepting dyke shall be built along with every plot (trapezoid section, lower bottom x height: 50cmx20cm). The divided plots shall 269 be covered with soil (dismantle the sacked soils on the two sides of the road) for vegetation restoration. o Plant measures To the treated land, first sow sand sagebrush seeds to make preliminary vegetation restoration, and then to turn it over to government for re-cultivation. Table 6.3-11 Summary Sheet on engineering measures in construction roads Land Sand Name of Length Gutter 1 Laid dyke Con structio n Code Restoration sagebrush road km 100m3 100m3 hm 2 hm2 1 0.24 0.864 1.68 0.09 0.09 Earth Pits way 2 0.6 2.16 4.2 0.21 0.21 3 0.12 0.432 0.84 0.04 0.04 I 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 2 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 3 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 4 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 5 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 Roads in production & 6 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 Ihing areas of I 7 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 the 8 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 construction 9 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 10 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 0.04 II 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 I 12 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 13 0.1 0.36 0.7 0.04 0.04 Total 2.26 17.14 33.32 1.76 1.76 o Summary of newly-added water & soil conservation engineering volume The project's newly-added water conservation measures include engineering measures, plant measures and temporary measures. Engineering volume statistic is as shown in Table 6.3-12. 270 Table 6.3-12 Summary Sheet of newly-added temporary measures on water & soil conservation for the road to be constructed Name of Measure Unit Area I Area III Area III Area IV Total 1. Project measures 1 Laid dyke 100m3 33.32 33.32 2 Land Restoration hm 2 32.05 2.7 1.76 36.51 3 scaling 100m3 2489.01 2489.01 2. Plant measures 4 Sand sagebrush kg 2564 216 140.8 2920.8 Sow sand sagebrush hm 2 32.05 2.7 1.76 36.51 3. Temporary 0 Measures 5 Intercepting dyke 100m3 .62 263.07 6 Drainage ditch I 100m3 42.89 17.14 60.03 7 Drainage ditch 2 100m3 271.55 271.55 8 Drainage ditch 3 100m3 13.23 11.9 25.13 9 Temporary sand trap Set 60 60 10 Geo-textile covering 100m2 258.11 1023.4 81 1362.51 Geo-texti Ie 11 100m2 258.11 1023.4 81 1362.51 dismantling Surface soil 12 100m2 1230 270 28427 stripping Sacked soil 13 100m3 34.11 34.11 Blocking Sacked soil 14 100m3 34.11 34.11 dismantling 6.4 Water & Soil Conservation Monitoring Plan 6.4.1 Monitoring Scope The project's water & soil conservation monitoring scope is the responsible scope of soil erosion prevention and controlling, namely, engineering construction and direct impact areas. We shall work out the project's water & soil conservation monitoring plan according to the stipulations in SL277-2002 "Water & Soil Conservation Monitoring Technology Standard", construction contents and construction progress of main engineering. 6.4.2 Monitoring Units and Focus According to the road projects' construction features, main engineering's layout, circumstances that may cause soil erosIOn and responsibilities on soi I erosion 271 prevention and controlling, the project's soil erosion monitoring scopes are divided to the monitoring areas of main engineering and temporarily occupied land in construction. The monitoring area of main engineering for soil erosion include the roadbed occupied area and its direct impact area; the monitoring area of temporarily occupied land in construction include earth pits, construction road areas and the occupied land in construction living areas and their direct impact areas. The monitoring focus ofthe scheme is the roadbed, earth pits. 6.4.3 Monitoring Contents and Methods Please refer to table 6.4-1. Table 6.4-1 Monitoring Contents and Methods Wind erosion and water erosion in Time interval Monitor method various regions I-- Vegetation area and quantity Field investigation destroyed by the construction Wind erosion and water erosion in CJnstruction phase Local ization observation various regions Vegetation area and quantity Field investigation destroyed by the construction Hydraulic erosion and soil erosion Field investigation father area Wind erosion and water erosion in Localization observation various regions Wind erosion and water erosion in Field investigation various regions Natural Survival rate. conservation rate, Restoration Phase growth situation and degree of coverage of forest and grass . measures in various regions Dreg-blocking and soil conservation effects of different prevention and controlling measures' implementation 272 6.4.4 Monitoring time interval and frequency o Monitoring time interval In accordance with the requirements of "Water & Soil Conservation Monitoring Technology Standard" (SL277-2002, the construction projects' monitoring time intervals can be divided to construction phase and forest and grass restoration phase. On account of the climate, soil, topography and land features of the project's site, the project's water & soil conservation monitoring time intervals are fixed as; starting form the construction preparatory phase, and finishing in design target year and the monitoring report as required shall be submitted in the special acceptance of water & soil conservation. And a background value inspection shall be made before the construction preparatory phase. The monitoring period for wind erosion is mainly in the ends of winter, spring, and autumn (March to May, October to November) , and the monitoring period for water erosion is mainly from July to September, h:vice every month and monitor by more times upon storm. o Monitoring frequency Field investigation monitoring frequency: set according to different construction tike orders and monitoring contents. Make one investigation monitoring with design information in the construction preparatory phase, make one overall investigation monitoring after the construction phase ends, and monitor once to twice respectively in spring and autumn when the water & soil conservation measures begin to be implemented. Positioning Monitoring Frequency To choose a monitoring region to make positioning monitoring on wind and water erosion volumes, and monitor twice respectively on the front and behind of the chosen region. The bar-sticking method will be adopted for wind erosion monitoring. The height of bar from the ground changes every IS days. When the wind speed is 2:Sm/s, monitor once more respectively in the beginning and end of the wind; monitoring for water erosion shall be conducted in rainy seasons from July To September, monitor once respectively in the beginning and end of rainy season, and monitor once more respectively when the daily precipitation is 2Smm or rainfall intensity reaches 5mmll Omin and lOmm/30min. 6.4.5 Monitoring position, contents, methods and time intervals Refer to Table 6.4-2 273 Table 6.4-2 Water & soil conservation monitoring position, contents, methods and time intervals Time Monitor Time interval and Monitor position Monitor content interval method frequency Once in the Topograph ic and land construction phase and Field feature changes of the once when the investigation constructed areas. construction completes. I Once in the Vegetation area and construction phase and Field quantity destroyed by once when the investigation the construction construction completes. Set 2 monitoring Twice in the construction phase and spots in side Earth filling and Filed once when the slope, two sides cutting investigation of roadbed, earth construction pits and bridge completes. and culvert Monitor wind erosion Construct foundation, I once every IS days in ion phase monitoring spot spring and autumn, in temporary soil ?:Monitor once more yard, pre-cast when it's 5m/s yard, mixing Monitor water erosion yard, and Wind and water Field once every 15 days in construction erosion volumes in investigation rainy season, monitor roads different areas once more when the daily precipitation is 25mm or rainfall intensity reaches 5mmll Omin and IOmm/30min. Once in the Vegetation area and construction phase and Filed quantity destroyed by once when the investigation the construction construction completes. Survival rate, Set 2 monitoring conservation rate, growth situation and spots in side Field Once every spring and degree of coverage of slope, two sides investigation once every autumn of roadbed, earth forest and grass pits area and measures in various Natural I bridge and culvert • . regions Restorati foundation, 1 Stability, maintenance on Phase monitoring spot status and operation Filed Once every spring and in pre-cast yard, situations of the investigation once every autumn mixing yard, and protective engineering construction in different regions. roads Dreg-blocking and soil Filed Once every spring and I conservation effects of investigation once every autumn, 274 different prevention monitor once more in and controlling stormy weather measures' implementation 6.4.6 Monitoring Outcome Monitoring outcome shall include water & soil conservation monitoring report, monitoring tables and relevant monitoring graphs. o Water & Soil Conservation Monitoring Report Including the following contents: Foreword. Summarize the generals of the construction projects, purpose and significance of water & soil conservation monitoring, source of monitoring tasks, organization and implementation of monitoring tasks, supervision management and monitoring periodic reports etc. A. The Generals of The Project and the Project Site. Discuss the generals of the construction project, the nature and social and economic situations of the project site, soil erosion and its prevention and controlling situations in the project site etc. B. Monitoring of Water and Soil Conservancy including monitoring accordance, principles, regional scope, regional divisions, contents, procedures and methods etc. C. Analysis on Monitoring Outcome. Including analysis on dynamic change of prevention and controlling responsibility scope, analysis on dynamic change of the environmental soil-erosion elements' conditions in the project site, analysis on implementation of water & soil conservation prevention and controlling measures, analysis on dynamic changes of soil erosion situations, analysis on effects of water & soil conservation prevention and controlling etc. D. Experience and Features on prevention and controlling of soil erosion caused by engineering construction. E. Comprehensive Evaluation and Suggestion on the Project including soil erosion in engineering construction, comprehensive evaluation on its prevention' and controlling, existent problems and relevant suggestions etc. o Monitoring Tables They are attached to monitoring outcome report. o Monitoring Graphs They mainly include geographic location plan, soil erosion prevention and controlling responsibility scope graph, statement on the soil erosion status in the project site 275 before the engineering construction, layout chart on water & soil conservation measures, statement on the soil erosion status in the project site after the project's completion etc. They are all attached to the monitoring outcome report .. 6.5 Water & Soil Conservation Investment Estimation The total investment on water & soil conservation in the project's construction is 4 j; .8051 million RMB, with the listed investment on the main engineering of 22.2727 million RMB, and scheme newly-added investment of 19.5324 million RMB, and the dt:tails are as shown in Table 5.5-1. 276 Table 6.5-1 Investment general estimation for soil and water conservation Unit: 10,000 Yuan Newly-Adde Constructi Inde The Existent Mate Plant d Investment Name of Project on and pen Investment No. rial ing on Total or Expenses Installation dent on Main Cost Cost Water-Conse Expenses cost Engineering rvation Part A Engineering 70.97 70.97 2227.27 2298.24 Measures Area I main engineering 1.1 0 0 2227.27 2227.27 prevention and controlling area Area The preventing and 1.2 controlling area 63.71 63.71 0 63.71 of soil borrowing field; Area l.~ Construction 1.3 1.91 1.91 0 1.91 Production & Living Area Area Prevention and Controlling 1.4 5.35 5.35 0 5.35 Area of Construction Road Area Part B Plant Measures 33.88 2.85 36.73 0 36.73 Area I main engineering 2.1 0 0 0 0 0 prevention and controlling area Area The preventing and 2.2 controlling area 29.74 2.5 32.24 0 32.24 of soil borrowing field; Area Construction 2.3 2.51 0.21 2.72 0 2.72 Production & Living Area Area ~. Prevention and Controlling 2.4 1.63 0.14 1.77 0 1.77 Area of Construction Road Area Part C Temporary 474.85 474.85 0 474.85 Measures Area I main engineering 3.1 300.13 300.13 0 300.13 prevention and controlling area 277 Area The I preventing and 3.2 controlling area 127.26 127.26 0 127.26 of soil borrowing field; Area .. Construction 3.:; 11.68 11.68 0 11.68 Production & Living Area Area Prevention and Controlling 3.4 0.76 0.76 0 0.76 Area of Construction Road Area Other 3.5 Temporary 35.02 35.02 0 35.02 Engineering Party D Independent 498. 498. 0 498.04 Expenses 04 04 Construction 4.1 Management 56.2 56.2 56.2 Expenses Scheme 4.:2 68 68 68 Compiling Cost Scientific Research, 4.3 Surveying and 88.4 88.4 88.4 Designing Expenses Supervision Cost on Water & Soil 88.4 4.4 88.45 88.45 Conservation 5 Engineering Construction Water & Soil 4.5 Conservation 91.5 91.5 91.5 Monitoring Cost Completion Acceptance Cost of Water & 4.6 95.2 95.2 95.2 Soil Conservation Facilities Service Charge on Technical Documents and Technical 10.2 4.7 10.29 10.29 Consultation 9 concerning Water & Soil Conservation The Total Sum of the 1080.59 2227.27 3307.86 278 1sl Part to the 4th Part Preparation Expenses 64.84 64.84 General Static 1145.43 2227.27 3372.7 Investment Compensation for water and soil 807.81 807.81 protection Scheme Investment 1953.24 2227.27 4180.51 6.6 Guarantee measures for the implementation of the scheme To ensure that water & soil conservation scheme is successfully implemented, and the engineering's newly-added soil erosion is effectively controlled, and benign development of the project's engineering areas and its surrounding eco-environment, the implementation of water & soil conservation scheme shall include the subsequent design of water & soil conservation engineering, surveillance and management, water & soil conservation supervision, monitoring, water & soil conservation completion acceptance and fund guarantee etc. 6.6.1 Organization, Leadership and Management The construction organization shall designate administrative institutions for water & soil conservation and their responsibilities, build well-developed rules and regulations on water & soil conservation management, and establish water & soil conservation engineering files. It shall be reported to water administration authorities for filing when the project's construction commences. 6.6.2 Surveillance and Management Water administration authorities supervise and manage the implementation of water & soil conservation schemes in accordance with the law 0 In the implementation of the scheme, the construction organization shall requires different relevant organizations to strengthen the cooperation and coordination with water administration authorities, consciously accept local water administration authorities' supervision and management, and promptly deal with the problems found by water administration authorities in their supervision and inspection. 6.6.3 Supervision and Management Water & soil conservation engineering supervision shall be included in engineering supervision tasks, and the water & soil conservation engineering supervision tasks shall be specified in the supervision contract. After the project is completed, the supervision company shall offer water & soil conservation engineering supervision report. 279 6.6.4 Water & Soil Conservation Monitoring The monitoring organization shall have water & soil conservation monitoring certificate to work out the "Monitoring Design and Implementation Scheme on Water & Soil Conservation", implement water & soil conservation monitoring on the monitoring contents, methods and time intervals specified in the scheme, conduct long-term monitoring on the soil erosion volume and water & soil conservation measure etc., analyze and evaluate the control efficiency of water & soil conservation measures, work out corresponding control scheme on the water & soil conservation measures requiring supplementation and guide the engineering construction. 6.6.5 Water & Soil Conservation Completion Acceptance In accordance with the requirements of the principles that" water & soil conservation facilities and main engineering shall be designed, constructed and put into use simultaneously", before the main engineering's completion acceptance, special acceptance shall be made on water & soil conservation facilities in accordance with the "Control Standards for Soil and Water Loss on Development and Construction Projects", and water administration authorities shall be invited to join in the. acceptance. The main engineering can be formally put into use only after the water & seil conservation facilities are accepted; if they are not accepted, the main engineering shall not be put into operation. 6.6.6 Management on Water & Soil Conservation upon the Project's Completion Technical and economic indexes of water & soil conservation scheme such as design information and graphs, annual construction progress, annual fund use etc, water & soil conservation performance indexes, together with all files, reports and graphs for inspection and acceptance shall be filed up for management. And management system for water & soil conservation in operation shall be established, to facilitate management after the implementation of water & soil conservation scheme and offer ac:cordance for the water & soil conservation measure construction of the developed and constructed projects of the same kinds as well as water & soil conservation industry's management. 6.6.7 Financing Sources & Management on Water & Soil Conservation 'J Source of financing The project is a construction one, so the investment on water & soil conservation in scheme construction phase shall be counted into basic engineering construction investment, and shall be allocated and spent simultaneously with main engineering's construction fund so as to yield economic return simultaneously; The investment on water & soil conservation in production phase shall be counted into production cost, and all cost shall be afforded by the engineering construction organization. The construction organization shall take the initiative to work and collect enough fund to ensure the implementation of the scheme. Fund management method 280 The construction organization shall spend and manage fund properly, work out relevant systems, use funds for their specific purposes to ensure the construction fund in place in time and in full amount to guarantee the successful implementation of water & soil conservation work. 281 Chapter 7 Public Participation 7.1 Necessity of Public Participation In accordance with according to Temporal Method for Public Participation of Environment Impact Assessment (Huan Fa No.[2S]) and Environment Impact Assessment Law, and to enable well understanding and acceptance of public for the highway construction, fully consider the opinions, advices and requirements of local government, public and non-governmental organizations along the line, the assessment unit carried out two rounds of public participation investigation in the towns and villages along the highway from July 25 of 200S to August 5 of 200S and from March 10 of 2009 to March 15 of 2009, during which notices are pasted on site, symposiums were held and media publicity were also opened on related websites. Statistical analysis has been conducted for the survey results of public participation to learn about the scope and extent of impact on the societies, ecological environment and life of the masses along the highway to be built and provide basis for decision making by the governments and relevant tratnc departments. 7.2 First Round Site Public Investigation 7.2.1 Overview of On-spot Public Participation Survey (1) Investigation period The assessment group carried out the first round public participation investigation in the towns and villages along the highway from July 25 of 200S to August 5 of200S. (2) Scope and Objects of Survey The investigation mainly aims at Haij itan Wood Yard, Baitugang town, Congxing town, Dongta Town Haojiaqiao Town, Linhe Town, Guoqiao Town of Wuzhong City, Banqiao Town, Balanghu Farm, Malianqu, Jinji Town and Qingtongxia City. The respondents are mainly of the public in these regions and the inhabitants, schools and hospitals possibly affected by relocation including office employees of town government, teachers and residents. (3) Means of Public Participation The public participation on site is mainly by means of symposium, public opinion survey and pasting bulletins. 282 Symposium: The assessment group has convened related departments for symposiums at Lingwu City, Wuzhong City and Qingtongxia City separately in July 29 of 2008 and April 4 of 2008. Public opinion survey: The members of the survey team gave a detailed introduction to the basic conditions of the highway to be built for the objects of survey first during the public opinion survey, including the project scale, route directions and the favorable and unfavorable impact that may be caused on the local areas, and then the personnel surveyed thereby voluntarily filled in questionnaire of public participation and expressed their personal views, which were put on the record, sorted out, summarized and analyzed by the surveyors. Putting up public notice: The assessment team put up public notice during site inspection. Symposium Pasting bulletin (4) Contents of the survey The contents of the survey include: CD Learning about Current Conditions: For example, channel of drinking water of the villagers, and understanding ofthe villagers of the local wild lives. ® Respondents about their attitudes on the highway construction; @ Specific requirements and opinions of the surveyed objects for the route directions and design of the highway to be built, for example, land requisition, house moving, compensation and resettlement etc.; ® Attitudes of the Surveyed Objects towards the Impact of Project Construction on Local Social& Economic Development Conditions, and Humanistic Features such as Folk Customs etc., and Relevant Proposals and Requirements 283 (5) Survey Implementation Symposium: the attending persons express their positive and supporting opinion, and put forth following requirements for highway construction: CD Minimize the expropriation of cultivated land, especially for paddy field; @ The compensation funds shall be fulfilled in place during removal. Public Opinion Survey: Altogether 168 copies of questionnaires were issued in the assessment, and 162 valid copies were recovered, accounting for 96.4%, including 69 copies from ethnic minorities, accounting for 42.6% of the total copies recovered. See Appendix 6 for the questionnaire; Pasting Bulletin: No feedback information of the public has not been received within 15 days of bulletin pasting. 7.2.2 Survey and Statistics on Public Participation (1) Composition of Surveyed Objects Survey of public participation in the supposed project basically covers the relevant government departments related to the highway to be built and the impacted residents. See Table 7.2-1 to 7.2.3 for detailed statistical information on characteristics such as gender proportion, cultural composition and occupation distribution etc.: Table 7.2-1 Gender Statistics for First Round Public Participation Gender Male Female Total Number (Person) 103 58 161 Proportion 64% 36% 100% Table 7.2-2 Diploma Statistics for First Round Public Participation University and Above High School Junior Middle Diploma (Including Junior (Including Technical Total School (and below) College) Secondary School) Number 10 32 119 161 (Person) Proportion 6.21% 19.88% 73.91% 100% 284 Table 7.2-3 Occupation Statistics for First Round Public Participation Self- Villager i Carders of Employed Solide Teache Studen Docto and Gender Governme Total Businessme r r t r Residen nt Organ n t Number 5 15 2 5 6 3 125 161 (Person) Pro portio 100.00 3.11% 9.32% 1.24% 3.11% 3.73% 1.86% 77.64% n % As shown in Table 7.2.1-7.2.3, the cadres of government organs account for 3.11 % of the surveyed personnel, self-employed businessmen account for 9.32%, and villagers and residents account for 77.64%; Educational level of junior middle school(and below) account for 73.91 %, high school(including technical secondary school) account for 19.88%, and university and above(including junior college) account for 6.21%; To conclude. the public particIpation survey involves extensive scope of objects, including personnel from all the social sectors which are somewhat representative and typical, thus the survey results are creditable. (2) Opinions of Masses along the Highway See summarized survey results of public participation along the highway in Table 7.2-4: Table 7.2-4 Investigation Results Summary Table of First Round Public Participation N1- number of Classification of Contents Proportion (%) Remarks people (person) Yes 159 98.76% Do you agree on building this No 0 0.00% highway? Unknown 2 1.24% Do you agree on the route Yes 157 97.52% selection and the course trend of No 0 0.00% this highway? Unknown 4 2.48% Is it beneficial for the local Yes 150 93.17% economic development to build No 0 0.00% 285 this highway? Unknown II 6.83% Do you have any complaint on Yes 11 6.83% occupancy of some field land, or No 130 80.75% removal of some houses for building this highway? Unknown 20 12.42% Economic 135 74.59% compensation For the land requisition by Local settlement 31 17.13% Multiple highway, you want to Change of Items 5 2.76% occupation Others IO 5.52% Yes 72 44.72% What impact do you think the highway construction will have No Impact 56 34.78% on your agricu ltural and Normal 31 19.25% production activities? No 2 1.24% River Water 5 2.82% Source of Drinking Water in Running Water 82 46.33% Multiple Villages Well water 78 44.07% Items Others 12 6.78% Frequently 0 0.00% Do wild animals appear in Not Frequently 9 5.59% surrounding areas? Occasionally 56 34.78% Never 96 59.63% Noise 46 27.06% Automobile What influences you the most 8 4.71% Multiple exhaust gas during highway construction?: Items Dust 104 61.18% Vibration 12 7.06% Noise III 63.07% What has great impact on you Automobile 40 22.73% Multiple after the highway is open to exhaust gas Items traffic? Dust 20 11.36% Others 5 2.84% Highway What are you suggestions on 135 79.41% Multiple Greening reducing the highway noise? Items Acoustic barrier 12 7.06% 286 Far away from villages and 8 4.71% towns Install sound insulation 15 8.82% windows Tractor-Ploughed 95 55.88% Passage Passages you will propose to Pedestrian Multiple 42 24.71% alleviate road congestion: Culvert Items Overbridge 25 14.71% Others 8 4.71% Our analysis of the public opinions and suggestions is listed as follows: CD 98.76% of the public along the highway agree to highway construction, and only 1.24% of the public make no comments; 97.52% of the public agree to the direction and selected routes of the highway, and express great support to project construction, and 93.17% of the public hold the view that highway construction will be of great significances for promoting economic development, improving traffic conditions and brining along the masses to get rid of poverty and becoming rich in are (is along the highway. 80.75% of the personnel express great support for dismantling civil houses, and only 12.42% of the public make no comments; 44.72% ?f the masses consider the highway construction improved the traffic conditions and introduced external information which can facilitate the agricultural production. @ Most of the masses think that noise and dust during highway construction period are the most server environmental pollution, and they worry about conflict with the construction time and the working and rest time of the residents the most, which may influence rest of the residents; With respect to environmental pollution during operational period of the highway, generally the masses hold the view that relative minor impact will be caused, but they have realized that the vehicle flow will greatly increase after the highway is constructed and open to traffic. As for villages with good current acoustic environment, noise problem caused by the vehicles will influence the daily life of the masses. For the measures to alleviate the influence on the environment, the masses suggest the afforestation at both sides of highway to realize the environment protection and 287 well appearance and part of the public also put forward installing sound insulated window and sound barrier. They unanimously note that whatever measure may be adopted so long as it can serve the purpose of noise reduction and dust suppression. In addition, 4.71 % of the public suggest to locate the line far away from the villages and towns so as to alleviate the environment influence. @ Meanwhile, the public put forth some proposals and requirements: a. House demolition is a sensitive issue the residents along the highway to be built care about the most. Though most of the masses can obey the state arrangement and provide positive cooperation, they hope relevant departments can give rational compensation according to the prescribed standards and the current practical conditions in rural areas. The expenses for compensating the households to be resettled shall not be encroached, retained or misappropriated so that the actual living standards of the masses will not be greatly lowered due to house demolition. They hope the initial work such as relocation mobilization, compensation and resettlement plan etc. can be implemented as soon as possible so that the households to be resettled can have enough time for relocation and project construction can be implemented as scheduled. b. The life issues of the peasants to be relocated due to land requisition will be well solved. They suggest duly increasing the land requisition fee and ascertain resettlement fee, and providing certain training opportunities for employment. In addition, the personnel with requisitioned arable land shall be properly relocated according to relevant policies and provisions lest social stability and unity be influenced due to living difficulties of such personnel. c. Attention shall be paid to problems such as traffic noise, vehicle exhaust, and water environment pollution etc.. Preventive measures shall be strengthened for highway construction, for example, greening and expansion of green belts etc .. d. Attentions shall be paid to protect the irrigation ditches at both sides of the highway during construction period, especially for Yanhuandingyangshui irrigation ditch. Solid wastes are prohibited to dump into the ditches, including construction garbage, so as to ensure the smooth supply of irrigation water. e. The Hui nationality population in Wuzhong city Litong district, which is also in affected region, amounts to 56.93% of the city, and is the main gathering region of Hui nationality in China. So respects must be offered to the living styles and folk customs of minorities along the line during highway construction. 288 7.3 Second Round Public Investigation (1) Investigation period The assessment group carried out the second round public participation investigation in the towns and villages along the highway from March 10 of 2009 to March 15 of 2009. (2) Scope and Objects of Survey The investigation mainly aims at Baij itan Wood Yard, Baitugang town, Congxing town, Dongta Town Haojiaqiao Town, Linhe Town, Guoqiao Town of Wuzhong City, Banqiao Town, Balanghu Farm, Malianqu, Jinji Town and Qingtongxia City. The respondents are mainly of the public in these regions. (3) Means of Public Participation The public participation on site is mainly by means of symposium, public opinion survey and pasting bulletins. Media Notification: According to related regulation, the environment assessment group separately notified the related information of project environment influence on Ningxia Environment Protection Net and Platform for Public Participation in Environment Impact Assessment in March of 2009 with the duration of 10 days. The details see figure 7.3.1 and 7.3-2. The website is as follows: http://www.nxep.gov.cn/ReadNews.asp?NewsID= 12352 http://www.acee.org.cn/pu bl ic/v iewtopic. php ?f=3&t=69 8 The report has also been announced in Ningxia Daily in July 19 of 2007, see figure 7.3.3. Media notification materials including following contents: CD Project Profile ® Objectives of Environment Protection and Current Environment Cond itions ® Major environmental influences @ Countermeasures for Environment Issues ® Assessment Conclusions 289 @: Means and Period of Consulting Brief Edition ct Scope of Opinion Solicitation and Main Issues Starting Date and Deadline for Raising Opinions lfi'1!ii §: G211f&~ilt~iWJt(~.filk(]~f-3fnm~~~f&~~lf:l:i ~~i1trr~:A ~1!r to ~ It~t EI~ ~ Figure 7.3.1 Sketch Figure of Project Public Demonstration in Ningxia Environment Protection Net 290 $.J!!i{#;: **~.~~~m. **.~.~~. *.~m ••~a. * •••~W~~*xM *~ ••~W~ ••••• () ~il;.'!lf ,l!ii1l H {t~J:i 1J,!!.IP~'*>!lliit!i (6 ~I!~:r. jf~fZ~'i\S'i' G2.11!Ut:iJ!.¥. :If;* ilQUi is ~ ~.¥. fftil_~H3 ~ -0- iI!:~ ~lf.~Wilt 0 *i(JIi-"r ~'~TiI:Cj nancy A:~130i§' ·ItU~:JII~I:;::, TI:itlllf!lMtY.:'fi$J;:~~t1"j('lt~.3'E¥'f fHH.:~~;{!~1~,m /I1~~Ein, ~Glm~,mel!'IJi'!n*. \il)!211~JZ~~liti;t \tt}\'{~E¥1" lEllfM:II*!,g!H&, IiJt211~;tt~Ii!JI;:itt9:~,~f-2TfJI,f$,ii;}fj;ti'!til!iilg:~:rt:n:x~)~J!:: !'~,~iQ:Tlijf2t lTI;f:JtttltY::~S!t*:'l~h .EJf12 't/,!\!. lJ:'.\I:t:n.tilEfl1t:lrJjl:ifii.!i:,:,}flt;ltil!ing:~:rt:ILx :;t:Et~l!!i, 1,;1:,l!lr.r;l':t!~~, 8±fI!!. 'El~W. jIliH. !f~:it. Ii!* Figure 7.3.2 Sketch Figure of Project Public Demonstration in Platform for Public Participation in Environment Impact Assessment 291 Public Announcement concerning Document Information on Immigrant Settlement, Social Evaluation, Environmental Impact Assessment, and Environmental Management Program for Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Expressway, a World Bank Financed Project The compilation of Action Plan for Immigrant Settlement, Report on Social Evaluation, Report on Environmental Impact Assessment, and Environmental Management Program for Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Expressway, a World Bank Financed project, has been finished. The electronic documents are now available on the website of the Department of Transport of Ningxia (http://www.nxcd.gov.cn); and the text archives are also available in Yinchuan Municipal Library or the local Bureau of Transport. The Department of Transport of Ningxia July 18, 2009 Fig.7.3-3 Schematic diagram of newspaper publicity Public opinion investigation: The environment assessment group stored the environment assessment report in Petition Office of local Traffic Bureau of Lingwu city, Wuzhong city, Qingtongxia city and Baijitan Wood Yard, Baitugang town, Congxing town, Dongta Town Haojiaqiao Town and Linhe Town governed by Lingwu city, and Guoqiao Town Wuzhong City, Banqiao Town, Balanghu Farm, Malianqu, and Jinji Town governed by Wuzhong city for public reference. (4) Contents of the survey The investigation contents are mainly of the attitude to the suggestion in report of the public along the highway. (5) Survey Implementation Media Notification: No feedback information of the public has not been received within 15 days. 292 Public Opinion Investigation: No feedback information has not been received within 15 days after notification of environment assessment report. 7.4 Opinions on Public Participation Survey and Adoption Thereof As to the issues generally concerned about by the public, the assessment team, designing unit and construction unit etc. have given the following reply through analysis: (1) Land Requisition CD The routes will be constantly optimized in the next phase of design; Occupy as much waste land and as less arable land and woodland as possible under the premise that project quality is guaranteed. ® Compensation expenses for land reqUIsition shall be directly delivered to the households with land requisition, and any unit or individual shall not misappropriate or detain such expenses. ® As for peasants who live on farming, in case the land is occupied, local governments and relevant departments shall take effective measures to solve living issues, for example, reallocate the arable land, or provide training opportunities for the households with land requisition, or arrange employment for them in nearby township enterprises. (2) House Demolition and Relocation CD Fully listen to the opinions of the households to be relocated on resettlement to guarantee that their living standards and life quality will not be lower than the original levels. (2) Rational arrangement of time shall be conducted for relocation work to prevent conflict with farming work or work. @The land resources along the highway are rare; Utilize as much construction land areas of farmland. (3)Influences of obstruction The public along the line is mainly of parent and herdsmen, which expect he design unit to set up reasonable passages and culverts based on actual condition to minimize the impact on living, traffic, cultivation and grazing; 293 o Problems during Construction Period Various environmental problems incurred during construction period will influence the daily life. therefore the project team has put forth the following requirements for the constructor: The constructor shall sign a civilized construction contract; Pay attention to training and education of the construction personnel, protection of farmland, animals and plants along the highway. Temporary passages shall be built first when the highway intersects with the existing roads to prevent the occurrence ofjam; @ Attentions shall be paid to protect the irrigation ditches at both sides of the highway during construction period, especially for Yanhuandingyangshui irrigation ditch. Solid wastes are prohibited to dump into the ditches, including construction garbage, so as to ensure the smooth supply of irrigation water. (5)Issues of Ethnic Minorities There are a large number of Hui nationality in the regions along the line, especially for Wuzhong city, in which the Hui nationality population amounts to 56.93% of the chy, and is the main gathering region of Hui nationality in China. The construction personnel must respect local nationality customs during construction to guarantee the stabi lity and union of nationalities. 7.5 Summary of Public Participation Masses and units along the highway can recognize the great promoting role of the project for regional economic development along the highway after completion, and can take the overall situation into consideration. Therefore, initial work of the project such as land requisition, house demolition and relocation etc. and specific construction will not meet with great resistance. In addition, the proposals of the public on environment will be fully reflected in relevant chapters of environmental protective measures, and various environmental protective measures shall be implemented according to the state management rules of "three simultaneously" in project construction to minimize the adverse influences of project construction on environment. 294 Chapter 8 Scheme Comparison and Selection 8.1 Route Selection Principles Resources, energies, environment, society, economy and many other comprehensive factors along the line have been fully considered when the scheme is worked out. Meanwhile, opinions and suggestions of local government and residents along the line are also fully considered. In the meantime, the following route selection principles are put forward for reference of subsequent project design: [1] The route shall be short and straight as much as possible to reduce land occupation and meet the general trend of the road in road network planning; [2] Make reasonable use of topography along the line and reduce engineering work load and environmental disruption. (3) Protect ecological systematicness, persistence and regional continuity in the project area as much as possible when determining the route. Reduce landscape damage, avoid breakup of regional landscape and prevent changing of life habit of wild animals as much as possible to ensure undamaging ofliving environment of wild animals along the line and protect biodiversity along the line. [4] Fully protect the existing environment of Baijitan Nature Reserve, especially that the design at the place with a minimum distance from the route to the core area of the Reserve shall reduce occupation area of the Reserve as much as possible to protect the fragile vegetation and soil environment of Baijitan. [5] Avoid damage of important infrastructure, e.g. optical cable and underground pipeline, etc. along the line as much as possible. Meanwhile, fully consider grade crossing with local highway and ensure not influencing trips of residents along the line. [6] Meet planning development of towns and industrial areas along the line, coordinate with each planning and promote development of local industry. [7] Highway facility is one of the foremost infrastructure developing local economy and tourism. The subsequent preliminary design phase will take tourism resources along the line into consideration and drive development of local tourist industry as much as possible. 8.2 No-action At present, G211 Guyaozi-Qingtongxia highway grade is very low and the damaged pavement causes large quantities of exhaust gas discharge of vehicle. With the rapid 295 increase of traffic volume, highway congestion degree will notably increase, traveling speed will greatly reduce and the influence of automobile exhaust gas pollutants on environment may be severer on the whole than that after implementation. Especially that the project in planning will pass through Litong District of Wuzhong City with concentration of population and the continuously increasing vehicle flow will cause certain influences on atmospheric environment and acoustic environment. Drainage and protection facilities along the line can not be repaired and ecological environment problems left from original road can not be treated due to backward condition of existing road; part of sections lack protection, retaining and drainage, etc. Disaster reduction and prevention engineering measures are not perfect and there is severe damage, which cause damage of ecological environment and intensification of soil erosion. The road condition with very low grade can not adapt to distributing characteristics of population and resources along the line and economic development of the project area. The project passes Lingwu City, Wuzhong City, Qingtongxia City, Yanchi County of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, all of which will be future important energy development areas and economic growth areas of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. However, deficiency of highway infrastructure severely impedes regional economic development and meanwhile restricts the project area and the outside. AR:er construction of the highway and opening to traffic, vehicle speed will be greatly increased and exhaust gas discharge amount of vehicle will reduce. On aspect of noise, existing road condition is very poor and has great influences on residents along the line. With the increase of traffic volume, continuously increasing vehicle flow at present is unfavorable for health of residents living at the both sides of highway. After noise reduction measures are adopted in highway construction, influences on acoustic environment of residents along the line will be reduced. Highway greening can increase ground vegetation coverage, hold up and lift part of air flow and consume motion energy of wind, which can play the roles of reducing wind speed and preventing blow sand damage. Meanwhile, highway greening construction can regulate climate and purify air. Highway greening construction can improve and beautifY environment. Greening plant can make landscaping with the change of topography and landform and plant evergreen trees, various flowers and grass along the bald and bumpy highway, which will bring the feeling of blending between the highway, its surrounding and the nature with grand vigor, make the rigid road landscape possess vitality and spatial effect, provide people with graceful and comfortable enjoying and benefit people's physical and mental health. Improvement of road condition may attract more investment and promote the rapid development of the project area and the whole Ningxia economy. To sum up, the project construction can improve environment along the line and promote development of local economy. 296 8.3 Corridor Belt Scheme The project is an important section of the "three-longitudinal and nine-transversal" highway network of the autonomous region. With the raid development of Wuzhong City, Lingwu City, Ningdong Energy and Chemical Industry Base, Sun Mountain Development Area and peripheral Inner Mongolia Shanghaimiao Development Area, the area has become important economic growth belt of Ningxia and the traffic volume will greatly increase. The project is just the powerful measure perfecting arterial highway network construction of the autonomous region and solving the contradiction between economic development and traffic infrastructure lagging. Plain area in the project area is very extensive and the topography is flat and open. Ecological environment is similar, which is desertification ecological environment. Influences of highway construction on environment are basically the same, i.e. mainly the influences of soil erosion on ecological environment. Therefore, only a corridor belt is put forward in the highway in planning for the highway design. The corridor belt is in flat and straight trend to reduce land occupation. Meanwhi Ie, corridor of the project is selected conforming to the principles of avoiding villages along the line to reduce removal and approaching development areas and cities. Therefore, the corridor belt is regarded as the optimal one from the angle of environment. 8.4 Comparison and Selection of Route Scheme According to the "Feasibility Report of Highway from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia on National Highway No.2!!", LA line starting point scheme and LD line starting point scheme are proposed for the starting point of highway from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia; four schemes of LA, LB, LD and LE are proposed for the line. LB, LD and LE schemes are partial alternative schemes of LA scheme. LA line ending point scheme and LE line ending point scheme are proposed as the ending point scheme. This report has carried out environment impact analysis for route suggested scheme and determine the optimal route scheme from the vied of environment protection, now go along with the environment impact comparison analysis for all schemes. 8.4.1 Comparison and Selection of Starting Point Scheme (1)Overview of the Scheme There are two starting points of this project, which are located at the northwest of Ningdong coal chemical industrial zone (LA starting point scheme) and northwest of Guyaozi interchange (LD starting point scheme). Please refer to Fig.SA-I. 297 Fig.8.4-1 Starting point scheme of LA line and LD line o Project comparison The Ningdong base is still under construction, so there are many ground attachments. Highway, railway, electric, communication, and other facilities begin to take shape. The starting point of LA line is located at the northwest of Ningdong coal chemical industrial zone where interference with the above ground attachments is the minimum, and the construction conditions are relatively good. The interference between the LD line starting point scheme and the existing infrastructures of Ningdong base is large, and tht: construction conditions are relatively poor. Through comprehensive comparison, LA line starting scheme is recommended for this project. o Em!ironment Comparison and Selection LA line starting point scheme is set at the northwest of Ningdong coal chemical industrial zone. This project is connected with Qingyin expressway through terminal interchange. This project will promote the economic construction of Ningdong base and satisfies the integral requirement for the planning of Ningdong base. The development and construction for Shanghaimiao Energy Base Development Zone in Inner Mongolia are also considered in the starting point of this project. The energy base development zones of both provinces will be united by setting the starting point at this place. Subsequent construction of unnecessary roads is avoided and the damages to the environment are reduced. 298 LD line starting point scheme does not comply with the integral planning of Ningdong base. The vehicle trips of Shanghaimiao Energy Base Development Zone in Inner Mongolia in the future are not considered. This scheme does not comply with the overall national construction situation, and is not conducive to the construction of resource-saving society. LA line starting point scheme is recommended by the environment comparison and selection. o Conclusions of Comparison and Selection LA starting point scheme is recommended through comprehensive comparison and selection in the aspects of project and environment. 8.4.2 The possible route schemes include four schemes of LA, LB, LD and LE. Route LA (LAKO+OOO - LAK78+800): starts from the north side of Ningdong coal mechanical zone, crosses over Baofeng railway, Qin-Yin highway and its auxiliary road and Yazidang reservoir water supply ditch in sequence, then bypasses Lingzhou ash field management and west side of Power Plant ash field, straddles Taizhongyin railway connecting line, Dahezi Ditch and Dagu railway at LAK17+470, crosses over Zhoujia Ditch and Heng Ditch in sequence, passes through Baijitan national natural protection zone experiment zone, straddles No. 37 national highway at 11: LAK23+ 710, go further southwest, crosses over Xiabai road and passes Wuj iahu village, straddle No. 211 national highway after passing Jiantan, passes Guojiaqiao village and Liujiawan village and crosses over Shanshui Ditch before entering Laohe bridge, straddles Wubai highway and Qingshui Ditch at LAK46+908 and enter Balanghu farmland, passes through Wuzhong city liefang village, Bolangqu village, Yangqu village and linji town in sequence, extends westward after crossing over ling-Zang highway (G6) at LAK55+490, passes through Majiaqiao village and Renqiao village, crosses over Qin Canal, then straddles Yellow River and crosses over Taining Canal, Xi Canal and Tanglai Canal in sequence, straddle No. 109 national highway at Weiqiao village, crosses over Xigan Canal, passes through north of Daba town, straddles Bao-Lan railway at LAK75+258, crosses over No. 201 national highway at LAK77+ 195 and connects with Shizuishan to Zhongning highway after reached the end. The total length of highway in this route is 78.800km. LB, LD and LE schemes are the alternative schemes of LA scheme in partial road sections. 8.4.2 Comparison and Selection of LB Scheme and LA Scheme (l)Overview of the Scheme Route LB (LBKll+800 - LBK33+140): It is a local comparison line, starts from LAKII +800, go southward to bypass Lingzhou ash field management and power 299 plant ash field east side, enters Lingwu Baijitan national natural protection zone bu ffer area, passes through centre of Haizihu, crosses over Xiabai road at LBK32+ 390 and coincides with route LA at Yinhuang irrigation farmland to end this route section. It~. total length is 21.340 km, refer to figure 8.2-2. o Project comparison LB line is longer than LA line in some sections for 0.41 km. the engineering quantity is large and the cost is high, so LA line is recommended .. Fig.8.4-2 LA line scheme and LB line scheme o Enyironment Comparison and Selection The environmental comparison of scheme LA and partly section of scheme LB mainly consists of five environmental protection points of ecological environment, environmental noise, environmental air, aquatic environment and social environment. S(:heme B enters Baijitan natural protection zone buffer area and passes through centre of Haizihu with more land occupation, so route LA scheme is recommended from environmental protection view. Please refer to table 8.4-1 for the detailed comparison and selection. 300 Table 8.4-1 Environmental comparison of scheme LA and scheme LB LA Line LB Line LB(A)K 11 +800~ Item LAK 11 +800~LAK33+00 LBK33+410 0 Entering Baij itan natural Ecological environment Small impact protection zone buffer area 1 village sensitive point in 1 village sensitive point in Environmental noise Dingjialiang, and there are Tianshui Village, and there are 13 households in total 15 households in total 1 village sensitive point in 1 village sensitive point in Ambient Air Dingjialiang, and there are Tianshui Village, and there are 13 households in total 15 households in total Passing from the center of Haizi Aquatic Environment Small impact Lake Geological condition Poor Good 2 Semi-desert pasture: 75.4hm ; Semi-desert pasture: 2 Occupation 2 Dry land: 37.5hm 2 119.4hm 2 (hm ) Desert: 11.7hm , house sites: Dry land: 11.7hm2 19.0hm2 Relocation More Less amount Planning No related planning Socia compatibility I Both schemes have one village sensitive point along their envir Traveling during line. Both lines pass the village in the form of roadbed. The onme construction influences to the traveling of villagers are equivalent. nt Influences on Promoting Promoting Tourism Industry Site public Support investigation Local government Support advice Recommended for environmental LA Line protection 301 D Conclusions of Comparison and Selection So from the views of engineering and environment aspects, route LA scheme is recommended after comprehensive comparison. 8.4.3 Comparison and Selection of LD Scheme and LA Scheme D Overview of the Scheme Route LD (LDKO+OOO to LDK17+840): The starting point is located at lkm away from Guyaozi interchange of Qin-Yin highway and of the intercrossing point with Qin-Yin highway; the route goes along No. 307 national highway, refer to figure 8.4-3. Figure 8.4-3 Route LA and LD schemes D Project comparison The route LD has a more special large bridge of 2.1 km than route LA with difficult wiring. And there are large number of facilities such as power supply and telecommunication and numerous and jumbled surface attachment, which are not favorable for wire extending. Recommended D Environment Comparison and Selection The environmental comparison of scheme LA and partly section of scheme LD mainly consists of five environmental protection points of ecological environment, environmental noise, environmental air, aquatic environment and social environment. Scheme D enters Baijitan natural protection zone buffer zone and does not comply 302 with the planning ofNingdong base as well as not consider the future vehicle passing of Shanghaimiao energy base development zone of Inner Mongolia, so route LA scheme is recommended from environmental protection view. Please refer to table 8.4-2 for the detailed comparison and selection. Table 8.4-2 Environmental comparison of scheme LA and scheme LD LD Line LDKO+OOO~ Item LA Line LDK17+840 Ecological Entering Baijitan natural protection Small impact environment zone buffer area 1 village sensitive point in Crossing Lingzhou Comprehensive Environmental Dingjialiang, and there are Industrial Park, and affecting many noise 13 households in total people Crossing Lingzhou Comprehensive 1 village sensitive point in Industrial Park, and affecting many Ambient Air Dingjialiang, and there are people and the influencing scope is 13 households in total wide Not passing rivers, Aquatic Not passing rivers, reservoirs, and reservoirs, and little Environment little influence influence ~~----- .. Without bad geological Without bad geological Geological environment, with good environment, with good geological condition geological conditions conditions Relocation Lots of electric and communication Without relocation amount facilities will have to be relocated Not comply with Ningdong base planning, Planning Compatible Future traveling of vehicles from compatibility Shanghaimiao Energy Base Development Zone Social 1 village sensitive point in envir Crossing Lingzhou Comprehensive Traveling Dingjialiang, and there are onme Industrial Park, and affecting the during 13 households in total, a nt traveling and working of many construction few traveling people are people affected Influences on Tourism Promoting Promoting Industry Site public Support investigation 303 I Local I gover~ment I Support advIce Recommended for • environmental LA Line protection o Conclusions of Comparison and Selection So from the views of engineering and environment aspects, route LA scheme is recommended after comprehensive comparison. 8.4.4 Comparison and Selection of LE Scheme and LA Scheme o Overview of the Scheme LE line (LEK63+000~ LEKS1+960): main control points of this scheme: north side of Qingtongxia Town, Yellow River, Qingtongxia Aluminum Plant, and the planning expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning. The pile number of LA line corresponding to the starting point of LE line is LAK63+000. After separating with LA line in the southwest this line goes to the north side of Qingtongxia Town. (t crosses Qin Canal at LEK69-t-400, the Yellow River at LEK70+300, and the highway from Qingtongxia Town to the Aluminum Plant at LEK71+3S0. After that, it is laid close to the southeast of Qingtongxia Aluminum Plant. It crosses provincial highway No.201 at LEK7S+500, and Qingtongxia general interchange is built to connect with it. Then, it extends forward and connects with the planning expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning. The total length of the route will be lS.96km. Please refer to Fig.8.4-4. 304 Fig.8.4-4 LA line scheme and LE line scheme o Project comparison LE line is longer than LA line in some places for 3.16km, and the engineering quantity is large. Furthermore, the planned Yellow River bridge is too close to the original Qingtongxia Yellow River bridge and Qingtongxia Hydropower Station. The landform along the line is complicated. There are many ground attachments. Ditches of Yellow River are densely distributed. The line development is difficult and the construction difficulty in the anaphase is great. So LA scheme is recommended. LA line is recommended .. o Environment Comparison and Selection The environmental comparison of scheme LA and partly section of scheme LE mainly consists of five environmental protection points of ecological environment, environmental noise, environmental air, aquatic environment and social environment.The route ofLE scheme is long, the soil erosion and water loss is serious. Furthermore, the planned Yellow River bridge is too close to the original Qingtongxia Yellow River bridge and Qingtongxia Hydropower Station. This is not conducive to the self-purification of water body of Yellow River. LA line scheme is recommended from the aspect of environmental protection. Please refer to table 8.4-3 for the detailed comparison and selection. 305 Table 8.4-3 Environmental comparison of scheme LA and scheme LE LA Line LE Line Item LAK63+000--- LAK78+800 LE(A)K63+000--LEK8} +960 --" 1__ "" " Long route, large earthwork and Ecological ! Relatively short route and small serious soil erosion and water environment ! earthwork loss } sensitive point in Env ironm ental No sensitive point of sound Qingtongxia, and 93 noise environment households in total - I ------" } sensitive point in No sensitive point of Ambient Air Qingtongxia;and 93 atmosphere environment households in total "- " "- The planned Yellow River The planned Yellow River bridge is too close to the bridge is relatively far from the original Qingtongxia Yellow original Qingtongxia Yellow Aquatic River bridge and Qingtongxia River bridge and Qingtongxia Environment Hydropower Station which is Hydropower Station which is not conducive to 'favorable for self-purification of self~purification of Yellow Yellow River water body River water body - Geological Good geological conditions Good geological conditions condition Passing the north of Land Occupy a few cultivated land Qingtongxia Town, and occupying occupying much cultivated land ..... -. Passing the north of Relocation Without relocation Qingtongxia Town, and large amount I relocation amount ! Without village sensitive point, Passing the north of Traveling and small influences to the Qingtongxia Town, great during Social traveling during the influences to the traveling enviro constructi, construction period during the construction period nment I Influences on Tourism Promoting Promoting Industry ! Site public ! Support investigation I Local government I Support advice --""""" 306 Recommended for environmental LA Line protection , o Conclusions of Comparison and Selection So from the views of engineering and environment aspects, route LA scheme is recommended after comprehensive comparison. 8.4.S Comparison and Selection of Ending Point Scheme o Overview of the Scheme This project has two ending points which are the west of Qingtongxia new material base which connects with the planning expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning (LA line ending point scheme) and southwest side of Qingtongxia new material base (LE line ending point scheme). See Fig. 8.4-5. Fig.8.4-S Ending point scheme of LA line and LE line o Project comparison LA line ending point scheme does not have complicated landform, and the construction conditions are good; LE line ending point scheme has complied landform after passing the Yellow River. There are many ground attachments, the line development is difficult and the construction has certain difficulties. LA line is recommended by the project comparison. 307 o Environment Comparison and Selection LA line ending point scheme does not have complicated landfonn, and the construction conditions are good, and the damage to the ecological environment is small; LE line ending point scheme has complied landform after passing the Yellow River. There are many ground attachments. The influences to the atmospheric environment is great during the construction, and earthquake, and other geological disasters may be triggered at the same time. LA line ending point scheme at the west side ofQingtongxia new material base which is connecting with the planning expressway from Shizuishan to Zhongning is recommended. o Conclusions of Comparison and Selection LA line ending point scheme is recommended trough comprehensive comparison and selection in the aspect of project and environment. 8.S General conclusion of scheme comparison From above mentioned, due to the natural environments are similar along the highway in planning. Through comprehensive comparison of aspects such as ec:ological environment, social environment, aquatic environment, engineering quantity, investment, the public investigation along the line and local government advice, the recommended scheme by environmental impact report and that recommended by project construction approval is same, i.e., route LA schemes. 308 Chapter 9 Environmental Protective Measures & Technical and Economic Demonstration The project to be built is consistent with the highway network development plan of Ningxia, and the full consideration has been given to the principles of economy, environmental protection and the technical feasibility during selection of routes. The traffic conditions of the road section will be obviously improved after the project is completed, which will promote economic development and social stability in areas along the highway and bring about desirable social and economic benefits. However, project construction will also cause certain adverse impact on current ecological environment, including ecological destruction, water and soil erosion, air pollution and noise etc. during the construction period, and noise, water and air pollution etc. during the operational period. Effective measures shall be taken to avoid or alleviate adverse impact, improve and optimize environment, promote integration of the social, economic and environmental benefits of the project. Therefore environmental protective measures are an important part of the project construction. Adopt corresponding environmental protective measures for the adverse impact during designing period, construction period and operational period through assessment of the current environmental conditions and predictions. 9.1 Measures to relieve social environmental impact 9.1.1 Designing Period Impact on social environment is reduced during the designing period mainly through reducing quantity of requisitioned land and the impact of barriers along the highway line. IJ Measures for Relieving Adverse Impact of Land Requisition D Permanent land occupation by the project is 541.66hm2, including 272.38hm2 of arable land, accounting for 50.29% of the total area of the requisitioned land. "Opinions on Implementing the Strictest Protective System for Arable Land during Highway Construction"(Highway [2004] No.64) s~all be carefully implemented during design to optimize design program and reduce arable land occupied during construction. The route programs shall be demonstrated, compared and selected according to land use and occupation of farmland to determine rational route programs; Give priority to the program that can save land and protect arable land to the greatest extent under the premise that the- engineering quantity will be greatly increased; Make full use of barren hills, barren slopes, waste land and inferior land. 309 Adopt the program of low embankment and shallow road cutting if environmental and technical conditions permitting; As for. road sections that run through basic farmland and cash crop zones, protective measures such as retaining walls, slope protection and foot protection etc. shall be taken into consideration based on technical and economic comparison to shorten the length of side slopes and save land. c::: Conduct careful survey and calculation, rationally allocate earthwork, and make full use of transferring the earthwork dug out for filling within economic transport distance, and strictly control the engineering quantity of earthwork. Rationally establish earth pits and abandoned earth site, and occupy as little farmland as possible to integrate earth borrowing, abandoning, land transformation and field creation. Adopt industrial waste materials and construction dregs consistent with technical standards to construct subgrades to reduce earthwork and land use in qualified places. Erect system pipelines such as highway engineering telecommunication, monitoring and water supply etc. over the same ditches if consistent with technical, economic and safety requirements, and establish the pipelines within the scope of land m·e by the highway if possible. iJ Temporary land occupation such as construction site and construction camp near interchanges or auxiliary facilities in the road section shall be within the scope of permanent land occupation such as interchange or service section etc. to reduce the temporary land occupation of such part of project and effectively protect the arable land along the highway line. Go through formalities for examination and approval of construction land for highway construction in strict accordance with relevant rules, and occupation and supplement of arable land shall be balanced. Compensation system for arable land shall be carefully implemented for the arable land approved to be occupied according to the principle of "plow as much arable land as occupied". The compensation funds shall be used for developing local economy, compensating the peasant families for the economic income lost duet to land requisition; The compensation funds for temporary land use shall be directly granted to the peasant households directly to compensate the temporary decease of economic income. o Measures for Reliving Traffic Barriers In order to make it convenient for the passing of people along the line, following measures should be taken: The location and quantity of the passages shall be further investigated and determined during engineering design. The quality of the passage should be guaranteed and there should be no water in the passage and the road surface should be smooth and firm. A sidestep of 60cm width and 30m height should be set when necessary for the passing in case of rain. 310 Increase the width and height of the passages where agricultural machinery may pass by during design to guarantee passage of the agricultural machinery. D Measures for Relieving Impact on Mineral Resources The routes design will be optimized to reduce burying of the mineral areas if possible in the next phase of work according to "Assessment Report for Mineral Resources Buried by Project Land of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Tie Line". D Others Give full consideration to natural environment and social environment in areas along the highway line during layout of highway and comparison of programs to evade sensitive areas such as important towns, concentrated residential areas, schools and hospitals etc., and reduce interference and removal of the power, telecommunication and water-conservancy facilities if possible; The routes shall be far away from or evade natural scenic areas, cultural relics and ancient sites, water sources and key state engineering facilities, and shall be coordinated with the plans of the towns along the line. Pay attention to keep constant and smooth highway lines during design; Conduct nice and novel design for the construction styles such as models and colors of the interchanges, bridges, toll gates, maintenance section, service section and parking section etc. to coordinate the highway to be built and the natural landscape along the line, and improve riding comfort and cultural connotation of the highwayO Maintain the functions of original irritation system, and establish culverts and bridges when spanning over canals to reduce impact on residents due to separation of site by the highway. 9.1.2 Construction phase D Measures for Relieving Adverse 1m pact of Land Req uisition List relevant provisions on protection of arable land during tender invitation for the project and strictly implement such provisions. Division of contract sections shall be conducted under the principles of making rational allocation of earthwork, and reducing the quantity of earth borrowing and abandoned earth, and temporary land use; Rationally make use of the farming layer on the surface of the occupied arable land during project implementation for recreating land; Rationally establish earth pits and abandoned earth sites, and the construction protection thereof shall be consistent with relevant requirements to prevent water and soil erosion. The construction unit shall enhance the awareness of protecting arable land, make overall arrangement of the temporary land use by the project, strengthen scientific instruction; The supervisory unit shall strengthen supervision over land occupation during construction, and urge the construction unit to implement the land protective 311 measures; Conduct comprehensive inspection of the land use and restoration during completion inspection.' The construction units shall strictly control the quantity of temporary land use, and make overall arrangement of the construction pavements, various material yards and prefabricating yards according to engineering progress, and shall establish them Within the scope of land used by the highway or make use of barren slopes or waste land, and no farmland shall be occupied. Take effective measures to prevent pollution of farmland during construction, and carefully restore the land temporarily used by the project after completion of the project according to the contract provisions. [' Carry out highway greening and carefully implement relevant requirements in "Urgent Notice of the State Council on Resolutely Checking Tree-Planting etc. on Basic Farmlands"(G.F.M.D.[2004] No.1), and strictly control the width of the greening belt in case there are arable lands along the highway line. Cooperate with relevant departments to construct green passages under the leadership of the local pt'ople's governments while doing well in greening within the scope of land use by the highway. Policy support such as seedling subsidy etc. will not be granted for those of unqual ified width of the greening belts. Carrying out the strictest protective system for arable land during highway construction is an important duty of the traffic authorities at various levels, which is btneficial to the current times and make lasting contribution for the future. The construction unit must enhance awareness of the situation, strengthen organization and leadership, supervision and inspection, and standardize land use in a scientific way to rationally use and save land, and promote all-round, well-coordinated and su stainable development of highway traffic. o Measures for Relieving Adverse Impact of Resettlement According to construction experience in similar projects, resettlement is in the charge of the local governments in 4 way such as postponing land requisition, resettlement in other villages, forming new villages and resettlement in urban districts etc. The way of "forming new village" in the 4 means of resettlement causes the greatest destruction and impact on environment, and may bring about new environmental problems. Therefore, in case such way is adopted for resettlement, the site of the new village shall evade the protected water source site, places of good natural vegetation, arable lands of high yields and traffic roads; "Resettlement in other villages": and "resettlement in urban districts" may have greater impact on the individual peasants, and will greatly change the living environment of the residents and change the means of labor and interpersonal relations. From the perspectives of resettlement and characteristics of the village distribution along the highway line, it is appropriate to adopt the means of resettlement of postponing land requisition and getting away from highways due to scattered resettlement and lack of collective large-scaled resettlement, which will only slightly change the living environment of the residents and cause minor 312 impact on the life of the peasants. Meanwhile, as the current natural villages have formed human living environment, it can reduce impact on natural ecological environment. Due to the different structures of the houses and yards, and living standards of the residents in various areas, the houses to be removed differ from each other in value. Therefore it is necessary to conduct specific investigation and make rational compensation during resettlement to meet the desire of the people to the greatest extent and avoid grave losses incurred to them. In addition, local governments at various levels shall implement the following work well in resettlement: a. Make out migration and resettlement plan in advance; The highway construction unit and the town governments involved in resettlement shall establish resettlement office and make out rational, orderly and complete resettlement plan for land and seedling compensation etc. and resettlement subsidy before formal project construction according to "Land Administration Law of the PRC" and "Methods for Land Requisition for National Construction of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region" and "Regulations for Management of House Resettlement in Urban Areas" etc .. In addition, they shall make overall arrangement, conduct sufficient coordination and proper resettlement from the perspective of the overall benefits of the project construction under the cooperation of the local governments and relevant departments so that no future troubles will be left over. b. The highway authority shall make use of effective means of publicity to greatly publicize the relevant state polices on economic resettlement and subsidy under the help of the people's congresses, political consultative conferences and grass-root organizations along the highway line to make clear the state land requisition and resettlement compensation policies. c. The construction units shall grant the various resettlement subsidies to relevant town and village governments in time according to relevant agreements, and shall not detain or misappropriate such funds. The houses of the resettled residents shall not be inferior to current ones, and shall be slightly improved. Grant care and support to households with special living difficulties and weak populations to obtain better social benefits out of the project construction. d. Subsidy must be used for special purposes, and granted to relevant village groups and individuals in time according to relevant provisions. In addition, it is necessary to fully exercise democracy and respect the basic rights of the citizens to carry out rational distribution and use of various subsidies. 313 e. Do well in investigation of the resettled households, and define homestead for such households in time according to town and village construction plan. The resettlement funds for land requisition shall be granted to the resettled households in time to guarantee that the living standards of the influenced people will not decrease. f. Take the long~term local plans into consideration for the site of resettlement, and avoid reoccurrence of resettlement in the short term. Meanwhile, pay attention to the following environmental protective measures during resettlement: Make uniform plans for land occupation in resettlement zone; And it is strictly forbidden to occupy arable lands at random within the resettlement zone to protect the land resources. The waste earth and dregs produced during "three linkages and one leveling" work shall not be dumped to ditches at random, and shall be used for foundations and pavements for yards if possible to level the homesteads and make full use of the waste earth. The waste earth, when used for filling the terraces inside the yards, shall be rammed firmly by layers to meet the requirements for stability. The remaining dregs shall be collectively piled according to the village and town construction and greening shall be conducted in time. The side slopes shall be kept stable when digging the land, and corresponding engineering measures shall be taken if necessary; Plants may be adopted for the exposed ground surface as protective measures. Make rational arrangement for the drainage systems in resettlement and construction of new districts lest the runoffs pool together, which will flush the villages and cause water and soil erosion. CClassify the construction rubbish after completion of resettlement project, and the wood and bricks shall be recycled if possible. The other waste earthwork shall be transported to the nearby abandoned dreg sites. Meanwhile, do well in village and town greening in the resettlement zone, and actively carry out "four sides" plantings an road greening to beautify the environment, protect villages and develop courtyard economy. Adopt the tree species suitable for the resettlement zone, and plant some evergreen arbors, shrubs, flowers and lawns etc. to retain the water and soil, restore and improve the landscape. o Measures for Reducing Interference with Life of Residents The adverse impact caused by highway and bridge construction on social environment mainly occur in the construction period. Construction activities will cause obstructed road traffic and influence the life of the residents in construction sections. However, such influence is short and temporary, and will gradually disappear with the end of the construction activities. It is proposed to adopt the following measures to reduce inconveniences caused by construction activities on life of residents: 314 D The construction unit shall strengthen contact with traffic management departments of the public security organ, and seriously do well in traffic evacuation and guidance, stop or reduce vehicle transport at peak time on the transport passages to reduce traffic jam and lower noise. I-I Strengthen management of the transport vehicles used for construction; Vehicles transporting earthwork shall be covered with felt rug etc. to reduce sprinkling and flying dust; Sprinkle water to control dust regularly on the transport roads and rationally pile up the construction materials . . -' Strengthen management of the construction personnel when the road sections pass by the areas of ethnic minorities(especially Litong District of Wuzhong City) to let them understand the customs and habits of the Hui nationality, especially diet habits, words and deeds related to taboos. and guarantee the construction personnel respect the living habits of the ethnic minorities, and it is strictly forbidden to exercise diet habits, words and deeds contraindicated by these nationalities. D Measures for Relieving Impact on Local Roads Yin-Shaan line (the old G211), Ningxia section of Qingyin Expressway (G20), Qiyin line (G307), Wuzhong-Baitugang Highway, Ningxia section of lingzang Expressway, Yinhua line (SIOI), lingla line (GI09), Shiying line (S201), Lingwuqing Highway and county and township roads along the highway line are the main roads for local transport. The road surfaces may be damaged due to rolling of heavy transport vehicles, and increase traffic volume and influence the local traffic and road safety. Therefore the following measures shall be taken to reduce influences caused by the project: lJ Before starting work, the main local roads and bridges should be reinforced and necessary convenient road should be built. :::i While the road structure is obstructing the road, the construction unit should confiscate the land temporarily and build the convenient road to put through existing roads and make sure that the road is expedite. LJ During the construction, the heavy trucks may destroy the local roads. As a result, the roads should be protected and repaired immediately after construction to the former grade. D The construction transportation trucks should avoid the rush hour of the local roads in order to avoid traffic jam and accidents and at the same time, reduce the noise and air pollution D Every mark part should be equipped with a safety supervisor. The construction site should have outstanding alert lines and mark lights at night. Local people, goers, especially the olds and young are forbidden to enter the work site. 315 o Protective Measures for Farmlands and Water Conservancy Facilities Complete farmland and water conservancy systems have formed in the agricultural zones the highway passes by through long term plowing, and land occupation by the highway will cause barriers and destruction to the system. 2 extra-large bridges(3, 105 m<:ters), 31 medium and large bridges(3,281 meters), 10 small bridges(l33 meters) and 220 culverts have been designed for the project to guarantee normal operation of th ] In case the highway project influences farmland ditches, the highway construction unit shall take charge of repairing or transferring such ditches, and shall not lower the original standards and functions of the ditches. Transfer of the ditches shall be conducted during the dry season or agriculture leisure time, and time completion of such works shall be guaranteed. [] In case the water conservancy facilities cannot work smoothly due to improper construction, the construction unit shall take charge of cleaning up such facilities and adopt protective measures as well as grant economic compensation for the losses incurred thereby. In case the ditches are influenced by the construction pavements, temporary makeshift bridges and culverts shall be repaired to guarantee drainage and irrigation in farmlands and smooth flow of the surface runoffs. The waste mud or dregs produced during foundation construction of the bridges shall not be deserted in river channels or beaches lest the river bed is raised and the river channel is congested, or the water drainage section is decreased, which will cause water floods or worsen water and soil erosion. o Measures for Relieving Adverse Impact of the Project on Public Facilities Avoid influences on important infrastructures such as optical cables and electric cables etc. during project design if possible The designing and construction units shall consult with the power and post departments etc. in advance and dismantle the affected infrastructures after constructing substitute facilities to reduce inference of highway construction with power and telecommunication undertakings and avoid serious power failure or suspension of telecommunication. 316 D The traffic department shall fully consult with public security department to conduct special traffic command and evacuation during highway construction period, and reduce as much impact on the current highway traffic by the highway construction as possible, which is also beneficial to smooth implementation of the project. Local roads damaged during construction shall be repaired immediately, or the compensation shall be given to local highway administration department for repair. o Protective Measures for Cultural Relics In case cultural relics are discovered during construction, construction shall be suspended to protect the site, and relevant parties shall report to cultural relics management department in time. Construction shall not be continued until the cultural relics management department adopt relevant measures and grants approval. o Others '- Conduct strict management of the speed of the construction vehicles to avoid accidents, especially near the road sections such as Bolangqu Primary School LAK5l +820, Wuzhong No.2 Middle School LAK57+ 120 and Haoqucun Primary School LAK64+210 etc .. D Establish an advertisement board at the entrance of each construction site, indicating the project contractors, construction supervision unit and the phone number of the local environment protection bureau and the name of the contact person so that the masses can contact relevant departments when influenced by construction noise, environment air pollution, traffic or other adverse influences. ~: Take effective protecting measures for safety of the masses along the highway line. Adopt effective measures during highway construction in the concentrated residential areas; Establish railings on the construction site and other dangerous sites to forbid pubic traffic; Set alarm signs or other descriptive signs in places of frequent traffic of construction vehicles 9.2 Measures for Relieving Impact on Ecological Environment 9.2.1 Designing Period o Protective Programs for Basic Farmland Basic farmlands of 228. 70hm2 has been occupied in the permanent land occupation. The construction unit shall compensate the occupied basic farmlands according to "Regulations for Protecting Basic Farmlands" and "Regulations for Protecting Basic Farmlands in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region" and relevant rules etc.. The construction unit shall grant the compensation funds to local town governments in one lump sum for overall arrangement, and the land management department shall plow 317 arable lands of the same quantity and quality of the occupied arable lands under the principle of "plow as much land as occupied". As for areas unqualified for plowing arable lands or the plowed arable lands fail to meet relevant requirements, expenses for creating arable lands for protection of basic farmlands shall be paid or made up for . to the departments determined by the people's government of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region according to relevant provisions. In case of highway construction, the town and village governments shall make overall allocation according to local arable lands lest production or life of the peasant families with requisitioned or occupied land be influenced. The following measures shall be taken during highway design, mainly including: Various relevant units conduct careful site survey to collect data on landform, terrain, soil layer, geological conditions and land use etc. along the highway line, and seek the opinions of the local governments and masses along the highway line on the directions of the routes and occupation of arable lands etc .. They will giver priority to programs that can save land and protect arable lands to the greatest extent to make full use of barren hills, waste slopes, waste land and inferior lands under the premise that the engineering technical requirements are met. Attention shall be paid to protection of current arable lands during project construction. For example, Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line LAK33+ I 00~LAK71 +600 section lie in the concentrated farmland area. The height of the subgrades built for the highway shall be reduced if possible, and retaining walls shall be established to reduce permanent land occupation by the subgrades and the amount of fetched earth as well as seriously protect the current arable lands. High bridge programs have been adopted 10 protect the basic farmlands along Lingwu-Tianshuibao section and Guojiaqiao township section of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line and to reduce resettlement and land requisition, which has save 4.03hm2 and 8.41 hm20f watered lands respectively. As for fertile topsoil within the project area, it shall be striped off in advance of project construction. The thickness of the topsoil to be stripped off may be 30 cm, which will be used for project greening or second plowing for temporary land occupation. 1-; Adopt the program of low embankment and shallow cutting to reduce high filling and deep digging under the premise that various requirements of design standards have been met. As for road sections that pass by basic farmland and cash crops section,adopt program of viaducts if possible to reduce occupation of arable land by the project. Try to maintain the completeness of the original drainable and irrigation system, and reduce the cutting of farmland water-conservancy facilities, agricultural machinery roads and farmlands. The construction unit shall negotiate with the local government and peasants in time during construction, and duly adjust the location and 318 quantity of the culverts and passages according to their requirements to guarantee normal plowing of the agricultural machinery. Rationally determine the scales of the service section, parking section and toll gates along the line, and maintenance section etc. and make use of waste land, barren hills and slopes if possible D Greening Engineering Design Put forth vegetation restoration program for the earth pits and abandoned earth site and other exposed land dug due to the project according to the requirements of local ecological plan and construction in the next phase of design, and adopt the local tree species for vegetation restoration if possible. Select local species suitable for various areas according to various areas the highway run across, such as sand willow, Salix cheilophila, Seabuckthorn, Caragana microphylla, Achnatherum splendens and licorice etc. "Road ecological system" will be formed in local environment after the highway is built, including the road shoulders. upper and lower side slopes, empty land on the roadside berms, central separation belt, interchange section, service section, and toll gate etc. Ecological engineering facilities integrating civil works measures and plant greening to realize the comprehensive effect of protection, environment protection and landscape. The road sides are the largest ecological restoration section in the road ecological system, including the side slopes and berms. The overall standards for roadside greening: integrate spot greening and greening belt; Mainly plant shrubs and grassland on the slopes together with arbors, climbing plants and other ground cover plants to achieve collocation of internal and external, high and low greening; Coverage ratio of veget~tion: ::::80%. It is proposed to specifically refine the design of slope degrees, and make regional changes to adapt to the site natural terrain; Secondly, make supplementary design in selection of species, adopt the collation of mainly herbs supplemented by shrubs and arbors, which can guarantee water and soi I conservancy and landscape effect at the beginning of the operational period, and lay a foundation for long-term sustainable development of the ecological system on the side slopes after the biomass of arbors and shrubs constantly increases within several years as well as form the homogeneous landscape with the surrounding ecological communities. u Increase the proportion of arbors and flowering shrubs in the greening of the interchange section, which can be coordinated with the surrounding environment in ecological integrity and landscape, and beautify the section. Collocate the selected arbors, shrubs and lawns etc. to embody high, central and low layers, and meet the requirements for water and soil conservancy while beautifying the environment. 319 The central separation belt is closest to the drivers and passengers, and is the key point is landscape greening of highway, which focuses on the functions of safeguarding traffic and coordinating landscape. and color and rhythm Frequently adopt regular design of evergreen shrubs, and intersperse the site with flowering shrubs by means of constant formation, groups or louvered styles etc. , and plant grassland on the ground; The shrubs shall be higher than the road surface by 1.4-1.6 meters, which can shield the flashing light of the vehicle lights at night, and will not le1 people feel like evading it for being repressed, and can maintain the integrity of the road surface; Change the types of plants or means of planting every 20 km or so to enrich landscape elements and form a sense of rhythm, and adjust riding psychology. 9.2.2 Construction phase D Tender Invitation and Bidding Make definite the duties and obligations of environment protection on the part of the contractors and the objectives of environmental protection in each bid section in the bid documents. Embody the various environmental protection measures and proposals put forth in the approved environmental impact report in the contract provisions. TIle contractors shall make commitments on the obligations they shall undertake for environmental protection in the bidding documents, and the construction organization and plan shall contain measures for implementing environmental protection(management measures, engineering measures), design and organize construction meticulously to protect environment and biological diversity to the great extent. D Protective Measures for Road Section in Baijitan Nature Reserve Protective Measures for Vegetation and Animals a. Prohibit felling or destruction of the shrubs outside the requisitioned land b. Prohibit establishment of construction camp and site, or temporary land occupation such as borrowing pit and spoil ground etc. within the nature reserve. c. Prohibit construction personnel from digging medicinal herbs such as licorice etc. or hunting wild protected animals d. Stripe the surface soil(20 cm thick) on the subgrade before construction and cover the surface soil on the side slopes after construction. e: The construction time should be properly selected to avoid the high peak period of wild animal activities. Morning, dusk and evening are the peak period for wild animals to move about, breed and seek foods, and high-noise operation such as explosion or piling shall be avoided in the aforesaid periods. 320 f. Make definite the construction scope in construction project; Strictly forbid construction personnel to dig earth at random within the reserve, or destroy vegetation outside the construction scope Get on and drive vehicles on the construction pavements; It is strictly prohibited to drive vehicles outside the pavements. Corresponding punitive mechanism shall be formulated to better protect the vegetation. Requirements for Selecting the Site of Construction Pavement Due to the long distance of the road section running through the experiment area of the intended project, it is inevitably that part of the construction pavements shall be rebuilt, and the following requirements have been put forth according to the current traffic conditions in the road sections: a. Take into account and make a full use of the current G307 to transport building materials and earthwork to reduce establishment of transport passages. b. Give priority to the existing village roads, tractor-ploughed roads for expansion and upgrading of pavements. c. In case of no available existing roads in surrounding areas, new construction pavements may be built, which shall have the most immediate and shortest connection with the village roads to reduce the length of the newly-built construction pavements. J Measures for Reducing Land Occupation in Reserve The intended project will occupy l84.49hm2 of land in the reserve, and further land-saving measures shall be taken during the next phase of design due to the large land occupation. a. Strictly control the height of subgrade filled and dug during eonstruction, duly increase the proportion of bridges, reduce land occupation in the reserve and the area of the destrueted vegetation in the reserve under the premise that engineering indexes such as engineering safety and flood-prevention etc. are met, b. Try to maintain the completeness of the original drainable and irrigation system, and reduce the cutting of farmland water-conservancy facilities, agricultural machinery roads and farmlands. The construction unit shall negotiate with the local government and peasants in time during construction, and duly adjust the location and quantity of the culverts and passages according to their requirements to guarantee normal plowing of the agricultural machinery. C In case the height of the subgrade cannot be lowered in the road section that runs across the reserve, measures for shrinking base of slope such as retaining wall etc. shall be taken into consideration. Land-saving rectangular ditches shall be adopted as the drainable .ditches, and both the width of the berms and the distance from the 321 exterior edge of the drainage ditches to the site of the land used shall be I meter. Positive projection area shall be adopted for land occupation by bridges. In addition, other road sections by the hi lis shall construct roads and bridges half by half if conditions permitting to reduce land occupation by the subgrades. Requirements for Vegetation Restoration The road section in the experiment area of the intended project occupies 184.49hm2 of land, including 5.55hm2 of woodland and 144.63hm2 of grassland. Afforestate the road sides and central separation zone after completion of the project; Focus on maintaining the current vegetation in the reserve and select the existing tree and grass species in the reserve if possible; Consult with the management department of the reserve in case of introducing tree species. Retain the surface soil in case of m~wly-bu i It construction pavements on the road sides. Resume the vegetation after construction. o Protective Measures for Environment Quality a. Strengthen vehicle monitoring, and control passage of the vehicles with noise or exhaust exceeding relevant standards to protect the environment inside the nature reserve. b. Arrange construction personnel to learn relevant state and local laws, rules and regulations on the nature reserve, and carry out universal publicity and education on relevant environment protection laws, rules and relevant knowledge on environment protection to improve the awareness of environment protection. It is strictly forbidden to poach or destroy desert grassland at random etc. c. Add sign boards at the boundary between the buffer area and experiment area of the reserve, and inform all the construction personnel. The construction personnel and construction machinery are strictly forbidden to enter into the buffer area, and corresponding punitive measures shall be formulated. ] Environment Supervision and Management The management organ of the reserve shall appoint corresponding personnel to conduct regular inspection tour and supervision over the ecological environment during construction with the construction unit to prevent further destruction of the surrounding ecological environment. And environment supervision agency may be entrusted to track and supervise construction. Supervision focuses on the following issues: a. Supervise the construction behaviors and implementation of environmental protection measures and water-soil retaining measures during construction in the reserve, ; 322 b. Supervise establishment of construction pavements and vehicle transport as well as pollution caused during transport of construction materials; c. Supervise construction behaviors involving temporary land occupation and scope of construction; It is strictly forbidden to fetch earth, desert earth or dig sand in the reserve at random. d. Supervise implementation of protective measures of the side slopes of the subgrade and measures for improving side ditches; Vegetation shall be adopted to protect the side slopes if possible. D Protective Measures for Construction Activities ~~j Carry out publicity and education on environmental protection measures during construction for the construction personnel, and training for each personnel on the post to make them fully realize the importance of each environmental protective measures and implementation thereof to seriously implement such environmental protective measures iJ Strengthen construction management, carefully do well in construction organizational design, scientifically plan construction site, and rationally arrange construction progress to make out in-depth and refined construction measures and plans and reduce temporary land occupation if possible, shorten time of temporary land occupation and resume the original functions of the land in time. D Shorten the period of exposed loose surface and slope surface if possible, rationally arrange construction time, and avoid construction in strong winds and on rainy days if possible(Rainfall in the area is mainly concentrated in July, August and September.) ; The construction machinery and construction personnel shall carry out operation according to the overall plan construction layout figure, and the construction machinery, earthwork, stones or other building materials shall not be piled at random lest the vegetation be destroyed. D Strictly define the construction areas and the scope of motion of people during the construction period; Construct temporary roads and pave the road surface according to relevant standards; All the vehicles shall follow the linear style of operation according to the selected roads; Pave the roads with gravels, fix sand and earth, reduce impact of desertification and resume natural vegetation after completion of the project. D Protective Measures for Wild Animals and Plants D Protect desert ecological environment; It is forbidden to cut shrubs vegetation except for the purpose of construction 323 Strictly control the amount of woods to be felled; It is strictly forbidden to fell woods outside the land used for highway project that do not block vision. Temporary land use during the construction period such as mixing station shall be within the scope of land requisitioned for highway, for example, interchange section and toll gate etc.; Rent the current houses and sites for the construction camps if possible. The exposed land(inside and outside the road boundary) due to destruction of vegetation by highway construction shall be regulated and utilized after construction to restore vegetation or create fields for supplementing arable lands. Consult with the local land management departments during construction, and integrate earth borrowing and abandoning in earth pits and abandoned earth sites with agricultural development plan and design and basic farmland construction; Level and re··plow or afforestate such areas to create land in time after then completion of the project C To forbid the introduction of plants infected with pests or diseases o Grant economic compensation for the woodland lost due to occupation by the highway according to local standards of Ningxia; Encourage local towns and villages to plant protective woods afterwards according to conditions of the areas involved in th,~ project. The design unit shall cooperate with the forestry management department to check th,e woodland and grassland within the scope of land requisition before construction to determine the conditions of vegetation within the scope of highway lines, and investigate distribution of sand holly; In case key wild plants under the state protection such as sand holly exist within the scope of land requisition, it is proposed to adopt protective measures for transplanting such plants to reduce destruction of project construction on such key protected wild plants as sand holly etc. o Site Selection for Earth Pits and Abandoned Earth Site and Measures for Relieving Impact thereof Three borrow pits are primarily selected on the basis of field investigation by the environmental assessment unit, the development unit and the design unit of the main project. The intended project lies in mid-east and mid-north of Ningxia with main landforms such as plains, terraces and loess hills. The following principles shall be taken for selecting the site of the earth pits ofthe project a. Fetch earth collectively to reduce the number of earth pits and select slopes or barren land for fetching earth to occupy less arable land and woodland; It is forbidden to occupy basic farmlands, basic grasslands and ecological protective woods. 324 b. Earth pits shall be located in concealed areas, far away from river channel, to reduce soil erosion and negative impact on water quality of the river channel; c. The earth pits shall be of each assess to avoid excessively long transport distance and destruction of the construction pavements on the woodlands and farmlands along the highway line; d. Don't borrow soil within the scope of Baijitan Natural Reserve (LAK14+450~LAK32) ; e. Integrate large·scale earth pits with local aquatic breeding and farmland drainage and irrigation to make comprehensive use of the earth pits; f. Integrate earth borrowing with local town and water-conservancy plan etc. for comprehensi ve use The earthwork or the abandoned earthwork will be inevitably temporarily piled during operation at the earth pits. Due to destruction of the surface vegetation, in case of ineffective protective measures, water and soil erosion may occur on rainy days, and pollution may be caused to surrounding farmlands. Therefore, the 30-cm thick topsoil shall be striped before fetching the earth, and re-plowing and greening of the site shall be conducted after fetching the earth, leveling the site and covering the topsoil to maintain the original types of the land if possible' Design the entrance of the earth pits, digging, stacking and ecological restoring measures in the final periods and build necessary water drainable measures according to design. Conduct construction in strict accordance with design when fetching the earth and pay attention to stability of digging. The earth pits designed along the highway line will not occupy construction land for Baijitan Nature Reserve, and will be established according to the terrain. Meanwhile, give full consideration to making use of allocating and transferring engineering earthwork to reduce the area of the earth pits and destruction of the ecological environments along the highway line by earth borrowing; The selected earth pits shall be hills along the highway line if possible with rational transport distance; The newly construction pavements shall be short and have easy access to the scope of construction with economic and rational design. Generally speaking, the establishment and environment of the earth pits are feasible, economic and rational. (6) Establishment of temporary land use for construction camps and construction pavements etc. According to the regulation in "Several Opinions on Implementing the most Stringent Cultivated Land Protection System in Highway Construction", the construction unit should strictly control the area of temporary land using. Construction access roads, various kinds of material fields, and prefabrication field should be considered overall according to the progress of the project. They should be set within the highway land 325 using scope or in waste hillside or waste land without occupying farmland. Effective measures shou Id be taken during the construction process to effectively prevent farmland pollution. After the completion of the project, temporarily used land should be recovered according to the requirements in the contract. Their setting principles are: [J Construction field and construction camp a. Construction field (lime soil mixing station, asphalt blending station, prefabricated field, etc.) and construction camp should be set within the scope of land used by interchange. There are 8 interchanges which can be used in this project. Temporary land occupation will be reduced by setting them within the interchange. There is one service areas,one parking lots and seven toll stations along the line. During construction, the above mentioned permanently expropriated land can be used as the fie'ld of temporary works, like construction camp or prefabrication field. If without avai lable permanent expropriated land, low coverage rate pasture or abandoned land or waste land should be used. Village, school, and other sensitive places should be kept away. Generally, they should be set at the place 200m leeward from the sensitive places. 0 b. After the completion of the project, clean the surface of the construction field, eliminate the rigidified concrete, and pile them in selected abandoned dreg site. Water and soil conservation should be done, and soil should be improved and recovered to its original appearance. c. Houses should be rented as the construction camp in places with villages. If not available, waste hillside, shrub land, poor quality land or low coverage rate pasture should be used to build the construction camp. Cultivated land and high quality pasture should not be used. After the completion of thc project, the land should be recovered. to its original appearance. d. The section from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia LAK 14+450 to 32 is located in Baijitan Natural Reserve. During construction in this section, construction field and construction camp should be far away from the natural reserve to reduce influences to the reserve. ~Construction Road National, provincial, county roads can be used along the line of the planned project. Township roads and rural highways can be reconstructed. If new access roads are required, large filling and large excavation should be avoided. Water and soil conservation should be done to prevent the loss of water and soil and the damage of ecology. After the project is completed, access roads can be handed over to the highway management department of local government as township roads and rural highways. If not, they should be restored to the original state. 326 9.2.3 Operation phase D Further improve greening in side slopes, central separation zones, interchange sections, service sections and other areas within land requisition for the highway according to the requirements of greening design of the highway to restore vegetation, protect subgrades, reduce water and soi I erosion, and pollution of the road runoffs on the roadside water bodies during rainy season etc. == Do well in vegetation restoration or re-plowing in temporarily occupied land such as abandoned earth sites, construction camps and sites etc .. n Restore the destructed vegetation and ecological environment in time, implement vegetation restoring plan; Highway greening project is a systematic project, which shall be conducted after initial implementation of the subgrade project, side slopes, central separation section and interchange projects etc.. Greening on side slopes shall focus on local lawn plants or low shrubs, and lawn plants shall be planted in central separation zone· together with shrubs and a few srbors to prevent dazzling; Maintain the interchange sections in case there are qualified irrigation conditions; 9.3 Measures to relieve environmental and noise impact 9.3.1 Designing Period Impact of traffic noise will be controlled mainly in the following three aspects during preliminary design and construction drawing design: CDFurther optimize the routes, and evade sensitive objectives of acoustic environment such as villages and schools if possible; ® In case it is impossible to evade such places, adopt noise-reducing measures for villages and schools that exceed standards in environmental noise in interim operational period. See Table 9.3-1 for the available measures Determine what acoustic environment protective measures shall be taken according to exceeding of standards, location, scale of the sensitive points, and local conditions and project characteristics Generally speaking, the available acoustic environment protective measures include: adjust the functions of the buildings on one side of the highway, for example, installing sound insulation windows, sound screens, relocating and building enclosing walls and yard walls etc. @ Adopt advanced surface materials to lower impact of noise if possible Take the scope of application and conditions of the aforesaid various protective measures into consideration, demonstrate and discuss the practical conditions such as predicted margin in excess of standards, spatial locational relations with highway(distance and height difference), plane distribution of the protected objects and number of possibly impacted households(number of people) etc. according to comparison of the economic and environmental benefits, and put forth feasible 327 proposals on the protective measures for the sensitive points of acoustic environment ex;;eeding relevant standards. See Table 9.3-1 for noise preventing measures for the affected sensitive points in the operational period Seek the consent of the households one by one in case of adopting sound insulation windows; Table 9.3-1 Table of Acoustic Environmental Protective Measures to be Adopted Effect of Protective Expenses Noise Applicable Objects Measures Estimation Reduction Within 50 meters on both sides of the houses near the highways; Generally, Concentrated houses; the building 5~15dB up to the limit Large margin in excess of standards of Acoustic barrier cost is 400-1000 of20 dB • acoustic environment(3-15Db); yuan/m2 Class 1 section behind class 4 section exceeds standards as well; The highway is higher than the houses Large margin in excess of standards of Soundproof 1,000 yuan acoustic environment 15dB 15-20dB window per piece The houses are scattered and far away from the highway; 100 Enclosing walls yuan/meter; The houses are higher than highway; of the houses height: 3 and yards The houses are scattered. meter I The predicted margin In excess of standards in short term is lower than 3 Db; Tracking and 2,000 Monitor the acoustic impact after monitoring yuan/year change of traffic flow; Monitor the effect of the noise reducing measures The functions of The households are too near to the road, the house are 50,000 and other measures can not meet the changed due to yuan/househ requ irements for reaching the standards; resettlement for old environmental The residents strongly ask for protection. resettlement. 328 9.3.2 Construction phase Adopt low-noise machinery jf possible and forbid machinery exceeding state standards to enter into the site for construction; Repair and maintain the equipment frequently during construction DThe construction site, material yards, and component manufacturing sites etc. shall be far away from the environmental protected objectives, and shall be over 200 meters away from the sensitive points such as residential points and schools etc. Construction noise exist only in the short term, and mainly disturb nighttime rest of the residents along the construction site. Construction machinery of strong noises(loading machine, vibrator etc.) shall suspend operation during nighttime(22:00~6:00) in villages within 60 meters to the central line of the highway. Reduce impact on the schools and avoid construction during class hours if possible during daytime construction Rationally arrange construction activities, shorten construction period if possible and reduce the duration of the impact from construction noise Avoid simultaneous use of construction machinery of strong noises in the same area . Select highly-efficient low-noise machinery during construction, and pay attention to normal operation in mechanical repair to maintain the machinery in the best working conditions and the lowest sound leveL Protect the physical and mental health of the construction personnel; The construction units shall rationally arrange workers to operate the road building machinery by shifts, or alternate work of high noise and that of low noise to allow time for restoring hearing to the workers. Meanwhile, pay attention to protecting machinery, make rational operation and keep the road building machinery in the lowest sound level if possible. The workers shall wear earmuffs and helmets during operation. Adopt corresponding noise preventive measures on the construction site to protect the living environment of the residents and learning environment of the students, and put up temporary sound screening measures in villages and schools within 40 meters to the central line of the highway, and adjust the transport lines. Keep the main transport roads far away from the sensitive points such as towns and schools etc. if possible Adopt phased deferred exploding techniques for vibration in explosion, and reduce the number of explosive cartridges and load at one time, or dig vibration-reduction ditches or pave buffering materials to reduce vibration intensity during explosion. Correct design is the most important work for preventing and avoid damage caused by flying stones during explosion; Adopt necessary covering and protective measures to 329 control the flying stones within a certain distance, and establish warning lines before explosion. Explosion of high decibel will disturb people and frighten those without psychological preparation. Therefore, it is necessary to hold coordination conference attended by relevant units and village groups before explosion to inform them of the time of explosion and alarming signals. R{~ducc the impact of construction noise on surrounding environment through adopting the aforesaid measures to meet the requirements of "Noise Limits for Construction Sites" OB 12523-90, and guarantee that normal life of residents will not be disturbed. 9.3.3 Operation phase o Project measures Adopt comprehensive preventive measures for protection of acoustic environment along the project, mainly including engineering measures and management measures The current common domestic engineering measures mainly include sound screens, re::;ettlement for environmental protection, sound insulation windows etc.. The assessment team has recommended the measures listed in Table 9.3-2 under the principles of technical feasibility and economic and rational design based on characteristics of various sensitive points along the project line, characteristics of the roads, desired noise-reducing effect and conditions fur applying noise-reducing m.::asures etc. Comparison among various measures as follows Resettlement may be the most effective way among various noise-reducing m~asures. However, implementation of resettlement demands joint cooperation of the various department such as government and is difficult, such measure is proposed only for scattered schools which seriously exceed the standards. Sound screens are suitable for subgrades of a certain height, or places with concentrated bridges and sensitive points and short distance to highway. Compared with other measures, sound screens are easy to implement and highly performable. Sound insulation windows and feasibility: Common sound insulation windows cannot lower the noise unless they are sealed, which will greatly influence life of the pt'ople, and will not be selected. Ventilating sound insulation windows are recommended for use in the project. Ventilating sound insulation windows can be quite effective in lowering the noise without affecting ventilation. The ventilating sound insulation windows manufactured by professional factories can generally reduce noise by over 20 dB. However, it is worth note that the noise-reducing effect of the sound insulation windows is related to the capacity of sound insulation of the houses. The stronger the capacity of sound insulation of the house is, the more effective the sound insulation windows will be in reducing noise. 330 D Management measures D Strengthen tracking and monitoring over the sensitive points in acoustic environment along the highway line during the operational period, and adopt effective noise-reducing measures at due time according to the monitoring results. Strengthen highway management, and restrict entry of vehicles of poor performances into expressway to control increase of traffic noise Strengthen traffic management, and establish sign of "no horning" in road sections near schools; Horning is forbidden in residential areas during nighttime. LJStrengthen highway management and conduct maintenance frequently; Pay attention to greening and beautification of highway, and plant noise-reducing trees in qualified road sections It is proposed that no new villages, schools or hospitals be built within 200 meters to the sides of the project line. Table 9.3-2 Table of Acoustic Environmental Protection Measures Numb Interi er of Expe Dista m House nses: Type/directi nce/H Bac Interim N Name/stak Time Stan exces holds Ten on/orientati eight kgro Measures and o. e interval dard s of Excee tho us on Differ und Programs stand ding and ence ards Stand yuan ard Single-story Daytime 58.4 70 -- 1. 1.30 building/on housholds; the left of 311-1 Nighttime 39.7 55 6.1 Build 420 road/ side meter-long and Lingwu to side I 40 3-meter high 126 Farmland Single-story Daytime 58.4 60 2.4 sound screens building/on on the left of the left of 58/-1 Nighttime 39.7 50 3.9 K33+680~K34 road/ side +100 to side Single-story Daytime 44.1 70 -- I. Install building/on ventilating Group 2, the left of 36/-3 sound 2 Cuiqukou Nighttime 40.4 55 2.9 9 5.4 road/ side insulation Village to side windows for 9 Single-story 62/-3 Daytime 44.1 60 -- households 331 building/on I I the left of Nighttime 40.4 50 3.0 roadl side to side : Single-story Daytime 44.1 70 -- building/on the right of 35/-3 Nighttime 40.4 55 3.0 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 44.1 60 -- building/on the right of 63/-3 Nighttime 40.4 50 2.9 roadl side to side Single-story Daytime 45.6 70 -- building/on the left of 23/-1 Nighttime 41.5 55 7.0 roadl side to side Single-story Daytime 45.6 60 1.1 I . Install building/on ventilating the left of 61/-1 sound Nighttime 41.5 50 4.8 road/ side insulation Guojiaqiao to side windows for 34 3 42 60.4 Village : Single-story Daytime 45.6 70 -- households building/on 2. Resettle 8 the right of 24/-1 househo Ids for Nighttime 41.5 55 6.8 road/ side environmental to side protection Single-story Daytime 45.6 60 1.0 building/on the right of 62/-1 Nighttime 41.5 50 4.7 road! side to side Bungalow/I Daytime 45.6 70 -- eft side of highway/to 26i-3 1. Install Nighttime 41.5 55 1.2 the venti lating No.7 Team backward sound 4 of 7 4.2 Bungalow/I Daytime 45.6 60 insulation Guojiaqiao eft side of windows for 7 highway/to 61/-3 households Nighttime 41.5 50 0.5 the backward 332 Single-story Daytime 45.6 70 buildinglon the right of 25/-3 Nighttime 41.5 55 3.2 road! side to side Single-story Daytime 45.6 60 -- building/on the right of 69/-3 Nighttime 41.5 50 1.6 road! side to side Single-story Daytime 46.2 70 -- building/on the right of 511-3 1. Install Nighttime 40.7 55 1.3 roadl side ventilating Group 2, to side sound 5 Jinyintan 8 4.8 Sing Ie-story Daytime I 46.2 60 -- insulation Farmland building/on windows for 8 the right of 62/-3 households Nighttime 40.7 50 2.1 roadl side to side Single-story Daytime 50.4 70 building/on the left of 331-4 Nighttime 38.0 55 2.0 road! side to side . Single-story Daytime 50.4 60 -- building/on the left of 66/-4 1. Install Nighttime 38.0 50 0.7 roadl side ventilating Jinyintan to side sound 6 4 2.4 Village Single-story Daytime 50.4 70 insulation building/on windows for 4 the right of 36/-4 households Nighttime 38.0 55 1.9 roadl side to side Single-story • Daytime 50.4 60 -- building/on the right of 651-4 Nighttime 38.0 50 0.8 roadl side to side Single-story Daytime 46.2 70 1. Install building/on ventilating 7 Zaogangzi 28/-3 8 4.8 the left of Nighttime 40.7 55 3.2 sound roadl side insulation 333 to side windows for 8 Single-story Daytime 46.2 60 -- households building/on the left of 63/-3 Nighttime 40.7 50 2.0 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 46.2 70 -- building/on the right of 35/-3 Nighttime 40.7 55 3.0 road! side to side Single-story Daytime 46.2 60 -- building/on the right of 62/-3 Nighttime 40.7 50 2.1 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 46.2 70 -- building/on the left of 31/-3 Nighttime 40.7 55 3.2 road/ side to side I. Build or Single-story Daytime 46.2 60 -- heighten the building/on enclosing walls the left of 66/-3 Nighttime 40.7 50 2.6 for 4 road! side households Group 8, I to side 8 9 2. Install 5 Zaogangzi Single-story Daytime 46.2 70 -- ventilating building/on sound the right of 35/-3 Nighttime 40.7 55 3.0 insulation road/ side windows for 5 to side i households Single-story Da}1ime 46.2 60 -- building/on the right of 63/-3 Nighttime 40.7 50 3.0 road! side to side • Single-story Daytime 50.4 70 -- building/on I. Install the left of 33/-3 ventilating Nighttime 38.0 55 3.1 Drainage road! side sound 9 9 5.4 Ditches to side insulation Single-story Daytime 50.4 60 -- windows for 9 building/on 66/-3 households Nighttime 38.0 50 2.5 the left of 334 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.4 70 -- building/on the right of 32/-3 Nighttime 38.0 55 3.1 road/ side to side Bungalow/I Daytime 56.9 60 3.4 eft side of highway/to 55/-1 Nighttime 41.8 50 6.1 the backward I. Install Single-story Daytime 56.9 70 -- ventilating building/on sound 10 Hongdunzi the right of 39/-1 34 20.4 Nighttime 41.8 55 7.8 insulation road/ face windows for 34 to face households Single-story Daytime 56.9 60 4.0 building/on the right of 58/-1 Nighttime 41.8 50 6.8 road/ face to face Single-story Daytime 45.5 70 -- building/on the left of 32/-1 1. Install Nighttime 39.1 55 4.9 Beihe road/ face ventilating group, to face sound 11 64 38.4 Mengchen Single-story Daytime 45.5 70 -- insulation g Village building/on windows for 64 the right of 36/-1 households Nighttime 39.1 55 4.1 road/ face to face Single-story Daytime 45.5 70 -- I. Build or Nanhe building/on heighten the group, 12 the left of 30/0 4 enclosing walls 2 Mengchen Nighttime 39.1 55 3.1 road/ side for 4 g Village to side households Single-story Daytime 45.5 70 -- building/on 1. Build or the left of 45/0 heighten the Nanhe Nighttime 39.1 55 2.7 13 road/ face 31 enclosing walls 15.5 Village to face for 31 Single-story Daytime 45.5 70 -- households 43/0 building/on Nighttime 39.1 55 3.0 335 the right of roadl face to face Daytime 37.9 60 -- I. Install Bungalowll ventilating Group 3, eft side of 158/- sound 14 Dujiatan highwaylto 5 3 2 Nighttime 37.2 50 2.7 insulation Village the windows for 5 backward households Daytime 59.3 60 5.0 I. Install Sing Ie-story ventilating building/on Jiantan sound 15 the right of 82/-3 3 1.8 Village Nighttime 39.6 50 7.3 insulation roadl side windows for 3 to side households Single-story Daytime 43.5 70 -- bu i Id i nglon the left of 29/-5 Nighttime 41.1 55 2.3 roadl side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 60 buildinglon the left of 68/-5 I. Install Nighttime 41.1 50 2.6 road/ side ventilating Group 4, to side sound 16 Wujiahu 8 4.8 Single-story Daytime 43.5 70 insulation Village building/on windows for 8 the right of 29/-5 households Nighttime 41.1 55 2.3 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 60 -- building/on the right of 66/-5 Nighttime 41.1 50 2.6 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 70 -- I. Build or building/on heighten the the left of 311-4 enclosing walls Nighttime 41.1 55 2.7 Group 2, roadl side for 3 17 3, Wujiahu to side 12 households 6.9 Village Single-story Daytime 43.5 60 -- 2. Install buildinglon ventilating 65/-4 the left of Nighttime 41.1 50 3.0 sound roadl side insulation 336 to side windows for 9 Single-story Daytime 43.5 70 -- households building/on the right of 30/-4 Nighttime 41.1 55 2.7 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 60 -- building/on the right of 66/-4 Nighttime 41.1 50 2.9 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 70 -- building/on the left of 33/-5 Nighttime 41.1 55 2.6 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 60 -- building/on the left of 68/-5 1. Install Nighttime 41.1 50 2.6 road/ side ventilating Group 5, to side sound 18 Wujiahu 12 7.2 Single-story Daytime 43.5 70 -- insulation Village building/on windows for 12 the right of 35/-5 households Nighttime 41.1 55 2.7 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 43.5 60 -- building/on the right of 68/-5 Nighttime 41.1 50 2.6 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.1 70 -- building/on the left of 30/-6 Nighttime 37.2 55 -- road/ side to side I. Monitoring Single-story Daytime 50.1 60 -- Group 1, during 19 building/on 4 1.4 Shenjiahu Operational the left of 68/-6 Nighttime 37.2 50 0.2 Period road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.1 70 -- building/on 311-6 Nighttime 37.2 55 -- the right of 337 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.1 60 building/on the right of 65/-6 Nighttime 37.2 50 0.2 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.1 70 -- building/on the right of 38/-5 1. Install Nighttime 37.2 55 2.6 road! side ventilating Group 1, to side sound 20 9 5.4 Wujiaqiao Single-story Dayti -A , 1;1) -- insulation building/on windows for 9 the right of 69/-5 households Nighttime 37.2 50 2.3 road/ side to side Single-story ~50.2 70 -- building/on the left of 38/-2 Nighttime 33.9 55 5.0 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.2 60 building/on the left of 72/-2 I. Install Nighttime 33.9 50 2.8 road/ side ventilating Group 1, to side sound 21 3, 21 12.6 Single-story Daytime 50.2 70 insulation Guojiaqiao building/on windows for 21 the right of 39/-2 households Nighttime 33.9 55 4.9 road! side to side Single-story Daytime 50.2 60 -- building/on the right of 71/-2 Nighttime 33.9 50 2.9 roadl side to side Single-story Dayt~ 50.2 ~-- I. Install building/on ventilating Group the left of 31/-3 Nighttime 33.9 55 5.6 sound 22 5,Guojiaqi road/ side 24 14.4 insulation ao to side windows for 24 Single-story Daytime 50.2 60 2.6 66/-3 households bu i1d ing/on Nighttime 33.9 50 338 the left of road! side to side Single-story Daytime 50.2 70 -- building/on the right of 32/-3 Nighttime 33.9 55 5.6 road! side to side Single-story Daytime 50.2 60 5.4 building/on the right of 65!-3 Nighttime 33.9 50 8.9 roadl side to side Sin gle-story Daytime 50.2 70 -- building/on the left of 311-4 Nighttime 33.9 55 3.4 road! side to side I. Build or Single-story Daytime 50.2 60 -- heighten the building/on enclosing walls the left of 66/-4 Nighttime 33.9 50 2.5 for 13 road! side Group I, households to side 23 Shanshuig 32 2. Install 17.9 Single-story Daytime 50.2 70 -- ou ventilating building/on sound the right of 311-4 Nighttime 33.9 55 3.4 insulation road! side windows for 19 to side households Single-story ~ m 60 -- building/on the right of 68/-4 Nighttime 33.9 50 2.4 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 54.0 70 -- building/on the right of 36/-5 I. Install Nighttime 47.7 55 3.7 roadl side ventilating Group 5, to side sound 24 Fangjiatan 20 12 Single-story Daytime 54.0 60 1.8 insulation Village building!on windows for 20 the right of 69/-5 households Nighttime 47.7 50 5.4 road/ side to side 25 Group 3, Single-story 29/-2 Daytime 50.9 70 -- 15 l. Install 9 339 Sujiatan building/on ventilating Village the left of sound Nighttime 36.8 55 6.8 road/ side insulation to side I windows for 15 Single-story Daytime 50.9 60 1.7 households building/on the left of 66/-2 Nighttime 36.8 50 5.0 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50.9 70 -- building/on the right of 30/-2 Nighttime 36,8 55 6.8 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 50,9 60 1.5 building/on the right of 68/-2 Nighttime 36,8 50 4,8 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 53.6 70 -- building/on the left of 35/-6 Nighttime 48.5 55 1.2 road/ side to side 1. Build or Single-story Daytime 53.6 60 i -- heighten the building/on enclosing walls the left of 69/-6 Nighttime 48.5 50 2.8 for 11 Group road/ side households 5&10, to side 26 19 2. Install 10.3 Yangqu Single-story Dayti 3.6 70 -- ventilating Village building/on sound the right of 33/-6 Nighttime 48.5 55 1.1 insulation road/ side windows for 8 to side I households Single-story Daytime 53.6 60 -- building/on the right of 71/-6 Nighttime 48.5 50 2.7 road! side to side Single-story Daytime 51.1 70 -- I. Monitoring Group 8, building/on during 27 9, Lihua the left of 39/-8 18 Operational 12.2 Nighttime 39.9 55 -- Village road! side Period to side 2. Install 340 I Single-story I Daytime 51.1 60 -- ventilating • building/on sound the left of 71/-8 insulation Nighttime 39.9 50 0.9 roadl side windows for 18 to side households Single-story Daytime 51.1 60 0.9 building/on the right of 71/-8 Nighttime 39.9 50 4.5 road! side to side Bungalow/I Daytime 56.7 70 -- eft side of highway/to 41/-6 I. Install Household Nighttime 51.2 55 1.7 the ventilating residential backward sound 28 area of 18 10.8 Two-story Daytime 56.7 60 0.4 insulation Yimu building/on windows for 18 Group the left of 69/-4 households Nighttime 51.2 50 4.4 roadlback to back Two-story Daytime 60.2 70 1. 48 building/on housholds; the left of 30/-3 Nighttime 45.8 55 2.9 Build 320 roadlback Tuanjie meter-long and to back 29 New 48 3-meter high 96 Two-story aytime 60.2 60 Village sound screens build ing/on on the left of the left of 681-3 Nighttime 45.8 50 0.9 LAK61 +260~L roadlback AK61+580 to back Daytime 60.2 70 -- Build Two-story 320m-long and building/on 3m-high sound Elderly 30 the left of 41/-2 I screen on the 1 Apartment Nighttime 45.8 55 0.9 roadlback left of to back LAK61+260-L AK61+580 Single-story Daytime 56.5 70 -- I. Build or building/on heighten the Group the left of 35/-6 enclosing walls Nighttime 52.6 55 2.7 31 5,Shenzha road/ side 15 for 7 8.3 Village to side households Single-story Daytime 53.7 60 -- 2. Install 75/-6 building/on Nighttime 49.2 50 2.2 ventilating 341 the left of sound road/ side insulation to side windows for 8 Single-story Daytime 56.5 70 -- households building/on the right of 33/-6 Nighttime 52.6 55 2.6 road/ side to side Single-story Daytime 51.9 70 -- I. Monitoring build ing/on during the left of 41/-4 Operational Nighttime 44.2 55 3.3 road/ side Period to side 2. Build or -- heighten the Group 10, ~ enclosing walls 3'),. Shenzha 9 for 3 6.5 Single-story Village households building/on 3. Install the left of 6614 Nighttime 44.2 50 2.0 ventilating roadl side sound to side insulation windows for 6 households Daytime 49.9 60 -- I. Install Single-story ventilating Group 3, building/on sound r :' Wanglaota the right of 7114 8 4.8 Nighttime 41.2 50 3.1 insulation n Village road/ side windows for 8 to side households Table 9.3-3 Summary Table for Measures Middle period Site Flat 10,000 RMB Monitoring in operational phase 3 4 4.2 Installation of sound barrier 2 78 222 Construct heightened enclosing wall 10 92 46 Installation of ventilation and sound 28 401 240.6 insulation window Dismantle required by environmental 1 8 40 protection Total 44 579 552.8 342 3 monitoring sites during operational period, costing 42,000 yuan; establishing 2 sound screens, costing 2.22 million yuan; building 10 heightened enclosing walls, costing 0.46 million yuan; installing 28 ventilation and sound-insulation windows, costing 2,406,000 yuan; removing one place for environmental protection, costing 0.4 million yuan; The total expenses is 5,528,000 yuan. 9.4 Aquatic environment Protection Measures 9.4.1 Designing Period . [~ Pay enough attention to surface water bodies in the next design phase; Wastes such as drilling dregs etc. shall not be directly deserted into the surface water bodies during structural design of the lower part of the bridge according to relevant specific provisions; Consult with local water conservancy and environmental protection department etc. to rationally establish the location of the dregs, and make use of drilling dregs to pave the subgrade ifpossible, and avoid pollution of the water bodies due to water and soil erosion etc. LJ Establish the construction pavements 2 km to both sides of the section LAK9+980 on the north side of the road to be built and keep it far away from Yazidang Reservoir; Construction camps shall not be established within 300 meters to both sides of the reservoir; Strengthen design of anti-collision railings on the side of the highway near Yazidang Reservoir. '~.1 Establish accident tanks by Yazidang Reservoir (LAK9+980) with a capacity of 5% of the annual rainfall in the project area, that is 333m3; Establish an accident tank on both sides of Yellow River Bridge (LAK66+030) respectively to prevent accident before rainy season, and the capacity of the accident tank is 10% of the annual rainfall in the project area, that is 665m3; Establish an accident tank on both sides of Kushuihe Protect the surrounding areas of the accident tanks and establish signs. The accident tanks can be used to collect the waste water after washing bridges in case of accident and can collect rainfall during rainy season. (4)Fetch water for various auxiliary facilities by means of extracting water from wells. Design and survey the locations of the wells lest underground water be polluted. Various auxiliary facilities shall be equipped with secondary bi-Ievel biochemical sewage treatment facilities to make the disposed water reach level 1 standard in "Comprehensive Discharging Standards for Sewage" ( GB8978-1996 ) Adopt treatment facilities of corresponding scales for auxiliary facilities according to the number of employees and mobile personnel etc .; See Table 9.4-1 for sewage volume from various auxiliary facilities; Waste water from car washing is slightly polluted, and can be recycled after oil insulation and precipitation. The remaining water can be discharged into water regulating tanks for disposal with the domestic sewage. The domestic sewage will be discharged into water regulating tank to regulate the volume 343 and quality of water after being disposed in oil insulation tank and settling tank, and then enter into sewage treatment equipment for biochemical treatment. The specific teGhnical process of sewage treatment can be selected according to practical ccnditions. Table 9.4-1 Sewage Volume of Various Auxiliary Facilities Composition of Service Types and Discharge Volume No. Total Facilities (tid) of Sewage 1 Main line toll station 40 Sanitary sewage: 0.68 2 Ramp toll station 20x6 Sanitary sewage: 0.47 Management monitoring 3 40 Sanitary sewage: 0.68 center 4 Maintenance work area 40 Sanitary sewage:0.68 Sanitary sewage: 1.68 5 Service area 100 Car washing waste water: 4.73 6 Parking lot 100 Sanitary sewage: 1.12 The sewage treatment facilities of various auxiliary facilities shall be constructed in strict accordance with the requirements of "three simultaneously" for environmental protection in construction projects. Entrust qualify units to conduct special design, and install sewage treatment facilities according to design requirements, conduct regular management and repair after putting them into use to guarantee normal operation of such equipment. The effluent can be used for the greening of the station area. The residual effluent will be discharged into adjacent valleys or agricultural ditches. The effluent from all sewage treatment equipments are shown in table 9.4-5 Table 9.4-2 Effluent of all auxiliary facilities No. Composition of Service Facilities: Pile Number Effluent direction . ... --r.I 1 : Main line toll station LAK4h030 Shanshu i Ditch 2 Tianshui River ramp LAK23+450 lieng Ditch 3 Baijitan service area K34+422 Han Canal 4 : Lingwu ramp toll station. LAK37+ 100 : Han Canal management department and . maintenance work area ..... 5 ! Yangmahu ramp toll station • LAK47+506 Qingshui Ditch 6 Jinji ramp toll station ! LAK56+433 South main ditch 7 : Jinji parking lot K59+830 Malian Trench 8 Qingtongxia town toll station and • LAK78+200 Drainage ditch maintenance work area I 344 (5) Strengthen traffic safety facilities to prevent risk of accidents Anti-collision piers should be installed at the road section crossing the Yellow river at LAK66+030 according to the standard of highway project. Establish protective railings at the approach roads of bridgeheads, ultimate minimum radius and steep slopes etc. (6) Optimize and improve culvert design of medium and small-sized bridges, and take remedial measures for the irrigation canals occupied and separated by the subgrades; Transfer such irrigation canals under the premise that the original drainage section of the ditches and functions of the original irrigation canals are not influenced. (7) There are too ultra large bridges along the line, and one is crossing the water body, which is the Yellow River ultra large bridge~ 31 medium and large bridges are planned to be constructed. They all cross agricultural irrigation channels or main ditches. Crash barriers should be designed for the Yellow River ultra large bridge and the other 31 medium and large bridges (please refer to table 2.5-1 for detail). 9.4.2 Construction pbase (l)Prevention measures of wastewater during tbe construction • Make definite the anti-littering provisions for road building materials(such as asphalt, oil materials, chemicals, coal ashes, cement, sands and stones etc.) during transport; The stacking yards shall not be established near water bodies lest the materials be flushed into water bodies with the rainwater and cause pollution. • The piling place for building materials such as pitch, paints and chemicals should be in shelter to reduce the pollution caused by flushing by rainwater. It is strietly forbidden to establish material yards, wastes stacking yard or construction camps etc. within 200 meters to the Yellow River, Kushuihe River or ditches. • During the construction of the Yellow River ultra large bridge, production wastewater of eonstruction should not be discharged direetly into the river. The waste water produced during project construction will be disposed by means of natural precipitation. Establish a simple flat-flow natural settling tank in construction site along the line respectively. The waste water produced during construction will be collected by the settling tank, and the elimination ratio of the main pollutants such as SS will be removed will be controlled around 80%, the pH value will be adjusted to neutral or slightly acid, and the density of other pollutants such as oil etc. will be decreased after the precipitation through simple treatment such as acid-base neutralization, oil insulation and dregs removal etc.; Recycle the waste water produced during mixing operation to effective control pollution on local water quality due to discharge of construction waste water exceeding relevant standards. 345 o Control measures of oiled wastewater The control of oiled wastewater is disposed by control during the construction and cI..:laning production plan. • Choose better and advanced machines and equipments to effectively reduce the quantity of oil leakage and the repair times of machines, and thus decrease the output of oiled wastewater. • Adopt solid oil-absorptive materials(such as cotton yarn, sawdust etc.) during construction with inevitable oil dripping and leakage, and collect the waste oil in the solid materials to avoid excessive oil-containing sewage. For oil penetrated into soil, scraping equipment should be used to collect and store the waste and then the waste should be transport to refuse dump for intensive treatment. • The repair and maintenance of machines, equipments and transport vehicles should be done at the maintenance centers along the expressway to make it easy to collect oiled wastewater. In case when intensive treatment is impossible, as the production of oiled wastewater is generally less than O.5m3/d, therefore the waste can be mixed with solid oil absorbing materials and then be stored and transported to the right place. • A simple advection natural sedimentation pond will be established at the construction place and machinery maintenance center, aiming to dispose the oiled wastewater by neutralization, sedimentation, oil separation, dreg removal etc, the thickness of oiled pollutants will be decreased, and the sedimentation pond can be buried after the completion of the construction. • The collected oiled waste will be packed airproof and then transported with other solid waste to the right place for treatment, the place should be chosen in cities or towns capable of garbage burying or disposing. (3)Control measures of sewage • The construction camps shall be far away from water bodies along the highway line if possible, and shall be established in areas beyond 200 meters to the rivers or ditches. • Dining and washing of workers should be managed in unified form, for dining and washing together will reduce the output of wastewater. The washing process is limited to certain water consumption by hot water or other ways to substitute wash so that the content of wash in the wastewater wi II be reduced. • Establish septic tanks on the construction camps to dispose of daily domestic sewage, and clean up the settled mud therein regularly for fertilizing fields or 346 greenIng. Encourage local peasants to use the clean liquids in the septic tanks for agricultural irrigation, or used for greening projects. • Various domestic sewage shall not be dumped into the Yellow River or ditches at random, and domestic rubbish shall not be piled near .water or ditches. (4 )Protective engineering measures for the construction of bridges • Oil leakage by bridge constructing machines is forbidden; chemical products should not be spilled into the water body; The mud and dregs and waste water produced during construction of bridge foundation shall be settled in settling basin, and it is forbidden to desert them into river courses or beaches at random lest the water bodies be polluted, the riverbed be raised, the drainage section be compressed and the river course be silted. • Do well in maintenance and repair of construction machinery during bridge construction and prevent oil leakage from polluting water bodies. 9.4.3 Operation phase (1) The auxiliary facilities of the service section, parking section, toll gates, management and monitoring center and maintenance section etc. of the highway to be built shall be equipped with sewage treatment facilities, and various service facilities shall be equipped with 2-level biochemical treatment devices for sewage treatment. The disposed water will be used for greening in service facilities and the expressway, and the remaining water can be discharged to nearby ditches. Strengthen training of management personnel during operational period for proper operation of sewage treatment facilities (2) Strictly implementing the water quality monitoring plan to determine the complementary environment-protecting measures according to the monitoring outcome. (See Table 10.2-1) (3) Establish contingency plan for risks targeted for Yazitang Reservoir and Yellow River. Specialized emergency equipments and personnel should be equipped to prevent the water quality of Yazitang Reservoir and Yellow River from being affected by accidents. (4 lit is forbidden to let any vehicle with leakage or overload run on the road to prevent water pollution. 9.5 Protective Measures for Ambient air 9.5.1 Designing Period (1) The location of earth stirring stations should be out of 300m away from the residential area in the downward direction of wind. 347 Rationally design transport routes of the materials during construction period ofthe highway, and keep them far away from the residential areas; Sprinkle water during construction for the villages and town that can not evade to prevent the flying dust from affecting production and life of the residents. 9.5.2 Construction phase [] Plaster and earth mixing along the project line is the greatest source of pollutant during the construction period, and construction operation shall be suspended in case of ground wind speed over level 4 speed if possible. Adopt advanced asphalt-concrete mixing device and equip dusting equipment, asphalt smoke purifying and discharging facilities Smelting and mixing of asphalt shall be operated in sealed containers, and asphalt shall not be extracting asphalt through heating in an open way. Discharge of asphalt smoke shall reach the permitted discharge limit in "Comprehensive Discharging Standards for Atmosphere Pollutants" (GB16297-1996) Asphalt mixing shall evade the growth period of the corps if possible to reduce impact of asphalt on farmland crops. The site of the mixing stations of the project shall be 300 meters away from the residential areas. The construction unit shall take preventive and labor protective measures for the constructors mainly influenced by the asphalt, for example shortening working time and distributing respirators etc .. [J The transportation and temporary storage of materials like earth, cement, and lime should be equipped with windproof barrier facilities to reduce the dust. Sprinkle water on the exposed construction roads and construction site regularly according to weather conditions [] The builders should choose machines and transportation vehicles in accordance with national hygiene prevention standard, to ensure the discharged air subject to related standard. The control of machines should be enhanced so that unnecessary operation can be decreased and air discharge can be decreased consequently. 9.5.3 Operation phase Roadside tree planting program It is proposed to plant more arbors and shrubs on both sides of the highway, especially m:ar the environment sensitive points according to highway greening design, local climate and characteristics of the soil, especially Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line LAK33+100~LAK71+600. Which can not only purify and absorb pollutants from the exhaust gases of the vehicles, reduce TSP in atmosphere, but also· beautifY environment and improve the landscape along the highway. It is proposed to select eco-friendly equipment for heating boilers for the service facilities of the highway, and select high-quality fuel coal as well. 348 o Strictly implement the automobile discharge system, check the discharge condition at the charging office, and restrain the vehicles suffering seriously over-scaled waste air discharge from running. LJ Strengthen highway management and road surface maintenance. keep the highway in good operational conditions to reduce traffic jam o Strengthen management of vehicles transporting bulk materials such as coal, cement, sands and stones, and chemical fertilizers and pesticides of simple packages. Cover the aforesaid goods with tarpaulin during transport. [] Implement ambient air monitoring plan, and determine and adopt supplementary environmental protective measures according to monitoring results. 9.6 Environment Protective Measures for Solid Wastes 9.6.1 Designing Period Design the rubbish collecting systems in various parking sections, service sections, toll gates and maintenance centers according to traffic volume 9.6.2 Construction phase LJ It is forbidden to desert or litter solid wastes during transport. i:l Collectively treat the oil satin during mechanical repair of construction machinery; The solid wastes for wiping the oil satin etc. shall be collectively treated instead of being littered about. LJ Conduct classified management of the domestic rubbish in the construction camps, and recruit special personnel to clean up rubbish regularly and transport rubbish to nearly rubbish treatment stations for disposal. Avoid littering of the rubbish during transport. Meanwhile, pay special attention to maintenance and management of temporary rubbish stacking points to avoid littering of the rubbish due to random piling; Sprinkling disinfecting and pesticides on the stacking points regularly to reduce breeding of mosquitoes and bacterial. The solid wastes such as food dregs etc. may be piled and thoroughly decomposed for agricultural fertilizers in part of the road sections along the highway which are rural areas. [I Strictly control and reduce the remaining materials according to plan and operational regulations of construction The remaining materials, if any, shall be piled in an orderly way for proper maintenance, and such materials can be used in surrounding areas for repairing village roads or construction. 349 IJ Strengthen management and maintenance of the facilities, equipment and sites for collecting, storing, transporting and disposing solid wastes to guarantee normal operation and use thereof. 9.6.3 Operation phase J Forbid passengers to litter rubbish such as bags of the drinks and tinplate cans on the expressway through making out and publicizing rules to guarantee traffic safety and sanitary conditions on both sides of the highway. J THE domestic rubbish in the parking section, service section, toll gate and maintenance section shall be regularly cleaned and transported to rubbish treatment yards of the towns along the highway line for collective treatment, and it is strictly forbidden to litter rubbish at random. 9.7 Landscape Protecting Measures 9.7.1 Designing Period [J Adapt project to terrains and avoid massive filling or digging under the conditions that the linear indexes and geological conditions are met; Strictly follow the principle of "filling instead of digging, and building bridges instead of filling if possible" to reduce destruction of vegetation due to digging or fill ing of earth. [I Pat attention to protect the natural landscape along the highway line, and focus on the landscape aesthetic design of the major constructions such as bridges, interchanges, service sections, parking sections and toll gates etc. while taking the traffic functions, nice design of the linear project lines and building cost, and strive to build the project into a modern highway of rich local features well-coordinated with nature along the project line. Service facilities in parking sections etc.: The colors of the service facilities shall be coordinated with local natural background to integrate construction plan, landscape and objects. The parking sections shall be built on hidden sides if possible; Plant high tree species around areas with seepage and greening to shield the visual pollution caused by parking lot and vehicles. 350 Interchange: The contour of the interchanges shall be adapted to the terrains; Buildings such as toll gates etc. shall be of harmonious layout and scientific plan, referring to local traditional cultures in model, style and colors. Plant small tracts of woods around interchange for shielding; The auxiliary facilities of the interchange(for example, railings, signs and marking lines etc.) shall be adapted to local conditions in addition to meeting certain prescribed standards to realize the purpose of safe and natural operation; Except the necessary sings and boards, it is forbidden to establish publicity slogans and warning words at the hillside byroads. Bridge: Pay attention to impact of the models and colors of the bridge on landscape and environment during design. Do not use colors of a great contrast ratio with the environment for bridge railings in ridges or valleys, and neutral gray or green may be used to match the natural hills and obtain visual comfort during riding. o Protect the current landscape; Earth pits or abandoned earth sites shall not be established in the hills of the scenic areas under local protection. The stone quarry shall be established in places far away from highway in design; Make landscape design during fetching stones in the stone quarry to coordinate the slopes with the . forms of the surrounding hills after fetching the stone. In addition, design of greening restoration shall be made as well. Carefully consider the abandoned earth, dregs and the staked materials(selective dumping) and means of restoration, and make out preventive program for water and soil erosion of the project Take landscape factors into consideration for the stacking section in addition to the economic factors and transport distance to integrate the forms of stacking with the surrounding landform; In addition, design of greening restoration shall be made as well. ~J Adopt local species in design of project greening to maintain the natural features and coordinate the coordinate the landscape along the highway with the natural landscape. :::J Select some road sections near villages for landscape woods design to design unique local landscape and reduce traffic noise 9.7.2 Construction phase As the construction pavements are basically laid out on both sides of the highway line, it is proposed to strengthen public on environmental protection, improve the awareness of environmental protection among the managerial personnel and constructors, and forbid random destruction of vegetation. [.1 Strictly confine earth borrowing and abandoning in the prescribed areas; The temporarily used land such as earth pits, abandoned earth sites, construction pavements and construction camps etc. shall be cleaned up in time to remove oily dirt and rubbish. Level ground and restore the original landform and vegetation as soon as possible to make them coordinated with the surrounding natural environment. 351 9.8 Construction management policies and suggestions 9 .. 8.1 Establish environmental protective management system [ Build information communication channel, accept the supervision and management of the Ningxia highway headquarters and local administrative organ on environmental protection. ~ Build project environmental protection management organ and formulate related environment management methods. Establish the construction headquarters under the unified leadership, consisting of related organs of headquarters, local design representatives, project managers, contractors, local bureau of communications. The environmental protection management office made up by the above organs is responsible for the environmental protection problems during the construction. Formulate systematic and periodical management objective and policy, and define the obligations, responsibilities and management methods of environmental protection ac:cording to local influence assessment. Formulate supervisory system of the implementation effect of environmental protection measures, incentives, and the awarding and punishment regulations. ,] Develop the activities of environmental knowledge popularization during the construction period. Control, evaluate and improve the environmental protection management methods during the construction period. C Authorize qualified environmental supervisory organs to make pollution test during the construction period, solidly implement the pollution control measures, and establish complete supervisory reporting system. Promote the organic combination of construction management and environmental management in order to realize the objective of environmental management, provide sufficient resource secure including qualified environmental managers and management funds etc. Make full use of project payment adjustment methods to solidly implement the environmental protection work. Work hard on the archiving of environmental protection documents during the construction period. 352 9.8.2 Enhance the management of tender and bidding work o Tender period The tender document should specify the result of environmental influence assessment of the project, define each period ical environmental protection target, and make clear the responsibilities and obligations of contractors concerning the national land, basic farmland, biological species, ecological environmental protection, water and soil protection, and human health condition etc. L Propose detailed requirement on environmental protection for each part of builder, formulate implementation plan of environmental protection, and arrange corresponding environmental managers and protection facilities. [J Formulate and sanction the standard tender, ensure the reasonable profit for project contractors and make them implement the environmental protection plan. o Bidding period Bidding documents should subject to related requirement on environmental protection, construction organizing plan and implementation measures ~hould be formulated and corresponding environmental managers and protection facilities should be prepared. The bid price should include reasonable environmental protection budget according to the concrete environmental condition of local place. Project contractors should promise to fulfill the responsibilities and obligations of environmental protection, and voluntarily accept the supervision by construction organ and local administrative organ of environmental protection. o Judging period Establish high quality teams of bid assessment experts, and introduce high-quality environmental protection experts into bid assessment [~ Enhance the judgment on the aptitude, construction capability, management level and performance of bidders, give priority consideration to organizations with environmental protection achievements. Carefully check the contents about environmental protection and civilized construction in the construction plan, especially pay more attention to the secure condition of environmental protection, prohibit those project contractors which reduce the investment in environmental protection at will from bidding. 353 o Enhance the evaluation and approval of bidding price, ensure reasonable profit for project contractors, and put an end to phenQmenon of pursuing for profits at the cost of environmental loss. 9.8.3 Strengthen environmental protection and supervision o Builders Enhance the project supervIsIon over the bidding work, guarantee reasonable supervisory expenditure, make project supervisory organ able to develop supervision work over project quality and environmental protection independently. Choose good supervisory team by tender, put strict control over position aptitude, capability, and specifically put forward the requirements on qualification of project technicians and corresponding supervisory equipment. D Ensure the normal condition of project supervisory work and independent right to implement the supervisory function, and make the content of project supervisory rights clear to the builders. D Build effective mechanism of project supervision, put an end to improper behaviors of supervisory staff. o Project supervisory organs Equip with qualified supervisors and corresponding supervisory equipment according to the supervision contract, enhance the sense of environmental protection of all the fieldwork supervisors according to the content of supervisory service, and improve the professional capability of supervisors. [] Supervise the implementation of construction plan; any project alteration requires a pass through environmental demonstration, and can be implemented after the sanction by supervisory organs. Environmental supervision over the project is the most important step to control the environmental protection work done by the builders, hence we should enhance the supervisory strength on fieldwork to find out and deal with environmental problems in time. Supervisory organ should enhance the supervisory strength in earth project, bringing relatively large influence on ecological environment, including the peeling off, temporary storage, earth transport and pi ling of fertilizable earth, treatment of dregs of bridge construction, and put an end to the waste of soil resource and soil corrosion. 354 On the basis of self-inspection on environmental protection, perform the final check, assessment and approval on the environmental protection work, and ensure normal and ordered implementation of the project. 9.8.4 Strengthen post-design follow-up service management Ask design organ to dispatch design representative in time according to the developing situation of the project, the capability of design representative should fit the construction procedure. Make civilized regulations on the authorizations of local design representatives and design alteration procedure. Enhance the supervision over the environmental influence of the project with supervisory organizations and builders, make optimized comparison of design alterations. 9.8.5 Strengthen environ ment management of the construction unit As the concrete builders, their construction behavior brings direct impact on whether they can minimize the influence and destroy degree on the environment or not. The builders should voluntarily obey and protect related policies and regulations on environmental protection, educate each employees to love the natural environment along the expressway . Also the builders should make scientific construction plan, make full use of original landform and resources on the principle of using the least farmland and woods. During the construction, strict rules should be followed on getting earth, treating dregs. ]t is forbidden to dig or throw wastes without following rules. The civilized construction, standardized construction and construction design should be emphasized. Builders should arrange the construction reasonably, organize management elaborately, and control the land occupation of the project within the due range. During the digging process, builders should try hard to minimize the influence range and degree on the local ecologica] environment. Builders should arrange the working season and working hours reasonably, optimize the construction plan, decrease temporary piling of waste earth, avoid earth digging project in rainy seasons, effectively reduce the loss of water and soil, and thus minimize the ruin to eco]ogical environment. Enhance the regulations on the construction and the recovery of ecological landscape. 355 9.9 Preventive and Emergency Countermeasures Against Transport Accidents of Dangerous Goods 9,,9.1 System Orientation of Accident Emergency Plan and Emergent Treatment Procedures The project shall be oriented to be local emergency plan for emergent public events and emergency plan of department of emergent public events according to the principles of dividing national emergent plan system for public events in "Overall Emergency Plan for National Emergent Public Events" of the State Council(January 8, 2006). The emergent treatment procedures of emergent public events mainly include the following 4 aspects: o Information Report After extra-serious or serious emergent public events occur, relevant parties shall n:;'port to emergency commanding organ at the higher level immediately and report to rdevant regions and departments no later than 4 hours after occurrence of such events. And relevant parties shall give further report of relevant conditions during emergent treatment. [ Initial Disposal After the emergent public events occur, relevant parties shall launch corresponding emergency plans according to duties and the prescribed scope of authority while re'porting information on extra-serious or serious emergent public events to dispose of and control the situation in a timely and effective way. o Emergency Response Relevant parties shall launch relevant plans for the extra-serious emergent public events that have not been effectively controlled in advance, and the emergency commanding agency at the higher level shall conduct uniform commanding or instruction to relevant regions and departments for disposal of such events. The emergency commanding agency shall take charge of emergent disposal on the site, and various relevant departments shall jointly participate in dispose of such emergent public events under the leadership by the authority of such events and assistance by other departments. o Emergency End The emergency commanding agency shall be cancelled after the end of disposal of extra-serious emergent public events or relevant dangerous factors are removed. 356 9.9.2 Emergency Plan for Environmental Risk The risk preventive plan for the project shall be incorporated into the emergency plan system for emergency environmental events of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. o Overall Requirements The highway management center of the road section shall make out emergency plan again accidents and implement such plans according to procedures therein and relevant state rules during the operational period after strictly acting on the risk preventive measures put forth during designing phase. Establish emergency leading team for transport accidents of dangerous goods, and compile emergency plans according to the existing regional emergency plan, including establishment of emergency agency, facility construction, personnel allocation and training, accident prevention and emergency management rules and other emergency plans. Issue the management system of "three licenses" for transport vehicles of dangerous goods; The "three licenses" refer to driving license, escort permit and transport permit, and dangerous goods shall not be transported without complete set of licenses; Prevent pollution of water bodies caused by rainwater and leakage of goods; The sides of the vehicle transporting dangerous goods shall be marked with uniform symbols. The public security department, transport management department and fire-fighting department can provide for special driving routes for such vehicles, and appointed parking areas. IJ Establishment of Emergency Agency and Staffing Command center at higher levels The commanding center of the highway at the higher level is jointly formed by the traffic management department, public security department and environmental protection bureau of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, and the director of the highway management center is also a member thereof. [J Emergent Rescue Commanding Team The management center has established safety accident emergency commanding and leading team, which is in the charge of the director and vice-director of the center. o Office of Emergency Leading Team The Office of Emergency Leading Team of the management center is established in the office of the management center, and is in the charge of the director of the office. 357 [1 Safety Management Monitoring Team The management center establishes accident safety management team under its administration, which is in the charge of the team leader. Safety Administrator It is composed of staffs of the management center. [ Internal Cooperation Management Department Wuzhong Municipal Traffic Bureau, Yinchuan Municipal Traffic Bureau, and road section management department have formed the emergency office as the supporting agency for emergent actions to take charge of management of transport of dangerous goods and emergent disposal. See Figure 9.8-1 for the emergency agency network I Highway emergency leading team I I I I I Monitoring I Emergency Office I Road Section Supporting Management Team Management Department I Emergency Administrators I Figure 9.9-1 Figure of Accident Emergency Organization& Commanding Agency of the Highway to be Built IJ Dnties and Division of Work of the Management Center The duties of the commanding center at the higher level are determined by the regional emergency system, and the report is mainly intended to generally determine the duties and division of work among the staffs of the management center. :J The leader of the commanding teams takes charge of safety management and general commanding for emergency rescue in case of safety accidents The vice-director of the commanding team takes charge of supervising inspection of safety work, implement and rectify relevant work and assist the director to in emergent rescue for safety accidents. Regularly organize safety inspection of the highway protective facilities or equipment, and report the inspection results to commanding center at the higher level. 358 [J The office director takes charge of daily safety management, and contacting and coordinating emergency rescue for safety and production accidents. And urge, lead and organize the staffs to take education of safety knowledge and skill training The director of the safety management team organizes and implement inspection and daily management of emergency facilities ofthe highway. Safety administrators conduct daily maintenance and management of the emergency facilities and road protection facilities within the scope of highway as well as repair work. o Accident Reporting System Take effective alarming methods and report to relevant department sin case of accident Alarming phone numbers for traffic accidents: 122, ItO, 119, 120 Phone number of leading team office of the management center: The office number will be added during operational period. o Contents of Accident Report and Disposal Procedures Requirements for Report and Response Contents of Reports Made by Safety Administrators of the Management Center and Site Personnel in Case of Accident: A. The reporters shall clearly indicate the site of accident, types of goods, and specific and clear address; B. In case of fire accident or explosion due to fire accident, the report shall clearly describe the casualties and conditions of the goods and fire. C. The report shall contain the name, phone number and means of contact of the reporter; D. Report to the personnel on duty of the emergency monitoring department of the center according to the level and contents of the accidents after occurrence of the accidents, indicating the site, quantity and types of goods; The personnel on duty shall report to the leading team, which will launch emergency plan after confirming and checking information, and report to the departments determined in the emergency plan report and proposal external aid before disposal if necessary E. External supporting departments include firefighting, traffic police, and public securities department etc. 359 F. In case of serious accidents, report to the commanding and management center at higher level to organize supporting departments to take emergent rescue work in time Figure 9.9-2 indicates the information-releasing procedures in accident emergency plan so that relevant units may learn about accident in time and take countermeasures. In case of accident in densely populated areas, sent alarms for evacuation to residents according to extent of air pollution. Emergent Response Facilities Equip the service section with certain quantity of accident emergency device(2 tons of oil absorptive felts, 2 tons of raw plaster, 80 meter-long oil fences, and active carbon etc.) to put an end to serious pollution accidents. Launch Major Emergency Procedures A. Forbid passage of vehicles transporting dangerous goods in case of heavy fog, rain or snow, and set speed limit for other vehicles B. Launch emergency procedures in case of accident; Dispatch emergency accident team to control and remove the accident; Seek external rescue shortly after launch of emergency procedures for affairs that cannot be handled by the team. In case the human resources, equipment or instruments in local areas cannot meet the need for emergent response, put forth request for rescue to emergency system of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region C. Report relevant government agencies, residents according to conditions of the accidents, take evacuating measures for residents etc.; In case of accidents of vehicles transporting dangerous goods at the bridge, launch accident emergency plan immediately and lay down oil fence, oil-absorbing felts to remove the oily dirt through intersecting and guiding the spilt oil. 360 Report Report Municipal Emergency Occurrence of Emergent Department Accident Commanding Unit Report Alarming Emergency Leading Units (Residents) that News Agency I I Team might be threatened Adjacent Supporting Road Section Emergency Mobilize Equipment Department Department ~ Professional Other Decision-Making Preventive Team Government Departments Figure 9.9-2 Figure of Information Flow of Accident Emergency Plan for Highway to Be Built D. Establish accident emergent separation zone near the site of accident, and transport the emergency materials by vehicle to places near the site of accident Then confirm the functional transport routes, and rapidly reach such places before recycling relevant materials; Conform corresponding means of recycling or treatment for non-oil chemical materials such as acid and base etc.. Put in oil absorbing felts to collect remaining fluids of a small density, , which can be reused after getting rid of water; The scrapped oil absorbing felts shall be burned. The specific operational methods shall be provided for in emergency plan in details. E. Report the environment protection bureau of the autonomous region, Wuzhong City and Yinchuan City about the cause of accident, amount of spilt fluids, course of removing pollution. and scope and extent of pollution after handling the accident D Compensation for Accident The local environmental protection bureau and other departments shall organize investigation and determine the compensation for losses incurred due to accident according to practical conditions, and economic compensation will be granted by the responsible unit to the damaged personnel according to seriousness of the accident through final judgment of the court. 361 Drilling and Inspection System A. Conduct emergency drilling regularly according to plan to get familiar with road conditions and regularly inspect the equipment and materials; B. Strengthen safety education and management work by the highway management department, improve the safety awareness among employees and organize internal employees to properly cope with emergencies.C. Strengthen testing and capacity of judgment of safety skills the transport vehicles 9.9.3 Measures to treat accidents in transportation of hazardous goods o Leakage and measures for treatment If leakage of hazardous goods happens on the bridge, people in the lower reaches should be informed immediately to ensure their safety. [j When making treatment on the spot of leakage, protective measures should be taken. Rescuers on the spot should be armed with personal protective equipment. If the materials leaked out are flammable and explosive, kindling should be strictly forbidden during the treatment, and the power should be cut off and vehicles should not be allowed in; warning limits should be set up along the border. Determine to evacuate the personnel in areas involved by the accident according to conditions and development of accident; In case of leakage of poisonous goods, use special protective clothes and insulating air masks. Warning limits should be set along the border of the central area where the accident takes place. According to the situation of the accident and its development, the evacuation of the people in the accident-impacted areas should be determined. In emergency treatment, isolated action is forbidden. There should be tutors, and hydraulic giants and water cannons could be applied if necessary. Control of leakage sources Leak obstruction means to apply suitable materials and techniques to block the leaks. Treatment of leaked-out materials Dyke established for interception: A dyke should be established to intercept the liquids leaked out or lead them to a safe spot. If liquid leakage takes place in the storage tank, the leaks should be blocked at real time to prevent the inside materials from flowing out to pollute the environment. Dilution and coverage: Mist-like water could be sprayed to the steam cloud of hazardous materials to accelerate the spreading of gases to the upper air. As for flammable materials, a large amount of water vapor or nitrogen could be discharged on the spot to destroy the conditions for combustion. As for liquid leakage, to reduce the evaporation speed of the materials to the atmosphere, the leaked-out materials should be covered by 362 foams or other covering materials, so as to form a coverage layer on their surface and inhibit their evaporation. Collection: The leaked-out materials should be taken in containers or tank wagons; when the leakage is in small amount, the materials could be absorbed or neutralized with sands, absorbing materials and neutralizing materials. Discarding: The collected leaked-out materials should be transported to waste disposal spots for treatment. The rest materials could be washed away with water for firefighting. The washing water after treated should be discharged into the sewage system for treatment. D Fires and measures for treatment To control before extinction. Targeted at the fast spreading and wide burning of the fire of hazardous goods, uniform commanding should be adopted to act faster than the fire to stop it from spreading and eliminate dangers; the fire-fighting tactic of separation, enclosure, and fast action should be applied. The rescue personnel shall take the windward or sideway fields to investigate situation of the fire and extinguish the fire. The personnel evacuated on the site shall take corresponding self-protective measures, for example, wearing protective masks, special protective clothes etc.; Rapidly find out the burning goods and the names and major dangerous features of the surrounding goods, main means of spreading of the fire, the burning dangerous goods and whether the products of burning is dangerous. The most suitable tlame retardants and extinguishing methods should be adopted. When the fire turns greater, its spreading should be stopped first to control the scope of burning, before extinction could be achieved. As for very dangerous situations that require urgent evacuation, such as explosion, burst, and splashing, evacuation should be carried out in time according to uniform signals and methods (evacuation signals should be made very eye-catching so that all people on the spot could see or hear it). After the fire is distinguished, staff should be sent to guard the spot to distinguish fire left. The units with the fire happening should protect the spot and accept investigation, assisting the police and fire-fighting monitoring departments, as well as superior safety management departments, to investigate the reason for the fire, ass~ss the loss in fire, and find out the parties responsible for the fire; without the approval of police monitoring departments and superior safety monitoring departments, the spot of the fire should not be cleaned. D Fire accident of compressed gases and liquefied gases& disposing measures D Never extinguish fire blindly in case of fire accident of gases. Even if the flames at the leakage is extinguished unexpectedly after the surrounding fire is extinguished and during cooling of the site, ignite the fire with a long igniting pole immediately to 363 resume stable burning without taking measures to block the leakage. Otherwise, a lot of flammable gases will leak out and mix with the air, which will explode in case of fire source and cause unconceivable consequences. j Extinguish the fire of surrounding flammable goods ignited by the fire source first, cut off the means of spreading of the fire, control the scope of burning and actively rescue the injured and trapped personnel Extinguish fire with water, dry powder or carbon dioxide after getting ready to block the leakage, and use water to cool the hot cans. Block the leaking with blocking materials after extinguishing the fire. Dilute and disperse the leaked air with foggy water at the same time. Generally, fire is extinguished after blocking the leakage, but sometimes blocking leakage may not succeed at one time; In case the initial blocking fails and second blocking will take certain time, ignite the leakage with long igniting pole immediately to resume stable burning and prevent a lot of leaked flammable gases from mixing \\iith the air to form explosive mixture and cause the risk of explosion. Get ready to extinguish fire and block the leakage again. [ In case the leakage outlet is confirmed to be so large that it can not be blocked, just cl)ol the burning container, the surrounding containers and flammable goods, control the scope of fire until the flammable gas is burnt out. The fire will come out on its own. o Fire Accident of Flammable Liquids and Disposing Measures No matter whether the flammable liquid is on fire or not, in case of leakage or spilling of liquid, it will flow along the ground or disperse on the water surface. In addition, consider whether the flammable liquids can be handled with water and common foam due to its gravity and water solubility, and quite dangerous boiling overflow and splashing etc. Firstly, cut off the means of spreading of the fire, cool and evacuate the containers and flammable goods threatened by the fire to control the scope of burning, and actively rescue the injured and trapped personnel. In case the liquid flows, build dam (or use oil fence) to intersect the flowing flammable liquid or dig ditches to guide the flow Learn about and grasp the name, gravity, water solubility of the burning liquid in time, and whether it is poisonous, corrosive, or cause boiling overflow and splashing etc. to take corresponding extinguishing and protective measures. The rescuers must wear protective masks and take protective measures when extinguishing fire accidents of poisonous, corrosive liquids, or those whose products of burning is rather poisonous. Use special protective clothes for fire accidents of 364 special goods. In view of the restriction of the anti-poison scope of the filtering gas masks, use insulated air .mask in case of extinguishing fire accident of poisonous goods. Conduct strict adaptability training at usual times to get adapted to the proper use of protective device on the site of fire. Various risks caused by transport accidents of dangerous goods have certain potential danger during operational period of the project. According to simulated prediction, the probability of transport accidents of dangerous goods in the project construction is quite small. The major accident during project construction is caused by leakage of chemicals due to accident of the vehicles transporting oil and dangerous chemical goods, which will cause threat to living safety, life and health of the masses along the highway line. 365 Chapter 10 Environment Management and Supervision Plan 10.1 Management plan for environmental protection 10.1.1 Environmental protection organization Environmental protection organization for this project is divided into implementation division, supervision division and management division according to organization functions, of which the composition and corresponding responsibility are shown from table 10.1-1 to 10.1-3. Table 10.1-1 Major responsibilities of implementation division Composition Major responsibi lities i Stage of I Organization of Environmental protection measures stated in environmental design design (iffection reeort shall be inti;)grated in construction drawing design. i • Bidding document includes the content concerning environmental protection and civilized construction; various proposed protection measures shall be included in corresponding terms. • The contractor shall include environmental protection Contractor measure in the bidding document. Each contractor shall Construction Transportation appoint at least one special environmental protection phase department of ningxia province employee who shall strictly implement environmental protection measures and work specified In bidding document. • Check and remedy the actions adverse to environment protection in cooperation with environmental protection engineer Transportation Operation Be responsible for usage and maintenance of environmental department of phase protection equipment in order to ensure proper running. ning){ia province Conduct environmental monitoring plan during construction period Monitoring site ! and operation period. 366 Table 10.1-2 Major responsibilities of management division Composition Major responsibilities • Be responsible to coordinate and manage environmental protection work. • Implement various environmental protection guideline, policies and laws enforced by PR China and Ministry of Transportation; prepare Correspond ing management methods and detailed rules for environmental environmental protection in transportation industry. protection section Be responsible to review construction and design proposal for under • environmental protection measures. Transportation Department of· Strictly implement three same-time system for environmental Ningxia Province protection measure and main body construction, . ensure environmental protection investment put in place and monitor the implementation of various environmental protection measures. • Inspect the usage and maintenance of environmental protection facility. • Prepare implementation plan and management methods for environmental protection during construction period according to environmental protection measures and advices stated in environmental evaluation report and involve it into bid document and contract agreement. • Appoint one environmental protection engineer for each bid section who is responsible to environmental management and monitor, supervise the implementation of environmental protection measure stated in bidding document and inspect and remedy the actions adverse to environment during construction period. Project • Conduct promotion, education and training on environmental construction protection so as to improve environmental protection consciousness headquater and civilized construction quality for construction staff; • Be responsible to treat emergent pollution accident during the construction and report to competent department and relevant departments in time; • Organize monitoring plan during construction period; • After construction completion, organize comprehensive inspection on the implementation of environmental protection measures and environmental recovery of construction sites and push construction unit to timely withdraw temporary occupied site and remove temporary facilities. 367 • Be responsible for environmental protection during operation period, prepare environmental protection plan based on environmental protection measures and advices stated in environmental evaluation report and appoint one special employee Project who is responsible for environmental management for this project; operation • Organize monitoring plan during operation period; management g unit • Organize to prepare and conduct emergency response plan for "'5. pollution accident and timely treat pollution accident and dispute; 5 • Organize to develop environmental protection promotion, education .~ ?31 and training and improve environmental protection consciousness Q. ' o and quality of the employees. TablelO.1-3 Major responsibilities of environment management & supervisi()n division Name of Tesponsibilities institution Environment al Protection Review and approval environment evaluation report; Administratio • n of the • Organize completion acceptance for environmental protection Autonomous engineering for this project. Region • Participate in completion acceptance for environmental protection engineering; Environment al protection • Specify environmental laws and standards which shall be followed for bureau of this project; Yinchuan • Participate in reviewing environmental influence report; City • Supervise construction units to implement environmental action plan Environment and follow relevant environmental laws and standards; al protection • Coordinate each division to properly conduct environmental protection bureau of work; Wuzhong City • Be responsible to inspect and monitor the construction, operation and completion of environmental protection facilities within administrative I governing area. 368 10.1.2 Environment Management Plan In order to timely resolve environmental issues for this project, therefore project management plan is prepared as following table 10.1-4. Table 10.1-4 Environmental management plan for proposed highway project Implementati Environment Responsible Measures for environmental protection on al issues organization organization A. Stage of Design Compare local proposals in respect of environment, social economy and engineering Design Transporta Report the best proposal to local government and institute I. Line tion transportation department of Ningxia province: and selection Departmen line General line type is smooth and suitable for local environmen and t of landform. Longitudinal slope rate shall be increased as tal type design Ningxia much as possible and no excessive pursuit in high evaluation Province standard is allowed, which would lead to destroy unit natural environment. In line selection, high quality wood land and farm land shall be occupied as little as possible while wasteland and shrub land shall be used as much as possible. Temporary occupied land prefers to be the subgrade Design Communic 2. and other permanent auxiliary facility occupied land institute ation Measures and no basic farm land is allowed. and departmen for Within high quality farmland section, the sbugrade environmen t of the ecological shall adopt shrinkage side slope with the protection of tal autonomo protection retaining wall so as to decrease occupy the land. evaluation us region At both sides of the bridge, greening design based on ! unit natural landscape or vertical greening design shall be : done and for high-elevated bridge vertical greening is i preferred. Local line design shall be further optimized so as to make the line away from acoustic environment-sensitive site; Design Communic Noise reduction measures shall be considered during institute ation highway design and corresponding cost estimation and 3.Traf'fic departmen shall be made; environmen noise t of the Environmental protection measures required by this tal autonomo report shall be designed at the same time; evaluation us region According to the prediction, sound isolation window, unit sound barrier, height-increased fence or dismantle may be done depending on different sensitive site, which 369 will be included in design and bid document. Optimize the design of medium bridge and culver; Design Sewage treatment equipments shall be established for Communic institute I parking areas, I service areas, I management & ation 4. Surface and supervision center, I maintenance areas and 7 toll departmen water envlronmen stations. Treated water is used for the purposes of t of the pollution tal service facility greening and expressway greening. autonomo evaluation Strengthen the design of crash carrier for river-crossing us region unit bridge. During line selection phase, sensitive sites shall try to Design be avoided. During design phase, the locations of Communic institute construction access and lime-soil mixing station shall ation and 5. Air be reasonably selected so as to try to avoid departmen envlronmen pollution dense-populated area. t of the tal Material transportation route shall be reasonably autonomo evaluation designed so as to be away from residence area as far as us region unit possible. Design Communic institute During feasibility design phase, the arrangement of ation and 6. Linkage culvert, passage and division interchange shall be departmen envlronmen isolation optimized so as to guarantee easy passage for the t of the tal resident at both sides of the line. autonomo evaluation us region unit Coordinate the color of service facility with the landscape. Raise and .fall of remote mountain shall be Design Communic taken as the background during the design so as to institute ation make mountain, water and object as one body; and 7. Service departmen Parking area prefers to be located at hidden side and be environmen facility t of the surrounded by local tall trees so as to hide parking area tal autonomo and visional pollution due to parking vehicle. evaluation us region Parking area ground prefers to be grid ground within unit which green grass grows. Deep-dug side slope tries to use mild side slope so as to look like natural slope. Original mountain or Design Communic landform shall be maintained as good as possible and institute ation plant cover tries to be recovered into natural wild plant and 8. Visional departmen cover. environmen landscape t of the Artificial side slope shall try not to use concrete slope tal autonomo or mortar flagstone slope and shall be protected by evaluation us region both slope protection engineering and plant with rich unit root and low requirement on geological condition. In 370 case that mortar flagstone or concrete side slope has to be used, local vine shall be planted at the bottom of tope of side slope so as to ease visional conflict to foot passenger. In case that it is impossible to build mild side slope or only retaining wall is feasible, local vine shall be planted at the bottom of retaining wall. Design During bridge design, the influence of bridge shape, Communic institute deck line type and color on landscape environment ation and shall be considered. Bridge guardrail near hill and departmen 9. Bridge environmen valley shall not be in the color of great contrast with t of the tal the environment and grass green may be used to match autonomo evaluation with natural mountain and make riding vision comfort. us region unit Line type of the intersection shall be suitable for the terrain; Design Toll station shall be properly arranged and Communic institute 10. scientifically planned and its shape. style and color ation and Interchang shall be of local character. departmen environmen e and toll Interchange area shall grows wood so as to hide it; t of the tal station autonomo Auxiliary facilities for the interchange (for example evaluation us region guardrail. indication board and sign line) shall be unit suitable for local situation and be safe and natural except to follow certain standards. Design Communic institute ation Emergent telephone shall be established in the bridge and I I. Risk departmen and strengthened crash barrier shall be designed for the environmen accident t of the bridge. tal autonomo evaluation us region unit Nail down the distribution scope according to the investigated cultural relics. and try to avoid the ancient cultural relics. If unavoidable, these cu Itural relics should be exploited and excavated. By sticking to the Communicat Design .. d IOn working principle of "protection in priority and instItute an d 12.Cultural . epartment emergency treatment first", "in favor of economic envlronmenta of the relics I evaluation construction and protection of cultural relics", cultural autonomous unit relics along the line should be protected, and research region on historical cultures of local place should be promoted. According to relevant regulations of "Cultural Relic Protection Law ofthe People's 371 Republic of China", exploration and excavation should be conducted for cultural relics along the line before construction. The expenses should be listed in the project budget by the building unit. Drainage ditch should be built at the surroundings of soil borrow and abandon field; Temporary drainage ditch should be set or soil retaining wall or toe protection should be constructed during the constructio~ of roadbed slope; Communicat Design I3.Soil Treatment measures like retaining wall, anchor spraying institute and IOn . . . department erosion concrete anti-sliding pile and slope cuttIng should be envlronm~nta of the I evaluation protection taken for excavation sections with the development of autonomous unit landslide disaster; region Small slope should be adopted to excavation section with the development of collapse hazards. Meanwhile, mortar laid stones should be paved on the entire slope for protection. Forbidden in Baijitan Natural Reserve; Attention should be paid to the selection of construction camp during the design phase. They should be set In 14. existing villages or on permanently occupied land; Communicat Constructio Existing roads should be used as the construction access . I?esign IOn n roads. Town or large residential area should be avoided institute and d epa rtm en t environmenta f h · 0 t camp/constr while designing new construction access roads which I eva Iuatlon e autonomous uction can also be used as roads for transporting in local unit region access roads villages in the future; Septic tank should be constructed for each camp, and sedimentation tank should be set on the construction site. B. Construction phase Before starting, propaganda signs should be set on the construction site and its surroundings for the protection of wide animals and natural vegetation. Propaganda and education for the protection of environment and Communic 1. biodiversity must be strengthened for contractors; ation Protection After entering into the construction site. construction Contractor department of personnel should be educated with ecological of the ecological protection. autonomou resources Problems relevant to construction field. construction s region camp and temporary access roads should be coordinated with local forestry management department in advance. Construction camp should not be set in woodland. 372 Damages to soil and vegetation at the surrounding of the operating area should be reduced to the minimum; If cultivated land or woodland is used temporarily. the mellow soil layer with the thickness of 30cm should be stripped off and preserved. Reclamation should be conducted immediately after the construction is completed; Management during the construction phase should be strengthened. Construction personnel are forbidden to hunt and kill wild animals; Blasting operation in the morning or night should be avoided; Construction vehicles can not drive into farmland and woodland while running on the temporary driveway; All kinds of protective measures should be implemented at the same time with the main project; Temporary protective measures should be strengthened to prevent water loss and soil erosion; Protective measures should be strengthened on soil borrow field and dreg discarding field to prevent water loss and soil erosion; The production and living area and the construction roads should be protected to avoid damaging the i vegetation. The construction time should be reasonably arranged and high noise construction should be avoided at night; Construction machines should be kept in good state; The builders should choose construction machines and transportation vehicles in accordance with related national standard. and better choose those equipments and techniques with low noise, Communic 2. Control Sound defense for construction personnel should be ation of done; department Contractor construction During the construction phase, sound at villages of the noise adjacent to the construction access roads should be autonomou monitored by the supervising engineer. The s region transportation route of materials should be changed if necessary according to the monitoring results, If unavoidable. temporary sound barrier should be equipped or certain economic compensation should be provided to local residents through making agreement with them. 373 1. Prevention measures of wastewater during the construction Leakage prevention during the transportation process of road materials should be clearly specified in the contract. Piling place should not be set at the bank of water body to avoid the pollution of water body by the flushing of rainwater; The piling place for building materials such as pitch, paints and chemicals should be in shelter to reduce the pollution caused by flushing by rainwater. It's forbidden to set up stock grounds, waste stacking grounds or construction sites within 200m away from the riverside. During the construction of bridges which cross rivers, the construction wastewater can not be drained directly into the river. 2. Control measures of oiled wastewater The control of oiled wastt:water is disposed by control Communic during the construction and cleaning production plan. 3. Control ation Solid oil adsorption material should be used to transfer of surface department waste oil into solid materials, which should be Contractor water of the collected, sealed, and transported to refuse site for pollution autonomou central ized treatment; s region Rectangular sedimentation tank should be constructed in construction field and mechanical maintenance field. The tank should be buried by soil after the construction is completed. 3. Control measures of sewage The repast and washing of construction personnel should be managed in a concentrated and unified way; Septic tank should be set at the nearby of the construction camp to collect feces and washing sewage of catering. 4. Protective engineering measures for the construction of bridges Oil leakage by bridgt: constructing machines IS forbidden; chemical products should not be spilled into the water body; During the construction process, machines should be properly maintained and cured to prevent the leakage of oil. 4. Control The pavements of piling field and soil borrow field Contractor Communic 374 of aIr should be kept wet to reduce the fugitive dust caused by ation pollution the passing automobiles and wind; department Construction unit should equip certain number of of the sprinkler cars to sprinkle water on non-paved temporary autonomou roads, construction access roads and material piling s region fields, especially in dry and windy days. Water should be sprinkled twice a day (once time in the morning and one time in the afternoon) to reduce the pollution of fugitive dust; Piling field which has the potential of spilling powder materials should be placed at the leeward direction of the sensitive point. Wind protection and covering measures should be taken to prevent fugitive dust; Wind protection and covering measures should be taken for transportation of cement, sand, lime, and other bulk materials, especially in dry and windy weathers to prevent fugitive dust. Before the construction of highway, contractors and construction personnel should be educated to protect cultural relics. The knowledge of cultural relics of Communic construction personnel should be enhanced, especially ation their judgment ability of cultural relics. Once cultural 5.Cultural department relics are found out during construction, the excavation Contractor relics of the should be stopped immediately. Relevant situations autonomou should be reported to local cultural relic department. s region Excavation should not be continued before the appraisal by competent department and before taken necessary protective measures. 375 Management should be strengthened. Trees beyond the confiscated felling area. The felling of trees should be reduced in the confiscated felling area; Prohibit establishment of construction camp and site, or temporary land occupation such as borrowing pit and spoil ground etc. within the nature reserve. Prohibit construction personn'el from digging medicinal herbs such as licorice etc. or hunting wild protected animals. The width of the construction access roads should be strictly controlled. Existing roads should be fully utilized. Construction access roads should be reduced to reduce the damages to surface vegetation; Stripe the surface soil (20 cm thick) on the subgrade before construction and cover the surface soil on the Communic side slopes after construction. ation The construction time should be properly selected to department Contractor avoid the high peak period of wild animal activities. of the Morning, dusk and evening are the peak period for wild autonomou animals to move about, breed and seek foods, and s region high-noise operation such as explosion or piling shall be avoided in the aforesaid periods. -- Strengthen vehicle monitoring, and control passage of the vehicles with noise or exhaust exceeding relevant standards to protect the environment inside the nature reserve. ... Arrange construction personnel to learn relevant state 376 - -,..-----r------, Supervise the construction behaviors and implementation of environmental protection measures and water-soil retaining measures during construction in the reserve, Supervise establishment of construction pavements and vehicle transport as well as pollution caused during transport of construction materials; Supervise construction behaviors involving temporary land occupation and scope of construction; It is strictly forbidden to fetch earth, desert earth or dig sand in the reserve at random. Supervise implementation of protective measures of the side slopes of the subgrade and measures for improving side ditches; Vegetation shall be adopted to protect the side slopes if possible. The transportation time and route should be properly arranged to avoid causing traffic jam to existing roads; Vehicles should drive slowly during night and ringing is forbidden; Public service facilities along the line should not be Communicat 7. Reducing damaged by the highway construction; ion the A piece of billboard should be set at each entrance of Contractor department of the disturbance every construction contract section. The hotline number autonomous to the public of contractor, construction supervising unit and local region environmental protection agency and the name of the contact person should be written on the billboard. In this way, people can contact with relevant department if they are affected by the noise, air pollution. traffic and other adverse influences brought by the construction. I-----+-- Septic tank should be set in the construction camp, and it should be cleaned regularly; All kinds of wastewater should not be discharged directly into natural water bodies; Communic Solid wastes in the construction camp should be ation 8. Pollution collected regularly and sent to specified municipal solid control in department Contractor construction waste disposal station for treatment; of the camp and site The construction camp should be far away from rivers autonomou and other natural water bodies. The repast and washing s region of construction personnel should be managed In a concentrated and unified way, such as concentrated repast and washing to reduce the amount of sewage. The washing process IS limited to certain water I 377 consumption by hot water or other ways to substitute wash so that the content of wash in the wastewater will be reduced. Stone chips or crushed stones should be paved on 9. existing roads if they are used as construction access Communicat Managemen roads. New access roads should be compacted and ion department t of paved with crushed stones to avoid fugitive dust. of the construction After the construction is completed, these access roads autonomous access roads should be recovered to their original states. If required by region local place, they can be used as transporting roads for villages. Before construction, contractors and relevant personnel from the construction supervision unit should be trained Provincial C . t . . ommumca 10. with the knowledge of environmental protection; commumcatl Ion oo Managemen Environmental protection measures and other department . department, fth t of environmental protection documents should be environmenta 0 e contractors mcorporated. 10. tel h b'dd' 109 an d ten d'enng d ocuments to I eva Iuatlon . autonomous region make environmental protection to be the duty of group contractors. C. Operation phase Leading team for the transportation of dangerous articles and leakage accident of dangerous articles should be estab lished; the "three-certificate" system should be implemented to vehicles which transport Management Communicat Transportati department ion on accidents dangerous articles; vehicles which transport dangerous and department or articles should be marked; public of the security autonomous dangerous Public security. transportation and fire fighting bureau region articles department should specifY routes and parking places for vehicles which transport dangerous articles; Emergency treatment team for leakage accident of dangerous articles should be established. r------+------=~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~------~------~------~ Speed limit and ring forbidden signs should be set; Corresponding measures should be taken for places which noise exceeds the standard. Communicat According to the environmental protection requirements ion Highway 2. Noise and of the area, coal-burning boilers should not be used as department management ar,r pollution the heating measures in service facilities along the line. of the department Electricity can be used for the heating in toll stations. autonomous region Heating by electricity or more advanced environmental protection heating mode can be adopted to parking lot and service area with large heating area. The drainage system should be cleaned regularly. The Communicat 3.Drainage Management Ion discharged water from service facilities should be systems department department comprehensively utilized. of the 378 autonomous region The building unit should cooperate with local planning Local Local department to strengthen the planning control of land at government government both sides of the highway. Specific plans should be made for environmental Local Local 4. Planning protection of industrial parks along the line of this government government project according to relevant planning. Specific plans should be made for env ironmental Local Local protection of mining area along the line of this project government government according to relevant planning. Communicat ion Environment department 5. Monitoring Environment monitoring should be conducted regularly. monitoring of the unit autonomous region 10.1.3 Environmental monitoring plans Please refer to table 10.1-5 for environmental monitoring plans. 379 Table 10.1-5 Environmental monitoring plans Phase Monitoring Organ Monitoring contents Monitoring goals 1. Decide the feasibility for the implementation of the project; 2. Determine the contents of environmental evaluation; Environmental 3. Guarantee the reflection of Protection 1. Audit the environmental impact environmental problems which Administration of report and other environmental may be caused by the project the Autonomous documents and environmental protection Region emphases; 4. Guarantee the validity and feasibility of environmental protection measures and environment management plan. I. Strictly implement the "three 1. Audit environmental protection simultaneous" of design, design and environment management construction and operation of plan; environmental protection 2. Check the fulfillment of facilities and the environment environmental protection investment; management plan; 3. Check monitoring reports of air, 2. Guarantee the investment of Environmental sound and water; field survey for the environmental protection; Protection piling and treatment of solid wastes 3. Guarantee the environmental Administration of and poisonous materials: investigate protection measures satisfying the Autonomous the recovering of soil borrow field environmental protection Region and dreg discarding field, and the requirements and relevant laws, Wuzhong and implementation of other codes and standards; Yinchuan environmental protection projects; 4. Guarantee the implement of Environmental 4. Supervise the implementation of land confiscation, dismantling Protection environmental management plan; and relocation policies; Administration 5. Check if the environmental 5. Prevent water Joss and soil protection facilities are complied with erosion; the completion acceptance standard; 6. Guarantee the environmental 6. Check the construction safety of the protection facilities satisfying explosion site; the design requirements; 7. Check the preventive measures of i 7. Guarantee the health and diseases. I safety of the public and .construction personnel. Forestry Department of the Autonomous R . S' and avoid Guarantee the safety of the eglOn upervise unnecessary natural reserve, prevent the Management damages to the natural reserve by h t' Station of Baijitan construction activities within the un Ing of \\'ild animals, and forbidden the indiscriminate Natural Reserve of construction scope. cutting of trees. the city and county forestry administration Cultural Relic . ... Check the protectIOn of treatment of Ad ministration of. . . newly discovered cultural relics Protect cultural relics th e A utonomous . . ."'; dunng the construction R e5lOn 380 1. Check the implementation of IEnviro'nmental environment management plan; I. Guarantee the satisfaction of .Protection 2. Check the implementation of !Administration of environment monitoring plan; relevant laws, codes and .the Autonomous 3. Check environment monitoring istandards . 2. Guarantee the Region report the treatment wastewater and Environmental disposal of solid wastes from the implementation of Protection service facilities on the site; environment management plan Administration of 4. Supervise the transportation of and supervision plan; the city and county dangerous articles, conduct 3. Protect the health and safety of the public. emergency treatment for leakage; 5. Check transportation vehicles. Forestry Department of the Autonomous iPrevent the brought of exotic Region Check transportation vehicles. ipests and the uncontrolled Forestry icutting of trees. Administration of ! the city and county 10.2 Environmental monitoring plans 10.2.1 Environmental Monitoring Responsible Organizations, Monitoring Target Environmental monitoring is planned to be entrusted by the owner to the monitoring organizations with monitoring certificate and certain experiences to handle with. Environmental monitoring is an important integral part in environment management plan both in road construction and operation period. The targets of environmental monitoring are: To verify the conclusion on the potential environmental impact of projects to be constructed in Environmental Jmpact Statement; o Confirm actual impact level; o Verify the effectiveness and adequacy of environmental protection measures; Confirm and evaluate expected negative impact's level; o To offer accordance for the environmental protection measures superadded to solve the negative impact beyond the environmental impact evaluation conclusion. 10.2.2 Environmental monitoring plans Project headquarter is responsible for the project environmental monitoring plan's organization and implementation and environmental monitoring department shall make sampling, and reserve and analyze sample with the methods stipulated in the regulations and standards promulgated by environmental protection authorities. 381 The monitoring key point is atmosphere and noise, carryon fixed point and course monitoring, timing and untiming random inspection. The monitoring plans are shown as Table 10.2-1. Contractors and construction supervIsIon organizations shall submit environmental monitoring report to project office every half a year. Additionally, when unexpected environmental pollution accidents happen, they shall report the situatiol)s immediately to the project office so as to adopt proper pollution control measures including hiring professional monitoring organization to monitor etc. 10.2.3 Environmental Monitoring Report Monitoring report system is shown as Graph J 0.2-1. Every time monitoring is finished, the monitoring organizations shall submit monitoring report and report it through administrative levels. Road construction organization shall submit environmental monitoring report to the Environmental Protection Bureau of Ningxia Hill Autonomous Region every season of the construction period and every half a year of the operational period. These reports are the accordance for Ministry of Environmental Protection and Environmental Protection Office of Ministry of Transportation to assess different sections' achievements on environmental protection and superadd necessary environmental protection measures when environmental impact is worse than expected. Table 10.2-1 Environmental monitoring plans Monit l Monito I Monit oring Monitoring Monitoring Duration of!Monitoring ring Phase Monitoring point oring eleme project frequency • monitoring I time organi organ nts zations I ,lak37+720 the 41h, 'l) Continual I '"ttl production team, wujiahu Once!6 .J:: Tsp sampling I days c.. village, lak6 h-300 house for months s::: for 12h ....0 the elderly u ::l ... ;:l C 382 lak61 +300 house for the a] sound /year( once a once at night elderly level season) Ss,cod,bod , Once in flat, Continual t: s 0 Yellow rIver grand bridge ·c ammonia drought and sampling u 383 The Environmental Protection Bureau of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region T Regional and Municipal Entrusting Unit Department of Environmental Protection I~ ~ Transportation of Ningxia Bureau i Hui Autonomous Region Environmental monitoring institution Graph 10.2-1 Schematic Diagram for Monitoring Report Procedures on Roads to he Constructed 10.2.4 Monitoring Equipments, Monitoring Cost The monitoring equipments needed in carrying out the environment monitoring plan of this project belong to monitoring unit; the traffic department should pay suitable equipment depreciation cost, no need for new ones. The equipment depreciation cost includes in the total monitoring expenses. The construction phase monitoring expense is RMB 100, 000 per year by 4 years equal RMB400, 000, the operation phase monitoring expense is RMB 30, 000 per year by 20 years equal RMB600, 000. 10.3 Environmental Supervision Plan 10.3.1 Supervision Purpose To fully control and lessen the environmental impact of the roads to be constructed, ensure "Three-Simultaneous" system and the implementation of relevant environmental protection measures in environmental impact statement, the project shall carry out environmental supervision together with construction supervision in construction. 10.3.2 Supervision Implementation institution In accordance with the "Notice on Implementation of Environmental Supervision on Transportation Engineering" promulgated by the Ministry of Transportation (No. 314 Document [2004] Promulgated by the Ministry of Transportation), engineering environmental supervision shall be listed into engineering supervision system and construction organization shall entrust the organizations with engineering supervision certificate and receiving environmental protection training to afford engineering environmental supervision. 10.3.3 Key Points of Supervision Environmental supervision includes 3 phases, namely, construction preparation phase, 384 construction phase and acceptance & defect liability phase. (1) Construction Preparation Phase The supervision tasks in this phase mainly include compiling environmental supervision regulations, examining environmental protection clauses in construction contract, contractors' environmental management plans in construction period and environmental measures in construction's organization and design, verify temporary construction's occupying location and its preparatory work, and check whether construction materials' stacking accords environmental requirements. (2) Construction stage The environmental supervision in construction shall be integrated with road construction to be divided to environmental supervision key points of 4 parts, namely, roadbed, Road Surface, bridge and tunnel constructions as shown in Table 10.3-1. Table 10.3-1 Supervision Key Points in Different Construction Phases Phas Construction: Key Points of Supervision e activities (I) Check whether vegetation and agricultural facilities out of the scope are damaged during earth surface cleaning; Site clearing (2) Check whether pedosphere has been peeled and reasonably piled and whether drainage facilities are installed. ----- (t) Check whether the earth work of construction has been allocated transported accord ing to earth work balance sheet; eo .5 (2) Check whether the construction party has delimited construction scope ~ and it's forbidden to cover and excavate land without permission; !:: '00 5 (3) Check whether the construction party has watered regularly to prevent the '2 dust in the sections with severe dust pollution, whether protection .0 Road -g measures have been taken for the constructors under TSP high ~ excavation & concentration environment; road filling (4) Check whether the noise in the site has complied with GB 12523-90 Standard, supervise whether the construction party constructs at night at the spots sensitive to sound environment, whether protection measures have been taken for the constructors under high-noise environment; (5) Check the temporary drainage facilities In construction, and the construction sewage shall not be discharged into natural water bodies. 385 (I) Check whether the construction party stops its construction, reports to relevant departments and arrange construction according to relevant directions given by the authorities when cultural relics are found in Road construction; excavation (2) Check whether temporary sedimentation tank and drainage facilities have been installed and utilized when road is excavated in rainfall runoff place on rainy days. ~------~--- (1) Check whether the construction party has compacted the loose soil filled Roadbed before the rain when constructing in rainy days; construction (2) Check whether the construction party has violated the regulations to fetch soil in earth pits not designated, (I) Check whether the noise in the site has complied with GB 12523-90 Standard, supervise whether the construction party constructs at night (22:00-6:00) at the spots sensitive to sound environment; (2) Check whether sound insulation facilities have been installed for high noise equipments in sensitive spots such as residential area, whether protection measures have been taken for the constructors under high-noise environment: (3) Check whether the ambient air quality along with the construction line has complied with national standard, supervise whether the construction party Road surface has watered regularly to prevent the dust in the sections with severe dust base c pollution, whether protection measures have been taken for the - The (1) Check whether the site selection of mixing station complied with the construction relevant requirements of environmental impact statement asphalt road (2) Check whether prevention measures have been taken on constructors in surface asphalt paving; 386 (1) Check whether the construction garbage has been transported to the designated garbage disposal plant according to environmental protection requirements in bridgework; ..!l<:a Bridges (2) Strengthen management on construction machinery and prevent oil culverts leakage: 01)~ "0 engineering (3) Check how the construction party deals with the waste oil and 'C r::t:1 construction construction garbage etc in construction and it's forbidden to dump them into water body; (4) Check whether sedimentation tank is installed and utilized to deal with engineering water in bridge construction (3) Acceptance & Defect Liability Phase The work of this phase mainly include summarization of the relevant information on environmental protection acceptance in project completion, environmental engineering construction etc, and supervision on the restoration and maintenance of temporary sites such as earth pits, pre-cast plant and construction camps etc in defect liability phase. The Supervision Key Points on Environmental Protection Engineering are as shown in Table 10.3-2. Table 10.3-2. Supervision Key Points on Environmental Protection Engineering Environmental protection Key Points of Supervision engineering (1 r Check whether the sewage pipeline laying has achieved the separation of rainfall and sewage; whether the sewage pipeline's layout and setting are reasonable and standard. (2) Check whether the structure construction complies with design requirements (3) Check whether the installation of equipments (aerator, blower, oily water Sewage treatment separator, water pump and stuffing etc) complies with design requirements; facilities (4) Check whether there is only one drainage outlet and whether it's installed as required; (5) Check whether the disposal effects comply with design requirements, and whether the sewage meets the requirements of national standards and environmental impact assessment (I) Check whether the planting materials company with design requirements; Greening (2) Check whether the side slope greening construction is conducted in the engineering methods and technics stipulated in design files; (3) Check whether the side slope construction damages roadbed. 387 10.3.4 Supervision System The relevant systems of environmental supervision can follow the system of engineering supervision. 10.3.5 Environmental Supervision Fees (l) Estimation on Environmental Supervision Engineers' Number According to experience on organizing road engineering construction, the project will set up the level-2 supervision system under the leadership of a chief supervising engineer, namely, to set up one chief supervision office and 10 senior supervision stationed offices (every stationed office shall be in charge of20km). If we presume that the chief supervision office is manned with I full-time environmental supervising engineer and every stationed office is manned with 2 part-time environmental supervising engineers, then the road to be constructed will be manned with 1 full-time environmental supervising engineer, 19 part-time er:vironmental supervising engineers (including environmental protection director), and there are 20 engineers in all. (2) Environmental Supervision's Workload Environmental supervision work time only considers construction period, and the dt,tect liability phase will be considered generally by engineering supervision team, so it won't be double counted here. The construction period lasts 4 years. Then the project's environmental supervision workload is: Part-time staffs: 19 staffs x 4 years x 12 months =912 staffs' month Full-time staffs: 1 staff x 4 year x 12 month=48 staffs' month G.:neral \\orkload: 912+48=960 staffs' month (3! Engineering Environmental Supervision Staffs' Salary Cost If we presume a full-time environmental supervising engineer's salary is 5000 RJV1B/month, and a part-time environmental supervising engineer's salary is 1000 RMB/month, then the salary cost of the engineering environmental supervision staffs' salary cost for the project to be constructed is 1.152 million RMB. (4) Engineering Environmental Supervision & Monitoring Cost To monitor noise, sewage and dust etc so as to judge whether the construction complies with environmental protection requirements or not with the monitoring results is an important method for environmental compliance supervision. The monitoring in environmental compliance supervision is the supervision activities 388 conducted by environmental supervising engineer and different from the fixed-spot supervision during construction period, which is monitored by environmental supervising engineer. Therefore, the organizations in charge of engineering environmental supervision shall have equipments and staffs for supervision and the supervision cost shall be included in the general cost of engineering environmental supervision. If we presume every stationed office's engineering environmental superVISIOn and monitoring cost is 50 thousand RMBI year, then the engineering environmental supervision and monitoring cost of the prqject to be constructed for 4 years shall be 2 million RMB. (5) General Cost of Engineering Environmental Supervision In conclusion, the general cost for the project to be constructed on engineering environmental supervision shall be 3.152 million RMB. 10.4 Completion Acceptance on Environmental Protection 10.4.1 Completion Acceptance's Purpose The purpose of completion acceptance on project's environmental protection mainly include: (l)Investigate the project's implementation situations of the environmental protection measures proposed in environmental impact report and engineering design in construction, operation and management etc. (2) Investigate the effectiveness of the eco-protection, water & soil conservation, and pollution control measures adopted in the project. 10.4.2 Completion Acceptance Contents The main contents of environmental completion acceptance investigation are shown as in Table lOA-I. 389 Table 10.4-1 Suggestion on Main Acceptance Contents of Environmental Protection Facilities on the Road to be Constructed Acceptance List Name of Acceptance Type Environmental Location Requirements Standard Protection Equipments I mainline toll "Integrated stations,6 ramp toll Wastewater The sewage shall be used for stations, 1 serv ice area, discharge service facilities and road Wastew I parking Standard"(GB8978 Septic tank greening and the left sewage ater lot, I maintenance and -1996) standard 1 shall be discharged into dry management center, I or standard 2, as ditch. management station in shown in Table maintenance zone 1.6-3 201 households in 17 Soundproof window villages The Standard 2 and Acoustic barrier Standard 4a in Construct Noise (GB3096-2008), as heightened 5 villages shown in Blank enclosing wall 1.6-\ Monitoring in 3 villages operational phase Ecological I. Earth pits and dropping restoration of 4 waste areas shall be earth pits ecologically restored; • 2. The effected local Ecology Ecological infrastructure and temporary restoration of 2 occupied land shall be restored; dropping waste 3. The slope-protection, sewage areas and greening engineering shall be well completed. Environ The project mans 1-2 full-time environmental protection staffs ment 2 water treatment facility operational staffs shall be manned manage ment 2 full-time greening management staffs shall be manned 390 Chapter 11 Analysis on environmental and economic cost and benefit 11.1 Engineering economy.evaluation 11.1.1 National economy evaluation National economy evaluation for this project indicates that net present value for all investment is RMB7,314,973,600, internal rate of return is 16.35% and investment recovery period is 14.45 years (dynamic). Therefore, this project presents good social and economic benefit. 11.1.2 Financial evaluation Financial evaluation for this project indicates that in case of the cost up 20% and the benefit down 20% for proposed scheme, internal rate of return is 6.78% while investment recovery period is 20.50 years. Therefore, this project presents good financial and economic benefit. 11.1.3 Loan reimbursement analysis Loan reimbursement analysis for this project indicates that for proposed scheme bank loan may be paid off before 2032 (within 19 years after the project is put into operation) and financial liquidity satisfies the requirement to payoff all bank loan within evaluation period. 11.1.4 Sensitivity analysis Sensitivity analysis for this project indicates that under the combination of two adverse factors as the benefit down 20% and the cost up 20%, economic net present value is greater than financial net present value. which means that national economic benefit for this project is better than enterprise economic benefit; from the analysis on financial sensitivity, risk resist capability is good enough. Therefore, proposed project is feasible in respect of national economy, financial analysis, loan reimbursement capability and the sensitivity. 11.2 Environmental Design and Estimated Costs Total investment for proposed scheme for this project is RMB 3,429,015,559, of which environment project investment accounts for 2.35% or RMB 80,574,300. Environmental protection investment includes environmental protection facility and equipment cost, greening cost, facility maintenance expense, annual expense on 391 environmental monitoring and other expenses on environmental protection. The highway of this project belongs to main body of the project and also presents environmental protection purpose. It shall be listed in main body investment instead of environmental protection investment. For example, the expense on discharge cl.lvert, protection engineering for the subgrade, discharge engineering, catch-water drain and dismantle recovery and settlement which also present environmental protection purpose shall not be listed in environmental protection investment. 11.2.1 Calculation ofthe investment on acoustic environment protection Based on design advice stated in table 9.3-3, the investment on acoustic environment protection is shown in table 11.2-1. Table 11.2-1 Calculation of the investment on acoustic environment protection Middle Period / Family 10,000RMB Monitor during operation period 3 4 4.2 r-- Installation of sound barrier 2 / 96 R,~building and heightening enclosure 5 37 24.5 Installation of ventilation and sound insulation window dismantle required by environmental 17 201 120.6 protection Total 44 579 245.3 From the table mentioned above. the investment on acoustic environment protection is aIOund RMB5,528,000. 11.2.2 Calculation of the investment on special environmental protection Environmental protection investment for all section is around RMB 80,574,300, of which ce,nsultancy and design on environmental protection is RMB3,632,000, ecological greening cost is R\1B 21,724,200, newly-added soil and water conservation cost is RMB 41,805,100, water pollution treatment cost is RMB 1,150,000, environment monitoring cost is RMB 1,000,000 and noise treatment cost is RMB2,453,000. The details are shown in table 11.2-2. Scope of special amoun Engineering Amount Subtota environmental protection t I Environmental Consultat Impact -- 40 ion of Assessment environm --- .- 363.2 environmental ental engineering 130 protection design I 392 Environmental protection -- 137.6 supervision Check and accept of acceptance consultancy and environment 55.6 environmental monitoring protection The calculation is made on the basis of RMB300,000 per km. except the bridge, whole line includes 72.414km subgrade 2172.42 ecology engineering for express way. greening greening maintenance equipment: grass cutter/water pump etc 20.0 engineeri ng usage cost for water spray vehicle 10.0 ecological recovery cost for the section within natural 200 protection area water and soil conservation 4180.51 septic tanks for 8 interchanges, 2 super large bridges, estimated 10 construction camps for whole line; RMB 30 thousand per 30.0 septic tank. There will be around 10 construction sites according to construction camps; one flow field of advection sediment Basin 10.0 costs RMB 10,000. water Septic tank devices should be installed for pollution I parking lot, I service area, 7 toll stations, Septic tank preventio 1 management center, 1 curing working 55.0 treatment devices nand area. The cost of one septic tank is 50,00 treatment Yuan RMB strengthened Reinforcing of crash barriers for ultra crash barrier for large bridge on Yellow River, 80,000 Yuan 8.0 large bridge RMB per bridge construction 6 construction sites, RMB 20 thousand per sewage sediment 12.0 basin basin waste boxes in estimated 10 construction camps: RMB 10.0 Treatment construction camps 10,000 per camp investme 1 parking areas. I service areas, 7 toll nt for waste collector in stations. I management centers, I 11.0 solid service faci lity maintenance area; RMB 10,000 per place waste Measures for social, economic Protection of whole line 200.0 and cultural relics environm ental protection environment monitor on water, gas and noise during construction period 40.0 for 4 years, RMB 100000 per year environment monitor on water, gas and noise during operation period for 20 60.0 years, RMB 30000 per year noise prevention and treatment expense 245.3 to treat the dust during construction period: use water spray vehicle in the 40 village for 4 years contingency cost 390 Total 8057.43 393 Table 11.2-2 Environmental Design and Estimated Costs Unit: RMB 10,000 11.3 Simple analysis on environmental investment benefit This project adopts various ecological recovery measure and water and soil conservation measures (including engineering protection measures). Although ecological benefit obtained from protection measure could not be quantified in currency at present, it presents obvious benefit. Brief analysis on environmental benefit and social and economic benefit obtained environmental protection investment is shown in table 11.3-1. Table 11.3-1 Analysis on economic and environmental benefit and cost of environmental protection investment Environmental Environmental protection Social benefit Comprehensive benefit benefit _. investment I. Prevention of being disturbed by the construction 2. Prevention of water pollution I. Protection of residence 3. Prevention of air living and protection I. Bring adverse affection En vironmental pollution environment to the environment to the protection measures 4. Protect farmland 2. Protection of soil, forestry, lowest during construction during the 5. Prevention of agriculture and plant period construction animal and plant 3. Protection of public safety 2. Highway construction 6. Protection of and national property safety obtains public support. ipublic safety and 4. Landscape protection convenient access 7. Construction and rehabilitation of local highway I. Highway ilandscape 1. R,b,ild 10001 2.Soil erosion Who~pmv' environment iecological environment protection Greening within 2. Prevent further soil 2. Guarantee 3. Recovery or highway zone ierosion Itransportation safety reimbursement of 3. increase subgrade stability 3. Increase trip safety and iplant 4. BeautifY the environment Icomfortableness 4. Ecological ienvironment I 394 improvement i I. Protect river and Yazidan Wastewater •Protect water reservoir disposal quality in the 2. Protection of water Protect water resource Drainage project rivers along the line resource 3.Soil erosion protection • I. Protect the living and •Prevent the Protect the quality of Noise prevention II" . study of vi II age residence pollution to acoustic study, living, production and treatment. i2. Normal development of environment along. and environment as well engineering •. isoil protection and farming the Ime I as psychological health ' I industry r------1~~ !Protect drinking and Protect water resource and Preventive Protect water. Production safety; protection water ecology measures for risk quality water ecology environment. environment I ------r.~~. ------~ I.Monitor and measure Supervise and implement environmental Coordinate economic Environmental environmental protection iquality along the development with monitoring and. ·measure and protect living ·Iine environmental management environment of human being' 2. Protect the development and th' I environment along ,,,at,,,,. the line From the above analysis, proposed project presents good environmental protection benefit while social and comprehensive benefits are great. 395 Chapter 12 Assessment Conclusions 12.1 General Guyaozi-Qingtongxia highway(via Wuzhong City) lies in central north of Ningxia, extending from east to west by Lingwu City, Litong District of Wuzhong City and 0 0 1 Qingtongxia City, and is located between east longitude 105 50' to 106 37 , and north latitude 37° 51' to 38" II' . The starting point of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line of G211 leis in the north of Ningdong coal chemical industrial zone, and the end thereof lies in the west of the Qingtongxia new material base, and is connected with the planned Shizuishan-Zhongning expressway. The total length of the road project is 78.8km. The whole line will be constructed into a fully-closed and full-interchange expressway with four lanes. The design speed is 100km/h, and the width of roadbed is 26.0m. Permanent land occupation by the whole route is 541.66hm2, and 78436m2 houses have been removed. 43 bridges with the length of 6519m are constructed, including 2 medium ultra large bridges with the length of 31 05m, 31 large and medium bridges with the length of 3281 m, 10 small bridges with the length of 133m, and 220 culverts. T'lere are 2.8 culverts in each kilometer. In addition, there are 8 interchanges, 24 separated interchanges and 32 passages. I management and monitoring centers are e&tablished for the whole road line, with I main-line toll gates 6 ramp toll gates, 1 maintenance sections, I service sections and I parking sections. The total estimated amount of this project is 3.429015559 Yuan, and it is 43.515426 YJan for each kilometer. Construction period lasts from July 2009 to December 2012, and the road will be constructed and open to traffic in 2012 with a construction period of 4 years. 12.2 Assessment of Current Environmental Conditions 12.2.1 Natural environment (l) The area between starting point of Guyaozi-Qingtongxia tie line of G2)) to the east side of Xiabai highway belongs to Lingyan Terrace; The area between Xiabai highway to the east bank of the Yellow River is Yinchuan Plain of a large area (2) The project to be built lies on the west edge of monsoon in China, and is controlled by Inner Mongolia high pressure in winter at the center of southward cold air, and lies at the end of the westward southeast monsoon in summer, thus forming typical continental mid temperate dry and mid temperate semi-dry climate featuring sutlicient 396 sunshine, rich optical energy, dryness and little rain, strong evaporation, strong wind and sand, long winter, short summer. fast warming in spring and cooling in autumn, and great temperature difference between day and night. (3) The highway to be built lies in the reaches of the Yellow River, and the alluvial plain belongs to the irrigation zone with the diverted water from the Yellow River in Yinchuan Plain, and rivers outside such irrigation zone belong to Kushuihe system. The ditches that may influence project construction inside the irrigation zone mainly include Dongdagou, Xidagou, farm ditch, Dongan ditch, and Yanhuan Dingyang irrigation ditches etc.. Lingwu-Tianshuibao section ofG211 etc. 12.2.2 Social Environment (1) The areas directly influenced by the project can be divided into Lingwu City under Yinchuan City, Qingtongxia City under Wuzhong City and Litong District (2) The planned highway passes Maliantai mine field and Dingjialiang mine field. Part of the road sections run through Maliantai well fields and Mengcheng mineral zone. (3) There are abundant tourist resources along the highway to be built, but no scenic spot is distributed in the scope of assessment. (4) No cultural relics resources are distributed within the scope of assessment along the road project. 12.2.3 Ecological environment The planned project is located at the transition belt between Ordos Plateau and Maowusu Sandland. Though it lies on the west edge of the temperate grassland zone of China, the vegetation there belongs to temperate grassland zone, but it is of obvious desert features. There is a large area of desert grassland which belongs to transitional type from grassland to desert. In addition to the perennial tufted small grasses as part of the edificato, xerophyte undershrubs such as Oxytropis aciphylla, Convolvulus tragacanthoides Turcz etc., small half-shrubs become the dominant species or edificato. The vegetation is divided into 2 vegetation types such as desert grassland, grassland sand vegetation, and 5 vegetation formations and 24 lociations. The landform units passed through by the project include desert grassland and farmland area. The wild animals are mainly reptiles and pikas adapted to human life. The reptiles are mainly lizards. Such animals are distributed extensively with relatively small scope of motion. Areas along the project belong to desert grassland and farmland with poor biological resources, deteriorating pasture, serious water and soil erosion and generally poor ecoiogical environment quality. The planned project LAK14+450-LAK32 crosses the experimental area of Baijitan protection area. The nearest distance from the buffer zone is about 300m and the nearest distance from the core area is 500m. 397 12.2.4 Acoustic environment Th..:re are 46 sensitive points in the evaluation scope of the recommended tieline from Guyaozi to Qingtongxia, including one elderly apartment, 3 schools and 42 villages. The adjacent of the sersitive point is mainly affected by traffic noise. living noise of residents and natural noise. The quality of sound environment along the line is good. 12.2.5 Surface Water Environment The planed highway crosses the Yellow River, farmland irrigation channels, and some seasonal ditches, such as Qin Canal, Han Canal, branch of Shanshui Canal, linshui Canal, etc., and bridges are constructed for all these crossings. The Yellow River and part of the agriculture irrigation ditches(Qin Canal, Han Canal, Tanglai Canal) function as water source for agriculture, and the water quality is subject to class III standard in "Quality Standard for Surface Water Environment" (GB383 8~2002); And there is no division of functions for other seasonal drainage ditches, and the water quality is subject to class V standard in "Quality Standard for Surface Water Environment" (GB3838-2002). As shown in monitoring, the areas within the scope of assessment along the road line are of ordinary water environment quality, and SS, COD and BODS exceed relevant standards to a certain extent. 12.2.6 Ambient air Ac:cording to site survey of the highway, there are basically agricultural and husbandry populations along the highway line, who are mainly engaged in agriculture and husbandry. In addition, the township enterprises there are underdeveloped, and no large-scaled pollutant~discharging units are found within the scope of assessment. The major sources of pollution come from the waste gases produced due to burning of fw;:ls for life and production by the residents at various sensitive points within 200m on both sides of the central line of the highway, and the exhaust and flying dust caused by the agricultural vehicles running on he village roads or tractor-ploughed roads. The densities of TSP and N02 in the ambient air along the highway line are consistent with the corresponding requirements for standard limit in "Quality Standards for Ambient air Quality"(GB3095- I 996), and the pollution indexes are lower than I. The ambient air is of good quality. 12.3 Environment Impact Assessment for the Project 12.3.1 Social environment impact assessment; (1) The project construction will integrate energy development and construction of industrial park in the north central part and southeast part of Ningxia, and create favorable conditions for converting regional resources advantages to economic advantages, and lad a sound foundation for realizing the objective of jointly forming Yinchuan-Wuzhong Economic Zone by Yinchuan City, Lingwu City, Litong District 398 of Wuzhong City, Qingtongxia City and Yanchi County as well as greatly improve the traffic conditions in the area, promote conversion of resources advantages into economic advantages, speed up economic development of the autonomous region and . the area in the locality of the project, and play an important role in improving regional investment environment and economic development in remote areas. (2) The intended project is an important road section in the "three vertical and nine horizontal" highway network of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, and the most convenient artery highway linking Yinchuan City and Xi'an City. Among the key traffic construction projects during the "11 th Five-Year Plan" of the government of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Lingwu-Tianshuibao section of G211, i.e. the horizontal line of the project, as the most convenient passage to Xi'an City, also belongs to part of the "east vertical" lines of the "three vertical and nine horizontal" highway network of Ningxia, which is not only an important economic artery for southwar development of Ningxia, but also an important vertical connection line linking Qinyin Expressway(G20), Qinglan Expressway(G22) and Lianhuo Expressway(G30); Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Tie Line, as the Guyaozi-Qingtongxia branch in the "four horizontal" lines in the "three vertical and nine horizontal" highway network of Ningxia, will greatly promote the economic development in areas along the highway line. (3) The direction of the routes are well coordinated with the Ningdong energy and chemical base plan, Wuzhong Taiyangshan Development Zone plan, Lingwu cashmere industrial park plan, Wuzhong Jinji industrial park plan, and Qingtongxia new materials plan. (4) Permanent land occupation by the intended project is 541.66 hm2 , and 59695 m2 of houses will be removed. Land requisition, and resettlement will cause unfavorable impact on living environment and ecological environment along the highway line, which may be solved and alleviated through engineering design, environmental protective measures, economic compensation and organization and management etc .. (5) The areas influenced by the project has abundant mineral resources, and Maliantai well fields, Dingjialiang well fields, Shigouyi well fields and Mengcheng mineral areas are distributed in the land used for highway construction and the influenced areas. Road section LAKO~LAK5 passes by Maliantai well field, and Ningdong hub interchange has been established for the project, which is convenient for passage of transport vehicles and has provided convenience for development and utilization of the mineral area. [n addition, part of the road sections of the routes run across the planned well field area, and it is proposed to prepare survey report for the buried mineral resources in the next phase of work. 399 Road section LAKIO-LAKI5 passes by Dingjialiang well field, and Ningdong hub interchange has been established for the project, which is convenient for passage of transport vehicles inside Dingjialiang well field in Ningdong energy and chemical base, and provides convenience for development and utilization of the mineral areaO (6) The intended project has established 64 passages at the intersections between the village roads, tractor-ploughed roads and pedestrian pavements etc., which can basically solve the interference by intersection between the local roads and tractor-ploughed roads. The current layout of the village roads, tractor-ploughed roads and pedestrian pavements has been reserved as much as possible, which will not cause great unfavorable impact. In addition, the project has established 8 inlerchanges and 24 separate interchanges, which will form regional framework with the intended highway, adjacent highways and roads, guarantee the smooth traffic of current roads, and create desirable traffic environment for major towns, and adjacent areas along the highway line. (7) Altogether 43 bridges and 220 culverts have been established for the whole project line, averaging I drainage construction per 300 meters, and the subgrade will not cause impact on flood-prooffacilities of the area .. 12.3.2 Ecological environment impact assessment; (11 The intended project generally lies in the plain hilly area, and land occupation per kilometer of the highway is consistent with the requirements of "Land-Use Index for Hlgh\Vay Project Construction", which are lower than the lower limit of various indexes and save the land occupation by the project to the greatest extent. (2) The main loss of biomass is farmland vegetation, while natural vegetation is only 326.19t which accounts for 0.53% of the total biomass in the evaluation scope (within 300m at both sides of the road). Therefore, project construction has relatively minor impact on natural vegetation within the scope of assessment, and is bearable for the natural ecosystem in the whole assessment area. (3 According to statistics of engineering land occupation, the natural vegetation oc cupied along the project line is grassland that belongs to desert grassland of low grade and inferior pasture species. The area of the occupied grassland is 264.22.55hm2, which is mainly desert grassland of inferior species and low grass yield, therefore there is relatively small annual loss of fresh grass and minor impact on the husbandry along the project line. (4)The permanent land occupation by the project is 541.66.725 hm2, including 272.38.076hm2 of arable land and 228.70.16hm2 of basic farmland. The annual loss of grains in the occupied land is 3210. 7tons. (5) Three borrow pits are selected for the construction of this project. Their land occupation is 30.1 hm2, including 19.5hm2 of grassland and 10.6hm2 of economic forest. The earth pits designed along the highway line do not occupy construction land of Baijitan Nature Reserve, and evade farmland through making use of hills or terraces, or occupying grassland or cash woods. There is no distribution of protected animals or plants, and the earth pits are of a rational establ ishment. 400 (6) According to water-conservancy prediction, the amount of water and soil erosion 'during preparation and construction of the project is 165600 tons, and that in natural restoration is 5700 tons, totaling 171300 tons. The newly added amount of water and soil erosion is the total amount of water and soil erosion less background amount of erosion, therefore the newly added amount of water and soil erosion is 133200 tons. 12.3.3 Acoustic environment impact assessment (1) Assessment of Acoustic Environment of the Residents and Villages Along the Road Project There are altogether 42 villages within the scope of assessment, and 4 sites exceed standards by 0.2-3.6dB during the day in the short term, with 20 sites exceeding the standards by 0,2-6.9 dB during the night; And in the medium-term, 9 sites exceed standards by OA-5AdB during the day, with 20 sites exceeding the standards by 0.2-8.9 dB during the night; And in the long term, 14 sites exceed standards by 0.3-7.1 dB during the day recently, with 40 sites exceeding the standards by 0.3-10.7 dB during the night (2) Prediction and Assessment of Sensitive Points such as Schools along the Road Project Prediction and Assessment of Sensitive Points such as Schools along the Road Project There are three schools in the evaluation scope. The noise level at Bolangqu primary school can satisfy the second class standard in the short term and medium term, but it will exceed the standard' for 1.1 dB at night in the long term. The noise level at the second middle school of Wuzhong City can satisfy the standard at daytime. but it will exceed thc standard for 1. 1dB and 2.7 dB at nighttime in the medium term and long term. separately. The noise level at Haoqu Village primary school can satisfy the standard at daytime in the short term and medium term, but it will exceed the standard for O.8dB and 2.4dB at nighttime, and it will exceed the standard for 0.2dB at daytime and 2.8dB at nighttime in the long tenn. (3) Prediction and Assessment on Senior's Apartment There is 1 senior' s apartment along the highway, which exceeds the standards by 3.0 dB during the day and 4.0 dB at night in short term, and 4.1 dB during the day and 5.9 dB during the night in the medium term, and 5.2 dB during the day and 7.4 dB during the night in the long term. 401 12.3.4 Aquatic environment impact assessment; 0; The highway construction has no impact on Qingtongxia Water Plant and Qingtongxia water source, but may have certain impact on Yazidang reservoir (2; The highway project spans over 2 extra-large bridges and 31 medium and large-sized bridges, but only one extra-large bridge, i.e. Yellow River Bridge has established piers in water. The impact of bridge construction on surface water bodies mainly come from infrastructure construction in water, construction dregs, oil leakage from construction machinery, waste water and materials etc. that enter into water bodies and causes adverse impact Pollution caused by bridge construction on surface water may be avoided or alleviated through strengthening management. (3)The construction camp discharges a small amount of domestic sewage temporarily, and no great impact will be caused on the nearby water bodies through establishing septic tanks. ({ The runoffs on the highway bridges may influence the water quality of the rivers along the highway line during the operational period. (5: Auxiliary facilities such as the service section, parking section, toll gate and management station etc. adopt bi-Ievel biochemical treatment facilities, and the discharged water is used for greening of the service facilities and expressway, and the remaining water is discharged into the nearby ditches. (6) Preventive measures shall be taken during the operational periods of the road section in waters to avoid accidents and risks, and emergency measures shall be taken to reduce the extent of impact of the accidents. 12:.3.5 Ambient air impact assessment. The project itself has minor influence on ambient air. The possible ambient air problems are the flying dust during highway construction and impact on ambient air qtlality. The impact on ambient air may be acceptable for environment if preventive measures put forth by the assessment report are taken. The highway construction is feasible from the perspective of ambient air protection. 12:.3.6 Evaluation of impact on laudscape Highway construction has destroyed the original landforms and landscape to a certain extent, and the grassland has been destructed as well, which is replaced by the bridges, interchanges, , so the completeness and coordination of the original natural landscape has been damaged. However, modern colors have been added to the area, and another style of landscape and characteristics will be formed along the highway line after suitable landscape protecting and restoring measures are taken. 402 12.4 Assessment Conclusions through Program Comparison and Selection Through comparing various programs, the environment impact assessment report proposes the recommended program, which is identical with the program recommended by the project engineering feasibility study, 12.5 Conclusion of the Public's Participation Environment assessment conducts extensive collection and survey of public opinions along the highway. According to survey, the masses and local governments along the highway line have provided great support to the highway to be built, and think that the highway is beneficial to themselves and local economic development and can improve local traffic conditions. What the masses along the highway are concerned about the most is land occupation, compensation standards for the relocated houses and whether the compensation can be handed over to households. 12.6 Conclusions on Major Environment Protection Cou ntermeasu res 12.6.1 Measures to relieve social environmental impact Rational plan shall be made out during highway construction to reduce as much temporary land occupation as possible; The site for relocation shall be selected according to local long-term plan; Do well in traffic command and evacuation during construction period, and reduce the impact of the highway construction on current highway traffic; Meanwhile, in case cultural relics are discovered during construction, construction shaH be suspended to protect the site, and relevant parties shall report to cultural relics management department. The routes design will be optimized to reduce burying of the mineral areas if possible in the next phase of work according to "Assessment Report for Mineral Resources Buried by Project Land of Lingwu-Tianshui Bao ofG211& Guyaozi-Qingtongxia Tie Line", 12.6.2 Ecological environment Design period: combining with the land use situation and occupied farmland, scheme demonstration, comparison and selection are conducted; the land area of roadbed, bridges and culverts, crossings and protections are optimally designed to reduce the 403 occupation of land resources; borrow pits should not be set in the area with the concentrated distribution of basic farmland along the line; borrow pits should not be set in road sections with geological disaster or the sections with the potential of geological disasters triggered by this project Construction Period: Optimize construction program and reduce as much explosion operation and reduce interference with the wild animals; protect the current farmlands, woods; It is forbidden to introduce plants with pests; Strictly define the width of greening belts along the highway line, and standardize use of temporary land occupation; It is strictly forbidden to enlarge the occupied area at random. Operational Period: Resume the vegetation and ecological environment destroyed during construction to prevent exposure of land surface. 12.6.3 Measures to relieve environmental and noise impact Design Period: Further optimize the routes and let the routes evade sensitive points of acoustic environment; If evasion is not feasible due to restriction of local conditions or through technical and economic discussion, il is proposed to taken noise-reducing measures for the sensitive objectives since the designing phase. Construction Period: The construction unit shall select construction tools and tra.nsport vehicles consistent with relevant state standards, and select low-noise construction machinery and technology; The construction machinery with strong noise shall suspend construction during night(22:00-6:00) in road sections near to concentrated residential areas in the villages and towns; The construction pavements shall be far away from the sensitive points such as residential areas and schools; The material sites, mixing field and asphalt mixing stations etc. shall be over 200 meters far away from the sensitive points. Operational Period: Accord ing to the pred iction results and exceed ing of standards, such measures as installation of ventilation and sound insulation windows, sound screens, increasing height of en,~losing walls, monitoring and noise-reducing measures have been taken to the sensitive points of environment noises along the highway, 3 monitoring sites during operational period, costing 42,000 Yuan; establishing 2 sound screens, costing 0,96 million Yuan; building 5 heightened endosing walls, costing 0,245 million Yuan; installing 17 ventilation and sound-insulation windows, costing 1.206 million Yuan; The total expenses is 2.453 million Yuan, 12.6.4 Aquatic environment Protection Measures Design period: rainwater and sewage from all service areas, parking lots, toll stations, and management and monitoring centers should be discharged separately; domestic sewage discharged from the service facilities should be treated in the septic tank, and the effluent will be used for the greening of service facilities and the expressway; anti-collision piers should be installed on all larges bridges crossing rivers, canals and ditches according to the standard of high\Vay project; the design of crash barriers on the Yellow River ultra large bridge should be strengthened; the design of medium and 404 small bridges and culverts should be improved. Establish contingency plan for risks targeted for Yazitang Reservoir and Yellow River. Construction Period: Alleviate influence of the highway construction period on water environment, and adopt advanced eco-friendly construction technology for bridge construction, rationally arrange the locations of construction camps,· construction sites and stacking fields of construction materials; The domestic sewage . in construction camps along the highway shall be used for highway greening after being collectively collected and treated by the septic tanks. Operational Period: The auxiliary facilities such as parking sections, toll gates, management and monitoring centers etc. of the highway to be built shall be equipped with sewage treatment facilities. and various service facilities shall establish bi-Ievel biochemical treatment devices. The discharged water shall be used for greening of the service facilities and expressways; Strengthen training of the managerial personnel during the operational period to properly operate sewage treatment facilities; Strictly implement water quality monitoring plans. Make out emergency plans for Yazidang Reservoir, Yellow River and Kushuihe River to reduce impact on water environment. 12.6.5 Protective Measures for Ambient air Designing Period: The mixing stations etc. shall be far away from the sensitive points such as residential areas and shall be beyond 300 meters in the downwind direction; Rationally design transport routes of the materials during highway construction period, which shall be far away from the residential areas to avoid impact of flying dust on production and life of he residents. Construction Period: Adopt wind-proof and shielding measures for decoration, use, transport and temporary storage etc. of bulk materials such as cement and plaster etc. to prevent and alleviate air pollution during construction period, and sprinkle water onto exposed construction roads and construction sites to reduce flying dust on the roads. Operational Period: Strengthen road management and road surface maintenance, keep the roads in good operational conditions: Strengthen management of vehicles transporting bulk materials, and put tapaulin on them; implement ambient air monitoring plans and determine and adopt supplementary environmental protective measures according to monitoring results. 12.7 Environmental Design and Estimated Costs Total investment for proposed scheme for this project is RMB 3,429,015,559, of which environment project investment accounts for 2.35% or RMB 80,574,300. 405 12.8 Environment Impact Assessment for the Project Highway construction has yielded outstanding economic benefits and social economic benefits, and won the support and appraises from social public. Implement rational economic compensation, organization and management for land occupation and civil houses to be removed due to the project to guarantee the living standards of the people. The impact on living environment along the highway during the operational period and construction period may be minimized if preventive measures are taken according to environment protection plan of the project, and the living environment of the residential areas in villages along the highway wi II be protected. Implementing highway protection projects, drainage projects and greening projects will improve the ecological environment along the highway. The measures for restoring vegetation in th,~ earth pits and abandoned dregs sites and temporarily used land are taken according to the report, and the impact on the land resources and agricultural pruduction can be minimized. Tbe route establishment of the project is rational, and no important factors restricting environment exist in project construction, which is feasible from the perspective of environment assessment. 406